Document:

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 4.10

CONFORMED COPY

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                              FACILITIES AGREEMENT
                                       FOR
                  L412,300,000 SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITIES
                                       FOR
                            PREMIER FINANCING LIMITED
                                   AND OTHERS

            MANDATED LEAD ARRANGERS OF THE AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
                                 J.P. MORGAN PLC
                                       AND
                                BARCLAYS CAPITAL

                    AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT UNDERWRITTEN BY
                               JPMORGAN CHASE BANK
                                       AND
                                BARCLAYS BANK PLC

                                      AGENT
                                       AND
                                 SECURITY AGENT
                           J.P. MORGAN EUROPE LIMITED

                                   NORTON ROSE
                                     London

<PAGE>

                                    CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLAUSE                                                 HEADING                                              PAGE
<S>      <C>                                                                                                <C>
1        Interpretation..............................................................................          1
         1.1      Definitions........................................................................          1
         1.2      Headings...........................................................................         33
         1.3      Construction of certain terms......................................................         33
         1.4      Successors and assigns.............................................................         35

2        The Facilities..............................................................................         36
         2.1      The Term Facilities................................................................         36
         2.2      The Working Capital Facility.......................................................         37
         2.3      Several obligations................................................................         37

3        The Conditions..............................................................................         37
         3.1      Documents and evidence.............................................................         37
         3.2      General conditions precedent.......................................................         37
         3.3      Facility A.........................................................................         37
         3.4      Working Capital Facility...........................................................         38
         3.5      Waiver of conditions precedent.....................................................         38

4        Drawings Under the Facilities...............................................................         38
         4.1      The Term Facilities................................................................         38
         4.2      The Working Capital Facility.......................................................         40
         4.3      Selection of currencies in respect of the Working Capital Facility.................         41
         4.4      The Ancillary Facilities...........................................................         41
         4.5      Limits.............................................................................         43
         4.6      Commitments of Ancillary Facilities Banks..........................................         43
         4.7      Cancellation of Ancillary Facilities...............................................         44
         4.8      Operation of accounts notwithstanding the Security Documents.......................         44
         4.9      Letters of Credit: Drawdown Notice.................................................         44
         4.10     Fronting Bank to act as principal..................................................         45
         4.11     Borrower's authorisation...........................................................         45
         4.12     Working Capital Borrowers' failure to perform......................................         46
         4.13     Deemed cash advance................................................................         47
         4.14     Preservation of Fronting Bank's rights.............................................         47
         4.15     No obligation on Fronting Bank.....................................................         48
         4.16     Defaulting Working Capital Bank....................................................         48
         4.17     Drawings generally.................................................................         49
         4.18     Application of proceeds............................................................         49

5        Interest and Interest Periods...............................................................         49
         5.1      Interest on the Term Advances......................................................         49
         5.2      Interest and fees under the Working Capital Facility...............................         51
         5.3      Interest on overdue amounts........................................................         53
         5.4      Notification of Interest Periods and interest rate.................................         54
         5.5      Reference Bank quotations..........................................................         54

6        Repayment, prepayment, cancellation and reductions..........................................         54
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>      <C>                                                                                                  <C>
         6.1      Repayment of the Facilities........................................................         54
         6.2      Repayment of Working Capital Advances..............................................         55
         6.3      Repayment and discharge of Ancillary Facilities and Letters of Credit..............         56
         6.4      Optional prepayment of all the Banks...............................................         56
         6.5      Optional prepayment of a Bank......................................................         56
         6.6      Mandatory prepayments..............................................................         57
         6.7      Prepayments generally..............................................................         59
         6.8      Voluntary cancellation of the Working Capital Facility.............................         60
         6.9      Mandatory cancellation.............................................................         60
         6.10     Application of disposal proceeds...................................................         60
         6.11     Cash sweep.........................................................................         62
         6.12     Citadel Insurance Company Limited..................................................         62

7        Fees and expenses...........................................................................         63
         7.1      Arrangement, underwriting and agency fees..........................................         63
         7.2      Commitment fees....................................................................         63
         7.3      Expenses...........................................................................         63
         7.4      Value added tax....................................................................         64
         7.5      Stamp and other duties.............................................................         64

8        Payments and Taxes; accounts and calculations...............................................         64
         8.1      No set-off or counterclaim; distribution to the Banks..............................         64
         8.2      Payments by the Banks..............................................................         65
         8.3      Non-Banking Days...................................................................         65
         8.4      Agent may assume receipt...........................................................         65
         8.5      Grossing-up for Taxes..............................................................         65
         8.6      Qualifying Banks...................................................................         66
         8.7      Claw-back of Tax benefit...........................................................         66
         8.8      Bank accounts......................................................................         67
         8.9      Partial payments...................................................................         67
         8.10     Calculations.......................................................................         68
         8.11     Certificates conclusive............................................................         68
         8.12     Effect of European monetary union..................................................         69

9        Representations and warranties..............................................................         69
         9.1      Repeating representations and warranties...........................................         69
         9.2      Non-repeating representations and warranties.......................................         71
         9.3      Repetition.........................................................................         75

10       Undertakings................................................................................         76
         10.1     Information undertakings...........................................................         76
         10.2     General undertakings...............................................................         79
         10.3     Financial undertakings.............................................................         83
         10.4     Conditions subsequent..............................................................         84
         10.5     Hedge Transactions.................................................................         85
         10.6     Negative undertakings..............................................................         86
         10.7     Conduct of the Second Acquisitions.................................................         97
         10.8     Conditions to the Irish Second Acquisition Completion Date.........................         99

11       The Scheme and related matters..............................................................         99
         11.1     The Scheme.........................................................................         99
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>      <C>                                                                                                 <C>
12       Events of Default...........................................................................        100
         12.1     Events of Default..................................................................        100
         12.2     Acceleration.......................................................................        105
         12.3     Demand basis.......................................................................        106
         12.4     Clean-up period....................................................................        106

13       Indemnities.................................................................................        106
         13.1     Miscellaneous indemnities..........................................................        106
         13.2     Currency of account; currency indemnity............................................        107
         13.3     Acquisition finance indemnity......................................................        108
         13.4     ESCB reserve requirements..........................................................        108
         13.5     Environmental Indemnity............................................................        108

14       Unlawfulness, increased costs, alternative interest rates...................................        108
         14.1     Unlawfulness.......................................................................        108
         14.2     Increased costs....................................................................        108
         14.3     Exceptions.........................................................................        110
         14.4     Market disruption; non-availability................................................        110
         14.5     Mitigation.........................................................................        111
         14.6     Non-availability of Optional Currencies............................................        112
         14.7     Replacement of Banks...............................................................        112

15       Set-off and pro-rata payments...............................................................        113
         15.1     Set-off............................................................................        113
         15.2     Pro-rata payments..................................................................        114
         15.3     No release.........................................................................        115
         15.4     No charge..........................................................................        115
         15.5     Other transactions.................................................................        115
         15.6     Sharing under Working Capital Facility and the Ancillary Facilities................        115

16       Assignment, substitution and lending offices................................................        116
         16.1     Benefit and burden.................................................................        116
         16.2     No assignment by the Borrowers.....................................................        117
         16.3     Substitution.......................................................................        117
         16.4     Reliance on Substitution Certificate...............................................        118
         16.5     Authorisation of Agent.............................................................        118
         16.6     Construction of certain references.................................................        118
         16.7     Lending offices....................................................................        118
         16.8     Disclosure of information..........................................................        119
         16.9     Details of novations...............................................................        119
         16.10    No additional amounts..............................................................        120
         16.11    The Register.......................................................................        120
         16.12    Bank Affiliates....................................................................        121

17       Appointment of Agent and Security Agent.....................................................        121
         17.1     Appointment........................................................................        121
         17.2     Agent's and Security Agent's actions...............................................        122
         17.3     Agent's duties.....................................................................        123
         17.4     Agent's and Security Agent's rights................................................        123
         17.5     No liability of Arrangers, Security Agent and Agent................................        124
         17.6     Non-reliance on Arrangers, Security Agent or Agent.................................        125
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>      <C>                                                                                                 <C>
         17.7     No responsibility on Arrangers, Security Agent or Agent for certain matters........        125
         17.8     Reliance on documents and professional advice......................................        127
         17.9     Other dealings.....................................................................        127
         17.10    Rights of Agent and Security Agent as Bank; no partnership.........................        127
         17.11    Amendments and waivers.............................................................        127
         17.12    Reimbursement and indemnity by Banks...............................................        129
         17.13    Retirement of Agent and Security Agent.............................................        129
         17.14    Change of Reference Banks..........................................................        130
         17.15    Declaration of trust...............................................................        131
         17.16    Perpetuities.......................................................................        132
         17.17    Powers and duties of the Security Agent as trustee of the security.................        132
         17.18    All enforcement action through the Security Agent..................................        134
         17.19    Co-operation to achieve agreed priorities of application...........................        134
         17.20    Indemnity from Trust Property......................................................        134
         17.21    Finance Parties to provide information.............................................        134
         17.22    Ancillary Facilities Liabilities...................................................        135
         17.23    Underwriters and Documentation Agent...............................................        135
         17.24    Security Agent as joint creditor...................................................        135
         17.25    Security Agent's rights as joint creditor..........................................        135

18       Decisions of Banks and Agent................................................................        136
         18.1     Obligations several................................................................        136
         18.2     Interests several..................................................................        136
         18.3     Majority Banks.....................................................................        136
         18.4     Banks acting together..............................................................        137

19       Cash Collateral Accounts....................................................................        137
         19.1     Applications and withdrawals.......................................................        137
         19.2     Security over Cash Collateral Accounts.............................................        137
         19.3     Interest and broken deposits.......................................................        137
         19.4     Application of surplus cash collateral following Enforcement Date..................        138

20       Matters concerning the Borrowers............................................................        138
         20.1     Additional Borrowers: UK resident Subsidiary.......................................        138
         20.2     Additional Borrowers: Non-UK resident Subsidiary...................................        138
         20.3     Notice.............................................................................        139
         20.4     Cessation..........................................................................        139
         20.5     Indemnity..........................................................................        140
         20.6     Newco 2 as Borrowers' agent........................................................        140
         20.7     Amendments binding.................................................................        140
         20.8     Obligations unconditional..........................................................        140
         20.9     Obligations several................................................................        141

21       Notices and other matters...................................................................        141
         21.1     Address for notice.................................................................        141
         21.2     Notice to Agent....................................................................        143
         21.3     No implied waiver, remedies cumulative.............................................        143
         21.4     Counterparts.......................................................................        143
         21.5     Conflicts..........................................................................        143
         21.6     Communications indemnity...........................................................        144
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>      <C>                                                                                                 <C>
         21.7     Notice of the end of the Finance Period............................................        144
         21.8     Third party rights.................................................................        144

22       Governing law and jurisdiction..............................................................        145
         22.1     Law................................................................................        145
         22.2     Submission to jurisdiction.........................................................        145
         22.3     Agent for service of process.......................................................        145

Schedule 1 The Banks and their Commitments...........................................................        146

Schedule 2 Forms of Drawdown (and other) Notices.....................................................        151
         Part A - Facility A and Facility B..........................................................        151
         Part B - The Working Capital Facility.......................................................        152

Schedule 3 Documents and evidence required as conditions precedent to the Irish Second Acquisition...        153

Schedule 4 Calculation of Additional Cost............................................................        155

Schedule 5 Form of Substitution Certificate..........................................................        158
         Part A (single transfers)...................................................................        158
         Part B (global form)........................................................................        163

Schedule 6 The Group as at the Second Effective Date.................................................        167

 Schedule 7 Structure Chart..........................................................................        171

Schedule 8 Financial undertakings, Margin and commitment commission adjustment and accounting terms..        173

Schedule 9 Form of Accession Certificate.............................................................        181

Schedule 10 Form of Director's Certificate...........................................................        183

Schedule 11 Form of Annual Auditor's Report..........................................................        184

Schedule 12 Terms of Indemnity in relation to Letters of Credit......................................        186

Schedule 13 Part A  [Not restated]...................................................................        189
         Part B [Not restated].......................................................................        190

Schedule 14 Hicks Muse's fees........................................................................        191

Schedule 15 Other Finance Parties....................................................................        192
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

THIS AGREEMENT is dated 10 August 1999, amended on 20 August 1999 and 5 November
1999, amended and restated with effect from the Second Effective Date and
further amended on 30 October 2003 and 17 November 2003 and made BETWEEN:

(1)   PREMIER FINANCING LIMITED as Newco 2 and a Borrower;

(2)   J.P. MORGAN PLC and BARCLAYS CAPITAL (the Investment Banking Division of
      Barclays Bank PLC) as Amendment Arrangers;

(3)   JPMORGAN CHASE BANK and BARCLAYS BANK PLC as Amendment Underwriters;

(4)   THE PERSONS whose names and addresses are set out in schedule 1 as Banks;

(5)   THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS whose names and capacities are set
      out in schedule 15; and

(6)   J.P. MORGAN EUROPE LIMITED as the Agent and the Security Agent.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

1     INTERPRETATION

1.1   DEFINITIONS

      In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

      "ACCESSION CERTIFICATE" means a certificate substantially in the form of
      schedule 9;

      "ACCOUNTANTS' REPORT" means the report compiled or to be compiled by
      PricewaterhouseCoopers and addressed to the Finance Parties in connection
      with the Acquisition;

      "ACQUISITION" means the acquisition by Newco 2, Cayman 1 and Cayman 2 of
      the Target pursuant to the Scheme;

      "ACQUISITION PARTIES" means Newco 2, Newco 1, Cayman 1, UK Topco and the
      Second Purchasers;

      "ACT" means the Companies Act 1985;

      "ACTING IN CONCERT" has the meaning given to that term in the Code;

      "ADDITIONAL COST RATE" has the meaning given to it in schedule 4;

      "ADDITIONAL COST" means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the
      Agent in accordance with schedule 4;

      "ADVANCE" means any Term Advance and any Working Capital Advance or any of
      them;

                                       1
<PAGE>

      "AFFILIATE" in relation to any person means a Subsidiary or a Holding
      Company of that person and any other Subsidiary of a Holding Company of
      that person;

      "AGENT" means J.P. Morgan Europe Limited of 125 London Wall, London EC2Y
      5AJ acting in its capacity as agent for the Banks or such other person as
      may be appointed agent for the Banks pursuant to clause 17.13;

      "AMENDMENT ARRANGERS" means J.P. Morgan plc of 125 London Wall, London
      EC2Y 5AJ and Barclays Capital of 5 The North Colonnade, Canary Wharf,
      London E14 4BB;

      "AMENDMENT UNDERWRITERS" means JPMorgan Chase Bank of 125 London Wall,
      London EC2Y 5AJ and Barclays Bank PLC of 54 Lombard Street, London;

      "ANCILLARY COMMITMENT" means in relation to an Ancillary Facilities Bank,
      the maximum amount (net of cash) from time to time of the Ancillary
      Facilities to be made available by the Ancillary Facilities Bank which has
      been authorised as such under clause 4.4 to the extent not cancelled under
      this Agreement;

      "ANCILLARY FACILITIES" means the facilities made available in accordance
      with clause 4.4 and the Ancillary Facilities Letters;

      "ANCILLARY FACILITIES BANKS" means those persons (subject to clause 16.6,
      each being a Bank) which shall at any relevant time agree to make
      available Ancillary Facilities in accordance with clause 4.4;

      "ANCILLARY FACILITIES BORROWERS" means Newco 2 and those wholly-owned
      Subsidiaries of Newco 2 which are Charging Subsidiaries and which in each
      case accede to this Agreement as "Ancillary Facilities Borrowers" pursuant
      to clause 20 and an "ANCILLARY FACILITIES BORROWER" means any of them;

      "ANCILLARY FACILITIES LETTER" means each of the letters entered into, or
      to be entered into, between an Ancillary Facilities Bank and any Ancillary
      Facilities Borrower setting out the terms and conditions on and subject to
      which the Ancillary Facilities are made available and "ANCILLARY
      FACILITIES LETTERS" means all of them;

      "ANCILLARY FACILITIES LIABILITIES" means, in respect of any one or more of
      the Ancillary Facilities Banks at any relevant time, the aggregate amount
      (if any, calculated (save where the context otherwise requires) on a net
      basis) of the liabilities of the Ancillary Facilities Borrowers (actual or
      contingent and whether as principal or surety, provided that there shall
      be no double-counting of the liabilities of any Ancillary Facilities
      Borrower as surety for the liabilities of another Ancillary Facilities
      Borrower as principal) outstanding in respect of the Ancillary Facilities
      made available by such Ancillary Facilities Bank(s) and any reference to,
      or question as to, the "AMOUNT OF THE ANCILLARY FACILITIES LIABILITIES" at
      any time means the amount of such liabilities at such time as calculated
      by the Ancillary Facilities Bank(s) in good faith in accordance with its
      (or their respective) usual practices in relation to such facilities For
      the avoidance of doubt (and without limitation) for the purposes of clause
      15.6 the

                                       2

<PAGE>

      amount of the Ancillary Facilities Liabilities owing to an Ancillary
      Facilities Bank shall be calculated on a net basis irrespective of whether
      such Ancillary Facilities Bank is able to apply any credit balance which
      it holds against any debt balance;

      "ANNOUNCEMENT DATE" means 14 May 1999;

      "ANNUAL BUDGET" means, in respect of each financial year of the Group, a
      budget for such succeeding financial year containing such information as
      Newco 2 and the Agent may from time to time agree (acting reasonably) and
      including specifically, but without limitation:

      (a)   (i)    a consolidated profit (or loss) forecast, and

            (ii)   a consolidated cashflow forecast (including Capital
                   Expenditure),

            (in each case) in respect of each month in such financial year and
            in respect of such financial year to date prepared down to the end
            of such month;

      (b)   a projected consolidated balance sheet as at the end of each month
            in such financial year; and

      (c)   a commentary on such business plan and budget (including material
            Capital Expenditure and cost savings);

      "APPROPRIATE ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES" means (i) the accounting principles,
      policies, standards, practices and bases stated in the audited
      consolidated financial statements of the Target Group for the year ending
      31 December 1998 (being generally accepted in the United Kingdom or (ii)
      where any change in (i) has been agreed under clause 10.6(p), such
      accounting principles, standards, practices and bases as have been so
      agreed;

      "APPROVED BANK" means each Bank and any bank which is an authorised
      banking institution under applicable local law and which has waived in
      writing in a form satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably) any rights
      of set-off which it may have in respect of the account of any member of
      the Group held with it;

      "ARRANGERS" means the Original Arrangers and the Amendment Arrangers;

      "ASSET SALE" means the disposal of substantially all of the assets and
      undertaking of the Group (whether by way of a share sale or otherwise) to
      a single purchaser or to one or more purchasers as part of a single
      transaction or related transactions;

      "AUDITORS" means the auditors for the time being of Newco 2 or, if such
      auditors are unable or unwilling to provide any certificate or take any
      other action contemplated by this Agreement, any one of the chartered
      accountants Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, Ernst & Young, KPMG or
      PricewaterhouseCoopers (each a "BIG 4 FIRM") as may be selected by Newco 2
      after consultation with the Agent;

                                       3

<PAGE>

      "AVAILABLE COMMITMENT" means, in relation to a Bank in respect of any
      Tranche or (as applicable) any Facility at any time, its Commitment in
      respect of such Tranche or (as applicable) Facility at such time less the
      aggregate Sterling Amount of its Contribution in respect of such Tranche
      or (as applicable) Facility at that time and (in the case of the Working
      Capital Facility) less its Ancillary Commitment (if any) at such time;

      "AVAILABLE FACILITY AMOUNT" means, at any time and in respect of any
      Tranche or Facility, the aggregate of the Available Commitments of all the
      Banks in respect of such Tranche or (as applicable) Facility at such time,
      but so that, as at the Drawdown Date of any Working Capital Advance, such
      resulting amount shall be adjusted by (i) deducting any cancellation of or
      reduction in the Total Commitments in respect of the Working Capital
      Facility which will occur during the Maturity Period of such Working
      Capital Advance, (ii) increased by the amount of Working Capital Advances
      which are due to be repaid on or prior to such Drawdown Date and (iii)
      reduced by deducting the amount of any Working Capital Advances previously
      requested to be made on such Drawdown Date;

      "BACS DOCUMENTS" means the documents evidencing the BACS facilities from
      time to time made available to the Borrowers by the Ancillary Facilities
      Banks;

      "BANK AFFILIATE" means (A) with respect to any person (other than a fund),
      any other person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or
      under direct or indirect common control with, such first person, where a
      person shall be deemed to have control of a corporation if such person
      possesses directly or indirectly, the power to (1) vote 50 per cent. or
      more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of
      directors of such corporation or (2) direct or cause the direction of the
      management and policies of such corporation, whether through the ownership
      of voting securities, by contract or otherwise or (B) with respect to any
      person that is a fund, any other fund which is advised or managed by the
      same investment adviser or an Affiliate of that investment advisor;

      "BANKING DAY" means:

      (a)   when EURIBOR is to be determined, a TARGET Day;

      (b)   in relation to a date for the payment or purchase of euro, a TARGET
            Day; and

      (c)   for all other purposes a day other than (Saturday, Sunday or a
            public holiday) on which banks are open for business in London and
            (in the case of interest rate fixing and payments in relation to
            Optional Currencies or National Currency Units) in the principal
            financial centre in the jurisdiction of the Optional Currency or
            National Currency Unit concerned;

      "BANKS" means the Facility A Banks, the Facility B Banks, the Working
      Capital Banks and the Ancillary Facilities Banks and "BANK" means any of
      them;

      "BARCLAYS CAPITAL" means Barclays Capital, the investment banking division
      of Barclays Bank PLC;

                                       4

<PAGE>

      "BOND AND FLOATING CHARGES" means the bonds and floating charges in the
      agreed form entered into, or to be entered into by each of Premier Brands
      Limited, Melrose Limited, Ridgways Limited and Robert Wilson & Sons (Est.
      1849) Limited in favour of the Security Agent;

      "BORROWED MONEY" means, in respect of any person, Indebtedness in respect
      of (without double counting) (i) money borrowed or debit balances at
      banks, (ii) any bond, note, loan stock, debenture or similar debt
      instrument, (iii) acceptance or documentary credit facilities, (iv)
      receivables sold or discounted (otherwise than on a non-recourse basis to
      the relevant person), (v) deferred payments for assets or services
      acquired (other than current trade liabilities and accrued expenses
      incurred in the ordinary course of business), (vi) Finance Leases, (vii)
      (except in clause 12.1(e) and schedule 8) Derivatives Transactions, (viii)
      any other transaction (including without limitation forward sale or
      purchase agreements) having the commercial effect of a borrowing or of any
      of (ii) to (vii) above and (ix) guarantees in respect of Indebtedness of
      any person falling within any of (i) to (viii) above;

      "BORROWER SECURITY DOCUMENTS" means those of the Security Documents to
      which a Borrower is party;

      "BORROWERS" means Newco 2 and (subject to their respective accessions) the
      Working Capital Borrowers and the Ancillary Facilities Borrowers;

      "BUDGETED CAPITAL EXPENDITURE" means Capital Expenditure incurred or to be
      incurred in the financial year ending 31 December, 2003 and each financial
      year ending 31 December thereafter up to a maximum of L18,750,000 or
      (a) provided that Permitted Acquisitions have been made after the date on
      which the Majority Banks consented to the requests contained in the
      consent request letter dated 2 October 2003, for an aggregate acquisition
      consideration of at least L35,000,000 (or its equivalent), up to a
      maximum, in the case of the financial years ending 31 December, 2004 and
      31 December, 2005, of L21,750,000 and, in the case of each financial
      year ending 31 December thereafter, L20,750,000, provided that such
      increased amounts shall only apply from and including the financial year
      in which the L35,000,000 threshold referred to above is reached or
      (b)such higher limit in respect of any financial year as may be agreed
      between Newco 2 and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority
      Banks) but so that (i) where in any financial year actual Capital
      Expenditure is less than the Budgeted Capital Expenditure for that year
      (excluding any amount which was carried forward from the previous year) an
      amount of such deficit not exceeding one-third of the Budgeted Capital
      Expenditure for that year may be added to the Budgeted Capital Expenditure
      for the following financial year only (and not otherwise or further),
      provided that (x) an amount equal to the amount carried over is expended
      on Capital Expenditure within the first 6 months of the following
      financial year (and to the extent it is not spent, the amount carried over
      shall be reduced) and (y) the maximum amount which can be carried over in
      respect of 2001 is L5,000,000 and (ii) Capital Expenditure incurred
      in a currency other than Sterling shall be converted into its Sterling
      equivalent at the date of expenditure;

                                       5

<PAGE>

      "CAPITAL EXPENDITURE" means any expenditure which should be treated as
      capital expenditure in the audited consolidated financial statements of
      the Group in accordance with the Appropriate Accounting Principles;

      "CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT" means an interest bearing blocked deposit
      account in the name of any Borrower opened, or to be opened, with the
      Security Agent, the Cash Collateral Account Bank, the Fronting Bank or an
      Ancillary Facilities Bank (as the relevant provision of any Finance
      Document so provides) pursuant to or otherwise in connection with this
      Agreement or any Ancillary Facilities Letter or any other Finance Document
      on terms that it (and amounts credited to it) is subject to the Security
      Documents;

      "CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT BANK" means JPMorgan Chase Bank or any
      replacement bank selected by the Agent and agreed to by Newco 2 (acting
      reasonably);

      "CASH EQUIVALENTS" means:

      (a)   securities denominated in Sterling, US Dollars or euros with
            maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued
            or fully guaranteed or fully insured by the Government of the United
            States of America or any member state of the European Union (or any
            agency thereof) which is rated at least AA by Standard & Poor's
            Ratings Group or Aa by Moody's Investor Service, Inc., or carrying
            an equivalent rating by an internationally recognised rating agency
            if both the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of
            investments;

      (b)   certificates of deposit of, or time deposits or overnight bank
            deposits with, any commercial bank meeting the qualifications
            specified in paragraph (c) below having maturities of one year or
            less from the date of acquisition;

      (c)   commercial paper of, or money market accounts or funds with or
            issued by, an issuer rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor's Ratings
            Group or P-1 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an
            equivalent rating by an internationally recognised rating agency if
            both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of
            investments;

      (d)   repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 90 days for
            underlying securities of the types described in paragraph (a) above
            entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in
            paragraph (c) above; and

      (e)   demand deposit accounts maintained in the ordinary course of
            business in accordance with clause 10.6(w);

      "CAYMAN 1" means HMTF Premier Limited (formerly Hines Limited), a company
      incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands whose registered office
      is at Walker House, Mary Street, PO Box 265 GT, George Town, Grand Cayman,
      Cayman Islands;

      "CAYMAN 2" means Premier Co-Investor Limited (formerly McKinney Limited),
      a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands whose

                                       6

<PAGE>

      registered office is at Walker House, Mary Street, PO Box 265 GT, George
      Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands;

      "CHANGE OF CONTROL" in relation to the Target means at any time (i) Hicks
      Muse, its principals and their affiliates and management ("HMTF") ceasing
      to have the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of
      shares having a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of
      directors of such company, provided that the occurrence of the foregoing
      event shall not be deemed a Change of Control if (a) at any time prior to
      the consummation of an initial underwritten public offering of the
      ordinary share capital of such company to be listed and/or traded on any
      recognised investment exchange or market in any country ("INITIAL PUBLIC
      OFFERING"), and for any reason whatever, (x) HMTF (or any of them)
      otherwise have the right to designate (and do so designate) a majority of
      the board of directors of such company or (y) HMTF and their employees,
      directors and officers (the "HMTF GROUP") (or any of them) own legally and
      beneficially an amount of the ordinary shares capital of such company
      equal to at least 50 per cent. of the percentage of ordinary share capital
      of such company owned by the HMTF Group (taken together) legally and
      beneficially as at the date the Scheme becomes effective and such
      ownership by the HMTF Group represents the largest single block of voting
      shares of such company held by any person or persons acting in concert or
      (b) at any time after the consummation of an Initial Public Offering, and
      for any reason whatever, (x) no person or persons acting in concert,
      excluding the HMTF Group, has become the beneficial owner, directly or
      indirectly, of more than the greater of (A) 15 per cent. of the shares
      then outstanding and (B) the percentage of the then outstanding voting
      shares of such company owned beneficially by the HMTF Group (taken
      together) and (y) the board of directors of such company shall consist of
      a majority of Continuing Directors or (ii) a change of control for the
      purposes of the Bridge Facility or the High Yield Bonds, howsoever
      defined, occurs.

      For the purposes of this definition of "CHANGE OF CONTROL":

            "AFFILIATE" as to any person, means any other person which, directly
            or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under
            common control with, such person. For the purposes of this
            definition, "control" of a person means the power, directly or
            indirectly, either to (i) vote 51 per cent. or more of the shares
            (or stock, as applicable) having ordinary voting power for the
            election of directors of such person or (ii) direct or cause the
            direction of the management and policies of such person, whether by
            contract or otherwise; and

            "CONTINUING DIRECTORS" means, at any time and in relation to the
            Target, any member of the board of directors of such company who (i)
            was a member of such board of directors after the date the Scheme
            becomes effective (and immediately following any elections or
            resignations following the completion of the Acquisition) or (ii)
            was nominated for election or elected to such board of directors
            with, or whose nomination for election or election to such board of
            directors was approved by, the affirmative vote of a majority of the
            Continuing Directors who were members of such board of directors at
            the time of such nomination or

                                       7

<PAGE>

            election or (iii) is a designee of HMTF or was nominated by HMTF or
            any designees of HMTF on such board of directors;

      "CHARGED ASSETS" means any property, assets and/or rights over which
      security is granted and/or created under any of the Security Documents;

      "CHARGING GROUP" means Newco 2 and those members of the Group which are
      Charging Subsidiaries;

      "CHARGING SUBSIDIARIES" means the Original Charging Subsidiaries, the UK
      Second Purchaser and any other person (other than Newco 2, the Target or
      Citadel Insurance Company Limited) which may from time to time enter into
      any Security Document in accordance with the requirements of clauses
      10.2(f) or 10.8 but in each case only if they have charged all or
      substantially all of their assets and undertaking to the Security Agent
      for the benefit of the Finance Parties;

      "CHEF LICENCE" means the licence of the "Chef" trade mark in the agreed
      form entered into, or to be entered into, between certain of the Second
      Vendors and the Irish Second Purchaser;

      "CIRCULAR" means the document dated 8 June 1999 entitled "Increased
      Recommended Proposals for the acquisition for cash of all the issued and
      to be issued share capital of Hillsdown Holdings Plc" sent to Hillsdown
      Shareholders (as defined in such circular);

      "CODE" means the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers from time to time;

      "COMMITMENT" means, in relation to a Bank, in respect of any Tranche or
      Facility at any relevant time, the amount set opposite its name in
      relation to the relevant Tranche or (as applicable) Facility in schedule 1
      and/or its Ancillary Commitment and/or, in the case of a Substitute, the
      amount novated in relation to the relevant Tranche or Facility as
      specified in the relevant Substitution Certificate, in any such case, as
      adjusted by any relevant term of this Agreement;

      "COMMITMENT COMMISSION RATE" means, in respect of:

      (a)   [not restated]; and

      (b)   the Working Capital Facility, 0.75 per cent. per annum adjusted in
            accordance with paragraph 2 of schedule 8;

      "CONSOLIDATED EBITDA" has the meaning given to that term in schedule 8;

      "CONSOLIDATED EXCESS CASH FLOW" has the meaning given to that term in
      schedule 8;

      "CONTINGENT ANCILLARY FACILITIES LIABILITIES" means, in respect of the
      Ancillary Facilities Banks or (as the context requires) any one of them at
      any relevant time, the aggregate amount (if any) of its (their) maximum
      potential liability or risk in respect of its (their) contingent
      liabilities outstanding at such time in respect of the Ancillary
      Facilities made available to the Ancillary Facilities

                                       8

<PAGE>

      Borrowers by such Ancillary Facilities Banks and any reference to, or
      question as to, the "AMOUNT OF THE CONTINGENT ANCILLARY FACILITIES
      LIABILITIES" at any time means the amount of such liabilities at such time
      as calculated by the Ancillary Facilities Banks in good faith in
      accordance with its (or their respective) usual practices in relation to
      ancillary facilities;

      "CONTRIBUTION" means, subject to clause 14.2, in relation to a Bank:

      (a)   the principal amount of any Term Advances and/or the Working Capital
            Advances (or, if the context requires, the Sterling Amount of such
            Working Capital Advances) owing to such Bank at any relevant time;
            and/or

      (b)   in respect of the Working Capital Facility only, its Relevant
            Proportion of the outstanding Letters of Credit attributable to such
            Bank at any relevant time; or

      if the context requires, the Sterling Amount of the amount of the relevant
      Drawing owing to such Bank at the relevant time;

      "CREDIT DOCUMENTS" means this Agreement, the Supplemental Agreement, the
      Ancillary Facilities Letters, the Fee Letter, the Second Fee Letters, the
      BACS Documents,the Hedge Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement;

      "DANGEROUS SUBSTANCE" means any radioactive emissions, noise and any
      natural or artificial substance (in whatever form) the generation,
      transportation, storage, treatment, use or disposal of which (whether
      alone or in combination with any other substance) gives rise to a risk of
      causing harm to man or any other living organism or damaging the
      Environment or public health or welfare, including (without limitation)
      any controlled, special, hazardous, toxic, radioactive or dangerous waste;

      "DEFAULT" means an Event of Default or an event which, with the giving of
      notice, lapse of time or fulfilment of any other applicable condition or
      combination of the foregoing (in each case as specified in clause 12.1)
      would constitute an Event of Default;

      "DEFAULTING BANK" has the meaning given to it in clause 4.16;

      "DEMERGER" means the disposal of the Target's furniture and poultry
      businesses in accordance with the Structure Paper;

      "DEMERGER AGREEMENTS" means in, respect of the furniture business, the
      demerger agreement dated 27 July 1999 between Hillsdown International
      Limited, HMTF Furniture Holdings Limited, HMTF Furniture Limited,
      Furniture Co-Investor Limited and the Target and, in respect of the
      poultry business, the demerger agreement dated 27 July 1999 between
      Hillsdown International Limited, HMTF Poultry, HMTF Poultry Holdings
      Limited and the Target;

      "DERIVATIVES TRANSACTION" means a contract, agreement or transaction which
      is:

                                       9

<PAGE>

      (a)   a rate swap, basis swap, commodity swap, forward rate transaction,
            commodity option, equity (or equity or other index) swap or option,
            bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction,
            cap, collar or floor, currency swap, currency option or any other
            similar transaction; and/or

      (b)   any combination of such transactions,

      in each case, whether on-exchange or otherwise;

      "DOCUMENTATION AGENT" means Bankers Trust Company (or its successor) in
      its capacity as documentation agent in respect of the Facilities relating
      to the Acquisition;

      "DRAWDOWN DATE" means the date on which a Drawing takes place;

      "DRAWDOWN NOTICE" means, in respect of a Facility, a notice substantially
      in the terms of the relevant part of schedule 2;

      "DRAWING" means each drawing by way of an Advance or a Letter of Credit
      and each utilisation of Ancillary Facilities made, or to be made, by a
      Borrower under the Facilities and, as the context requires, such Advance
      so drawn down, or Letter of Credit issued or utilisation so made;

      "EBITDA" means in relation to any person, its Consolidated EBITDA measured
      as if references in the definition thereof to "Group" means to that person
      and its Subsidiaries, if any;

      "EFFECTIVE DATE" means the date on which the Scheme becomes effective by
      virtue of an appropriate court order approving the Scheme, having been
      made and duly filed with the Registrar of Companies (together with an
      appropriate minute of reduction of capital) and the satisfaction of all
      other conditions to the Scheme's effectiveness;

      "ENCUMBRANCE" means any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, assignment for the
      purpose of providing security, hypothecation, right in security, security
      interest or trust arrangement for the purpose of providing security, and
      any other security agreement or other arrangement having the effect of
      providing security (including, without limitation, the deposit of monies
      or property with a person with the primary intention of affording such
      person a right of set-off or lien);

      "ENFORCEMENT DATE" means the date of the first declaration made by the
      Agent pursuant to clause 12.2;

      "ENVIRONMENT" means all, or any of, the air (including, without
      limitation, the air within buildings and the air within other natural or
      man-made structures above or below ground), water (including, without
      limitation, ground and surface water) and land (including, without
      limitation, buildings, surface and sub-surface soil);

      "ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIM" means any claim by any person:

                                       10

<PAGE>

      (a)   in respect of any loss or liability suffered or incurred by that
            person as a result of or in connection with any violation of
            Environmental Law; or

      (b)   that arises as a result of or in connection with Environmental
            Contamination and that could give rise to any remedy or penalty
            (whether interim or final) that may be enforced or assessed by
            private or public legal action or administrative order or
            proceedings;

      "ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION" means each of the following and their
      consequences:

      (a)   any release, discharge, emission, leakage or spillage of any
            Dangerous Substance at or from any site owned, occupied or used by
            any member of the Group into any part of the Environment; or

      (b)   any accident, fire, explosion or sudden event at any site owned,
            occupied or used by any member of the Group which is directly or
            indirectly caused by or attributable to any Dangerous Substance; or

      (c)   any other pollution of the Environment;

      "ENVIRONMENTAL LAW" means all laws (including, without limitation, common
      law), regulations, directives, codes of practice, circulars, guidance
      notices and the like having legal effect concerning the protection of
      human health, the Environment, the conditions of the work place or the
      generation, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of Dangerous
      Substances and in the case of codes of practice, circulars, guidance
      notices and the like with which it is customary for persons carrying on a
      similar business to the Group to comply with;

      "ENVIRONMENTAL LICENCE" means any authorisation required by any
      Environmental Law;

      "EQUITY PERMITTED PAYMENT" means at any time, an amount which is required
      by the Target in order, and to the extent necessary, to enable the Target
      to pay amounts which are due and payable at such time or no later than the
      third Banking Day after such time in respect of:

      (a)   audit fees, legal expenses and other proper and necessary incidental
            expenses and corporate overheads up to a maximum aggregate amount of
            L2,500,000 in any financial year;

      (b)   its Taxes but only to the extent such Taxes are attributable to the
            business of the Newco 2 and its Subsidiaries; or

      (c)   contingent liabilities of the Target which existed as at the
            Effective Date which have become actual liabilities of the Target
            provided that:

            (i)   the aggregate amount paid in respect of all such liabilities
                  shall not exceed L15,000,000; and

            (ii)  no breach of any of the Financial Covenants would have
                  occurred on the most recent Financial Covenant test date if
                  (and assuming that)

                                       11

<PAGE>

                  the payment concerned had been made one day before the most
                  recent Financial Covenant test date and had been included
                  within each relevant Financial Covenant test as a deduction to
                  the consolidated trading profits of the Group in calculating
                  Consolidated EBITDA for the relevant period;

      "EURIBOR" means in relation to a particular period:

      (a)   the percentage rate per annum which is sponsored by the European
            Banking Federation and which appears on Telerate page 248 (or such
            other page as may replace such page 248 on such system or on any
            other system of the information vendor for the time being designated
            by the Federation de l'Union Europeene to be the official collector,
            calculator and distributor of the Euro Interbank Offered Rate); or

      (b)   if no such rate appears on the Telerate Screen, the arithmetic mean
            (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest four decimal places)
            of the rates per annum, as supplied to the Agent at its request,
            quoted by the EURIBOR Reference Banks to leading banks in the
            Interbank Market of any Participating Member State(s),

      at or about 11.00 am Central European Time on the Quotation Date of such
      period for the offering of deposits in the relevant Optional Currency in
      an amount approximately equal to the amount in relation to which EURIBOR
      is to be determined for a period equivalent to such period;

      "EURIBOR REFERENCE BANKS" means the principal London offices of JPMorgan
      Chase Bank, Barclays Bank PLC, Citibank N.A. and/or any other Banks
      appointed as such pursuant to clause 17.14;

      "EURO" means the single currency of participating Member States of the
      European Union;

      "EVENT OF DEFAULT" means any of the events or circumstances described in
      clause 12.1;

      "FACILITIES" means any or all (as the context requires) of the Term
      Facilities and the Working Capital Facility (which, for the avoidance of
      doubt, includes the Ancillary Facilities within it);

      "FACILITY A" means the facility granted by clause 2.1(a) or (as the case
      may be) the amount of that facility as determined in accordance with that
      clause;

      "FACILITY A ADVANCE" means each borrowing under either Tranche of Facility
      A under this Agreement or (as the case may be) the principal amount of
      that borrowing outstanding at any relevant time;

      "FACILITY A BANK" means each person whose name is set out in the relevant
      part of schedule 1 as a Facility A Bank or which assumes rights and
      obligations in respect of Facility A pursuant to a Substitution
      Certificate provided that upon (i) termination in full of all the
      Commitments of any Facility A Bank, and (ii) irrevocable payment in full
      of all amounts which may be or become payable to

                                       12

<PAGE>

      such Facility A Bank under the Finance Documents, such Bank shall not be
      regarded as being a Facility A Bank for the purposes of determining
      whether any provision of any of the Finance Documents requiring
      consultation with or the consent or approval of or instructions from the
      Banks or the Majority Banks has been complied with;

      "FACILITY A LIMIT" means L244,322,042;

      "FACILITY A TRANCHE 1" has the meaning given to that term in clause
      2.1(a)(i);

      "FACILITY A TRANCHE 2" has the meaning given to that term in clause
      2.1(a)(ii);

      "FACILITY B" means the facility granted by clause 2.1(b) or (as the case
      may be) the amount of that facility as determined in accordance with that
      clause;

      "FACILITY B ADVANCE" means each borrowing under either Tranche of Facility
      B under this Agreement or (as the case may be) the principal amount of
      that borrowing outstanding at any relevant time;

      "FACILITY B BANK" means each person whose name is set out in the relevant
      part of schedule 1 as a Facility B Bank or which assumes rights and
      obligations in respect of Facility B pursuant to a Substitution
      Certificate provided that upon (i) termination in full of all the
      Commitments of any Facility B Bank, and (ii) irrevocable payment in full
      of all amounts which may be or become payable to such Facility B Bank
      under the Finance Documents, such Bank shall not be regarded as being a
      Facility B Bank for the purposes of determining whether any provision of
      any of the Finance Documents requiring consultation with or the consent or
      approval of or instructions from the Banks or the Majority Banks has been
      complied with;

      "FACILITY B LIMIT" means L67,977,958;

      "FACILITY B TRANCHE 1" has the meaning given to that term in clause
      2.1(b)(i);

      "FACILITY B TRANCHE 2" has the meaning given to that term in clause
      2.1(b)(ii);

      "FEE LETTER" means the letter dated on or about 10 August 1999 between
      Newco 2, the Agent and the Original Arrangers;

      "FINANCE DOCUMENTS" means the Credit Documents and the Security Documents
      and any other documents which the Agent and Newco 2 agree shall be Finance
      Documents;

      "FINANCE LEASE" means any lease under which a member of the Group is the
      lessee which is or should be treated as a finance lease under the
      Appropriate Accounting Principles (and includes any hire purchase contract
      or other arrangement which is or should be similarly treated);

      "FINANCE PARTIES" means the Agent, the Arrangers, the Underwriters, the
      Banks, the Ancillary Facilities Banks, the Fronting Bank, the Hedge
      Counterparties, the Documentation Agent and the Security Agent and (as the
      context requires) "FINANCE PARTY" means any one of them;

                                       13

<PAGE>

      "FINANCE PERIOD" means the period from 10 August 1999 until the date on
      which the Agent confirms that none of the Finance Parties and none of the
      members of the Group has any actual or contingent liabilities or
      obligations under any of the Finance Documents;

      "FINANCIAL COVENANTS" means the financial undertakings set out in clause
      10.3 and schedule 8;

      "FINANCIAL DEFINITIONS" means the definitions set out in schedule 8,
      Capital Expenditure, Borrowed Money, Finance Leases, Net Proceeds,
      unapplied Net Proceeds (as defined in clause 6.10) and Taxes;

      "FINANCIAL MODEL" means the agreed form financial model for the Group
      delivered to the Agent pursuant to clause 6 of the Supplemental Agreement;

      "FLOTATION" means the inclusion of any part of the share capital of any
      Acquisition Party, any Borrower, the Target or any member of the Group in
      the Official List of the UK Listing Authority or the grant of permission
      to deal in the same in the Alternative Investment Market or the European
      Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation or on any recognised
      investment exchange (as that term is used in the Financial Services and
      Markets Act 2000) or in or on any exchange or recognised market replacing
      the same or on any other exchange or recognised market in any country;

      "FRONTING BANK" means JPMorgan Chase Bank or such alternative Working
      Capital Bank as may have agreed in writing with Newco 2 and the Agent to
      issue any Letter of Credit in accordance with the provisions of this
      Agreement;

      "FULL PREPAYMENT EVENT" means either (a) a Change of Control or (b) an
      Asset Sale;

      "FUNDING COST" means (i) in respect of Advances made, or to be made, in
      euros or in a National Currency Unit, EURIBOR or (ii) in respect of
      Advances made, or to be made, in any other Optional Currency or Sterling,
      LIBOR;

      "GOVERNMENT ENTITY" means and includes (whether having a distinct legal
      personality or not) any supra-national, national or local government
      authority, central bank, board, commission, department, division, organ,
      instrumentality, court or agency and any association, organisation or
      institution of which any of the foregoing is a member or to whose
      jurisdiction any of the foregoing is subject or in whose activities any of
      the foregoing is a participant and (if the context requires) which, in
      relation to Environmental Matters, has regulatory or administrative
      authority under Environmental Law;

      "GROUP" means Newco 2 and all its Subsidiaries for the time being, and
      "MEMBER OF THE GROUP" means any one of them;

      "GROUP DEBENTURE" means the guarantee and debenture dated 10 August 1999
      entered into by Newco 2, the Target and the Original Charging Subsidiaries
      in favour of the Security Agent;

                                       14

<PAGE>

      "HEDGE COUNTERPARTIES" means such persons (subject to clause 16.6, each
      being a Bank) which shall at any relevant time be party to any Hedge
      Transactions and which have acceded to the Intercreditor Agreement in such
      capacity;

      "HEDGE DOCUMENTS" means the documents evidencing the Hedge Transactions;

      "HEDGE TRANSACTIONS" means the arrangements to be entered into between
      Newco 2 and the Hedge Counterparties pursuant to clause 10.5(a)(i);

      "HEDGING STRATEGY LETTER" means the letter from Newco 2 to the Agent dated
      12 August 1999 (as amended and restated) relating to hedging;

      "HICKS MUSE" means Hicks, Muse, Tate & Furst Limited, a company
      incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with its registered
      office at 3-9 Old Burlington Street, 5th Floor, London W1S 3AE;

      "HIGH YIELD BONDS" means (i) the 121/4 % Sterling senior notes due 2009
      and (ii) the 12% US Dollar senior notes due 2009, in each case issued by
      Newco 1;

      "HIGH YIELD BOND DOCUMENTS" means the senior note indenture, the note
      depository agreement, the exchange and registration rights agreement, the
      high yield bonds, any exchange notes contemplated by the senior note
      indenture or the exchange and registration rights agreement, the
      engagement letter, the fees letter, indemnity letters, underwriting or
      purchase agreement and all other documents relating to the issuance of the
      High Yield Bonds from time to time;

      "HMTF GROUP" has the meaning given to that term in the definition of
      "Change of Control" in this clause 1.1;

      "HMTF POULTRY" means HMTF Poultry Limited (company number 3808291) whose
      registered office is at 28 The Green, Kings Norton, Birmingham B38 8SD;

      "HMTF POULTRY/NEWCO 2 SUBORDINATION DEED" means the agreed form
      subordination deed entered into between HMTF Poultry, Newco 2 and the
      Security Agent;

      "HOLDING COMPANY" means an entity of which another person is a Subsidiary;

      "INDEBTEDNESS" means any obligation for the payment or repayment of money,
      whether as principal or as surety and whether present or future, actual or
      contingent;

      "INFORMATION MEMORANDA" means documents which have been or are to be
      distributed to Banks or prospective Banks by any of the Arrangers in
      connection with the sub-underwriting or general syndication of the
      Facilities or any Tranche or the transaction contemplated by the
      Supplemental Agreement;

      "INFORMATION PACKAGE" means the Information Memoranda, the Reports and the
      Financial Model;

                                       15

<PAGE>

      "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS" means all copyrights (including rights in
      computer software), trade marks, service marks, business names, patents,
      rights in inventions, registered designs, design rights, database rights
      and topographical or similar rights, rights in trade secrets or other
      confidential information and any other intellectual property rights and
      any interests (including by way of licence) in any of the foregoing (in
      each case whether registered or not and including all applications for the
      same) which may subsist anywhere in the world;

      "INTERCOMPANY LOAN AGREEMENT" means the loan agreement dated 10 August
      1999 entered into by Newco 1 and Newco 2 setting out the terms on which
      Newco 1 has lent to Newco 2 the net proceeds of the High Yield Bonds;

      "INTERCOMPANY LOAN PERMITTED PAYMENT" has the meaning given to that term
      in the Intercompany Loan Subordination Deed;

      "INTERCOMPANY LOAN SUBORDINATION DEED" means the subordination deed dated
      10 August 1999 entered into between Newco 1, Newco 2 and the Security
      Agent;

      "INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT" means the intercreditor agreement entered into,
      or to be entered into, between the Finance Parties, the Senior
      Subordinated Finance Parties and Newco 2;

      "INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" means the last day of an Interest Period;

      "INTEREST PERIOD" means, in relation to any Term Advance, each period for
      the calculation of interest in respect of such Term Advance ascertained in
      accordance with clause 5.1;

      "INVESTORS' UNDERTAKING" means an undertaking in the agreed form granted
      by each of Cayman 1, Newco 1 and the Target in favour of the Security
      Agent;

      "IRISH IPR AGREEMENT" means the agreement for the sale of certain
      Intellectual Property Rights in Ireland in the agreed form entered into,
      or to be entered into, between certain of the Second Vendors and the Irish
      Second Purchaser;

      "IRISH SECOND ACQUISITION" means the acquisition by the Irish Second
      Purchaser of the Ireland ambient food business of Nestle (Ireland) Limited
      pursuant to the Irish Second Acquisition Agreements;

      "IRISH SECOND ACQUISITION AGREEMENTS" means:

      (a)   the Second SPA;

      (b)   the Irish IPR Agreement;

      (c)   the Chef Licence; and

      (d)   all other documents delivered pursuant or in relation to any of (a)
            to (c) (inclusive) above (including, without limitation, the
            transitional services agreement in the agreed form entered into, or
            to be entered into, between

                                       16

<PAGE>

            certain of the Second Vendors and the Second Purchasers in
            connection with the Irish Second Acquisition);

      "IRISH SECOND ACQUISITION COMPLETION DATE" means the date (which shall be
      a Banking Day) on which the Irish Second Acquisition is duly effected by
      the completion of the Irish Second Acquisition Agreements;

      "IRISH SECOND PURCHASER" means Pastam Limited (registered in Ireland with
      company number 323282) whose registered office is at c/o Arthur Cox,
      Arthur Cox Building, Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 3, Ireland;

      "JONKER FRIS SECURITY DOCUMENTS" means a pledge of stock and receivables
      and a guarantee in each case in the agreed form entered into, or to be
      entered into, by Jonker Fris B.V. in favour of the Security Agent;

      "LEGAL DUE DILIGENCE REPORT" means the agreed form report dated on or
      about the date of this Agreement prepared by Weil, Gotshal & Manges
      addressed to the Security Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties;

      "LEGAL OPINIONS" means the legal opinions delivered pursuant to clause 3,
      clause 10.2(f) or pursuant to the Supplemental Agreement in form and
      substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably);

      "LETTER OF CREDIT" means a letter of credit, bond, guarantee or other
      undertaking issued or to be issued by the Fronting Bank pursuant to the
      terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement in such form as may
      be requested by a Working Capital Borrower and is acceptable to the
      Fronting Bank and the Agent (acting reasonably);

      "LIBOR" means, in relation to a particular period, the rate for deposits
      of the relevant currency for a period equivalent to such period at or
      about 11 a.m. on the Quotation Date for such period as displayed on
      Telerate page 3750 (or, as the case may be, 3740) (British Bankers'
      Association Interest Settlement Rates) (or such other page as may replace
      such page 3750 (or, as the case may be, 3740) on such system or on any
      other system of the information vendor for the time being designated by
      the British Bankers' Association to calculate the BBA Interest Settlement
      Rate (as defined in the British Bankers' Association's Recommended Terms
      and Conditions ("BBAIRS" terms) dated August, 1985)), provided that if on
      such date no such rate is so displayed, LIBOR for such period shall be the
      arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to five decimal places) of
      the rates respectively quoted to the Agent by each of the LIBOR Reference
      Banks at the request of the Agent as such LIBOR Reference Bank's offered
      rate for deposits of the relevant currency in an amount approximately
      equal to the amount in relation to which LIBOR is to be determined for a
      period equivalent to such period to leading banks in the London Interbank
      Market at or about 11 a.m. on the Quotation Date for such period;

      "LIBOR REFERENCE BANKS" means the principal London offices of JPMorgan
      Chase Bank, Barclays Bank PLC, Citibank N.A. and/or any other Banks
      appointed as such pursuant to clause 17.14;

                                       17

<PAGE>

      "LOAN NOTE INSTRUMENT" means the instrument in the agreed form dated on or
      about the Second Effective Date constituting up to L164,656,894
      unsecured loan notes due 2017 of Premier Foods Investments Limited;

      "MAJORITY BANKS" means at any relevant time Banks the aggregate of whose
      Commitments in respect of the Facilities exceeds 662/3 per cent. of the
      Total Commitments in respect of the Facilities but so that (i) if at such
      time the Total Commitments in respect of any Tranche or Facility have been
      reduced to zero references to a Bank's Commitment in relation to such
      Tranche or Facility shall be construed as amongst the Finance Parties (and
      not so as to give any rights to any other person) as a reference to that
      Bank's Commitment in relation to such Tranche or (as applicable) Facility
      immediately prior to such reduction to zero and (ii) in the context of a
      particular Facility (rather than the Facilities as a whole) references to
      the "Majority Banks" shall be construed so as to relate only to Banks with
      Commitments in respect of that Facility;

      "MARGIN" means, in respect of:

      (a)   Facility A, 2.25 per cent. per annum, adjusted in accordance with
            paragraph 2 of schedule 8;

      (b)   Facility B, 2.75 per cent. per annum; and

      (c)   the Working Capital Facility, 2.25 per cent. per annum, adjusted in
            accordance with paragraph 2 of schedule 8;

      "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means any effect, event or circumstance which
      (on its own or in combination with other effects, events or circumstances)
      has, or is reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on (i) the
      business, assets, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or
      prospects of the Group taken as a whole or (ii) the validity or
      enforceability of any of the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies
      of the Finance Parties thereunder;

      "MATERIAL ENTITY" means:

      (a)   each Obligor;

      (b)   each Acquisition Party; and

      (c)   each member of the Group:

            (i)   whose EBITDA constitutes 5 per cent. or more of the
                  Consolidated EBITDA of the Group, as shown by the most recent
                  audited financial statements (consolidated where applicable)
                  of that member of the Group and the Group (respectively); or

            (ii)  whose turnover (consolidated with the turnover of its
                  Subsidiaries, if any) constitutes 5 per cent. or more of
                  consolidated turnover of the Group, as shown by the most
                  recent audited financial statements (consolidated where
                  applicable) of that member of the Group and the Group
                  (respectively); or

                                       18

<PAGE>

            (iii) whose total assets (consolidated with the total assets of its
                  Subsidiaries, if any) constitute 5 per cent. or more of
                  consolidated total assets of the Group taken as a whole, as
                  shown by the most recent audited financial statements
                  (consolidated where applicable) of that member of the Group
                  and the Group (respectively); or

            (iv)  to which has been transferred (whether by one transaction or a
                  series of transactions, related or not) all or substantially
                  all of the assets of another member of the Group which,
                  immediately prior to that transaction or any of the
                  transactions in that series, was a Material Entity as
                  determined under paragraphs (i), (ii) or (iii) above; or

            (v)   which is a Holding Company of any Obligor or any Material
                  Entity determined under paragraphs (i) to (iv) above;

      "MATURITY DATE" means, in relation to any Working Capital Advance, the
      last day of the period for which that Working Capital Advance is drawn
      down;

      "MATURITY PERIOD" means, in relation to any Working Capital Advance, the
      period beginning on its Drawdown Date and ending on its Maturity Date
      (provided that no Maturity Period shall extend beyond the Termination
      Date);

      "MONTH" or "MONTHS" means (a) (save as referred to in (b) below) a period
      beginning in one calendar month and ending in the relevant later calendar
      month on the day numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar
      month in which it started, provided that (i) if the period started on the
      last Banking Day in a calendar month or if there is no such numerically
      corresponding day, it shall end on the last Banking Day in such later
      calendar month and (ii) if such numerically corresponding day is not a
      Banking Day, the period shall end on the next following Banking Day in
      such later calendar month but if there is no such Banking Day it shall end
      on the preceding Banking Day and "MONTHLY" shall be construed accordingly;
      and (b) in the context of financial reporting, periods of four or five
      weeks by reference to which monthly management accounts are prepared;

      "NATIONAL CURRENCY UNIT" means the unit of currency (other than a euro
      unit) of a Participating Member State;

      "NET DERIVATIVES LIABILITY" means, at any time, the net liability (if any)
      at such time of Newco 2 and the other members of the Group taken as a
      whole in respect of Derivatives Transactions determined by reference to
      the amounts (as determined by the Agent) which would be payable or
      receivable by Newco 2 and the other members of the Group pursuant to the
      terms of such Derivatives Transactions if such Derivatives Transactions
      were terminated at such time;

      "NET PROCEEDS" means, in respect of a disposal of an asset, the full
      amount of cash proceeds and Cash Equivalents realised on such disposal
      (including any such proceeds realised by way of deferred payment or
      instalment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or
      otherwise, but only as and when received) less the costs of such disposal
      for which purpose (a) such proceeds not in Sterling shall be deemed to be
      their Sterling equivalent at the date of the

                                       19

<PAGE>

      relevant disposal and (b) "costs of disposal" includes legal fees, agents'
      commissions, auditors' and accountants' fees, bankers' fees, registration
      fees and other customary fees and expenses, reasonable provisions for Tax
      payable (after taking into account any available Tax credits or deductions
      and any Tax sharing arrangements), and any amount of such proceeds used to
      repay any Indebtedness secured on the relevant asset and any purchase
      price adjustments reasonably expected to be payable in connection with any
      such disposal;

      "NEW ARTICLES" means the new articles of association of Newco 2 in the
      agreed form;

      "NEW TARGET ARTICLES" means the new articles of association of the Target
      in the agreed form to be adopted pursuant to the Scheme and which provide
      that no dividend may be paid on, nor any distribution made in respect of,
      nor any return of capital paid on any of the Target Ordinary Shares if
      this would constitute a breach of any Finance Document or the Bridge
      Facility Agreement or the High Yield Bond Documents;

      "NEWCO 1" means Premier International Foods plc (formerly Queensbury
      Finance plc), company number 3771991, whose registered office is at 28 The
      Green, Kings Norton, Birmingham B38 8SD;

      "NEWCO 2" means Premier Financing Limited (formerly Crescent Acquisition
      Limited), company number 3716362, whose registered office is at 28 The
      Green, Kings Norton, Birmingham B38 8SD;

      "NON-UK RESIDENT SUBSIDIARY" means any wholly-owned Subsidiary of Newco 2
      other than a Subsidiary which is a UK resident Subsidiary;

      "OBLIGORS" means the Borrowers, the Target, the Irish Second Purchaser and
      the members of the Charging Group and "OBLIGOR" means any of them;

      "OPTIONAL CURRENCY" means any currency, other than Sterling, which is
      freely transferable, freely convertible into Sterling and dealt in a
      London Interbank Market;

      "ORIGINAL ARRANGERS" means J.P. Morgan plc of 125 London Wall, London EC2Y
      5AJ, Deutsche Banc Alex. Brown Incorporated of 1 Appold Street, London,
      EC2A 2HE (or its successor) and Salomon Brothers International Limited of
      111 Buckingham Palace Road, London SW1W OSB;

      "ORIGINAL CHARGING SUBSIDIARY" means each member of the Group listed as
      such in schedule 6;

      "ORIGINAL TRANCHES" means Facility A Tranche 1 and Facility B Tranche 1;

      "ORIGINAL UNDERWRITERS" means JPMorgan Chase Bank of 125 London Wall,
      London, EC2Y 5AJ, Bankers Trust Company of 1 Appold Street, London, EC2A
      2HE (or its successor) and Citibank N.A. of 388 Greenwich Street, 33rd
      Floor, New York, New York 10013;

                                       20

<PAGE>

      "PARTICIPATING MEMBER STATE" means a member state of the European Union
      that has adopted or adopts the single currency in accordance with the
      Treaty;

      "PERMITTED ACQUISITIONS" has the meaning ascribed thereto in clause
      10.6(s);

      "PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCE" means an Encumbrance being any of the following,
      namely:

      (a)   title retention arrangements arising in the ordinary course of the
            relevant member of the Group's business as carried on by it at the
            date of this Agreement or (if later) the date it becomes a member of
            the Group;

      (b)   any Encumbrance arising by operation of law (not by contract or
            otherwise) including, without limitation, banker's liens or rights
            of set-off and liens arising in the ordinary course of the relevant
            member of the Group's business as carried on by it at the date of
            this Agreement or (if later) the date it becomes a member of the
            Group, so long as any amounts in respect of which such liens or
            rights of set-off arise are not more than 60 days overdue for
            payment or are being contested in good faith by appropriate
            proceedings;

      (c)   any Encumbrance created by any of the Security Documents or
            (provided that a first ranking Encumbrance over the same asset is
            created by a Security Document) in favour of the Senior Subordinated
            Finance Parties;

      (d)   any Encumbrance created or existing with the prior written consent
            of the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Banks;

      (e)   any Encumbrance constituted by any Finance Lease permitted under
            clause 10.6(c)(viii);

      (f)   [Not restated];

      (g)   any Encumbrances for Taxes which are being contested in good faith
            by appropriate proceedings, provided that adequate reserves with
            respect to such contested Taxes are maintained on the books of the
            appropriate members of the Group in conformity with the Appropriate
            Accounting Principles;

      (h)   [Not restated];

      (i)   [Not restated];

      (j)   Encumbrances securing Borrowed Money permitted by clause
            10.6(c)(vii) provided that (i) any such Encumbrance is not extended
            to cover any other property or assets upon or following consummation
            of such Permitted Acquisition and (ii) the amount of Borrowed Money
            secured thereby is not increased other than pursuant to the
            instrument under which such Encumbrance was created, which
            instrument shall not be amended so as to increase the amount of
            Borrowed Money secured thereby at any time after such acquisition;

                                       21

<PAGE>

      (k)   deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other
            than for Borrowed Money), leases, Intellectual Property Rights,
            statutory obligations, insurance contracts, surety and appeal bonds,
            performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in
            the ordinary course of business;

      (l)   Encumbrances securing Borrowed Money of any member of the Group
            incurred to finance the acquisition of fixed or capital assets
            (provided that (i) such Encumbrances shall be created substantially
            simultaneously with the acquisition of such fixed or capital assets,
            (ii) such Encumbrances do not at any time encumber any assets other
            than the assets financed by such Borrowed Money and (iii) the amount
            of Borrowed Money secured thereby is not increased);

      (m)   Encumbrances securing Borrowed Money existing on any property or
            assets at the time of its acquisition by a member of the Group or
            existing on such property or assets of any person that becomes a
            member of the Group after the date hereof at time such person
            becomes a member of the Group (other than any such Encumbrance
            created in contemplation of such acquisition) provided that (i) the
            Borrowed Money secured thereby is Borrowed Money of, or is assumed
            by, the relevant acquiring member of the Group, (ii) no such
            Encumbrance is extended to cover any additional property or assets
            and (iii) the amount of Borrowed Money secured thereby is not
            increased other than pursuant to the instrument under which such
            Encumbrance was created, which instrument shall not be amended so as
            to increase the amount of Borrowed Money secured thereby at any time
            after such acquisition;

      (n)   Encumbrances on the property of any member of the Group in favour of
            the landlord of such property securing licences, subleases or leases
            permitted hereunder;

      (o)   attachment or judgment Encumbrances not constituting an Event of
            Default;

      (p)   Encumbrances not otherwise permitted hereunder so long as neither
            (i) the aggregate Indebtedness secured thereby nor (ii) the
            aggregate fair market value (as at the date the relevant Encumbrance
            is created) of the assets subject thereto exceeds L3,000,000
            at any time; and

      (q)   (to the extent only that clause 4.5.(a)(v) is complied with) any
            Encumbrance in favour of an Ancillary Facilities Bank over credit
            balances on bank accounts of Obligors with such Ancillary Facilities
            Bank created in order to facilitate the operation of such bank
            accounts on a net balance basis for the purpose of calculating the
            outstanding Drawings by way of overdraft under the Ancillary
            Facilities provided by such Ancillary Facilities Bank, with credit
            balances and debt balances on the various accounts being netted off;

                                       22

<PAGE>

      "POOLING MEMORANDA" means the memoranda in favour of National Westminster
      Bank plc, Lloyds TSB Bank Plc and Barclays Bank PLC entered into, or to be
      entered into from time to time, by Working Capital Borrowers;

      "PRESS RELEASE" means the press release announcing the Acquisition
      Parties' firm intention to propose the Scheme;

      "PUSHDOWN" means the completion of all of the following transactions with
      no payments of cash being made:

      (a)   Newco 1 (and therefore indirectly Newco 2) is contributed by Cayman
            1 to the Target as a gift;

      (b)   Newco 1 and Newco 2 acquire all the existing Subsidiaries of the
            Target (other than Citadel Insurance Company and J.J. Yates & Co.
            Limited) in exchange in part for the issue of shares in Newco 1 to
            the Target and in part for the cancellation of the Target Preference
            Shares held by Newco 2; and

      (c)   Newco 2 acquires all the shares in the Subsidiaries of Newco 1
            (other than the shares in Newco 2) in exchange for the issue of
            shares in Newco 2 to Newco 1;

      "QUALIFYING BANK" means a person which on any date on which interest is
      payable under this Agreement is beneficially entitled to the interest
      payable to it under this Agreement and is:

      (a)   in relation to any Drawing made available to a person resident in
            the United Kingdom, a UK Lender or a Treaty Lender; or

      (b)   in relation to any Drawing made available to any other person, any
            person;

      "QUALIFYING NON-UK RESIDENT SUBSIDIARY" at any time, means a Non-UK
      resident Subsidiary which is either:

      (a)   resident (as such term is defined in the appropriate double taxation
            treaty) in a country ("THE COUNTRY OF RESIDENCE OF THE QUALIFYING
            NON-UK RESIDENT SUBSIDIARY") with which:

            (i)   the United Kingdom; and

            (ii)  each country in which the Finance Parties at that time are
                  resident (as such term is defined in the double taxation
                  treaty between that country and the Country of Residence of
                  the Qualifying Non-UK resident Subsidiary);

      has a double taxation treaty giving residents of those countries complete
      exemption from the imposition of any withholding or deduction for or on
      account of Taxes of the Country of Residence of the Qualifying Non-UK
      resident Subsidiary on interest (whether or not the Finance Parties carry
      on business in the Country of Residence of the Qualifying Non-UK resident
      Subsidiary through a permanent establishment with which the Indebtedness

                                       23

<PAGE>

      under a Finance Document in respect of which the interest is paid is
      connected); or

      (b)   resident in a country for the purposes of Taxation in that country
            which does not at that time impose any withholding or deduction for
            or on account of Taxes on payments of interest by residents of that
            country;

      and in each case not resident or otherwise liable to Taxation in any other
      country for the purposes of Taxation in that country;

      "QUARTER" means, in respect of each financial year, each of the periods
      (each comprising three successive months) ending on or about 31 March, 30
      June, 30 September and 31 December in such financial year;

      "QUOTATION DATE" means, in relation to an Interest Period, Maturity Period
      or other period for which EURIBOR or LIBOR is to be determined, in the
      case of a determination of EURIBOR, the second Banking Day before the
      first day of such period and, in the case of a determination of LIBOR, the
      date on which quotations would customarily be provided by leading banks in
      the London Interbank Market for deposits in the relevant currency for
      delivery on the first day of that Interest Period, Maturity Period or
      other period provided that, if for any such period quotations would
      customarily be given on more than one date, the Quotation Date for that
      period shall be the last of those dates;

      "RECOVERING BANK" has the meaning given to that term in clause 15.2;

      "REFERENCE BANKS" means the LIBOR Reference Banks and/or the EURIBOR
      Reference Banks, as the context may require;

      "RELEVANT LIABILITIES" means, at any time, the aggregate of the amounts
      drawn under, and all other amounts owing under or in respect of, the
      Target Group's loan facilities on the date of the first Term Advance (such
      loan facilities being set out in detail in part A of schedule 13 of this
      Agreement in its original form);

      "RELEVANT PROPORTION" means, in relation to a Working Capital Bank and the
      outstanding Letters of Credit at any relevant time, the proportion which
      that Working Capital Bank's Commitment in respect of the Working Capital
      Facility at the time of the issue of such Letters of Credit bears to the
      Total Commitments in respect of the Working Capital Facility at such time,
      but so that if at such time such Working Capital Bank's Commitment in
      respect of the Working Capital Facility has been reduced pursuant to
      clause 6.5 or 14.1 then as amongst the Finance Parties (but not so as to
      give any rights to any other person and for the purpose of this definition
      only) such Working Capital Bank's Commitment in respect of the Working
      Capital Facility shall not be deemed to have been reduced to the extent
      that the relevant Borrower does not discharge the outstanding Letters of
      Credit representing such Working Capital Bank's Commitment in respect of
      the Working Capital Facility;

      "REPAYMENT DATES" means, in relation to the Term Advances, each of the
      dates on which repayment instalments in respect of the Term Advances are
      due under clause 6.1;

                                       24

<PAGE>

      "REPORTS" means the Accountants' Report, the further report dated July
      1999 compiled by PricewaterhouseCoopers and addressed to the Finance
      Parties, the Legal Due Diligence Report and the Second Reports;

      "ROWNTREES LICENCE" means the licence of the "Rowntrees" trade mark in the
      agreed form entered into, or to be entered into, between certain of the
      Second Vendors and the UK Second Purchaser;

      "SCHEME" means a scheme of arrangement in respect of the Target which is
      in accordance with the Structure Paper and pursuant to which Newco 2
      subscribes in cash for all of the Target Preference Shares in conjunction
      with the Target cancelling all of its share capital existing immediately
      prior to such scheme of arrangement becoming effective and Cayman 1 and
      Cayman 2 subscribing in cash for all of the ordinary shares in the Target;

      "SCHEME DOCUMENTS" means the Circular and each of the other documents
      issued, or to be issued, by or on behalf of the Target to its shareholders
      in respect of the Scheme;

      "SECOND ACQUISITIONS" means the UK Second Acquisition and the Irish Second
      Acquisition;

      "SECOND ACQUISITIONS AGREEMENTS" means the UK Second Acquisition
      Agreements and the Irish Second Acquisition Agreements and "SECOND
      ACQUISITIONS AGREEMENT" means any one of them;

      "SECOND ACQUISITIONS PURPOSES" means any of the following purposes:

      (a)   to make payments of the consideration due under the Second
            Acquisitions Agreements; and

      (b)   to make payment due of the costs, expenses and Taxes of Newco 2 and
            the Second Purchasers incurred in connection with the Second
            Acquisitions;

      "SECOND EFFECTIVE DATE" has the meaning given to the term "Effective Date"
      in the Supplemental Agreement;

      "SECOND FEE LETTERS" means the fee letters dated 3 May 2002 between Newco
      2 and the Agent and between Newco 2, the Amendment Arrangers and the
      Amendment Underwriters;

      "SECOND PURCHASERS" means the UK Second Purchaser and the Irish Second
      Purchaser and "SECOND PURCHASER" means any one of them;

      "SECOND REPORTS" means the reports in the agreed form compiled or to be
      compiled by PricewaterhouseCoopers, KPMG, ERM and Weil, Gotshal & Manges,
      in each case in connection with the Second Acquisitions and addressed to
      the Finance Parties (or the Security Agent on their behalf);

      "SECOND SPA" means the sale and purchase agreement (together with its
      schedules) in the agreed form dated 3 May 2002 between the Second
      Purchasers, Newco 2 and the Second Vendors relating to the Second
      Acquisitions;

                                       25

<PAGE>

      "SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL DEBENTURE" means the deed in the agreed form
      supplemental to the Group Debenture entered into by the Second Purchasers,
      Horberry & Baker Limited and Hillsdown International B.V. in favour of the
      Security Agent;

      "SECOND SYNDICATION COMPLETION DATE" means the date which is the earlier
      of (i) the date falling 120 days after the date of the Supplemental
      Agreement (such period to be increased by a day for each day during which
      any proceedings, investigation, examination or enquiry in respect of any
      part of the Second Acquisitions are initiated or are ongoing by any
      competition authority) and (ii) the date on which the Amendment Arrangers
      declare that the syndication has successfully completed;

      "SECOND TRANCHES" means Facility A Tranche 2 and Facility B Tranche 2;

      "SECOND TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS" means the Second Acquisitions Agreements,
      the Loan Note Instrument and the other documents in the agreed form which
      implement the recapitalisation and other steps set out in the agreed form
      structure paper referred to in paragraph 8.1 of schedule 4 to the
      Supplemental Agreement;

      "SECOND VENDORS" means Nestle UK Limited, Nestle (Ireland) Limited and
      Nestle S.A. and any of their Affiliates which are party to any of the
      Second Acquisitions Agreements;

      "SECURITY AGENT" means J.P. Morgan Europe Limited (formerly Chase
      Manhattan International Limited) of 125 London Wall, London EC2Y 5AJ or
      such other person as may be appointed security agent and trustee for the
      Finance Parties pursuant to clause 17.13 and, in each case, its successors
      in title;

      "SECURITY DOCUMENTS" means, at any time, those of the following documents
      which have been executed (or purported to have been executed) by all
      parties thereto and have not been discharged or released at such time: (i)
      the Group Debenture, (ii) the Target Group Share Pledges, (iii) the
      Subordination Deeds, (iv) the Bond and Floating Charges, (v) the Standard
      Securities, (vi) the Investors' Undertaking, (vii) the Jonker Fris
      Security Documents, (viii) the Voting Undertaking, (ix) the Second
      Supplemental Debenture,(x) any and all other Encumbrances (including,
      without limitation, the Pooling Memoranda), guarantees and other
      instruments from time to time entered into by any member of the Group by
      way of guarantee and/or security in respect of amounts owed to the Finance
      Parties under this Agreement (whether or not also in respect of any other
      Indebtedness);

      "SENIOR SUBORDINATED FACILITY" means the Facility (as defined in the
      Senior Subordinated Facility Agreement);

      "SENIOR SUBORDINATED FACILITY ADVANCES" means the Advances (as defined in
      the Senior Subordinated Facility Agreement);

      "SENIOR SUBORDINATED FACILITY AGREEMENT" has the meaning given to that
      term in the Intercreditor Agreement;

                                       26

<PAGE>

      "SENIOR SUBORDINATED FINANCE DOCUMENTS" means the Finance Documents (as
      defined in the Senior Subordinated Facility Agreement);

      "SENIOR SUBORDINATED FINANCE PARTIES" has the meaning given to that term
      in the Intercreditor Agreement;

      "SHAREHOLDER INJECTIONS" means:

      (a)   in respect of Newco 2, the making of Subordinated Shareholder Loans
            to it and the subscription by Newco 1 for shares in Newco 2 in
            accordance with clause 10.6(m); and

      (b)   in respect of any other Acquisition Party, the issuing of shares or
            loan notes by such Acquisition Party to its shareholders for cash
            and the borrowing of cash by such Acquisition Party from its
            shareholders, in each case in a manner and on terms and conditions
            not resulting in a Default provided that the proceeds of such
            issuance or borrowing are, in a manner and on terms and conditions
            not resulting in a Default, directly or indirectly invested by such
            Acquisition Party in Newco 2 in the manner referred to in (a) above;

      "STANDARD SECURITIES" means the standard securities in the agreed form
      entered into, or to be entered into, by members of the Group over
      properties situate at (i) Orchard Loan, Lochside, Forfar, Tayside and (ii)
      Blocks 10 and 11, Craig Park, Newcraighall Road, Edinburgh, Lothian (in
      each case) in favour of the Security Agent;

      "STERLING" and "(POUND)" mean the lawful currency for the time being of
      the United Kingdom and in respect of all payments to be made under this
      Agreement in Sterling mean immediately available, freely transferable
      cleared funds;

      "STERLING AMOUNT" means (a) in relation to a Drawing to be made in
      Sterling the amount in Sterling so drawn down, (b) in relation to a
      Drawing under the Working Capital Facility which has been or is to be
      drawn down in an Optional Currency, the amount in Sterling which was or
      would be required to purchase the principal amount of that Drawing at or
      prior to the Drawdown Date as determined in accordance with clause
      4.17(c), in each case as reduced by any repayment or prepayment under this
      Agreement;

      "STRUCTURE PAPER" means the structure paper dated 9 August 1999 in the
      agreed form which sets out the structure of, and the steps involved in,
      the acquisition of the Target pursuant to the Scheme and the refinancing
      of the Relevant Liabilities of the Target and its Subsidiaries;

      "SUBORDINATED SHAREHOLDER LOANS" means subordinated loans lent by UK
      Topco, the Target, Newco 1 or HMTF Poultry and borrowed by Newco 2 other
      than under the Intercompany Loan Agreement or the Target/Newco 2 Loan
      Agreement), which loans do not bear cash interest, cannot be repaid during
      the Finance Period and are otherwise fully subordinated to the obligations
      of the Obligors under the Finance Documents on terms satisfactory to the
      Agent and where copies (certified by a director or the secretary of Newco
      2 as true,

                                       27

<PAGE>

      complete and up-to-date copies) of the documents evidencing such Borrowed
      Money are delivered to the Agent promptly upon those documents being
      entered into, or, where the context requires, the documents or instruments
      evidencing such loans;

      "SUBORDINATION DEEDS" means (a) the Intercompany Loan Subordination Deed
      and the Target/Newco 2 Subordination Deed and (b) the HMTF Poultry/Newco2
      Subordination Deed and any other subordination deeds from time to time
      entered into in favour of the Security Trustee in respect of Subordinated
      Shareholder Loans;

      "SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENTS" means:

      (a)   the subscription agreement dated 14 May 1999 as amended and restated
            on 26 May 1999 between Cayman 1 and HMTF Investment Partners, C.V.
            as subscriber; and

      (b)   the subscription agreement originally dated 14 May 1999 as amended
            and restated on 26 May 1999 between Cayman 2 and HMTF Investment
            Partners, C.V. as subscriber;

      "SUBSIDIARY" means:

      (a)   in relation to the Target and Newco 2, a subsidiary within the
            meaning of section 736 of the Act and, for the purposes of clauses
            10.1(a), 10.3 and schedule 8 only, a subsidiary undertaking within
            the meaning of section 258 of the Act; and

      (b)   in relation to any other person, any entity (a) which is controlled
            directly or indirectly by that person or (b) of whose dividends or
            distributions on ordinary voting share capital that person is
            entitled to receive more than 50 per cent.; and "control" for this
            purpose means the direct or indirect ownership of the majority of
            the voting share capital of such entity or to determine the
            composition of a majority of the board of directors (or like board)
            of such entity, in each case whether by virtue of ownership of share
            capital, contract or otherwise;

      "SUBSTITUTE" has the meaning given to that term in clause 16.3;

      "SUBSTITUTE BASIS" has the meaning given to that term in clause 14.4(b);

      "SUBSTITUTION CERTIFICATE" means a certificate substantially in the terms
      of part A or part B of schedule 5;

      "SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT" means the agreement supplemental to this
      Agreement dated on or about 27 May 2002 made between, amongst others, the
      parties to this Agreement;

      "TARGET" means Premier Holdings Limited (formerly Hillsdown Holdings plc)
      (company number 971448) whose registered office is at 28 The Green, Kings
      Norton, Birmingham B38 8SD;

                                       28

<PAGE>

      "TARGET DAY" means a day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-time
      Gross Settlement Express Transfer system (TARGET) is operating;

      "TARGET GROUP" means the Target and its Subsidiaries from time to time and
      "MEMBER OF THE TARGET GROUP" means any of them;

      "TARGET GROUP SHARE PLEDGES" means the pledges in favour of the Security
      Agent in the agreed form entered into, or to be entered into, by:

      (i)   Hillsdown Europe Limited (in respect of its shares in Hillsdown
            Holland B.V.);

      (ii)  Premier International Foods UK Limited (in respect of its shares in
            Melroses Limited and Ridgways Limited);

      (iii) Hillsdown International B.V. (in respect of its shares in Jonker
            Fris B.V.);

      (iv)  Hillsdown Holland B.V. (in respect of its shares in Hillsdown
            Holdings France S.A.S.);

      (v)   Hillsdown Holdings France S.A.S. (in respect of its shares in
            Materne Boin S.A. and Premier Brands France S.A.);

      (vi)  Newco 2 (in respect of its shares in Premier Brands Limited); and

      (vii) Hillsdown Ambient Foods Group Limited (in respect of its shares in
            Robert Wilson & Sons (Est. 1849) Limited);

      "TARGET/NEWCO 2 LOAN AGREEMENT" means the loan agreement in the agreed
      form between Newco 2 as borrower and the Target pursuant to which
      L215,200,000 of the proceeds of the Demerger have been lent to Newco
      2;

      "TARGET/NEWCO 2 SUBORDINATION DEED" means the agreed form subordination
      deed entered into, or to be entered into, between the Target, Newco 2 and
      the Security Agent;

      "TARGET ORDINARY SHARES" means ordinary shares in the Target issued or to
      be issued upon or at any time after the Effective Date;

      "TARGET PREFERENCE SHARES" means the fixed rate preference shares in the
      capital of the Target issued or to be issued upon or at any time after the
      Effective Date;

      "TAXES" means all taxes, imposts, duties, levies, charges, deductions and
      withholdings in the nature or on account of tax whether of the United
      Kingdom or elsewhere, together with all interest thereon and penalties
      with respect thereto and "TAX" and "TAXATION" shall be construed
      accordingly;

      "TERM ADVANCE" means all or any (as the context requires) of a Facility A
      Advance and a Facility B Advance;

                                       29

<PAGE>

      "TERM COMMITMENT PERIOD" means in respect of (i) the Original Tranches,
      the period commencing on 10 August 1999 and expiring on 18 August 1999 and
      (ii) the Second Tranches, the Second Effective Date but, in any event,
      ending on any earlier date upon which the Total Commitments in respect of
      the relevant Tranche are cancelled or reduced to zero under or pursuant to
      any of the terms of this Agreement;

      "TERM FACILITIES" means Facility A and Facility B;

      "TERMINATION DATE" means (i) (in respect of each Tranche) the last day of
      its Term Commitment Period or (ii) (in respect of the Working Capital
      Facility) the last day of the Working Capital Commitment Period;

      "THIRD ACQUISITION AGREEMENTS" means the Acquisition Agreements (as
      defined in the Senior Subordinated Facility Agreement);

      "THIRD ACQUISITIONS" means the Acquisitions (as defined in the Senior
      Subordinated Facility Agreement);

      "THIRD PURCHASER" means the Purchaser (as defined in the Senior
      Subordinated Facility Agreement);

      "THIRD REPORTS" means the Reports (as defined in the Senior Subordinated
      Facility Agreement);

      "THIRD VENDORS" means the Vendors (as defined in the Senior Subordinated
      Facility Agreement);

      "TOTAL COMMITMENTS" means, in respect of a Tranche or a Facility or (as
      the context requires) the Facilities at any relevant time, the total of
      the Commitments of all the Banks in respect of such Tranche, Facility or
      Facilities (as appropriate) at such time;

      "TOTAL CONTRIBUTIONS" means, in respect of any Tranche or Facility or (as
      the context requires) the Facilities at any relevant time, the total of
      the Contributions of all the Banks in respect of such Tranche or Facility
      or Facilities (as appropriate) at such time;

      "TRANCHE" means all or any (as the context requires) of the Original
      Tranches and the Second Tranches;

      "TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS" means the Intercompany Loan Agreement, the
      Target/Newco 2 Loan Agreement, the Subordinated Shareholder Loans, the
      Demerger Agreements, the Second Transaction Documents and the Third
      Acquisition Agreements;

      "TREATY" means the Treaty establishing the European Economic Community
      being the Treaty of Rome of 25 March 1957 as amended by the Single
      European Act 1986 and the Maastricht Treaty (which was signed on 7
      February 1992 and came into force on 1 November 1993) as amended, varied
      or supplemented from time to time;

                                       30

<PAGE>

      "TREATY LENDER" means a person which, by virtue of the provisions of a
      double taxation agreement between the jurisdiction in which the relevant
      Borrower is resident and the country of residence of that person is,
      subject only to a prior direction given to the relevant Borrower by the
      appropriate tax authority pursuant to an application by that person,
      eligible, on the date of this Agreement (or, if later, the date such Bank
      becomes a party to this Agreement) to have payments made to it by that
      Borrower under this Agreement without any deduction or withholding in
      respect of Taxes;

      "TRUST PROPERTY" means, collectively, (i) the security, powers, rights,
      titles, benefits and interests (both present and future) constituted by
      and conferred on the Security Agent under or pursuant to the Security
      Documents (including, without limitation, the benefit of all covenants
      given in the Security Documents), (ii) all moneys, property and other
      assets paid or transferred to or vested in the Security Agent (or any
      agent of the Security Agent) or received or recovered by the Security
      Agent (or any agent of the Security Agent) pursuant to, or in connection
      with, any of the Security Documents whether from any member of the
      Charging Group or any other person and (iii) all rights, benefits,
      interests, money, investments, property and other assets at any time
      representing or deriving from any of the foregoing, including all
      interest, income and other sums at any time received or receivable by the
      Security Agent (or any agent of the Security Agent) in respect of the same
      (or any part thereof);

      "UKIPR AGREEMENT" means the agreement for the sale of certain Intellectual
      Property Rights in the agreed form entered into, or to be entered into,
      between the certain of the Second Vendors and the UK Second Purchaser;

      "UK LENDER" means:

      (a)   a company which is resident in the United Kingdom for tax purposes;
            or

      (b)   a partnership each of whose members is a company so resident; or

      (c)   a company which is not resident in the United Kingdom for tax
            purposes, but which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through
            a branch or agency and is subject to corporation tax on interest
            paid to it under this Agreement under section 11(2) of the Income
            and Corporation Taxes Act 1988;

      "UK LISTING AUTHORITY" means the Financial Services Authority in its
      capacity as the competent authority for the purposes of Part VI of the
      Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;

      "UK RESIDENT SUBSIDIARY" means any wholly-owned Subsidiary of Newco 2
      which is incorporated in, and is, for the purposes of United Kingdom
      Taxation, resident in, the United Kingdom;

      "UK SECOND ACQUISITION" means the acquisition by the UK Second Purchaser
      of the United Kingdom ambient food business of Nestle UK Ltd pursuant to
      the UK Second Acquisition Agreements;

                                       31

<PAGE>

      "UK SECOND ACQUISITION AGREEMENTS" means:

      (a)   the Second SPA;

      (b)   the UKIPR Agreement;

      (c)   the Rowntrees Licence; and

      (d)   all other documents delivered pursuant to or in relation to any of
            (a) to (c) (inclusive) above (including, without limitation, the
            transitional services agreement in the agreed form entered into, or
            to be entered into, between certain of the Second Vendors and the
            Second Purchasers in connection with the UK Second Acquisition);

      "UK SECOND ACQUISITION COMPLETION DATE" means the date (which shall be a
      Banking Day) on which the UK Second Acquisition is duly effected by the
      completion of the UK Second Acquisition Agreements;

      "UK SECOND PURCHASER" means Premier Ambient Products (UK) Limited (company
      number 4427006) whose registered office is at 28 The Green, Kings Norton,
      Birmingham B38 8SD;

      "UK TOPCO" means Premier Foods Investments Limited (company number
      04426994) whose registered office is at 28 The Green, Kings Norton,
      Birmingham, West Midlands B38 8SD;

      "UNDERWRITERS" means the Original Underwriters and the Amendment
      Underwriters;

      "VOTING UNDERTAKING" means the agreed form voting undertaking granted, or
      to be granted, by Cayman 1 in favour of the Security Agent;

      "WORKING CAPITAL ADVANCE" means each borrowing by way of an advance under
      the Working Capital Facility in accordance with clause 2.2 or (as the
      context requires) the principal amount of that borrowing outstanding at
      any relevant time;

      "WORKING CAPITAL BANKS" means each person whose name is set out in the
      relevant part of schedule 1 or which assumes rights and obligations in
      respect of the Working Capital Facility pursuant to a Substitution
      Certificate provided that upon (i) termination in full of all the
      Commitments of any Working Capital Bank, and (ii) irrevocable payment in
      full of all amounts which may be or become payable to such Working Capital
      Bank under the Finance Documents, such Bank shall not be regarded as being
      a Working Capital Bank for the purposes of determining whether any
      provision of any of the Finance Documents requiring consultation with or
      the consent or approval of or instructions from the Banks or the Majority
      Banks has been complied with;

      "WORKING CAPITAL BORROWERS" means Newco 2 and those wholly-owned
      Subsidiaries of Newco 2 which are Charging Subsidiaries and which accede
      to this Agreement as "Working Capital Borrowers" pursuant to clause 20 and
      "WORKING CAPITAL BORROWER" means any of them;

                                       32

<PAGE>

      "WORKING CAPITAL COMMITMENT PERIOD" means the period from the date of this
      Agreement until 31 December 2007 or on such earlier date (if any) upon
      which the Total Commitments in respect of the Working Capital Facility are
      cancelled or reduced to zero under or pursuant to any of the terms of this
      Agreement; and

      "WORKING CAPITAL FACILITY" means the facility granted by clause 2.2 or as
      the case may be the amount of that facility as determined in accordance
      with that clause.

1.2   HEADINGS

      Clause headings and the table of contents are inserted for convenience of
      reference only and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this
      Agreement.

1.3   CONSTRUCTION OF CERTAIN TERMS

      In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

      (a)   references to clauses and schedules are to be construed as
            references to the clauses of, and schedules to, this Agreement and
            references to this Agreement include its schedules;

      (b)   references to (or to any specified provision of) this Agreement or
            any other document shall be construed as references to this
            Agreement, that provision or that document as in force for the time
            being and as from time to time amended in accordance with its terms,
            or, as the case may be, with the agreement of the relevant parties
            and (where such consent is, by the terms of this Agreement or the
            relevant document, required to be obtained as a condition to such
            amendment being permitted) the prior written consent of the Agent;

      (c)   references to a "REGULATION" include any present or future
            regulation, order, rule, directive, requirement, request or
            guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any
            governmental body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory
            or other authority or organisation which is available to those
            persons it affects;

      (d)   references to an "AUTHORISATION" mean and include any consent,
            authorisation, licence, approval, exemption, filing, concession,
            registration, notarisation and permit;

      (e)   words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice
            versa;

      (f)   references to a time of day are to London time;

      (g)   references to a "PERSON" shall be construed as including references
            to an individual, firm, company, corporation, unincorporated body of
            persons or any State or any of its agencies;

      (h)   references to "ASSETS" include all or part of any business,
            undertaking, real property, personal property, uncalled capital and
            any rights (whether

                                       33

<PAGE>

            actual or contingent, present or future) to receive, or require
            delivery of, any of the foregoing;

      (i)   references to a "GUARANTEE" include references to an indemnity,
            standby letter of credit or other assurance against financial loss
            including, without limitation, an obligation to purchase assets or
            services as a consequence of a default by any other person to pay
            any Indebtedness and "guaranteed" shall be construed accordingly;

      (j)   references to the "EQUIVALENT" of an amount specified in a
            particular currency (the "SPECIFIED CURRENCY AMOUNT") shall be
            construed as a reference to the amount of the other relevant
            currency which can be purchased at the Agent's spot rate (as
            certified by the Agent) with the specified currency amount in the
            London foreign exchange market at or about 11 a.m. on the day on
            which the calculation falls to be made for spot delivery;

      (k)   references to any enactment shall be deemed to include references to
            such enactment as re-enacted, amended or extended;

      (l)   references to documents being in the "AGREED FORM" mean documents
            initialled by both counsel to the Agent (on behalf of the Agent, the
            Documentation Agent and the Arrangers) and Weil, Gotshal & Manges
            (on behalf of Newco 2) or, in the case of a document, not so
            initialled in a form to be agreed between the Agent and Newco 2
            (acting reasonably);

      (m)   references to a fixed date intended to mean the end of a financial
            period shall be construed, unless the context otherwise requires, as
            references to the accounting reference date in respect of that
            financial period falling on or about that fixed date;

      (n)   references to a Bank as a Hedge Counterparty shall be deemed to
            include a reference to any Bank Affiliate provided that such Bank
            Affiliate shall first have acceded to this Agreement in such manner
            as the Agent shall have required;

      (o)   an obligation to "DISCHARGE" includes, in respect of contingent
            liabilities (including, without limitation, the Contingent Ancillary
            Facilities Liabilities and the Letters of Credit), (i) an obligation
            to use reasonable endeavours to procure the release of the relevant
            Finance Parties from any liability in respect of such contingent
            liabilities or (ii) to the extent required by the relevant Finance
            Parties (by notice through the Agent), an obligation to pay to the
            Security Agent or, where the context requires, the Cash Collateral
            Account Bank or the Fronting Bank or the relevant Ancillary
            Facilities Bank for the credit of a Cash Collateral Account by way
            of cash collateral an amount as at the date of such notice which the
            Security Agent or, as the case may be, the Cash Collateral Account
            Bank or the Fronting Bank or the relevant Ancillary Facilities Bank
            certifies to be equal to the amount of the relevant contingent
            liabilities (including, where the context requires, the amount of
            the Contingent Ancillary Facilities Liabilities owing to such
            Ancillary Facilities Bank or the

                                       34

<PAGE>

            amount of the outstanding Letters of Credit) to be discharged,
            whereupon such amount shall become immediately or in accordance with
            such notice due and payable. Amounts so credited to a Cash
            Collateral Account (and interest thereon) shall (without prejudice
            to the Security Documents) be applied in paying the amount of such
            contingent liabilities as they fall due on maturity or other
            crystallisation (and "DISCHARGED" shall be construed accordingly);

      (p)   a Working Capital Facility Drawing being "REPAID" or "PREPAID"
            means, in the case of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit
            being discharged and "REPAYMENT", "PREPAYMENT", "REPAYING" and
            "PREPAYING" should be construed accordingly;

      (q)   an amount "OUTSTANDING" at any time under or in respect of a Letter
            of Credit is the maximum amount that may be demanded under that
            Letter of Credit at that time in accordance with its express
            provisions less (i) the aggregate amount of cash cover held in a
            Cash Collateral Account in relation to that Letter of Credit at that
            time and (ii) (save to the extent that this is taken into account in
            the express provisions of that Letter of Credit) the aggregate of
            all payments made by the Fronting Bank pursuant to demands made
            under that Letter of Credit on or prior to such time (save to the
            extent that the Fronting Bank has not been reimbursed in respect of
            the same (unless the context otherwise requires)) and each provision
            of this Agreement which requires reference to the concept contained
            in this clause 1.3(q) shall be construed accordingly;

      (r)   references to documents being duly certified or to duly certified
            copies of such documents shall mean that such documents are
            certified as true and complete copies of the executed originals of
            such documents by a director of Newco 2;

      (s)   references to a "RELEVANT BANK" mean (in the case of the Facility A)
            a Facility A Bank, (in the case of the Facility B) a Facility B Bank
            and (in the case of the Working Capital Facility) a Working Capital
            Bank;

      (t)   references to "ORDINARY COURSE OF BUSINESS" mean, in relation to any
            person, the ordinary course of business of such person carried out
            in accordance with the Finance Documents; and

      (u)   references to "THE DATE OF THIS AGREEMENT" (and similar expressions)
            mean 10 August 1999.

1.4   SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

      The expressions "AGENT", "AMENDMENT ARRANGERS", "AMENDMENT UNDERWRITERS",
      "ANCILLARY FACILITIES BANKS", "ANCILLARY FACILITIES BORROWERS",
      "ARRANGERS", "Banks", "BORROWERS", "DOCUMENTATION AGENT", "FINANCE
      PARTIES", "FRONTING BANK", "HEDGE COUNTERPARTIES", "NEWCO 2", "OBLIGORS",
      "FACILITY A BANKS", "FACILITY B Banks", "SECURITY AGENT", "UK SECOND
      PURCHASER", "UNDERWRITERS", "WORKING CAPITAL BANKS" and "WORKING CAPITAL
      BORROWERS" includes, in each case, their respective

                                       35

<PAGE>

      successors and, in the case of the Finance Parties, their respective
      permitted assignees, permitted transferees and Substitutes, whether
      immediate or derivative.

2     THE FACILITIES

      The Banks, relying upon each of the representations and warranties in
      clause 9, but subject to clauses 3.3 and 3.4 agree to make available the
      following facilities:

2.1   THE TERM FACILITIES

      (a)   The Facility A Banks agree to make available to Newco 2 a term loan
            facility in a principal sum of up to the Facility A Limit consisting
            of two tranches as follows:

            (i)   a tranche ("FACILITY A TRANCHE 1") in a principal amount of
                  L121,322,042 which was drawn and immediately on-lent to
                  the Target to be used to assist the Target Group to repay the
                  Relevant Liabilities; and

            (ii)  a tranche ("FACILITY A TRANCHE 2") in a principal amount of
                  L123,000,000 to be used for the Second Acquisitions
                  Purposes.

      (b)   The Facility B Banks agree to make available to Newco 2 a term loan
            facility in a principal sum of up to the Facility B Limit consisting
            of two tranches as follows:

            (i)   a tranche ("FACILITY B TRANCHE 1") in a principal amount of
                  L55,901,406 which was drawn and immediately on-lent to
                  the Target to be used to assist the Target Group to repay the
                  Relevant Liabilities; and

            (ii)  a tranche ("FACILITY B TRANCHE 2") in a principal amount of
                  L12,076,552 to be used for the Second Acquisitions
                  Purposes.

      The parties acknowledge that as at the Second Effective Date:

      (x)   the Original Tranches are fully drawn; and

      (y)   no further Drawings may be made under the Original Tranches (as
            there are no Available Commitments in respect of the Original
            Tranches).

2.2   THE WORKING CAPITAL FACILITY

      The Working Capital Banks agree to make available to the Working Capital
      Borrowers a revolving working capital facility of up to L100,000,000
      (or the equivalent in Optional Currencies), which shall be used by the
      Working Capital Borrowers for the Group's general working capital purposes
      (which shall not, for the avoidance of doubt, include any payment of
      principal in respect of the Term Facilities nor any payment in connection
      with the Second Acquisitions) or, subject to clause 4.5(a), to assist the
      Target Group to repay the Relevant

                                       36

<PAGE>

      Liabilities. This Facility may be utilised by means of Ancillary
      Facilities, Working Capital Advances or Letters of Credit.

2.3   SEVERAL OBLIGATIONS

      The obligation of each Bank under this Agreement in relation to a
      particular Tranche or Facility shall be to contribute that proportion of
      each relevant Advance under that Tranche or Facility which its Commitment
      in relation to the relevant Tranche or Facility bears to the Total
      Commitments in relation to such Tranche or Facility and, in respect of the
      Working Capital Facility, to assume its obligations under clauses 4.12 and
      15.6.

3     THE CONDITIONS

3.1   DOCUMENTS AND EVIDENCE

      [Not restated]

3.2   GENERAL CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

      The obligation of each Bank to contribute to any Advance or for the
      Fronting Bank to issue any Letter of Credit or for any Ancillary
      Facilities Bank to make available Ancillary Facilities is subject to the
      further conditions that at the date of each Drawdown Notice and on each
      Drawdown Date or, as the case may be, on the date of each request for such
      other utilisation and on the date of each such other utilisation:

      (a)   the representations and warranties set out in clause 9.1 which are
            repeated pursuant to clause 9.3 are true and correct in all material
            respects on and as of each such date as if each were made with
            respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such date; and

      (b)   in relation to the rollover of an existing Working Capital Advance
            only (without increasing the amount thereof) for a Maturity Period
            of no more than one month, no Event of Default shall have occurred
            and be continuing or would result from the making of such Advance
            and, in relation to any other Drawing, no Default shall have
            occurred and be continuing or would result from the making of such
            Drawing.

3.3   FACILITY A

      The obligation of each relevant Facility A Bank to contribute to the first
      Advance under Facility A Tranche 2 subject to the further condition that,
      at the date of the relevant Drawdown Notice and on the relevant Drawdown
      Date, Facility B Tranche 2 is drawn down in full.

3.4   WORKING CAPITAL FACILITY

      The obligation of each Working Capital Bank to contribute to the first
      Working Capital Drawing is subject to the further condition that, at the
      date of each relevant Drawdown Notice and each relevant Drawdown Date, the
      Facility B is drawn down in full.

                                       37

<PAGE>

3.5   WAIVER OF CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

      The conditions specified in this clause 3 are inserted solely for the
      benefit of the Banks and may be waived on their behalf in whole or in part
      and with or without conditions by the Agent acting on the instructions of
      the Majority Banks in respect of any Drawing or other utilisation of the
      Facilities.

4     DRAWINGS UNDER THE FACILITIES

4.1   THE TERM FACILITIES

      (a)   Facility A Tranche 2

            (i)   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the
                  Advances under Facility A Tranche 2 shall be made to Newco 2
                  on up to two occasions on the UK Second Acquisition Completion
                  Date each in an amount complying with clause 4.1(a)(ii)
                  following receipt by the Agent from Newco 2 of a completed
                  Drawdown Notice in the form of part A of schedule 2 not later
                  not later than 9:30 a.m. on the proposed Drawdown Date.

            (ii)  The principal amount specified in each Drawdown Notice
                  relating to Facility A Tranche 2 shall, subject to the terms
                  and conditions of this Agreement, be not less than
                  L1,000,000 or the balance of the Total Commitments in
                  respect of Facility A Tranche 2 and shall be used for the
                  purposes described in clause 2.1(a).

            (iii) Newco 2 irrevocably instructs the Agent (x) (subject to
                  sub-clause (y) below) to remit the proceeds of each Advance
                  under Facility A Tranche 2, to the extent made for the
                  purposes of funding any part of the consideration payable
                  under the Second Acquisitions Agreements on the UK Second
                  Acquisition Completion Date, to the Second Vendors (whose
                  receipt shall be in good discharge to the Agent) and (y) to
                  deduct from the proceeds of the Advances under Facility A
                  Tranche 2 the amounts due under clause 5.1 of the Supplemental
                  Agreement. Newco 2 acknowledges that each such payment by the
                  Agent shall constitute the making of a Facility A Advance to
                  Newco 2 by the relevant Facility A Banks.

            (iv)  To the extent that Facility A Tranche 2 is not drawn down in
                  full by the up to two Advances under Facility A Tranche 2 on
                  the UK Second Acquisition Completion Date, or is not drawn
                  down by the Termination Date in respect of such Tranche, the
                  undrawn Commitments of the Facility A Banks in respect of
                  Facility A Tranche 2 (if any) shall thereupon be automatically
                  reduced to zero and cancelled.

      (b)   Facility B Tranche 2

                                       38

<PAGE>

            (i)   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
                  Advances under Facility B Tranche 2 shall be made to Newco 2
                  on up to two occasions on the UK Second Acquisition Completion
                  Date each in an amount complying with clause 4.1(b)(ii)
                  following receipt by the Agent from Newco 2 of a completed
                  Drawdown Notice in the form of part A of schedule 2 not later
                  than 9:30 a.m. on the proposed Drawdown Date.

            (ii)  The principal amount specified in each Drawdown Notice
                  relating to the Facility B Tranche 2 shall, subject to the
                  terms and conditions of this Agreement, be not less than
                  L1,000,000 or the balance of the Total Commitments in
                  respect of the Facility B Tranche 2 and shall be used for the
                  purposes described in clause 2.1(b).

            (iii) Newco 2 irrevocably instructs the Agent (x) (subject to
                  sub-clause (y) below) to remit the proceeds of each Advance
                  under Facility B Tranche 2, to the extent made for the
                  purposes of funding any part of the consideration payable
                  under the Second Acquisitions Agreements on the UK Second
                  Acquisition Completion Date, to the Second Vendors (whose
                  receipt shall be in good discharge to the Agent) and (y) to
                  deduct from the proceeds of the Advances under Facility B
                  Tranche 2 the amounts due under clause 5.1 of the Supplemental
                  Agreement. Newco 2 acknowledges that each such payment by the
                  Agent shall constitute the making of a Facility B Advance to
                  Newco 2 by the relevant Facility B Banks.

            (iv)  To the extent that the Facility B is not drawn down in full by
                  the up to two Advances under Facility B Tranche 2 on the UK
                  Second Acquisition Completion Date, or is not down by the
                  Termination Date in respect of such Tranche, the undrawn
                  Commitments of the Facility B Banks in respect of the Facility
                  B Tranche 2 (if any) shall thereupon be automatically reduced
                  to zero and cancelled.

      (c)   If the UK Second Acquisition Completion Date has not occurred on or
            before 30 June 2002 (or such later date as the Amendment
            Underwriters may agree for the purposes of clause 2.1 of the
            Supplemental Agreement), the Second Tranches shall be cancelled.

4.2   THE WORKING CAPITAL FACILITY

      (a)   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, a Working
            Capital Advance shall be made to the relevant Working Capital
            Borrower or a Letter of Credit issued following receipt by the Agent
            from Newco 2 of an appropriately completed Drawdown Notice in the
            form of part B of schedule 2 (such Drawdown Notice in the case of a
            Letter of Credit to include the additional information required by
            clause 4.9) not later than 10 a.m. on the first Banking Day or (in
            the case of a Working Capital Advance or Letter of Credit in an
            Optional Currency) the third Banking

                                       39

<PAGE>

            Day before the proposed Drawdown Date. No Drawdown Notice may be
            given in respect of an amount which is the subject of a notice
            received by the Agent under clause 6.8.

      (b)   (i)   Working Capital Advances may only be made or Letters of Credit
                  issued on Banking Days falling on or after the UK Second
                  Acquisition Completion Date and within the Working Capital
                  Commitment Period.

            (ii)  Each Working Capital Advance or Letter of Credit shall be of
                  L500,000 (or the equivalent in Optional Currencies) or
                  any larger sum which is an integral multiple of L25,000
                  (or the equivalent in Optional Currencies) or, if less, the
                  relevant Available Facility Amount on the relevant Drawdown
                  Date.

            (iii) Working Capital Advances may only be borrowed for a Maturity
                  Period of 1, 2, 3 or 6 or (if available to all the Banks) 9 or
                  12 months (or such other period as the Agent, acting on the
                  instructions of the Majority Banks, may agree) ending not
                  later than the Termination Date in respect of the Working
                  Capital Facility and Letters of Credit may only be issued for
                  a period not exceeding 12 months ending not later than the
                  Termination Date in respect of the Working Capital Facility.

            (iv)  There shall be no more than 8 Working Capital Advances or
                  Letters of Credit outstanding at any time.

            (v)   For the purposes of assisting syndication of the Facilities,
                  the Maturity Periods for the Working Capital Advances shall
                  until the Second Syndication Completion Date be such period or
                  periods as may be agreed between Newco 2 and the Agent.

            (vi)  In the case of a Letter of Credit, the Fronting Bank and the
                  Agent shall approve (such approval not to be unreasonably
                  withheld or delayed) the terms and beneficiary of the Letter
                  of Credit to be issued under the Drawdown Notice, the form of
                  which shall be agreed (with all parties acting reasonably) by
                  the Fronting Bank, the Agent and the relevant Working Capital
                  Borrower.

4.3   SELECTION OF CURRENCIES IN RESPECT OF THE WORKING CAPITAL FACILITY

      Subject to the provisions of clauses 4.2(b) and 14.6, and provided that as
      a consequence thereof there would not be Working Capital Advances and
      Letters of Credit outstanding in more than 5 different currencies (for
      which purposes, for the avoidance of doubt, each National Currency Unit
      and euros are different currencies), if the relevant Borrower so requests
      in the relevant Drawdown Notice, an Advance or a Letter of Credit may be
      drawn down in an Optional Currency, but if no such request is received by
      the Agent such Drawing will be drawn down in Sterling.

4.4   THE ANCILLARY FACILITIES

                                       40

<PAGE>

      (a)   Subject to clause 4.5, the Working Capital Borrowers shall be
            entitled to utilise all or part of the Working Capital Facility by
            way of Ancillary Facilities instead of, or in addition to, by way of
            Working Capital Advances or Letters of Credit. The Ancillary
            Facilities shall, subject to the terms of the Ancillary Facilities
            Letters and the other provisions of this Agreement, cease to be
            available on the Termination Date in respect of the Working Capital
            Facility.

      (b)   Ancillary Facilities may comprise:

            (i)   overdraft facilities;

            (ii)  guarantee, bonding, documentary or stand-by letter of credit
                  facilities;

            (iii) short term loans;

            (iv)  foreign exchange facilities; or

            (v)   other facilities or accommodation as may be required in
                  connection with the business of the Group and which are agreed
                  with the relevant Ancillary Facilities Bank.

      (c)   The relevant Ancillary Facilities Borrower may, at any time from the
            date of this Agreement to the Termination Date in respect of the
            Working Capital Facility, by notice in writing to the Agent request
            the establishment of an Ancillary Facility by the conversion of an
            Available Commitment in respect of the Working Capital Facility (or
            any part of it) into an Ancillary Commitment with effect from the
            date (or such later date as the Ancillary Facilities Borrower, the
            relevant Ancillary Facilities Bank and the Agent may agree from time
            to time) specified in such notice (the "CONVERSION EFFECTIVE DATE")
            being a date not less than three Banking Days after the date such
            notice is received by the Agent being a date not earlier than the
            first Drawdown Date in respect of the Facilities. Any such notice
            shall specify:

            (i)   the proposed Ancillary Facilities Borrower;

            (ii)  the proposed commencement and expiry date for the Ancillary
                  Facility concerned (and the expiry date must be a Banking Day
                  on or prior to the Termination Date in respect of the Working
                  Capital Facility);

            (iii) the type of the proposed Ancillary Facility;

            (iv)  the proposed Ancillary Facilities Bank;

            (v)   the Ancillary Commitment to apply to the proposed Ancillary
                  Facility; and

            (vi)  such other details as to the nature, amount and operation of
                  the proposed Ancillary Facility as the Agent may reasonably
                  require,

                                       41

<PAGE>

            and the Agent shall promptly notify each Bank upon receipt of any
            such notice.

      (d)   Any Bank so nominated (provided that it has a sufficient Available
            Commitment in respect of the Working Capital Facility and has agreed
            to become an Ancillary Facilities Bank) may become an Ancillary
            Facilities Bank authorised to make the proposed Ancillary Facility
            available with effect on and from the Conversion Effective Date.

      (e)   Any material variation in any Ancillary Facility or proposed
            increase or reduction in the Ancillary Commitment relating to such
            Ancillary Facility shall be effected on and subject to the
            provisions, mutatis mutandis, of this clause 4.4.

      (f)   Save to the extent that an Ancillary Commitment is being converted
            to an Available Commitment in respect of the Working Capital
            Facility pursuant to clause 4.6, no Ancillary Facilities Bank may,
            until notice has been served under clause 12.2, demand repayment of
            any moneys made available by it, or demand cash cover in respect of
            any guarantees or similar contingent liabilities made available by
            it, under its Ancillary Facility or take any action analogous to any
            of the foregoing under any other type of banking arrangements
            provided by it under its Ancillary Facility (without prejudice to
            any rights of such Ancillary Facilities Bank to set off amounts
            standing to the debit and credit of different accounts of any member
            or members of the Group held with it).

      (g)   The Ancillary Commitment of each Ancillary Facilities Bank shall
            terminate no later than the Termination Date in respect of the
            Working Capital Facility.

      (h)   An Ancillary Facility may include a facility provided on a net nil
            basis so that the amount of the Ancillary Commitment allocated to
            such Ancillary Facility is zero and therefore no conversion is
            required of any Available Commitment in respect of the Working
            Capital Facility. However, if any outstandings arise under such net
            nil Ancillary Facility following an Enforcement Date such
            outstandings will be treated as Ancillary Facilities Liabilities for
            the purposes of this Agreement.

4.5   LIMITS

      (a)   Newco 2 and the other Borrowers shall ensure that at no time:

            (i)   the aggregate Sterling Amount of the Working Capital Advances,
                  the aggregate Ancillary Commitments and the outstanding
                  aggregate amount of all issued Letters of Credit exceeds an
                  amount equal to the Total Commitments in respect of the
                  Working Capital Facility at that time;

            (ii)  the aggregate Drawings under the Working Capital Facility used
                  to assist in the repayment of any Relevant Liabilities exceeds
                  L43,500,000 excluding Letters of Credit issued to cover
                  overdraft

                                       42

<PAGE>

                  facilities and contingent liabilities in the ordinary course
                  of business;

            (iii) the aggregated Ancillary Facilities Liabilities of any
                  Ancillary Facilities Bank exceed the Ancillary Commitment of
                  such Ancillary Facilities Bank at that time;

            (iv)  the outstanding aggregate Sterling Amount of all Drawings by
                  way of Letters of Credit and/or guarantees and/or letters of
                  credit issued under Ancillary Facilities exceeds L60,000,000;
                  and

            (v)   the aggregate outstandings, calculated on a gross basis, under
                  all the overdraft facilities provided under the Ancillary
                  Facilities exceed L75,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other
                  currency); and

            (vi)  the aggregate Sterling Amount of the Working Capital Advances,
                  the aggregate amount of all issued Letters of Credit and the
                  aggregate utilisations of the Ancillary Facilities (for the
                  avoidance of doubt including, in the case of the Ancillary
                  Facilities, interest, fees and charges which have been debited
                  to the Working Capital Borrowers' accounts with the Ancillary
                  Facilities Banks), calculated on a gross basis, exceeds
                  L200,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency).

      (b)   Without prejudice to any other provision of this Agreement, the
            Total Commitments under the Working Capital Facility shall in any
            event be reduced to zero on the Termination Date in respect of such
            Facility and no Drawing may be made by the Working Capital Borrowers
            under the Working Capital Facility thereafter.

4.6   COMMITMENTS OF ANCILLARY FACILITIES BANKS

      The Commitment in respect of the Working Capital Facility of each
      Ancillary Facilities Bank shall be reduced pro tanto by the amount of its
      Ancillary Commitment but shall automatically increase upon the relevant
      Ancillary Facility ceasing to be available to the relevant Ancillary
      Facilities Borrower or that Ancillary Facility being cancelled in
      accordance with clause 4.7 and (in each case) the amounts (actually or
      contingently) outstanding thereunder being repaid or discharged.

4.7   CANCELLATION OF ANCILLARY FACILITIES

      Any Ancillary Facilities Borrower which has established an Ancillary
      Facility may at any time by notice in writing to the Agent and the
      relevant Ancillary Facilities Bank cancel such Ancillary Facility, in
      which event on the date specified in the notice, being a date not less
      than three Banking Days after the date such notice is received by the
      Agent and the relevant Ancillary Facilities Bank, the relevant Ancillary
      Commitment shall be converted into a Commitment in respect of the Working
      Capital Facility.

                                       43

<PAGE>

4.8   OPERATION OF ACCOUNTS NOTWITHSTANDING THE SECURITY DOCUMENTS

      Notwithstanding the fixed charges on bank accounts and Debts (as that term
      is defined in the Group Debenture) contained in the Security Documents,
      each Ancillary Facilities Bank may, subject to clause 15.6, continue to
      exercise its rights of set-off or combination of accounts under any Group
      netting agreements.

4.9   LETTERS OF CREDIT: DRAWDOWN NOTICE

      A Drawdown Notice requesting the issue of a Letter of Credit (in addition
      to complying with clause 4.2) must specify in respect of the Letter of
      Credit to be issued pursuant to such Drawdown Notice:

      (a)   the purpose of its issue;

      (b)   the issue date;

      (c)   the final expiry date as selected in accordance with clause
            4.2(b)(iii);

      (d)   its terms and the beneficiary agreed in accordance with clause
            4.2(b)(vi);

      (e)   its face value;

      (f)   details of any documents and information required to be presented
            pursuant to the proposed Letter of Credit; and

      (g)   the name of the Fronting Bank.

      For the avoidance of doubt, the beneficiary and purpose of a Letter of
      Credit must be such that the Fronting Bank can, in compliance with all
      applicable laws, policies and regulations binding on or affecting the
      Fronting Bank, properly issue a Letter of Credit to such beneficiary and
      for such purpose without breaching such laws, policies and regulations.

                                       44

<PAGE>

4.10  FRONTING BANK TO ACT AS PRINCIPAL

      Where the Working Capital Facility is to be drawn by way of a Letter of
      Credit, such Letter of Credit shall be made available by the Fronting Bank
      which shall act as the principal of the Letter of Credit at the request of
      the relevant Working Capital Borrower. If Newco 2 requests, the Agent,
      Newco 2 and the Banks shall consult to consider what changes are required
      to be made to this Agreement to permit the Working Capital Borrowers to
      make Drawings under the Working Capital Facility by way of letters of
      credit and guarantees issued by all the Working Capital Banks on a several
      basis. After such consultation, the Agent (acting on the instructions of
      the Majority Banks (acting reasonably)) shall notify Newco 2 and the Banks
      of the amendments which it considers to be necessary to permit this and
      notwithstanding clause 17.11, shall be entitled to make such amendments to
      this Agreement.

4.11  BORROWER'S AUTHORISATION

      Each Working Capital Borrower hereby:

      (a)   irrevocably authorises the Fronting Bank (subject to its compliance
            with its obligations in respect of the Letter of Credit) to make any
            payment and comply with any demand made by a third party in respect
            of a Letter of Credit which is valid on its face, appears to comply
            with the terms of such Letter of Credit and which may be claimed
            from or made upon it, without any reference to or further authority
            from the relevant Working Capital Borrower unless it has actual
            knowledge that any such demand is fraudulent;

      (b)   agrees that its authorisation under clause 4.11(a) shall remain in
            full force and effect and shall not be discharged until such date as
            the Fronting Bank shall notify the relevant Working Capital Borrower
            and the Agent that it is fully satisfied that it remains under no
            liability (actual or contingent) in respect of any Letter of Credit;

      (c)   agrees that each Letter of Credit is issued subject to and with the
            benefit of the provisions of schedule 12; and

      (d)   agrees that it will at all times indemnify the Banks on demand of
            the Agent and keep the Banks indemnified on demand of the Agent from
            and against all actions, suits, proceedings, claims, demands,
            liabilities and damages and any reasonable costs, expenses, losses
            and charges whatsoever (the "INDEMNIFIED CLAIMS") in relation to or
            arising out of clause 4.12 except to the extent that the Indemnified
            Claims arise or result from such Bank's gross negligence or wilful
            default or pursuant to clause 4.16 and provided that such Working
            Capital Borrower shall be entitled to finance a payment under such
            indemnity by utilising the Working Capital Facility if it is then
            entitled to draw under the Working Capital Facility in accordance
            with the terms of this Agreement.

                                       45

<PAGE>

4.12  WORKING CAPITAL BORROWERS' FAILURE TO PERFORM

      (a)   In the event of any failure of any relevant Working Capital Borrower
            to perform its obligations under clause 4.11, each Working Capital
            Bank hereby irrevocably and unconditionally either:

            (i)   guarantees to the Fronting Bank severally up to the amount of
                  its Relevant Proportion, and as a primary obligation, the due
                  and punctual observance and performance of all of the payment
                  obligations of such Working Capital Borrower in respect of any
                  Letter of Credit; or

            (ii)  if it is not permitted by its constitutive documents or any
                  applicable law to grant guarantees, without any further
                  action, shall be deemed to have taken, as of the date of
                  issuance of each outstanding Letter of Credit, an undivided
                  participating interest from the Fronting Bank in such Letter
                  of Credit outstanding at such time in its Relevant Proportion.
                  Each Working Capital Bank shall hold the Fronting Bank
                  harmless and indemnify the Fronting Bank for such Working
                  Capital Bank's proportionate share of any drawing under any
                  Letter of Credit in which it has taken such an undivided
                  participating interest under this clause 4.12.

      (b)   The obligation of each Working Capital Bank to make payments to the
            Fronting Bank with respect to any Letter of Credit shall be
            irrevocable and shall not be subject to any qualification or
            exception whatsoever and shall be made in accordance with the terms
            and conditions of this Agreement under all circumstances, including
            without limitation any of the following circumstances:

            (i)   any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any
                  of the other Finance Documents or any other documents or
                  instruments executed by any member of the Charging Group or
                  any Affiliate thereof and delivered to the Agent, the Fronting
                  Bank or any other Bank in connection with or related to the
                  Facilities, the Letters of Credit or the assets subject to the
                  Security Documents, together with any and all amendments,
                  extensions, renewals and modifications thereof;

            (ii)  the existence of any claim, set-off, defence or other right
                  which any member of the Charging Group may have at any time
                  against the beneficiary named in any Letter of Credit or any
                  transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any person for whom any
                  such transferee may be acting), the Agent, the Fronting Bank,
                  any other Bank or any other person, whether in connection with
                  this Agreement, such Letter of Credit, the transactions
                  contemplated in this Agreement or any unrelated transactions
                  (including any underlying transactions between any member of
                  the Charging Group or any Subsidiary of such member and the
                  beneficiary named in such Letter of Credit);

                                       46

<PAGE>

            (iii) any draft, certificate or any other document presented under
                  any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid
                  or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being
                  untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

            (iv)  the surrender or impairment of any security for the
                  performance or observance of any of the terms of any of this
                  Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents; or

            (v)   the occurrence of any Default.

      (c)   In the event of any failure of any relevant Working Capital Borrower
            to perform its obligations under clause 4.11, each Working Capital
            Bank hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to pay to the
            Agent for the account of the Fronting Bank on demand made through
            the Agent, its Relevant Proportion of:

            (i)   any and every sum or sums of money which such Working Capital
                  Borrower shall from time to time be liable to pay (and which
                  are unpaid) to the Fronting Bank in respect of a Letter of
                  Credit; and

            (ii)  full cash cover for outstanding contingent liabilities at any
                  time after the Fronting Bank has become entitled to require,
                  and has required, an indemnity in respect of outstanding
                  contingent liabilities from such Working Capital Borrower and
                  which shall not have been paid at the time such demand is
                  made.

4.13  DEEMED CASH ADVANCE

      Any payment made by a Working Capital Bank pursuant to clause 4.12 and any
      unreimbursed amount on the part of the Fronting Bank shall (for the
      purpose of calculating interest thereon which is due from the relevant
      Working Capital Borrower) be deemed to have been made available to the
      Working Capital Borrower by way of a Working Capital Advance on the date
      such payment is made (or reimbursed) and accordingly is subject to the
      terms and conditions of this Agreement as if it were such a Working
      Capital Advance but shall be immediately due and payable by the relevant
      Working Capital Borrower provided for the avoidance of doubt there shall
      be no double counting of the amounts outstanding in respect of the Letter
      of Credit and the Working Capital Advance deemed to be made pursuant to
      this clause 4.13.

4.14  PRESERVATION OF FRONTING BANK'S RIGHTS

      (a)   As a separate and independent stipulation each Working Capital Bank
            agrees that any sum or sums of money intended to be the subject of
            the guarantee in clause 4.12 and subject to clause 4.12(b) shall be
            recoverable from such Working Capital Bank (in its respective
            Relevant Proportion) as sole principal debtor if they would not be
            recoverable from any relevant Working Capital Borrower by reason of
            any legal limitation, disability or incapacity or liquidation of any
            of them or any

                                       47

<PAGE>

            other fact or circumstance (whether known to the Fronting Bank or
            not), but would have been recoverable from such Working Capital Bank
            if it were the sole or principal debtor in respect of such liability
            in place of any such Working Capital Borrower.

      (b)   The obligation of each Working Capital Bank contained in clause 4.12
            shall not be affected in any way by any time or indulgence granted
            to any relevant Working Capital Borrower or by any variation,
            compromise or release of any of their obligations to the Fronting
            Bank under the Working Capital Facility.

      (c)   Any settlement or discharge between any Working Capital Bank and the
            Fronting Bank shall be conditional upon no security or payment to
            the Fronting Bank by any Working Capital Borrower or any other
            person on behalf of any Working Capital Borrower being avoided or
            reduced by virtue of any provisions or enactments relating to
            bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation for the time being in force
            and, if any such security or payment shall be avoided or reduced,
            the Fronting Bank shall be entitled to recover the value or amount
            of such security or payment from such Working Capital Bank
            subsequently as if such settlement or discharge had not occurred.

4.15  NO OBLIGATION ON FRONTING BANK

      The Fronting Bank shall not be obliged before requesting
      counter-indemnification from any Working Capital Bank to:

      (a)   obtain judgment in any court against any Borrower, any other member
            of the Group or any other person;

      (b)   make or file any claim or proof in a winding-up or dissolution of
            any Borrower, any other member of the Group or any other person; or

      (c)   enforce or seek to enforce any other security taken in respect of
            any of the obligations of any Borrower, any other member of the
            Group or any other person.

4.16  DEFAULTING WORKING CAPITAL BANK

      If a Working Capital Bank (a "DEFAULTING BANK") fails to make payment on
      the due date for such payment of any amount due from it for the account of
      the Fronting Bank pursuant to clause 4.12 (the balance thereof for the
      time being unpaid being referred to in this clause as an "OVERDUE AMOUNT")
      then until the Fronting Bank (or the Agent on its behalf) has received
      payment of that amount in full (and without prejudice to any other rights
      or remedies of the Fronting Bank in respect of such failure) the Fronting
      Bank shall be entitled to receive (i) any remuneration which such
      Defaulting Bank would otherwise have been entitled to receive in respect
      of the Working Capital Facility and (ii) the benefit of all security then
      existing or thereafter created to secure the obligations of the Working
      Capital Borrower under this Agreement to which the Defaulting Bank would
      have been entitled had it made such payment and, for the purpose of

                                       48

<PAGE>

      determining the Majority Banks, the Fronting Bank shall be treated as a
      Working Capital Bank having a Commitment and/or Contribution equal to the
      Commitment and/or Contribution of the Defaulting Bank which has failed to
      make such payment.

4.17  DRAWINGS GENERALLY

      (a)   A Drawdown Notice (or notice purporting to be such) shall only be
            effective if it complies with this Agreement and only upon actual
            receipt by the Agent and, once given, shall be irrevocable.

      (b)   As soon as practicable after receipt of each Drawdown Notice
            complying with this Agreement the Agent shall notify each relevant
            Bank thereof and (other than in the case of a Drawdown Notice
            relating to a Letter of Credit) of the date on which the proposed
            Drawing is to be made and of the relevant Interest Period or, as the
            case may be, the relevant Maturity Period. Subject to clause 3, each
            relevant Bank shall on such Drawdown Date participate in such
            Drawing by making available to the Agent its portion of such Drawing
            in accordance with clause 8.2.

      (c)   If a Working Capital Advance is to be drawn down or a Letter of
            Credit issued in an Optional Currency, the amount to be advanced to
            the relevant Working Capital Borrower or (as the case may be) the
            face amount of that Letter of Credit the shall (subject to clauses
            6.2 and 14.6) be the amount of such Optional Currency specified in
            the relevant Drawdown Notice. For the purposes of determining the
            Sterling Amount of such Drawing the Agent shall determine the
            equivalent in Sterling of such amount of Optional Currency at or
            about 11 a.m. on the third Banking Day before the Drawdown Date of
            such Drawing.

      (d)   If a Working Capital Advance is to be drawn down or a Letter of
            Credit issued in Sterling, the amount to be advanced to the relevant
            Borrower shall (subject to clause 6.2) be the Sterling Amount of
            such Drawing.

4.18  APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS

      Without prejudice to the Borrowers' obligations under clause 10.2(a), none
      of the Finance Parties shall have any responsibility for the application
      of the proceeds of any Drawing by any Borrower.

5     INTEREST AND INTEREST PERIODS

5.1   INTEREST ON THE TERM ADVANCES

      (a)   Interest obligations

            Newco 2 shall pay interest on each Term Advance in respect of each
            Interest Period on the relevant Interest Payment Date (or, in the
            case of Interest Periods of more than 6 months, by instalments,
            every 6 months from the commencement of the relevant Interest Period
            and on the relevant Interest Payment Date) at the rate per annum
            determined by the

                                       49

<PAGE>

            Agent to be the aggregate of (i) the applicable Margin, (ii) the
            Additional Cost and (iii) the Funding Cost.

      (b)   Interest Periods for the Term Advances

            (i)   Newco 2 may by notice received by the Agent not later than 10
                  a.m. on the Banking Day before the beginning of each Interest
                  Period in respect of each Term Advance:

                  (x)   (subject to clause 5.1(b)(ii)(E)) specify whether such
                        Interest Period shall have a duration of 1, 2, 3 or 6 or
                        (if available to all Banks) 9 or 12 months (or such
                        other period as the Agent, acting on the instructions of
                        the Majority Banks, shall agree); and/or

                  (y)   (after the Termination Date applicable to the relevant
                        Tranche) specify that such Term Advance shall be split
                        into two or more Term Advances drawn under the relevant
                        Tranche or, if the next Interest Period for that Term
                        Advance would begin on the same day as the next Interest
                        Period in respect of any other Term Advance drawn under
                        the same Tranche, that such Term Advances be
                        consolidated into one Term Advance, in each case with
                        effect from the beginning of the next Interest Period,
                        provided that:

                        (A)   not more than 12 Term Advances may be outstanding
                              at any one time under the Term Facilities; and

                        (B)   each Term Advance shall be not less than
                              L1,000,000 (or any larger sum which is an integral
                              multiple of L50,000) or the balance of the
                              Commitments in respect of the relevant Tranche.

            (ii)  Every Interest Period in respect of each Term Advance shall be
                  of the duration specified by Newco 2 pursuant to clause
                  5.1(b)(i) but so that:

                  (A)   the initial Interest Period in respect of each Term
                        Advance will commence on the relevant Drawdown Date and
                        each subsequent Interest Period in respect thereof shall
                        commence forthwith upon the expiry of the previous
                        Interest Period;

                  (B)   Interest Periods in respect of Term Advances under a
                        Tranche of an aggregate amount at least equal to the
                        amount of the repayment instalments due on any Repayment
                        Date relating to such Tranche shall end on such date;

                                       50

<PAGE>

                  (C)   Interest Periods in respect of each Term Advance (to the
                        extent it is hedged pursuant to a Hedge Transaction)
                        shall match the payment periods in respect of the
                        relevant Hedge Transaction;

                  (D)   if Newco 2 fails to select the duration of an Interest
                        Period in respect of a Term Advance in accordance with
                        the provisions of clause 5.1(b)(i) and this clause
                        5.1(b)(ii) such Interest Period shall have a duration of
                        3 months or such other period as shall comply with this
                        clause 5.1(b)(ii); and

                  (E)   for the purpose of assisting in the syndication of the
                        Facilities after the Second Effective Date, the Interest
                        Periods for the Term Advances shall until the Second
                        Syndication Completion Date be such period or periods as
                        may be agreed between Newco 2 and the Agent.

5.2   INTEREST AND FEES UNDER THE WORKING CAPITAL FACILITY

      (a)   Working Capital Advances

            The relevant Working Capital Borrower shall pay interest on each
            Working Capital Advance on its Maturity Date (or, in the case of a
            Working Capital Advance having a Maturity Period of more than 6
            months, by instalments, every 6 months from the relevant Drawdown
            Date and on the relevant Maturity Date) at the rate per annum
            determined by the Agent to be the aggregate of (i) the applicable
            Margin, (ii) the Additional Cost and (iii) the Funding Cost.

      (b)   Ancillary Facilities

            (i)   The terms governing the operation of any Ancillary Facility
                  (including the terms of any counter-indemnity required in
                  connection therewith) and the rate of interest, fees and other
                  remuneration in respect of each Ancillary Facility shall be
                  determined by agreement between the Ancillary Facilities Bank
                  and the Ancillary Facilities Borrower concerned and the fees
                  and other remuneration for all Ancillary Facilities shall be
                  based upon normal market rates and terms.

            (ii)  In the case of inconsistency between any term of an Ancillary
                  Facility and of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement
                  shall prevail.

            (iii) Each Ancillary Facilities Borrower and each Ancillary
                  Facilities Bank agree with and for the benefit of each Bank
                  that the Ancillary Facilities Liabilities under any Ancillary
                  Facility provided by that Ancillary Facilities Bank (net of
                  any cash collateral held by such Ancillary Facilities Bank in
                  its capacity as such and other than to the extent arising by
                  virtue of the

                                       51

<PAGE>

                  accumulation of interest, increased costs, fees and expenses
                  and indemnity claims) shall not exceed the Ancillary
                  Commitment applicable to that Ancillary Facility but this
                  clause 5.2(b)(iii) shall not apply to any net nil Ancillary
                  Facility, or any Ancillary Facilities Liabilities arising
                  under such net nil Ancillary Facility, referred to in clause
                  4.4(h).

            (iv)  Each Ancillary Facilities Borrower and each Ancillary
                  Facilities Bank will, promptly upon request by the Agent,
                  supply the Agent with such information relating to the
                  operation of each Ancillary Facility provided by such
                  Ancillary Facilities Bank (including, without limitation, the
                  Ancillary Facilities Liabilities under such Ancillary
                  Facility) as the Agent may from time to time request (acting
                  reasonably). Each Ancillary Facilities Borrower consents to
                  all such information being released to the Agent and each
                  Bank.

      (c)   Letter of Credit commission

            (i)   Each relevant Working Capital Borrower shall pay letter of
                  credit commission to the Agent for the account of the Working
                  Capital Banks (in their respective Relevant Proportions) on
                  the issue of any Letter of Credit requested by such Working
                  Capital Borrower under this Agreement at a rate per annum
                  equal to the applicable Margin prevailing in relation to
                  Working Capital Advances (or which would prevail were there
                  any Working Capital Advances) from time to time on the
                  outstanding face amount of such Letter of Credit calculated
                  from the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit until such
                  date as the Fronting Bank and the Working Capital Banks have
                  ceased to be under any liability (actual or contingent) in
                  respect of such Letter of Credit.

            (ii)  Each relevant Working Capital Borrower shall pay to the
                  Fronting Bank for its own account a fronting fee on the issue
                  of any Letter of Credit for the benefit of such Working
                  Capital Borrower at the rate of 0.125 per cent. per annum on
                  the Fronting Bank's net exposure under such Letter of Credit
                  calculated from the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit
                  until such date as the Fronting Bank has ceased to be under
                  any liability (actual or contingent) in respect of such Letter
                  of Credit.

            (iii) The commission payable under clause 5.2(c)(i) and the fronting
                  fee payable under clause 5.2(c)(ii) shall be paid in arrears
                  on each 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December in
                  each year during the continuance of the Working Capital
                  Facility (and if such day is not a Banking Day, on the
                  preceding Banking Day) commencing on the first of the dates 31
                  March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December on or after the
                  issuance of the relevant Letter of Credit and, in each case,
                  on the Termination Date.

                                       52

<PAGE>

            (iv)  For the avoidance of doubt, the Fronting Bank's Relevant
                  Proportion of the commission at the rate and calculated in the
                  manner specified in clause 5.2(c)(i) shall be payable to the
                  Fronting Bank in its capacity as a Working Capital Bank,
                  notwithstanding that it may not be legally capable of
                  guaranteeing itself in its capacity as Fronting Bank.

5.3   INTEREST ON OVERDUE AMOUNTS

      (a)   If any Borrower fails to pay any sum (including, without limitation,
            any sum payable pursuant to this clause 5.3) on its due date for
            payment under this Agreement such Borrower shall pay interest on
            such sum from the due date up to the date of actual payment (as well
            after as before judgment) at a rate determined by the Agent pursuant
            to this clause 5.3.

      (b)   The period beginning on the due date for payment and ending on the
            date of actual payment shall be divided into successive periods of
            not more than 3 months as selected by the Agent (after consultation
            with the Banks so far as reasonably practicable in the
            circumstances) each of which (other than the first, which shall
            commence on such due date) shall commence on the last day of the
            preceding such period, but so that if the unpaid sum is an amount of
            principal which shall have become due and payable prior to the next
            succeeding Interest Payment Date relating thereto or, as the case
            may be, prior to the relevant Maturity Date, then the first such
            period selected by the Agent shall end on such Interest Payment Date
            or, as the case may be, such Maturity Date.

      (c)   The rate of interest applicable to each period referred to in clause
            5.3(b) shall be the aggregate as determined by the Agent) of (i) one
            per cent. per annum, (ii) the applicable Margin, (iii) the
            Additional Cost and (iv) the Funding Cost.

      (d)   Interest under this clause 5.3 shall be due and payable on the last
            day of each period determined by the Agent pursuant to this clause
            5.3 or, if earlier, on the date on which the sum in respect of which
            such interest is accruing shall actually be paid.

                                       53

<PAGE>

5.4   NOTIFICATION OF INTEREST PERIODS AND INTEREST RATE

      The Agent shall notify Newco 2 (who shall notify each other relevant
      Borrower) and the relevant Banks promptly of the duration of each Interest
      Period, Maturity Period or other period for the calculation of interest
      (or, as the case may be, default interest) and of each rate of interest
      determined by it under this clause 5.

5.5   REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS

      If any relevant Reference Bank is unable or otherwise fails to furnish a
      quotation for the purpose of calculating LIBOR or EURIBOR (as appropriate)
      where such a quotation is required having regard to the definitions of
      "LIBOR" and "EURIBOR" in clause 1.1 the interest rate for the relevant
      Interest Period, Maturity Period or other relevant period shall be
      determined, subject to clause 14.4, on the basis of the quotations
      furnished by the remaining relevant Reference Banks.

6     REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT, CANCELLATION AND REDUCTIONS

6.1   REPAYMENT OF THE FACILITIES

      (a)   Facility A Advances

            Newco 2 shall repay the Facility A Advances in Sterling by
            instalments on the corresponding Repayment Dates set out in clause
            6.1(c). Such repayments shall be made so as to reduce the Facility A
            Advances under each Tranche of Facility A proportionately.

      (b)   Facility B Advances

            Newco 2 shall repay the Facility B Advances in Sterling by
            instalments on the corresponding Repayment Dates set out in clause
            6.1(c). Such repayments shall be made so as to reduce the Facility B
            Advances under each Tranche of Facility B proportionately.

                                       54

<PAGE>

      (c)   Repayment schedule

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Instalment in respect of         Instalment in respect of
                                 Facility A Advances              Facility B Advances
 Repayment Date                       (pound)                          (pound)
----------------              ------------------------         ------------------------
<S>                           <C>                              <C>
30 June 2002                         10,000,000                                 0
31 December 2002                     10,000,000                                 0
30 June 2003                         13,500,000                                 0
31 December 2003                     13,500,000                                 0
30 June 2004                         18,000,000                                 0
31 December 2004                     18,000,000                                 0
30 June 2005                         25,000,000                                 0
31 December 2005                     25,000,000                                 0
30 June 2006                         26,000,000                                 0
31 December 2006                     26,000,000                                 0
30 June 2007                         29,000,000                                 0
31 December 2007                     30,322,042                                 0
30 June 2008                                  0                        33,988,979
31 December 2008                              0                        33,988,979
                                    -----------                        ----------
          TOTAL                     244,322,042                        67,977,958
                                    ===========                        ==========
</TABLE>

      Such amounts assume that the Term Facilities are fully drawn at the end of
      the Term Commitment Period. To the extent that either such Facility is
      not, such instalments in respect of that Facility shall be reduced pro
      rata.

      If any Advance is to be made on 30 June 2002 under either Second Tranche,
      the repayment instalment due on that date shall be paid by way of the
      Agent deducting the relevant amount from the proceeds of such Advance.

6.2   REPAYMENT OF WORKING CAPITAL ADVANCES

      The relevant Working Capital Borrower shall repay each Working Capital
      Advance on its Maturity Date in the currency in which it is denominated.
      If a Working Capital Advance (the "NEW WORKING CAPITAL ADVANCE") is to be
      made on a day on which another Working Capital Advance to the same Working
      Capital Borrower (the "MATURING WORKING CAPITAL ADVANCE") is due to be
      repaid then, subject to the terms of this Agreement and so long as the
      conditions referred to in clause 3 shall have been satisfied in relation
      to the new Working Capital Advance:

      (a)   if the new Working Capital Advance and the maturing Working Capital
            Advance are denominated in the same currency, (i) the maturing
            Working Capital Advance shall be deemed to have been repaid on its
            Maturity Date to the extent of the amount of the new Working Capital
            Advance and (ii) to such extent, the principal amount of the new
            Working Capital Advance to be made on such date shall be deemed to
            have been credited to the account of the relevant Working Capital
            Borrower by the Agent on behalf of the Working Capital Banks in
            accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Working Capital

                                       55

<PAGE>

            Banks shall only be obliged to make available to the relevant
            Working Capital Borrower pursuant to clause 4.2(b) a principal
            amount equal to the amount (if any) by which the new Working Capital
            Advance exceeds the maturing Working Capital Advance and the
            relevant Working Capital Borrower shall only be obliged to repay a
            principal amount equal to the amount (if any) by which the maturing
            Working Capital Advance exceeds the new Working Capital Advance; or

      (b)   if the maturing Working Capital Advance is denominated in one
            currency (the "OLD CURRENCY") and the new Working Capital Advance is
            to be denominated in another currency (the "NEW CURRENCY") the Agent
            shall apply the moneys in the new currency so to be advanced by the
            Working Capital Banks on the Drawdown Date of the new Working
            Capital Advance in the purchase of the old currency and apply the
            amount of the old currency so purchased in or towards repayment of
            the maturing Working Capital Advance in accordance with this clause
            6.2(b). If, after such application (i) there shall remain an amount
            in the old currency owing from the relevant Working Capital Borrower
            to the Working Capital Banks such Working Capital Borrower shall, on
            the Maturity Date of the maturing Working Capital Advance, pay to
            the Agent for the account of the Working Capital Banks the amount in
            the old currency so owing or (ii) there shall remain an amount in
            the new currency owing to such Working Capital Borrower by the
            Working Capital Banks, the Agent shall forthwith advance to such
            Working Capital Borrower, from the moneys in respect of the new
            Working Capital Advance advanced to it by the Working Capital Banks,
            the amount in the new currency so owing.

      On the Termination Date in respect of the Working Capital Facility all
      outstanding Working Capital Advances shall in any event be repaid in full.

6.3   REPAYMENT AND DISCHARGE OF ANCILLARY FACILITIES AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

      The relevant Borrowers shall repay and/or discharge in full the Ancillary
      Facilities Liabilities and outstanding Letters of Credit on the
      Termination Date in respect of the Working Capital Facility.

6.4   OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT OF ALL THE BANKS

      The relevant Borrowers may, subject to clause 6.7, prepay the Advances,
      the Letters of Credit and the Ancillary Facilities at any time after the
      Acquisition and the refinancing of the Relevant Liabilities have occurred
      (in each case) in whole or part (in minimum amounts of L1,000,000),
      without premium or penalty but without prejudice to its obligations under
      clauses 6.7(f), 8.5, 13, 14.2 and 14.4.

6.5   OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT OF A BANK

      (a)   The relevant Borrowers may also prepay (in whole but not in part
            only), without premium or penalty, but without prejudice to their
            respective obligations under clauses 6.7(f), 8.5, 13, 14.2 and 14.4:

                                       56

<PAGE>

            (i)   (upon notice to the Agent to such effect) the whole of the
                  Contributions to the Facilities of any Bank to which such
                  Borrowers shall have become obliged to pay additional amounts
                  under clauses 8.5 or 14.2; or

            (ii)  (upon notice to such effect to the Agent within 10 Banking
                  Days of receipt of the relevant certificate of a Substitute
                  Basis) the whole of the Contributions to the Facilities of any
                  Bank to which a Substitute Basis applies by virtue of clause
                  14.4.

      (b)   Upon any such notice of such prepayment being given, the Commitments
            of the relevant Bank to the Facilities shall be reduced to zero.

6.6   MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS

      (a)   Prepayment Events:

            (i)   Unless the Agent (acting on behalf of all of the Banks)
                  otherwise agrees, the Borrowers shall be obliged to prepay the
                  Facilities (including the discharge in full of the Ancillary
                  Facilities Liabilities) in whole immediately upon the
                  occurrence of a Full Prepayment Event (whether or not also an
                  Event of Default), whereupon the Total Commitments in respect
                  of the Facilities shall be reduced to zero.

            (ii)  Unless the Agent (acting on behalf of all of the Banks)
                  otherwise agrees, the Borrowers shall be obliged to apply (or
                  procure that the same are applied) the aggregate net proceeds
                  of any Flotation which does not constitute a Full Prepayment
                  Event in or towards prepayment of the Facilities as follows:

                  (A)   the first L100,000,000 of such aggregate net proceeds
                        shall be applied in or towards prepayment of the
                        Facilities; and

                  (B)   (thereafter, an amount equal to 50 per cent. of any
                        other aggregate net proceeds shall be applied in or
                        towards prepayment of the Facilities.

            For the purpose of this clause 6.6(a)(ii) "AGGREGATE NET PROCEEDS"
            means the total cash proceeds realised by any Acquisition Party, any
            Borrower, the Target and/or other entity the subject of a Flotation,
            less the reasonable costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection
            with such Flotation. On each occasion that aggregate net proceeds
            are received in respect of a Flotation not constituting a Full
            Prepayment Event, such aggregate net proceeds shall immediately be
            deposited in a Cash Collateral Account with the Cash Collateral
            Account Bank and shall be applied in accordance with clauses 6.7(c)
            and (d) in prepayment of the Term Advances on the next succeeding
            Interest Payment Dates relating to the Term Advances concerned or in
            repaying the Working Capital Advances (and reducing the Working
            Capital Facility Commitments

                                       57

<PAGE>

            accordingly) on the next succeeding Maturity Dates or in immediately
            prepaying the other Drawings under the Working Capital Facility (and
            reducing the Working Capital Facility Commitments accordingly).

      (b)   Receipts of claims

            Unless the Agent (acting on behalf of all of the Banks) otherwise
            agrees, Newco 2 will apply (or procure that the same are applied)
            all moneys received by it or any other member of the Group (each
            such receipt being a "RELEVANT RECEIPT") as proceeds (net of
            associated costs and expenses) of any claim against the Second
            Vendors in connection with the Second Acquisitions or against any
            Third Vendors in connection with any Third Acquisitions or the
            writers of the Reports or the Third Reports or any claim in respect
            of advice given in relation to the Acquisition and/or the Scheme
            and/or the Second Acquisitions and/or the Third Acquisitions, as
            follows:

            (i)   prior to the Enforcement Date the Relevant Receipt shall be
                  applied:

                  (A)   to the extent the Relevant Receipt relates to a
                        liability of, or a charge or claim upon, a member of the
                        Group, in the discharge of that liability, charge or
                        claim (or in reimbursement of monies disbursed in
                        connection with such liability, charge or claim)
                        provided that such moneys shall be properly applied in
                        such manner within six months of receipt by the relevant
                        member of the Group; or

                  (B)   to the extent the Relevant Receipt relates to an asset
                        reasonably required in the conduct of the Group's
                        business, in the acquisition of that asset provided that
                        such moneys shall be properly applied in such manner
                        within six months of receipt by the relevant member of
                        the Group; or

                  (C)   to the extent the Relevant Receipt exceeds the aggregate
                        amount required to be applied under (A) or (B) above, in
                        or towards prepayment and cancellation of the Facilities
                        in accordance with clause 6.7(c) and (d). Pending every
                        such application or prepayment, Newco 2 shall procure
                        that on the date of the Relevant Receipt by a member of
                        the Group, an amount, or amounts in aggregate, equal to
                        the Relevant Receipt are placed in one or more Cash
                        Collateral Accounts with the Cash Collateral Account
                        Bank; or

            (ii)  on or after the Enforcement Date the Relevant Receipt shall be
                  applied in accordance with clause 17.15 (and such moneys shall
                  be paid to the Security Agent for such purposes) or as the
                  Security Agent may otherwise direct.

                                       58

<PAGE>

6.7   PREPAYMENTS GENERALLY

      (a)   No prepayment may be made pursuant to clauses 6.4 or 6.5 unless the
            relevant Borrower shall have given the Agent 3 Banking Days prior
            notice specifying the proposed date of the prepayment and the amount
            to be prepaid. Every such notice shall be effective only on actual
            receipt by the Agent, shall be irrevocable and shall oblige the
            relevant Borrower to make the relevant prepayment on the date
            specified.

      (b)   No amount prepaid under the Facilities (save for voluntary
            prepayments of the Working Capital Facility) may be reborrowed.

      (c)   Subject to clause 6.7(d) and (e), any amount prepaid in respect of
            the Facilities shall be applied first against the Term Advances on a
            pro rata basis, secondly in reduction of the Working Capital
            Advances and the Letters of Credit on a pro rata basis and thirdly
            in prepaying the Ancillary Facilities. Where a mandatory prepayment
            is applied against the Working Capital Advances, the Letters of
            Credit and/or the Ancillary Facilities, upon such prepayments or
            discharge the Commitments in respect of the Working Capital Facility
            and/or the relevant Ancillary Commitments (as applicable) shall be
            cancelled by the amount prepaid or discharged.

      (d)   Newco 2 may, by giving to the Agent 3 Banking Days prior notice,
            select whether voluntary prepayments and mandatory prepayments of up
            to an aggregate amount of L25,000,000 from and after the UK Second
            Acquisition Completion Date, are to be applied in reducing the
            repayment instalments for the Term Advances in order of maturity,
            inverse order of maturity or on a pro rata basis. If no such
            selection is made, the relevant prepayments shall be applied in
            reducing such repayment instalments pro rata.

      (e)   Subject to the operation of clause 6.7(d), where a mandatory
            prepayment is applied against a Term Facility, it shall reduce the
            future repayment instalments under that Term Facility pro rata.

      (f)   All prepayments shall be made together with (to the extent these
            relate to the amounts prepaid) (i) accrued interest to the date of
            prepayment (calculated, in the case of any prepayment of a Bank's
            Contributions to the Facilities pursuant to clause 6.5(a)(ii) and in
            respect of the period during which the relevant Substitute Basis has
            applied by virtue of clause 14.4(b), at a rate per annum equal to
            the rate certified by such Bank to be an interest rate equivalent to
            the aggregate of (A) the applicable Margin and (B) the cost
            (including Additional Cost) to such Bank of funding its
            Contributions to the Facilities for such period); (ii) any
            additional amount payable under clauses 8.5 or 14.2 attributable to
            the amounts prepaid; and (iii) all other sums payable by the
            relevant Borrower to the relevant Banks under this Agreement
            attributable to the amounts prepaid including, without limitation,
            any accrued commitment commission payable under clause 7.2 and any
            amounts payable under clause 13.1.

                                       59

<PAGE>

      (g)   Upon any prepayment being made (other than a prepayment under clause
            6.5), the Commitments of the relevant Banks in respect of the
            relevant Facility shall be reduced accordingly (pro-rata the
            relevant Banks' respective Commitments in respect of the relevant
            Facility).

      (h)   The Borrowers may not make any prepayments in respect of any
            Facility save as expressly provided in this Agreement.

      (i)   Notwithstanding the provisions of this clause 6.7, while (and to the
            extent that) any Facility A Advances are outstanding, any Facility B
            Bank shall be entitled to waive its right to receive any prepayment
            of its share of the Facility B Advances which would have arisen by
            reason of the occurrence of any of the events or circumstances
            referred to in clauses 6.6, 6.10, 6.11, 6.12 or 10.6(f)(xii) in
            which case this clause 6.7 shall apply without having regard to the
            Facility B Advances owing to such Bank.

6.8   VOLUNTARY CANCELLATION OF THE WORKING CAPITAL FACILITY

      Newco 2 may at any time prior to the Termination Date in respect of the
      Working Capital Facility by notice to the Agent (effective only on actual
      receipt) cancel, with effect from a date not less than 5 Banking Days
      after the receipt by the Agent of such notice, the whole or any part
      (being L100,000 or any larger sum which is an integral multiple of
      L25,000) of the Available Facility Amount which is not the subject of a
      Drawdown Notice at such time. Any such notice of cancellation, once given,
      shall be irrevocable and upon such cancellation taking effect the
      Commitments of the Working Capital Banks shall be reduced accordingly
      (pro-rata to their respective Commitments in respect of the Working
      Capital Facility).

6.9   MANDATORY CANCELLATION

      [Not restated]

6.10  APPLICATION OF DISPOSAL PROCEEDS

      (a)   Subject to clause 6.10(b), unless the Agent (acting on behalf of all
            of the Banks) otherwise agrees, Newco 2 shall procure that an amount
            equal to the Net Proceeds of each relevant disposal (other than, for
            the avoidance of doubt, any amounts subject to a valid Reinvestment
            Notice) and each mandatory disposal are, as soon as practicable and
            in any event no later than 5 Banking Days after their receipt by a
            member of the Group, deposited in a Cash Collateral Account with the
            Cash Collateral Account Bank and shall be applied in prepaying the
            Facilities in accordance with clauses 6.7(c) and (d) in prepayment
            of the Term Advances on the next succeeding Interest Payment Dates
            relating to the Term Advances concerned or in repaying the Working
            Capital Advances (and reducing the Working Capital Facility
            Commitments accordingly) on the next succeeding Maturity Dates or in
            immediately prepaying the other Drawings under the Working Capital
            Facility (and reducing the Working Capital Facility Commitments
            accordingly).

                                       60

<PAGE>

      (b)   Newco 2 may apply the Net Proceeds of a relevant disposal which are
            the subject of a valid Reinvestment Notice in or towards a permitted
            application within six months of the relevant disposal. The amount
            of Net Proceeds that are subject to Reinvestment Notices shall not
            exceed L10,000,000 in aggregate in respect of any financial year of
            Newco 2.

      (c)   Unless the Agent (acting on behalf of all of the Banks) otherwise
            agrees, Newco 2 shall procure that any unapplied Net Proceeds of a
            relevant disposal and all Net Proceeds of each mandatory disposal
            are applied in prepaying the Facilities.

      For the purposes of this clause 6.10:

      (i)   a "RELEVANT DISPOSAL" means a disposal permitted under clause
            10.6(f)(iii) (and no other paragraph thereof) in any case which
            results in Net Proceeds in excess of L750,000 (or its Sterling
            equivalent at the date of receipt) provided that the aggregate
            Sterling equivalent of the gross proceeds of such disposals excluded
            from this definition of relevant disposal shall not exceed
            L3,000,000 in any financial year of Newco 2;

      (ii)  a "MANDATORY DISPOSAL" means any disposal of any ownership interests
            in or assets of a Target Group (as defined in the Senior
            Subordinated Facility Agreement) or the ownership interests in or
            assets of any member of the Group as a result of any Third
            Acquisition, which disposal is required to be made by any relevant
            competition authority (or is in order to mitigate against any
            proceedings, investigation, examination or enquiry by such a
            competition authority);

      (iii) "UNAPPLIED NET PROCEEDS" means, in respect of a relevant disposal
            which is not a mandatory disposal, those Net Proceeds (or their
            Sterling equivalent at the date of receipt, if denominated in a
            currency other than Sterling) of such relevant disposal which are
            subject to a valid Reinvestment Notice and which, as at the end of
            the period of six months after the date of such relevant disposal
            or, in respect of up to L6,300,000 of Net Proceeds of relevant
            disposals which is at the date on which the Majority Banks consented
            to the requests contained in the consent request letter dated 2
            October 2003, deposited in a Cash Collateral Account, the period
            ending on 16 October 2004 ("EXISTING NET PROCEEDS") (or, if earlier,
            as at the date on which Newco 2 notifies the Agent that the Group no
            longer intends and expects to use all or the relevant portion of the
            Net Proceeds concerned towards a permitted application) have not
            been applied in a permitted application;

      (iv)  a "PERMITTED APPLICATION" means any of (A) the acquisition of a
            replacement fixed asset of the same or a similar type and of
            comparable or superior value and quality or (B) the acquisition of a
            fixed asset the commercial purpose and effect of which is to replace
            or improve upon the commercial purpose and effect of the fixed asset
            disposed of or (C) the acquisition of fixed assets of comparable or
            superior quality for another aspect of the Group's business,
            provided in each case, (to the extent permitted by law) that such
            fixed asset is subject to a fully

                                       61

<PAGE>

            enforceable legally binding Encumbrance in favour of the Security
            Agent and the other Finance Parties equivalent to or better than the
            Encumbrance (if any) to which to asset, the disposal of which
            resulted in the Net Proceeds which are being so applied, was subject
            and provided further that the only permitted application in respect
            of the Existing Net Proceeds is the application thereof in or
            towards satisfying the acquisition consideration in respect of
            Permitted Acquisitions; and

      (v)   a "REINVESTMENT NOTICE" means, in respect of the Net Proceeds of a
            relevant disposal which is not a mandatory disposal, a written
            notice executed by a director or the treasurer of Newco 2 and
            received by the Agent no later than 5 Banking Days after receipt of
            such Net Proceeds by a member of the Group which confirms that no
            Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and that a member of
            the Group intends and expects to use all or the relevant portion of
            the Net Proceeds of the relevant disposal concerned towards a
            permitted application.

6.11  CASH SWEEP

      Unless the Agent (acting on behalf of all of the Banks) otherwise agrees,
      Newco 2 shall on the next succeeding Interest Payment Dates in respect of
      the Term Advances following the delivery to the Agent of the audited
      annual consolidated financial statements of the Group and the Auditors'
      statement pursuant to clause 10.1(b)(i) and 10.1(b)(iv) in respect of each
      financial year ending on or after 31 December 2000 apply or procure that
      there is applied in prepayment of such Term Advances (without premium or
      penalty) an amount equal to a percentage of the Consolidated Excess Cash
      Flow in respect of such financial year determined according to the ratio
      of Total Net Debt to Consolidated EBITDA (determined in accordance with
      schedule 8 and clause 10.3) as at the end of the financial year to which
      such financial statements relate.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     Total Net Debt: Consolidated                  % of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow to be
                EBITDA                                               prepaid
--------------------------------------------       ----------------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>
greater than or equal to 4.5:1                                         75%

greater than or equal to 3.0:1 but less than
4.5:1                                                                  50%

less than 3.0:1                                                        25%
</TABLE>

6.12  CITADEL INSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED

      Newco 2 shall procure that any cash which is surplus to the reasonable
      cash requirements of Citadel Insurance Company Limited (including, without
      limitation, all cash which is in excess of the amount required from time
      to time as cash collateral in respect of insurance policies written by
      Citadel Insurance Company Limited) shall be invested in Newco 2 either by
      way of the subscription for ordinary shares in Newco 2 or by way of
      shareholder loans to Newco 2 which are subordinated on the same terms as
      provided for in the

                                       62

<PAGE>

      Target/Newco 2 Subordination Deed. Newco 2 undertakes to immediately
      deposit the proceeds of any such subscription or shareholder loan in a
      Cash Collateral Account with the Cash Collateral Account Bank and shall
      apply such proceeds in accordance with clauses 6.7(c) and (d) in
      prepayment of the Term Advances on the next succeeding Interest Payment
      Dates relating to the Term Advances concerned or in repaying the Working
      Capital Advances (and reducing the Working Capital Facility Commitments
      accordingly) on the next succeeding Maturity Dates or in immediately
      prepaying the other Drawings under the Working Capital Facility (and
      reducing the Working Capital Facility Commitments accordingly).

7     FEES AND EXPENSES

7.1   ARRANGEMENT, UNDERWRITING AND AGENCY FEES

      Newco 2 shall pay to the Agent or shall procure that there is paid:

      (a)   on the UK Second Acquisition Completion Date, an arrangement and
            underwriting fee of the amount agreed by Newco 2 with the Amendment
            Arrangers and the Amendment Underwriters in the Second Fee Letters;
            and

      (b)   on the UK Second Acquisition Completion Date and (in advance) on
            each anniversary thereof until no amount is outstanding under this
            Agreement and no Commitment is in force, for the account of the
            Agent, a facility agent fee of the amounts agreed by Newco 2 with
            the Agent in the Second Fee Letters.

7.2   COMMITMENT FEES

      Newco 2 shall pay to the Agent, or shall procure that there is paid to the
      Agent:

      (a)   [Not restated]

      (b)   Working Capital Facility

            On the first Drawdown Date and thereafter on the dates falling at 3
            monthly intervals after the date of this Agreement during the
            Working Capital Commitment Period and on the Termination Date in
            respect of the Working Capital Facility, for the account of the
            Working Capital Banks (pro-rata their relevant Commitments),
            commitment commission computed at the applicable Commitment
            Commission Rate on the daily amount by which the Total Commitments
            in respect of the Working Capital Facility (excluding Ancillary
            Commitments) exceed the aggregate Sterling Amount of the Working
            Capital Advances and the Sterling Amount of all outstanding Letters
            of Credit at that time.

7.3   EXPENSES

      Newco 2 shall pay to the Agent:

                                       63

<PAGE>

      (a)   all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including but not limited to
            expenses incurred in connection with the Reports), of the Agent,
            Security Agent, the Arrangers, the Documentation Agent, the
            Underwriters and their Affiliates associated with the transactions
            contemplated by this Agreement, including but not limited to (i) the
            syndication of the Facilities and publicity associated therewith,
            (ii) the preparation, execution and delivery, administration,
            waiver, modification and enforcement of the Finance Documents
            (including documentary taxes and the reasonable fees, disbursements
            and other charges of counsel and consultants) and (iii) all
            reasonable costs of any investigation, litigation or subpoena
            arising out of the transactions contemplated hereby or the
            Acquisition or the Second Acquisitions; and

      (b)   after a Default has occurred and whilst it is continuing, on demand,
            all reasonable expenses (including legal and out-of-pocket expenses)
            incurred by any of the Finance Parties in contemplation of, or
            otherwise in connection with, the enforcement or attempted
            enforcement of, or preservation or attempted preservation of any
            rights under, any of the Finance Documents, or otherwise in respect
            of the recovery, or attempted recovery, of moneys owing under the
            same.

7.4   VALUE ADDED TAX

      All fees and expenses payable pursuant to clause 5 and this clause 7 shall
      be paid together with an amount equal to any value added tax thereon
      payable by any of the Finance Parties in respect of such fees and
      expenses. Any value added tax chargeable in respect of any services
      supplied by any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents shall, on
      delivery of a value added tax invoice, be paid in addition to any sum
      agreed to be paid under any of the Finance Documents.

7.5   STAMP AND OTHER DUTIES

      Newco 2 shall pay all stamp, documentary, registration, notarisation or
      other duties or Taxes (including any duties or Taxes payable by, or
      assessed on, the Finance Parties) imposed on or in connection with the
      negotiation, preparation and execution of any of the Finance Documents and
      shall indemnify the Finance Parties against any liability arising by
      reason of any delay or omission by Newco 2 to pay such duties or Taxes.

8     PAYMENTS AND TAXES; ACCOUNTS AND CALCULATIONS

8.1   NO SET-OFF OR COUNTERCLAIM; DISTRIBUTION TO THE BANKS

      All payments to be made by any Borrower under this Agreement shall be made
      in full, without any set-off or counterclaim whatsoever and, subject as
      provided in clause 8.5, free and clear of any deductions or withholdings,
      in the currency in which payment is due on the due date to the account of
      the Agent at such bank in such place as the Agent may from time to time
      specify for this purpose, in the case of Sterling, in immediately
      available funds, and, in any other case, in such funds as may be generally
      accepted for settlement of transactions of this kind.

                                       64

<PAGE>

      Save where this Agreement provides for a payment to be made for the
      account of a particular Finance Party, in which case the Agent shall
      distribute the relevant payment to the relevant Finance Party concerned,
      payments to be made by any Borrower under this Agreement shall be for the
      account of all the Banks and the Agent shall forthwith distribute such
      payments in like funds as are received by the Agent to the Banks rateably
      in accordance with their Commitments or Contributions, as the case may be.
      Such distribution by the Agent shall be good discharge to any such
      Borrower.

8.2   PAYMENTS BY THE BANKS

      All sums to be advanced by the Banks to a Borrower under this Agreement
      shall be remitted, in the case of Sterling, in immediately available
      funds, and, in any other case, in such funds as may be generally accepted
      for settlement of transactions of this kind on the relevant Drawdown Date
      to the account of the Agent at such bank as the Agent may have notified to
      the Banks and shall, in the case of the Term Advances, be applied in
      accordance with the irrevocable instructions contained in clauses
      4.1(a)(iii) and 4.1(b)(iii) and, in the case of any other such sum, be
      paid by the Agent on such date in like funds as are received by the Agent
      to the account of the relevant Borrower specified in the relevant Drawdown
      Notice.

8.3   NON-BANKING DAYS

      When any payment under this Agreement would otherwise be due on a day
      which is not a Banking Day, the due date for payment shall be postponed to
      the next following Banking Day unless such Banking Day falls in the next
      calendar month in which case payment shall be made on the immediately
      preceding Banking Day.

8.4   AGENT MAY ASSUME RECEIPT

      Where any sum is to be paid under this Agreement to the Agent for the
      account of another person, the Agent may (unless a notice is received by
      it to the contrary prior to the time the relevant payment was expected to
      be made) assume that the payment will be made when due and may (but shall
      not be obliged to) make such sum available to the person so entitled. If
      it proves to be the case that such payment was not made to the Agent, then
      the person to whom such sum was so made available shall on request refund
      such sum to the Agent together with interest thereon sufficient to
      compensate the Agent for the cost of making available such sum up to the
      date of such repayment and the person by whom such sum was payable shall
      indemnify the Agent for any and all loss or expense which the Agent may
      sustain or incur as a consequence of such sum not having been paid on its
      due date.

8.5   GROSSING-UP FOR TAXES

      If at any time any Borrower is required by law or regulation to make any
      deduction or withholding in respect of Taxes from any payment due under
      this Agreement or any of the Borrower Security Documents for the account
      of any Finance Party (or if the Agent, or as the case may be, the Security
      Agent is

                                       65

<PAGE>

      required to make any such deduction or withholding from a payment to a
      Finance Party), the sum due from the relevant Borrower in respect of such
      payment shall, subject to clause 8.6, be increased to the extent necessary
      to ensure that, after the making of such deduction or withholding, each
      Finance Party receives on the due date for such payment (and retains, free
      from any liability in respect of such deduction or withholding) a net sum
      equal to the sum which it would have received had no such deduction or
      withholding been required to be made and such Borrower shall indemnify
      each Finance Party against any losses or costs incurred by any of them by
      reason of any failure of such Borrower to make any such deduction or
      withholding or by reason of any increased payment not being made on the
      due date for such payment. Each relevant Borrower shall as promptly as
      possible deliver to the Agent copies of any receipts, certificates or
      other reasonable proof evidencing the amounts (if any) paid or payable in
      respect of any such deduction or withholding. The obligation of any
      Borrower to make any increased payment under this clause 8.5 shall survive
      termination of this Agreement for a period of nine months after such
      termination.

8.6   QUALIFYING BANKS

      Each Bank agrees promptly to notify the Agent and Newco 2 if it is not or
      ceases to be a Qualifying Bank. If any Bank is not or ceases to be a
      Qualifying Bank, then (save in circumstances where such Bank ceases to be
      a Qualifying Bank by reason of any change in law, regulation or double
      taxation treaty or in its application or interpretation, in each case
      taking effect after the date of this Agreement or the date such Bank
      becomes a party to this Agreement, if later) no Borrower shall be liable
      to pay to that Bank under clause 8.5 any sum in excess of the sum it would
      have been obliged to pay if that Bank had been, or had not ceased to be, a
      Qualifying Bank.

      Each Bank agrees that it will, as soon as is reasonably practicable after
      the date of this Agreement, or, if later, the date on which such Bank
      becomes a party to this Agreement, complete and file with the Taxation
      authority of the country in which it is resident for the purposes of
      Taxation, such forms (if any) which will enable interest to be paid
      without withholding or deduction for or on account of Taxes of the United
      Kingdom, and that, if such forms are returned to such Bank by its Taxation
      authority, it will, as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, file
      such forms with the Inland Revenue.

8.7   CLAW-BACK OF TAX BENEFIT

      If, following any such deduction or withholding as is referred to in
      clause 8.5 any Finance Party shall receive or be granted a credit against
      or remission for any Taxes payable by it, such Finance Party shall,
      subject to the relevant Borrower having made any increased payment in
      accordance with clause 8.5 and to the extent that such Finance Party can
      do so without prejudicing the retention of the amount of such credit or
      remission and without prejudice to the right of such Finance Party to
      obtain any other relief or allowance which may be available to it,
      reimburse the relevant Borrower with such amount as such Finance Party
      shall in its absolute discretion certify to be the proportion of such
      credit or remission as will leave such Finance Party (after such
      reimbursement)

                                       66

<PAGE>

      in no worse position than it would have been in had there been no such
      deduction or withholding from the payment by the relevant Borrower as
      aforesaid. Such reimbursement shall be made forthwith upon such Finance
      Party certifying that the amount of such credit or remission has been
      received by it. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall oblige any
      Finance Party to investigate whether a Tax credit is payable, rearrange
      its tax affairs or to disclose any information regarding its tax affairs
      and computations. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, no
      Borrower shall, by virtue of this clause 8.7, be entitled to enquire about
      any Finance Party's tax affairs.

8.8   BANK ACCOUNTS

      Each Bank and Ancillary Facilities Bank shall maintain, in accordance with
      its usual practices, an account or accounts evidencing the amounts from
      time to time lent by, owing to and paid to it under this Agreement or its
      Ancillary Facilities Letter or any of the Borrower Security Documents. The
      Agent shall maintain a control account showing the utilisation of the
      Facilities (other than the Ancillary Facilities), including (separately)
      each Tranche, and other sums owing by each Borrower under this Agreement
      and all payments in respect thereof made by each Borrower from time to
      time. The control account shall, in the absence of manifest error, be
      conclusive evidence as to the amount from time to time owing by each
      Borrower under this Agreement.

8.9   PARTIAL PAYMENTS

      If, (i) on any date on which a payment is due to be made by any Borrower
      under this Agreement, the amount received by the Agent from such Borrower
      falls short of the total amount of the payment due to be made by such
      Borrower on such date or (ii) on any date on which the Agent receives any
      payment from the Security Agent or otherwise receives any amount
      representing proceeds of realisations or other recoveries under any of the
      Security Documents, the amount of such payment or other receipt falls
      short of the total amount owing to the Finance Parties under this
      Agreement on such date then (in any such case), without prejudice to any
      rights or remedies available to the Finance Parties under any of the
      Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply the amount actually received by
      it in or towards discharge of the obligations of such Borrower under this
      Agreement in the following order, notwithstanding any appropriation made,
      or purported to be made, by such Borrower:

      (a)   first, in or towards payment, on a pro-rata basis, of any unpaid
            costs and expenses (ignoring any fees payable under clause 7.1(a) or
            (b)) of the Agent, Security Agent, Arrangers, Documentation Agent or
            Underwriters under this Agreement;

      (b)   secondly, in or towards payment to the Finance Parties, on a
            pro-rata basis, of any amount owing to the Finance Parties under
            clause 17.12;

      (c)   thirdly, in or towards payment to the Arrangers of any portion of
            the arrangement fee payable under clause 7.1(a) which remains
            unpaid;

                                       67

<PAGE>

      (d)   fourthly, in or towards payment to the Agent of any portion of the
            agency fee payable under clause 7.1(b) which remains unpaid;

      (e)   fifthly, in or towards payment to the Finance Parties, on a pro-rata
            basis, of any accrued commitment commission payable under clause 7.2
            which shall have become due but remains unpaid;

      (f)   sixthly, in or towards payment to the Finance Parties, on a pro-rata
            basis, of any accrued interest, letter of credit commission or
            Fronting Bank fees which shall have become due but remain unpaid but
            so that any amount payable by virtue of clause 8.5 shall be
            excluded;

      (g)   seventhly, in or towards payment to the Finance Parties, on a
            pro-rata basis, of any principal payable to the Finance Parties
            which shall have become due but remains unpaid;

      (h)   eighthly, in or towards payment to any such Finance Parties, on a
            pro-rata basis, of any amount payable to any Finance Parties by
            virtue of clause 8.5 which remains unpaid; and

      (i)   ninthly, in or towards payment of any other sum which shall have
            become due but remains unpaid (and, if more than one such sum so
            remains unpaid, on a pro-rata basis).

      Each reference in clauses 8.9(a) to (e) (inclusive) to a category of
      unpaid sums shall include interest thereon payable in accordance with this
      Agreement (including, without limitation, default interest under clause
      5.3). Accordingly, clause 8.9(f) shall be construed as referring to
      interest on principal and accrued interest thereon which remains unpaid to
      the extent due.

      The order of application set out in clauses 8.9(e) to 8.9(i) shall be
      varied by the Agent if the Majority Banks so direct, without any reference
      to, or consent or approval from, any Borrower.

8.10  CALCULATIONS

      All interest and other payments of an annual nature under this Agreement
      or any of the Borrower Security Documents shall accrue from day to day and
      be calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed and (in the case of
      Sterling) a 365 day year and (in the case of currencies other than
      Sterling) a 360 day year (or as is otherwise the relevant interbank market
      custom in respect of any such currency). In calculating the actual number
      of days elapsed in a period which is one of a series of consecutive
      periods with no interval between them or a period on the last day of which
      any payment falls to be made in respect of such period, the first day of
      such period shall be included but the last day excluded.

8.11  CERTIFICATES CONCLUSIVE

      Any certificate of, or determination by, a Finance Party as to any rate of
      interest or any other amount payable under, or otherwise to be determined
      under, this Agreement or any of the Borrower Security Documents shall, in
      the absence of

                                       68

<PAGE>

      manifest error, be conclusive and binding on each Borrower and (in the
      case of a certificate of or determination by the Agent) on the Banks.

8.12  EFFECT OF EUROPEAN MONETARY UNION

      If the United Kingdom participates in Economic and Monetary Union in
      accordance with Article 109j of the Treaty on European Union, then:

      (a)   if, and at any time while, Sterling and the euro are at the same
            time recognised by the Bank of England as the lawful currency of the
            United Kingdom, any amount expressed to be payable under this
            Agreement in Sterling shall be paid in Sterling or in euro as (i)
            the Agent may (in the case of any amount payable by the Banks) by
            not less than three Banking Days' notice to Newco 2 and the Banks to
            that effect elect or (ii) Newco 2 may (in the case of any amount
            payable by the Borrowers) by not less than three Banking Days notice
            to the Agent to that effect elect;

      (b)   any amount so elected to be paid in euro shall be converted from
            Sterling at the rate stipulated pursuant to Article 109l(4) of the
            Treaty and payment of the amount in euro derived from such
            conversion shall discharge the obligation of the relevant party to
            pay Sterling; and

      (c)   the Agent, Newco 2 and the Banks shall consult to consider what (if
            any) changes are required to be made to this Agreement to (i) take
            account of the participation of the United Kingdom in monetary union
            and/or (ii) reflect any consequential changes in market practice
            (including, without limitation, the settlement of or rounding of
            obligations and the calculation of interest). If, after such
            consultation, the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority
            Banks) reasonably and in good faith considers that any such
            amendments are required, the Agent shall notify Newco 2 and the
            Banks of the amendments which it considers to be necessary and,
            notwithstanding clause 17.11, shall be entitled to make such
            amendments as to put the parties in the same position as if
            participation had not occurred.

      Any amendment so made to this Agreement by the Agent shall be promptly
      notified to the Banks, the Arrangers and Newco 2 by the Agent and shall be
      binding on all the parties to this Agreement.

9     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

9.1   REPEATING REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

      Each Borrower represents and warrants (subject to the qualifications and
      reservations set out in the Legal Opinions (other than those relating to
      factual matters) and matters fairly and specifically disclosed by the
      Reports) to each Finance Party in respect of itself and, in the case of
      Newco 2 only, in respect of itself, the Target and each other member of
      the Group that:

      (a)   Due incorporation: it and the other members of the Group from time
            to time and the Target are duly incorporated and validly existing
            under the

                                       69

<PAGE>

            laws of the respective jurisdictions of their incorporation and have
            power to carry on their respective businesses as they are now being
            conducted and to own their respective property and other assets;

      (b)   Corporate power: it and the other members of the Charging Group and
            the Target have power to execute, deliver and perform their
            respective obligations under each of the Finance Documents to which
            they are parties and (in the case of the Borrowers) to borrow the
            Commitments and to perform the Hedge Transactions to which they are,
            or may become, party; all necessary corporate, shareholder and other
            action has been taken to authorise the execution, delivery and
            performance of the same and no limitation on the powers of any
            Borrower to borrow or perform hedging transactions will be exceeded
            as a result of any transaction under any of the Credit Documents and
            no limitation on any of their respective powers to give guarantees
            and/or to create security will be exceeded as a result of the
            execution and delivery of any of the Security Documents;

      (c)   Binding obligations: (i) each of the Finance Documents when executed
            and delivered by it and/or any other member of the Charging Group
            and/or the Target, as the case may be, will constitute, valid,
            legally binding and enforceable obligations of it and all other
            members of the Charging Group and the Target in accordance with
            their respective terms and, in the case of the Security Documents,
            create the security interests purported to be created thereby and
            (ii) it is not necessary, to ensure the legality, validity,
            enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any of the Finance
            Documents that they or any other instrument be notarised, filed,
            recorded, registered or enrolled in any court, public office or
            elsewhere in the jurisdiction(s) of incorporation of the member(s)
            of the Group party thereto or, as the case may be, the Target or
            that any stamp, registration or similar tax or charge be paid in
            such jurisdictions on or in relation to the Finance Documents and
            the Finance Documents are in proper form for their enforcement in
            the courts of such jurisdictions;

      (d)   No conflict with other obligations: the execution and delivery of,
            the performance of its obligations under, and compliance with the
            provisions of, the Finance Documents by it and all other members of
            the Charging Group and the Target will not (i) contravene any
            existing applicable law, statute, rule or regulation or any
            judgment, decree or permit to which any of them are subject, (ii)
            conflict with, or result in any breach of any of the terms of, or
            constitute a default under, any agreement or other instrument to
            which any of them are a party or are subject or by which any of
            their property is bound to the extent that such conflict or breach
            would have, or would be reasonably likely to have, a Material
            Adverse Effect, (iii) contravene or conflict with any provision of
            their respective Memorandum or Articles of Association or, as the
            case may be, other relevant incorporation documents or by-laws or
            (iv) result, other than pursuant to the provisions of any of the
            Finance Documents, in the creation or imposition of, or oblige any
            member of the Group or the

                                       70

<PAGE>

            Target to create, any Encumbrance (save for a Permitted Encumbrance)
            on any member of the Group's assets, rights or revenues;

      (e)   Choice of law: the choice by the Borrowers and the Charging Group
            members and the Target (as appropriate) of English law or, as the
            case may be, any other law as expressly set out in the relevant
            Finance Document to govern each of the Finance Documents which are
            expressed to be governed by English law or such other law, as the
            case may be, and the submissions to jurisdictions by the Borrowers
            and the Charging Group members and the Target contained in the
            Finance Documents are valid and binding in all material respects;

      (f)   Audited financial statements: the then latest audited financial
            statements delivered to the Agent under clause 10.1(b)(i) have been
            prepared in accordance with the Appropriate Accounting Principles
            which have been consistently applied and present fairly and
            accurately the financial position of Newco 2, the consolidated
            financial position of the Group, the Target and Newco 1 respectively
            as at the date to which such financial statements were made up and
            the results of the operations of Newco 2 the Group, the Target and
            Newco 1 respectively for the financial year ended on such date and,
            as at such date, neither Newco 2 nor any of the other members of the
            Group nor the Target nor Newco 1 had any significant liabilities
            (contingent or otherwise) or any unrealised or anticipated losses
            which are not disclosed by, or reserved against in, such financial
            statements (or the notes thereto) to the extent required by the
            Appropriate Accounting Principles; and

      (g)   Material adverse change: since 31 December 2001 there has been no
            development or event which has had or could reasonably be expected
            to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.2   NON-REPEATING REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

      Newco 2 further represents and warrants to each of the Finance Parties
      (subject to the qualifications and reservations set out in the Legal
      Opinions (other than those relating to factual matters) and the matters
      fairly and specifically disclosed by the Reports) that:

      (a)   Historic financial statements: (i) the audited consolidated
            financial statements of the Target Group for the financial year
            ended 31 December 1998, have been prepared in accordance with
            generally accepted accounting principles and practices in the United
            Kingdom which have been consistently applied and present fairly and
            accurately the consolidated financial position of the Target Group
            as at the date down to and as of which such statements were prepared
            and the consolidated results of the operations of the Target Group
            for the period to which such statements relate; and (ii) as at 31
            December 1998, the Target Group did not have any significant
            liabilities (contingent or otherwise) or any significant unrealised
            anticipated losses which are not disclosed by, or reserved against
            in, such financial statements (or the notes thereto);

                                       71

<PAGE>

      (b)   Information Package:

            (i)   all factual information concerning Hicks Muse, each of the
                  Acquisition Parties and the Target and its Affiliates and the
                  transactions contemplated by this Agreement (other than
                  information of a general economic nature) that is or has been
                  made available to any of the Finance Parties by any of the
                  Acquisition Parties or any of their authorised representatives
                  in relation to this Agreement when taken as a whole is
                  complete and correct in all material respects and does not
                  contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
                  state a material fact necessary in order to make the
                  statements contained therein not materially misleading in
                  light of the circumstances under which such statements are
                  made; and

            (ii)  all financial projections which have been prepared by Newco 2
                  and made available to any Finance Party or prospective Finance
                  Party have been prepared in good faith and based upon
                  assumptions which Newco 2 believed to be reasonable at the
                  time prepared;

      (c)   Copies of documents to be true and accurate: the copies of the
            Transaction Documents and the other relevant incorporation and
            constitutional documents or by-laws of it and all other members of
            the Charging Group and the Target delivered to the Agent in
            accordance with schedule 3 are true, complete and accurate in all
            material respects and have not been amended, varied or supplemented
            in any way and, save as otherwise referred to therein, no other
            agreements, arrangements or understandings exist between any
            Acquisition Party or any member of the HMTF Group and all or any of
            the parties to those agreements and instruments which would
            materially affect the transactions or arrangements contemplated by
            the Transaction Documents and/or the forecasts, projections and/or
            estimates contained or referred to in the Accountants' Report and/or
            the Financial Model;

      (d)   Target Group: the details of the Target Group set out in schedule 6
            and appearing in schedule 7 are accurate in all material respects
            and (i) Cayman 1 has no, and did not have immediately after the
            Effective Date any, interest in the share capital of any body
            corporate other than Newco 1 and the Target, (ii) Cayman 2 has no,
            and did not have immediately after the Effective Date any, interest
            in the share capital of any body corporate other than the Target,
            (iii) Newco 1 has no, and did not have immediately after the
            Effective Date any, interest in the share capital of any body
            corporate other than Newco 2 and (iv) Newco 2 has no, and did not
            have immediately after the Effective Date any, interest in the share
            capital of any body corporate other than the Target;

      (e)   No Borrowed Money or Encumbrances: (i) none of Newco 2 and the other
            members of the Group have any liabilities in respect of Borrowed
            Money other than as permitted under clause 10.6(c) and (ii) no

                                       72

<PAGE>

            Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances) exist over the
            assets and undertaking of Newco 2 or any other member of the Group;

      (f)   Consents etc. relating to the Finance Documents: every consent,
            authorisation, licence or approval of, or filing, notarisation or
            registration required to ensure compliance by Newco 2 with, clause
            10.2(b) has been obtained or made and will be in full force and
            effect and there will have been no default in the observance of the
            conditions or restrictions (if any) imposed in, or in connection
            with, any of the same;

      (g)   Compliance with consents etc relating to the business of the Group:

            (i)   the business of the Target Group has been conducted in all
                  material respects in accordance with all applicable laws and
                  regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which it is
                  carried on and there is no decree or judgment of any
                  Government Entity of any of such jurisdictions outstanding
                  against any member of the Target Group except to the extent
                  that any non compliance or decree or judgment would not be
                  reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

            (ii)  as at the Effective Date every material consent,
                  authorisation, licence or approval required by the Target
                  Group to ensure compliance by Newco 2 with clause 10.2(c) in
                  respect of the business carried on by the Target Group
                  immediately after the Effective Date has been obtained or made
                  and will be in full force and effect at the Effective Date and
                  there has been no default in the observance of the conditions
                  or restrictions (if any) imposed in, or in connection with,
                  any of the same except to the extent any failure to obtain or
                  make or maintain in full force and effect or default would not
                  be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

      (h)   No share options etc: (other than agreements to call for the issue
            of shares in the Target which will be cancelled pursuant to the
            Scheme) there are no agreements in force or corporate resolutions
            passed which call for the present or future issue or allotment of,
            or grant to any person the right (whether conditional or otherwise)
            to call for the issue or allotment of, any share or loan capital of
            Newco 2 or any other member of the Group (including any option or
            right of pre-emption or conversion) (other than, in favour of
            another member of the Group where such other member of the Group may
            not transfer or renounce such rights to or in favour of a person who
            or which is not a member of the Group);

      (i)   No Taxes: no Taxes are imposed by withholding or otherwise on any
            payment to be made by any Borrower under this Agreement or any of
            the Borrower Security Documents or are imposed on or by virtue of
            the execution or delivery by any Borrower of this Agreement or any
            of the Borrower Security Documents or any document or instrument to
            be executed or delivered under this Agreement or any of the Borrower
            Security Documents;

                                       73

<PAGE>

      (j)   Litigation/labour disputes: no litigation, alternative dispute
            resolution, arbitration or administration proceeding is taking place
            or, to the knowledge of the officers of any Acquisition Party,
            threatened against any Acquisition Party or any member of the Target
            Group. No labour disputes involving any member of the Target Group
            are current or threatened, to the knowledge of the officers of any
            Acquisition Party in each case to the extent that the same would be
            reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

      (k)   Environmental matters:

            (i)   Newco 2 is in compliance with the undertakings set out in
                  clause 10.2(j), in each case in respect of all members of the
                  Group;

            (ii)  no member of the Group has received notice of any
                  Environmental Claim and no member of the Group is not in
                  compliance with any Environmental Law or any Environmental
                  Approval to the extent that the same would be reasonably
                  likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

            (iii) there is no Environmental Claim pending or threatened against
                  any member of the Group which, if adversely determined, would
                  be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

      (l)   No Default: no Default has occurred and is continuing and no member
            of the Group is in breach or in default under any agreement to which
            it is a party or which is binding on it or any of its assets to an
            extent or in a manner which could reasonably be expected to have a
            Material Adverse Effect;

      (m)   Intellectual Property Rights:

            (i)   each member of the Group owns or has licensed to it on arm's
                  length commercial terms all the Intellectual Property Rights
                  which are required by it in order for it to carry on its
                  business as it is being conducted and as contemplated in the
                  Financial Model and to the Acquisition Parties' knowledge none
                  of the members of the Group have infringed any Intellectual
                  Property Rights of any third party in any material respect to
                  the extent that the same would have or would be reasonably
                  likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

            (ii)  each member of the Group has taken all reasonable actions
                  (including payment of fees) required to maintain in full force
                  and effect and to preserve its ability to enforce any
                  registered Intellectual Property Rights owned by or licensed
                  to it except to the extent any failure to take such action
                  would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse
                  Effect. There has been no material infringement or threatened
                  infringement by any person of any Intellectual Property Rights
                  owned by or licensed to any

                                       74

<PAGE>

                  member of the Group to the extent that the same would be
                  reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

            (iii) no event or circumstance has occurred which has or could give
                  rise to the termination of or materially adversely affect the
                  rights of any member of the Group under or in relation to any
                  agreement or arrangement relating to any Intellectual Property
                  Rights to which any of them is a party including (without
                  limit) any licence to any of them to the extent that the same
                  would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

            (iv)  to the Acquisition Parties' knowledge no disclosure has been
                  or will be made of any trade secret used or required in
                  relation to the business of any member of the Group other than
                  under enforceable confidentiality undertakings and each member
                  of the Group will take all necessary steps (including legal
                  proceedings) to enforce the confidentiality of and prevent any
                  improper use of the same other than where any failure to do so
                  would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse
                  Effect;

      (n)   Euro Compliance:

            [Not restated];

      (o)   Year 2000 compliance:

            [Not restated]; and

      (p)   Clean company: prior to the Announcement Date none of the
            Acquisition Parties had undertaken any trading or incurred any
            material liabilities of any nature whatsoever whether actual or
            contingent other than liabilities for professional fees and any
            liability which would arise if the relevant company were wound up.

9.3   REPETITION

      The representations and warranties in clauses 9.1, 9.2 and 11.1 shall be
      deemed to be repeated on and as of the first Drawdown Date, and in the
      case of clause 9.1 (other than clause 9.1(e)) only, each subsequent
      Drawdown Date and each Interest Payment Date and in the case of clause 9.1
      by each Acceding Borrower (as defined in schedule 10) on the date of its
      execution of the relevant Accession Certificate, as if made with reference
      to the facts and circumstances existing on each such date.

9.4   THIRD ACQUISITIONS REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

      Newco 2 further represents and warrants to each of the Finance Parties on
      the same terms as in clauses 9.2 and 9.3 of the Senior Subordinated
      Facility Agreement on the same dates on which such representations and
      warranties are made in accordance with the Senior Subordinated Facility
      Agreement.

                                       75

<PAGE>

10    UNDERTAKINGS

10.1  INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

      Newco 2 undertakes with each of the Finance Parties that, throughout the
      Finance Period:

      (a)   Preparation of financial statements:

            (i)   Annual audited financial statements: it will prepare (A)
                  unconsolidated financial statements in respect of itself (and
                  will procure that the Target and Newco 1 prepare
                  unconsolidated financial statements in respect of themselves),
                  and (B) consolidated financial statements in respect of the
                  Group in accordance with the Appropriate Accounting Principles
                  (consistently applied) in respect of each financial year and
                  cause the same to be reported on by the Auditors; and

            (ii)  Unaudited management accounts: it will prepare management
                  accounts in respect of itself and unaudited consolidated
                  management accounts in respect of (x) the Group and (y) each
                  of the principal operating divisions within the Group (while
                  operated as separate divisions), in each case in accordance
                  with the Appropriate Accounting Principles (consistently
                  applied) in respect of each successive month and each Quarter
                  in such form as may be specified or agreed by the Agent from
                  time to time and including, without limitation in respect of
                  each such month or, as the case may be, Quarter:

                  (A)   a consolidated cashflow statement and profit and loss
                        account for (1) such period and (2) the financial year
                        to date and (3) in the case of each Quarter, whatever
                        periods or rolling twelve month periods are relevant to
                        the calculations of the Financial Definitions for the
                        Financial Covenants;

                  (B)   a consolidated balance sheet as at the end of such
                        period; and

                  (C)   a comparison of all relevant results with the relevant
                        Annual Budget and a brief commentary from the chief
                        executive officer, finance director or treasurer on any
                        significant adverse variations and any material Capital
                        Expenditure;

      (b)   Delivery of financial statements: it will deliver to the Agent, for
            distribution to the Banks, sufficient copies for all the Banks of
            each of the following documents:

            (i)   Annual audited financial statements: at the time of issue
                  thereof (or promptly thereafter) to the shareholders of Newco
                  2 (or the

                                       76

<PAGE>

                  shareholders of the Target or the shareholders of Newco 1) but
                  in any event not later than 120 days after the end of the
                  financial year to which they relate, the audited financial
                  statements referred to in clause 10.1(a)(i) for each financial
                  year together, in each case, with the report of the Auditors
                  thereon, the notes thereto, the directors' report thereon and
                  the certificate referred to in clause 10.1(b)(iv);

            (ii)  Unaudited management accounts: (x) within 30 days after the
                  end of each month which is not the last month in a Quarter,
                  and (y) within 45 days after the end of each Quarter
                  management accounts for the Group in respect of such month
                  and, as the case may be, such Quarter prepared in accordance
                  with the requirements of clause 10.1(a)(ii) together with the
                  certificate referred to in clause 10.1(b)(iii);

            (iii) Directors' compliance certificates: at the time of the
                  delivery of the annual audited financial statements for each
                  financial year and at the time of delivery of the unaudited
                  management accounts for each Quarter as at the end of which
                  the Financial Covenants are to be tested and in each case as
                  at the end of such financial year or Quarter a certificate of
                  Newco 2 signed by its finance director, chief executive
                  officer or treasurer at the time stating:

                  (A)   the respective amounts of the Financial Definitions in
                        respect of or, as the case may be, as at the end of the
                        relevant period specified in the Financial Covenants and
                        the calculations pursuant to clause 10.2(f)(ii);

                  (B)   the application of the respective amounts of the
                        Financial Definitions to the Financial Covenants and
                        confirming that, as at the date to which the relevant
                        financial statements or, as the case may be, management
                        accounts are made up, Newco 2 was in compliance with the
                        Financial Covenants and clause 10.2(f)(ii) (or, if not,
                        in each case indicating the extent of the breach and the
                        steps intended to be taken to remedy the same) and that,
                        as at the date of the certificate (being a date not more
                        than 7 days prior to the delivery of the certificate),
                        no Default has occurred and is continuing (or, if such
                        is not the case, specifying the same); and

                  (C)   that, to the best of its knowledge and belief, there has
                        been no material dispute or default (or warranty breach)
                        under the Transaction Documents or, if there is, the
                        nature of the same.

                  Provided that the Agent may consult with the Auditors in
                  respect of any certificate delivered under this clause
                  10.1(b)(iii) and, if reasonable grounds exist for believing
                  that any such certificate was not correct when delivered with
                  the result that a breach of the

                                       77

<PAGE>

                  relevant Financial Covenant arises (and after consultation
                  with Newco 2 which shall include good faith discussions
                  between Newco 2 and the Agent to resolve the Finance Parties'
                  concerns) require them to give a written opinion to the Agent
                  on such certificate (the cost of one such requested opinion in
                  any financial year to be borne by Newco 2);

            (iv)  Annual Auditors' report: at the time of delivery of the annual
                  audited financial statements a report from the Auditors (in
                  the form of schedule 11 or such other form which is acceptable
                  to the Agent (acting reasonably) and which can be relied upon
                  by the Agent (for itself and the other Finance Parties))
                  stating:

                  (A)   the respective Financial Definitions in respect of or,
                        as the case may be, as at the end of the relevant period
                        specified in the Financial Covenants and indicating the
                        manner in which such amounts have been calculated;

                  (B)   the application of the respective amounts of such
                        Financial Definitions to the Financial Covenants and
                        confirming that, as at the date at or to which the
                        relevant financial statements are made up, Newco 2 was
                        in compliance with the Financial Covenants (or, if not,
                        indicating the extent of any non-compliance); and

                  (C)   which members of the Group are Material Entities and
                        whether Newco 2 is in compliance with clause 10.2(f)(ii)
                        as at the date of such certificate.

                  Such reports shall (in the absence of manifest error) be
                  conclusive as to matters contained in them;

            (v)   Annual Budget: (x) as soon as practicable after approval by
                  the Board of Directors of Newco 2 but in any event not later
                  than 45 days after the beginning of each financial year, the
                  Annual Budget for such financial year and (y) as soon as
                  practicable after its approval by the Board of Directors of
                  Newco 2, any revision to such Annual Budget;

            (vi)  Reports and notices to shareholders and creditors: at the time
                  of issue by any Acquisition Party or any member of the Group
                  thereof, (x) every report, circular, notice or like document
                  issued to its shareholders which it is required to issue by
                  applicable law or regulation, (y) every formal notice issued
                  to its creditors generally or to the holders of the High Yield
                  Bonds and (z) every notice convening a meeting of the
                  shareholders or any class of the shareholders of any
                  Acquisition Party or any member of the Group;

            (vii) Equity Permitted Payments: notify the Agent of each Equity
                  Permitted Payment in excess of L250,000 proposed to be made

                                       78

<PAGE>

                   not later than the fifth Banking Day prior to the date on
                   which such payment is intended to be made; and

            (viii) Further information: promptly upon request, such further
                   information concerning the financial position of any
                   Acquisition Party or the Group (or any member of it) as the
                   Agent shall reasonably require;

      (c)   Notice of Default: it will promptly upon becoming aware of the same
            inform the Agent of (i) any occurrence of which it becomes aware
            which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect
            and (ii) any Default;

      (d)   Notice of litigation/labour disputes: it will, upon becoming aware
            that the same is threatened and in any case promptly after the
            commencement thereof, give to the Agent notice in writing of any
            litigation, alternative dispute resolution, arbitration or
            administrative proceedings, any labour dispute or any other dispute
            affecting any member of the Group or any of their respective assets,
            rights or revenues which if adversely determined would be reasonably
            likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

      (e)   Year 2000 compliance:

            [Not restated]; and

      (f)   Environmental Claims: it will, and will procure that the other
            members of the Group will, as promptly as possible upon receipt of
            formal written notice of the same, inform the Agent of any
            Environmental Claim which has been made or threatened by formal
            written notice against any member of the Group or any of the
            officers of any member of the Group in their capacity as such or any
            requirement by any Environmental Licence or applicable Environmental
            Law to make any material investment or expenditure or take or desist
            from taking any action in each case where such Environmental Claim
            or any such failure to invest or incur expenditure or take or desist
            from taking any action, or the making of such investment or
            expenditure, would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse
            Effect.

10.2  GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

      Newco 2 undertakes with each of the Finance Parties that, throughout the
      Finance Period:

      (a)   Use of proceeds: it will, and will procure that each other Borrower
            will, use the proceeds of Drawings under the Facilities exclusively
            for the respective purposes specified in clause 2;

      (b)   Consents etc relating to the Finance Documents: it will (and will
            procure the same in respect of all other members of the Group),
            without prejudice to clauses 3.1 and 3.2, obtain or cause to be
            obtained, maintain in full force and effect and comply in all
            material respects with the conditions

                                       79

<PAGE>

            and restrictions (if any) imposed in, or in connection with, every
            consent, authorisation, licence or approval of any Government Entity
            and do, or cause to be done, all other acts and things which may
            from time to time be necessary under applicable law, in each case
            for the continued due performance of all its (or the other members
            of the Group's) obligations under the Finance Documents except for
            consents, approvals, licences or authorisations where the failure to
            obtain or comply with the same would not be reasonably likely to
            have a Material Adverse Effect;

      (c)   Compliance with consents etc relating to the business of the Group:
            it will comply, and shall procure that all other members of the
            Group comply, in all material respects with the terms and conditions
            of all laws, regulations, agreements, licences and concessions
            material to the carrying on of the business of any member of the
            Group as it is being carried on at, or is contemplated by the
            Financial Model to be carried on from, the Second Effective Date
            except to the extent that any non compliance would not be reasonably
            be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

      (d)   Tax returns: it will, and will procure that each other member of the
            Group will, file or cause to be filed all material tax returns
            required to be filed in all jurisdictions in which it is situated or
            carries on business or is otherwise subject to Taxation prior to
            penalties being incurred and pay all material Taxes shown to be due
            and payable on such returns or any assessments made against it prior
            to penalties being incurred (other than those being contested in
            good faith and where such payment may be lawfully withheld);

      (e)   Pension schemes: it will ensure that the levels of contribution to
            the pension schemes for the time being operated by the Group are and
            continue to be sufficient to comply with all material obligations of
            the Group whether under such schemes or generally at law;

      (f)   Guarantees and security from Subsidiaries: (without prejudice to
            clause 10.6(s)) it will procure, unless and to the extent that such
            execution and delivery and granting of security would be unavoidably
            unlawful or is prohibited by statute or beyond the corporate power
            of the company or corporation concerned (and then only if such
            corporate power cannot be modified or extended to allow such
            execution, delivery and granting of security) or would be reasonably
            likely to result in the directors of the company or corporation
            concerned incurring actual personal liabilities:

            (i)   that documentation, in form and substance reasonably
                  satisfactory to the Agent, supplemental to and/or
                  incorporating provisions substantially the same as the Group
                  Debenture and/or such other Security Documents and such
                  ancillary documentation as the Agent may require (acting
                  reasonably) shall be executed and delivered to the Agent by
                  any member of the Group which is a Material Entity and which
                  is not a Charging Subsidiary (in each case together with legal
                  opinions relating thereto in form and substance satisfactory
                  to the Agent (acting reasonably)), to the

                                       80

<PAGE>

                  intent that each member of the Group which is a Material
                  Entity shall guarantee the obligations of the Borrowers under
                  the Finance Documents and create Encumbrances securing its
                  obligations under such guarantee equivalent to the
                  Encumbrances created by the Group Debenture or otherwise to
                  the extent practicable with respect to any jurisdiction
                  outside the United Kingdom; and

            (ii)  that at all times:

                  (A)   the pro forma Consolidated EBITDA of the Charging Group
                        (for this purpose measured as if references in the
                        definition of Consolidated EBITDA to the "Group" were
                        references to the "Charging Group") is at least 95 per
                        cent. of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Group;

                  (B)   the pro forma consolidated turnover of the Charging
                        Group is at least 95 per cent. or more of the
                        consolidated turnover of the Group; and

                  (C)   the pro forma consolidated total assets of the Charging
                        Group is at least 95 per cent. or more of the
                        consolidated total assets of the Group,

                  in each case tested on a rolling 12 months basis as at the end
                  of each Quarter by reference to the most recent management
                  accounts for such Quarter delivered in accordance with clause
                  10.1(b)(ii) and the most recent audited financial statements
                  delivered in accordance with clause 10.1(b)(i).

            Encumbrances will not be required over those assets as to which the
            Agent shall determine in its reasonable discretion that the costs
            (including with respect to mortgage transfer and other taxes) of
            obtaining or administering such an Encumbrance are excessive in
            relation to the value of the security to be afforded thereby or to
            the extent that obtaining such security is otherwise impracticable.
            Newco 2 will also procure that the immediate Holding Company of any
            Material Entity referred to in clause 10.2(f)(i) executes an
            Encumbrance over the shares in any Material Entity referred to in
            clause 10.2(f)(i) (if such shares are not already the subject of an
            Encumbrance created by a Security Document executed by such Holding
            Company), which Security Document is governed by the same law as the
            law under which such Material Entity is incorporated or formed;

      (g)   Pari passu: it will ensure that its obligations, and those of each
            other member of the Group, under each of the Finance Documents
            shall, without prejudice to the provisions of clauses 10.2(b) and
            10.6(a), at all times be direct, general and unconditional
            obligations and rank at least pari passu with all its other present
            and future unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness with the
            exception of any obligations which are mandatorily preferred by law
            and not by contract;

                                       81

<PAGE>

      (h)   Insurance: it will, and will procure that the other members of the
            Group will, insure and keep insured all its property and assets of
            an insurable nature and which are customarily insured (either
            generally or by companies carrying on a similar business) against
            loss or damage by fire and other risks normally insured against by
            persons carrying on the same class of business in a similar location
            as that carried on by it with reputable independent insurance
            companies or underwriters;

      (i)   Inspection of books: it will, and will procure that each other
            member of the Group will, permit the Agent to inspect its books and
            records during normal business hours upon reasonable notice;

      (j)   Environmental: it will, and will procure that each other member of
            the Group will, comply with all Environmental Laws and Environmental
            Licences to the extent that a failure to so comply could be
            reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

      (k)   Intellectual Property Rights: it will, and will procure that each
            other member of the Group will:

            (i)   notify the Agent promptly of any infringement or suspected
                  infringement or any challenge to the validity of any of the
                  present or future Intellectual Property Rights owned, used or
                  exploited by to it which may come to its notice and will
                  supply the Agent with all information in its possession
                  relating thereto if the same is reasonably likely to have a
                  Material Adverse Effect and take all necessary steps
                  (including, without limitation, the institution of legal
                  proceedings) to prevent third parties infringing any
                  Intellectual Property Rights to the extent that failure to do
                  so would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse
                  Effect;

            (ii)  take all necessary action to safeguard and maintain its
                  rights, present and future, in or relating to all Intellectual
                  Property Rights to the extent that failure to do so would be
                  reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect (in each
                  case including, without limitation, paying all applicable
                  renewal fees, licence fees and other outgoings); and

            (iii) not enter into any licence or other agreement or arrangement
                  in respect of Intellectual Property Rights other than on
                  normal arm's length commercial terms and will comply with all
                  licences to it of any Intellectual Property Rights, in each
                  case, to the extent that failure to do so would be reasonably
                  likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

      (l)   Cash management of non-UK companies:

            it will procure that to the extent that to do so would not cause a
            breach of law or regulation on the part of the relevant Group member
            or any applicable contractual restriction binding on the relevant
            Group member at the date of this Agreement and except to the extent
            that the directors of

                                       82

<PAGE>

            such Group member consider that such Group member would have
            inadequate resources to meet the forecast cashflow requirements of
            such Group member for the following 120 days (which shall be
            determined by the board of directors of such Group member, acting
            reasonably, having regard to their responsibilities under applicable
            law) and except to the extent that it would incur a material cost
            (after taking into account any tax considerations) which it would
            not otherwise ultimately have incurred, each Group member
            incorporated outside the United Kingdom shall deposit its surplus
            cash balances with a member of the Charging Group in an account of
            such member in the United Kingdom, provided that no such deposit
            shall be required if the surplus cash balances which would otherwise
            have been required to be so deposited are in aggregate less than
            L1,000,000 (or its equivalent);

      (m)   Euro compliance

            [Not restated]; and

      (n)   Tax losses and allowances

            it will procure that, to the extent permitted by laws and to the
            extent practicable, all losses, allowances, exemptions, set-offs,
            deductions, credits or other reliefs relating to any Taxation or to
            the computation of income, profits or chargeable gains for the
            purpose of any Taxation ("RELIEFS") which are, after the date
            hereof, available to the Target (including, without limitation, any
            advance corporation tax paid by any such company which has not, at
            the date hereof, been set against the liability to corporation tax
            of any company and any Reliefs available in respect of interest paid
            or payable by such company) are applied (by way of surrender or
            otherwise) when reasonably considered appropriate in the interests
            of the Group by the Target in reducing or extinguishing any
            liability in respect of Newco 2 or any other member of the Group to
            Taxes or the amount of its income, profits or chargeable gains which
            are subject to Taxation;

10.3  FINANCIAL UNDERTAKINGS

      (a)   Newco 2 undertakes with each of the Finance Parties that, throughout
            the Finance Period, it will observe and comply with the Financial
            Covenants.

      (b)   The Financial Definitions in paragraph 3 of schedule 8 shall be
            determined for, and tested as at the end of, each Quarter or, in the
            case of the Consolidated Fixed Charge Cover Ratio, each half year by
            reference to the management accounts for such Quarter or (as
            applicable) half year delivered in accordance with clause
            10.1(b)(ii) and the Financial Covenants in paragraph 1 of schedule 8
            shall be tested as at the end of each such Quarter or (as
            applicable) half year, in each case by reference to such management
            accounts, provided that if the audited consolidated financial
            statements of the Group for any financial year delivered in
            accordance with clause 10.1(b)(i) show different determinations for
            such Financial Definitions from those shown in the management
            accounts for

                                       83

<PAGE>

            the last month in such financial year such audited consolidated
            financial statements shall prevail in respect of such determinations
            and, where there was a difference affecting the opening balance
            sheet position for the current financial year, each set of
            management accounts delivered during such current financial year
            shall be restated by Newco 2 so that each such set of management
            accounts is in line with such audited consolidated financial
            statements and any Financial Covenant thereby affected shall be
            deemed to have been tested by reference to such restated management
            accounts.

10.4  CONDITIONS SUBSEQUENT

      (a)   Assistance with syndication arrangement: Newco 2 undertakes with the
            Amendment Arrangers that, upon any Amendment Arranger's request in
            connection with the syndication of the Facilities, it will (i)
            promptly provide all reasonably requested financial and other
            information in the possession of the Acquisition Parties with
            respect to each of the Acquisition Parties, the Group, the Target
            and their respective Affiliates (save, in the case of such
            Affiliates, any entities which are Affiliates (but not Subsidiaries)
            of Newco 2 solely by reason of being under common control by Hicks
            Muse), the businesses acquired pursuant to the Second Acquisitions
            (the "SECOND ACQUISITIONS TARGET BUSINESSES") and, to the extent
            relevant in relation to the Facilities, Hicks Muse, including
            information and projections prepared by Newco 2 or its advisers,
            (ii) make its officers and those of the Second Purchasers available
            to Banks or prospective Banks at reasonable times, make the senior
            officers of the Second Acquisitions Target Businesses available to
            Banks and prospective Banks at reasonable times after the UK Second
            Acquisition Completion Date (in the case of the United Kingdom
            business) or after the Irish Second Acquisition Completion Date (in
            the case of the Irish business), (iii) assist the Amendment
            Arrangers in the preparation of any Information Memoranda or similar
            documents and other marketing materials to be used in connection
            with the sub-underwriting and general syndication of the Facilities,
            (iv) together with the Amendment Arrangers, host meetings and hold
            discussions with Banks or prospective Banks, (v) facilitate site
            visits (if any) required by the Amendment Arrangers and (vi) use
            reasonable efforts to ensure that the syndication efforts benefit
            materially from the existing lending relationships of Newco 2, the
            Second Acquisitions Target Businesses and Hicks Muse.

      (b)   Jonker Fris Security

            [Not restated];

      (c)   Dutch Companies

            [Not restated]; and

      (d)   French guarantees

            [Not restated].

                                       84

<PAGE>

10.5  HEDGE TRANSACTIONS

      (a)   Hedge Transactions

            Newco 2 undertakes with each of the Banks that:

            (i)   it shall enter into (and thereafter maintain) hedging
                  arrangements with the Hedge Counterparties in accordance with
                  the Hedging Strategy Letter; and

            (ii)  it will not, and it will procure that no other member of the
                  Group will, enter into any Derivatives Transactions which are
                  speculative or do not relate to the hedging of exposures or
                  liabilities of members of the Group in the ordinary course of
                  business or in accordance with the Hedging Strategy Letter;

      (b)   Termination of the Hedge Transactions

            Each Hedge Counterparty agrees with the Banks (but not with Newco 2
            or any other member of the Group) that it will not terminate any
            Hedge Transaction to which it is a party (each such Hedge
            Transaction being a "RELEVANT HEDGING TRANSACTION") except:

            (i)   as a result of the non-payment by the relevant member of the
                  Group of any Indebtedness under any relevant Hedging
                  Transaction which has fallen due for payment in the currency
                  and manner stipulated in the relevant Hedge Document before
                  the expiry of any applicable cure period (or, if no cure
                  period is prescribed in the relevant Hedge Document, 3 Banking
                  Days);

            (ii)  as a result of the repudiation of any relevant Hedging
                  Transaction by the relevant member of the Group;

            (iii) upon the issue by the Agent of a notice under clause 12.2(c)
                  or (e);

            (iv)  upon:

                  (A)   it becoming contrary to any law or regulation for the
                        relevant member of the Group or such Hedge Counterparty
                        to perform the payment obligations expressed to be
                        assumed by it in respect of any relevant Hedging
                        Transaction or such obligations become invalid or
                        unenforceable against the relevant member of the Group;
                        or

                  (B)   any provision of any Hedge Document to which such Hedge
                        Counterparty is a party relating to the termination
                        thereof (including, without limitation, the calculation
                        of or obligation to pay amounts upon such termination)
                        becoming invalid or unenforceable against the relevant
                        member of the Group;

                                       85

<PAGE>

            (v)   upon any exchange control, foreign currency or other consent,
                  authorisation, licence or approval of, or registration with or
                  declaration to, governmental or public bodies or authorities
                  or courts required by the relevant member of the Group to
                  authorise, or required by the relevant member of the Group in
                  connection with, the execution, delivery, validity,
                  enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Hedge
                  Document or the performance of its payment obligations
                  thereunder being modified in a manner unacceptable to such
                  Hedge Counterparty or not being granted or being revoked or
                  terminated or expiring and not being renewed or otherwise
                  ceasing to be in full force and effect;

            (vi)  upon the winding-up of, or the administration of, or the
                  appointment of a receiver or an administrator in respect of
                  any part of the assets and/or undertaking of, or the
                  dissolution of, the relevant member of the Group party to the
                  relevant Hedging Transaction (or any analogous provision in
                  any other jurisdiction); or

            (vii) with the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the
                  instructions of the Majority Banks).

      (c)   Documentation

            Each Hedge Document shall be on the terms of the International Swaps
            & Derivatives Association, Inc. 1992 Master Agreement
            (Multicurrency-Cross Border) under which:

            (i)   "Second Method" and "Market Quotation" shall be specified as
                  the payment method applicable;

            (ii)  no additional rights of set-off beyond those contained in this
                  Agreement shall be specified; and

            (iii) the governing law is English law.

      (d)   Termination Payments

            Each Hedge Counterparty and Newco 2 agree that any termination
            payment payable by a Hedge Counterparty to Newco 2 in respect of any
            relevant Hedging Transaction shall be payable in full without any
            set-off or counterclaim whatsoever to Newco 2 (irrespective of any
            amounts that may at such time be due from Newco 2 to any such Hedge
            Counterparty under this Agreement or any other Finance Document).

10.6  NEGATIVE UNDERTAKINGS

      Each Borrower undertakes with each of the Finance Parties that throughout
      the Finance Period, without the prior written consent of the Agent acting
      on the instructions of the Majority Banks (or, in the case of clause
      10.6(b)(ii) all the Banks):

                                       86

<PAGE>

      (a)   Negative pledge: it will not, and will procure that no other member
            of the Group will, permit any Encumbrance by it or any other member
            of the Group to subsist, arise or be created or extended over all or
            any part of their respective present or future undertakings, assets,
            rights or revenues, save for any Permitted Encumbrance;

      (b)   Transactions similar to security: (without prejudice to sub-clauses
            10.6(c) and (f)) it will not, and will procure that no other member
            of the Group will:

            (i)   sell or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms
                  whereby such asset is or may be leased to, or re-acquired or
                  acquired by, Newco 2 or any other member of the Group other
                  than as part of a transaction whereby the asset concerned
                  becomes the subject of a Finance Lease which is permitted
                  under clause 10.6(c)(viii); or

            (ii)  sell, factor or dispose of any of its receivables other than
                  the sale of receivables in connection with a trade receivables
                  financing transaction which is on arms length terms in form
                  and substance satisfactory to all of the Banks (acting
                  reasonably) provided that all of the proceeds of such sale are
                  immediately applied in prepaying the Facilities;

      (c)   No other Borrowed Money: it will not, and will procure that no other
            member of the Group will, incur or permit to exist on its behalf any
            obligations in respect of Borrowed Money (other than in respect of
            any guarantees in respect of Borrowed Money to the extent permitted
            by clause 10.6(d) and transactions similar to security permitted by
            clause 10.6(b)) to any person except:

            (i)   the Facilities (including, for the avoidance of doubt,
                  Borrowed Money to the extent that it is the subject of a
                  Letter of Credit issued under the Working Capital Facility or
                  a guarantee issued by an Ancillary Facilities Bank);

            (ii)  Borrowed Money incurred by Newco 2 under the Intercompany Loan
                  Agreement and the Target/Newco 2 Loan Agreement;

            (iii) Borrowed Money owed by: (x) any member of the Charging Group
                  to another member of the Charging Group, (y) any member of the
                  Group to a member of the Charging Group provided the total
                  aggregate amount of all such Borrowed Money (other than that
                  representing loans permitted under clause 10.6(i)(vii)) at any
                  one time does not exceed L10,000,000 (or its equivalent in
                  relevant currencies), and (z) any member of the Group (which
                  is not a member of the Charging Group) to another member of
                  the Group (which is not a member of the Charging Group);

            (iv)  Borrowed Money incurred under any Hedge Transactions not
                  otherwise restricted hereby;

                                       87

<PAGE>

            (v)    the Senior Subordinated Facility;

            (vi)   [Not restated];

            (vii)  Borrowed Money of any member of the Charging Group owed to
                   the seller representing the purchase price of a Permitted
                   Acquisition provided that (x) the aggregate amount of such
                   Borrowed Money shall not exceed L5,000,000 and (y) the amount
                   of any such Borrowed Money outstanding or otherwise is not
                   subsequently increased;

            (viii) obligations in respect of Finance Leases to the extent that
                   the aggregate amount of the principal element of the
                   obligations under all such Finance Leases at any time,
                   calculated in accordance with the Appropriate Accounting
                   Principles at the relevant time, does not (converting into
                   its equivalent in Sterling any amount in another currency)
                   exceed L2,500,000 at any such time;

            (ix)   Borrowed Money in addition to that permitted by clauses
                   10.6(c)(i) to (viii) not exceeding L15,000,000 (or its
                   equivalent in relevant currencies) in aggregate at any time;
                   and

            (x)    the Subordinated Shareholder Loans;

      (d)   Guarantees: it will not, and will procure that no other member of
            the Group will (other than to the extent provided in the Security
            Documents) incur or permit to exist on its behalf any Indebtedness
            under any guarantee in respect of Indebtedness of any person except
            for:

            (i)   guarantees in respect of Indebtedness (not being Borrowed
                  Money) of a member of the Charging Group permitted under this
                  Agreement;

            (ii)  indemnities granted by members of the Group in respect of
                  performance bonds, bid bonds, guarantees, letters of credit
                  and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the
                  ordinary course of business;

            (iii) indemnities granted in the Finance Documents, the Transaction
                  Documents, the Senior Subordinated Finance Documents, the
                  monitoring and oversight agreement and the financial advisory
                  agreement referred to and entered into in accordance with
                  clause 10.6(j) or in the constitutional documents of the
                  members of the Group; and

            (iv)  indemnities and guarantees made in the ordinary course of
                  business, or for the purpose of carrying on the same, provided
                  that such indemnities or guarantees could not individually or
                  in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;

                                       88

<PAGE>

      (e)   Operating leases: it will not, and will procure that no other member
            of the Group will, enter into any obligations in respect of
            operating leases relating to assets (other than real property) if as
            a result the aggregate liability of all members of the Group with
            respect to rentals in any one financial year under such operating
            leases (converting into its equivalent in Sterling any amount in
            another currency) exceeds by more than L6,000,000 the aggregate
            liability of all members of the Group with respect to rentals in the
            financial year ending 31 December 1999 under the operating leases of
            the members of the Group as at 31 December 1998;

      (f)   Disposals: it will not, and will procure that no other member of the
            Group will, sell, transfer, lease, surrender, lend or otherwise
            dispose of (each a "DISPOSAL") or cease to exercise direct control
            over the whole or any part of its present or future assets or
            revenues whether by one or a series of transactions related or not
            except for:

            (i)   the disposal of stock-in-trade in the ordinary course of
                  business;

            (ii)  the disposal of any tangible asset which is obsolete or worn
                  out;

            (iii) any disposal of any asset (other than receivables) on arm's
                  length terms for full consideration (of which at least 75 per
                  cent. is cash) where the market or book value is less than
                  L15,000,000 (or its equivalent) in respect of the aggregate of
                  all such disposals in any financial year of Newco 2 (or, in
                  the case of Newco 2's 2002 financial year, since the UK Second
                  Acquisition Completion Date) provided that the Net Proceeds of
                  such disposal are applied in accordance with clause 6.10;

            (iv)  loans and credit permitted pursuant to clause 10.6(i);

            (v)   the application of cash not otherwise prohibited under the
                  Finance Documents;

            (vi)  the disposal of any asset by:

                  (A)   a member of the Group to a member of the Charging Group
                        but so that where any such asset is subject or is
                        expressed to be subject to an Encumbrance pursuant to
                        any Security Document such disposal shall only be
                        permitted where the Security Agent is satisfied either
                        that (x) such Encumbrance is not prejudiced as a result
                        of such disposal and the acquisition of such asset by
                        the other Charging Group member or (y) the asset
                        concerned becomes subject to a fully enforceable,
                        legally binding Encumbrance in favour of the Security
                        Agent and the other Finance Parties substantially
                        equivalent to or better than such other Encumbrance; or

                                       89

<PAGE>

                  (B)   any member of the Group which is not a member of the
                        Charging Group to another member of the Group which is
                        also not a member of the Charging Group; or

                  (C)   a member of the Charging Group to a member of the Group
                        which is not a member of the Charging Group provided
                        that the aggregate market or book value of all such
                        disposals does not exceed L5,000,000 (or its equivalent
                        in the relevant currency) and all such disposals are in
                        accordance with clause 10.6(j);

            (vii)  licences, leases or subleases of Intellectual Property Rights
                   (other than the Intellectual Property Rights subject to, or
                   arising under or in connection with, any or all of the UKIPR
                   Agreement, the Irish IPR Agreement, the Rowntrees Licence and
                   the Chef Licence) and leases or subleases of real property in
                   each case in the ordinary course of business and which do not
                   materially interfere with the business of the Group;

            (viii) the sale and discount of overdue accounts receivable during
                   the ordinary course of business, but only in connection with
                   the compromise or collection thereof;

            (ix)   disposals pursuant to and in accordance with the Demerger
                   Agreements;

            (x)    disposals permitted under clauses 10.6(b) and (n);

            (xi)   disposals of a fixed asset in exchange for a replacement
                   fixed asset of the same or similar type and of a comparable
                   or superior value and quality or a fixed asset the commercial
                   purpose and effect of which is to replace or improve upon the
                   commercial purpose of the fixed asset disposed of; and

            (xii)  mandatory disposals (as defined in clause 6.10(c)(ii)) on
                   arm's length terms for full consideration (of which at least
                   75 per cent. is cash) provided that the Net Proceeds thereof
                   are applied in accordance with clause 6.10,

            and so that where the asset or assets the subject of a disposal
            permitted by this clause 10.6(f) (other than clause 10.6(f)(vi)(A)
            is or are subject to a fixed charge created by the Security
            Documents or any of them, the consents of the Finance Parties to the
            release of such fixed charge (but without prejudice or
            responsibility to or in respect of any other requisite consent)
            shall not be refused provided that no Default shall have occurred
            and be continuing (and the Agent is irrevocably authorised by the
            other Finance Parties to instruct the Security Agent to grant such
            consent without reference to them);

                                       90

<PAGE>

      (g)   Equity yield and intercompany loan payments: Newco 2 will not:

            (i)   declare or pay (including, without limitation, by way of
                  set-off, combination of accounts or otherwise) any dividend or
                  make any other distribution or payment (whether in cash or in
                  specie), including any interest and/or unpaid dividends, in
                  respect of its equity or any other share capital for the time
                  being in issue (other than an Equity Permitted Payment made in
                  accordance with the Subordination Deeds); or

            (ii)  make any payment (including, without limitation, by way of
                  set-off, combination of accounts or otherwise) of interest, or
                  make any other payment, in respect of any amounts outstanding
                  under the Intercompany Loan Agreement (other than an
                  Intercompany Loan Permitted Payment made in accordance with
                  the Intercompany Loan Subordination Deed), the Target/Newco 2
                  Loan Agreement (other than an Equity Permitted Payment made in
                  accordance with the Target/Newco 2 Subordination Deed) or the
                  Subordinated Shareholder Loans;

      (h)   Reduction of capital: it will not redeem or purchase or otherwise
            reduce its equity or any other share capital or any uncalled or
            unpaid liability in respect thereof or reduce the amount (if any)
            for the time being standing to the credit of its share premium
            account or capital redemption or other undistributable reserve in
            any manner, in each case, in whole or in part in any circumstances
            save where the redemption, purchase or reduction is an Equity
            Permitted Payment;

      (i)   Loans and credit: it will not, and will procure that no other member
            of the Group will, make any loans or grant any credit other than:

            (i)   loans or credit permitted by clause 10.6(c)(iii);

            (ii)  loans or credit in existence on the Effective Date and
                  extensions, renewals, modifications or restatements or
                  replacements thereof, provided that no such extension,
                  renewal, modification or restatement shall (x) increase the
                  amount of the original loan or credit or (y) materially
                  adversely affect the interests of the Finance Parties with
                  respect to such original loan, or credit or the interests of
                  the Finance Parties under this Agreement or any other Finance
                  Document in any material respect;

            (iii) promissory notes and other similar non-cash consideration
                  received by any member of the Group in connection with
                  disposals permitted under clause 10.6(f);

            (iv)  loans or credit to directors, officers and employees of the
                  Group up to a maximum amount at any time of L3,000,000 (or its
                  equivalent) in aggregate;

                                       91

<PAGE>

            (v)    the granting of credit to trade debtors in the ordinary
                   course of the relevant member of the Group's business as
                   carried on by it at the date of this Agreement or (if later)
                   the date it becomes a member of the Group;

            (vi)   in respect of cash deposits placed by any member of the Group
                   in accounts (other than those maintained in accordance with
                   clause 10.6(w)) with Approved Banks;

            (vii)  subject to an aggregate limit of L10,000,000 at any relevant
                   time on loans and credit to, and acquisitions of or by,
                   companies which are not members of the Charging Group, loans
                   or credit to members of the Group or companies, the
                   acquisition of which would be a Permitted Acquisition, where
                   such loans or credit are funded by:

                  (A)   Consolidated Excess Cash Flow in respect of the previous
                        financial year not required to be applied in prepayment
                        of the Facilities pursuant to clause 6.11 and made after
                        the prepayment required under such clause has been duly
                        made;

                  (B)   the amount of Net Proceeds of disposals not required to
                        be applied in prepayment of the Facilities pursuant to
                        clause 6.10 and made after the prepayment required under
                        such clause has been duly made; or

                  (C)   the proportion of aggregate net proceeds of any
                        Flotation not required to be applied in prepayment of
                        the Facilities pursuant to clause 6.6(a) and made after
                        the prepayment required under such clause has been duly
                        made;

            (viii) investments in Cash Equivalents; and

            (ix)   in addition to the foregoing, loans or credits in the
                   ordinary course of business on arms' length terms by members
                   of the Group in an aggregate amount (at cost, without regard
                   to any write down or write up thereof) at any one time
                   outstanding not exceeding L1,000,000 (or its equivalent);

      (j)   Intra-Group contracts and arrangements: it will not, and will
            procure that no other member of the Group will, enter into any
            arrangement or contract with any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates
            which is not a Charging Subsidiary or any member of the HMTF Group
            unless such arrangement or contract is entered into on an arm's
            length basis and is fair and equitable to it or, as the case may be,
            such other member of the Group and would be entered into by a
            prudent person in the position of Newco 2 or the relevant member of
            the Group. For the avoidance of doubt:

                                       92

<PAGE>

            (i)   payment may be made of reasonable and customary fees for work
                  done by directors of any member of the Group, the Target or
                  Newco 1 and their expenses may be reimbursed;

            (ii)  payment may be made to Hicks Muse and its Affiliates of fees
                  and expenses not exceeding the amounts set out in schedule 14
                  pursuant to a monitoring and oversight agreement and a
                  financial advisory agreement, in each case approved by the
                  board of directors of Newco 2; and

            (iii) employment arrangements in respect of the procurement of the
                  services of directors, officers and employees in the ordinary
                  course of business may be entered into and reasonable fees in
                  connection therewith paid; and

            (iv)  the services to be provided by the Target pursuant to the
                  Demerger Agreements may only be provided on a non-profit
                  making basis;

      (k)   Amendment to documents: it will not, and will procure that no other
            member of the Group nor any Acquisition Party will, terminate, amend
            or vary, or acquiesce in any termination, amendment or variation of,
            any of the Transaction Documents (other than the Third Acquisition
            Agreements) (other than amendments of typographical errors or
            inconsistencies or which do not affect the timing or quantum of
            payments due in respect thereof or thereunder and provided that no
            such amendments are in the Agent's opinion (acting reasonably)
            material to the Finance Parties) and will comply with their material
            terms and will in the event that any other party thereto breaches
            the same in any material respect forthwith inform the Agent of the
            nature and substance thereof. Newco 2 undertakes that it will also
            procure that the loan notes constituted by the Loan Note Instrument
            remain outstanding throughout the Finance Period;

      (l)   Shareholders' meetings, the New Articles and the New Target
            Articles: (in the case of Newco 2 only) it will not convene any
            meeting with a view to the alteration of any provision of the New
            Articles which would adversely affect any of the rights attaching to
            the "GOLDEN SHARE" referred to in the New Articles or would affect
            the timing or quantum of payments due in respect thereof or
            thereunder or which would be reasonably likely to have a Material
            Adverse Effect;

      (m)   New share issues: it will not, and will procure that no other member
            of the Group will, issue any shares or otherwise acquire any
            additional capital in itself otherwise than (w) the issue of shares
            by Newco 2 in order to effect the Pushdown in accordance with this
            Agreement, (x) the issue by Newco 2 of shares which do not carry any
            right to a return or to redemption before all amounts (whether
            actual or contingent) owing under the Finance Documents have been
            paid in full and the Finance Parties have no further obligations
            thereunder (or to be converted into shares carrying such rights),
            (y) an issue of shares in connection with a

                                       93
<PAGE>
            Flotation provided that the resulting prepayment required by clause
            6.6 is duly made and (z) the issue of shares by a Charging
            Subsidiary to its Holding Company (also being a member of the
            Charging Group);

      (n)   Amalgamation and merger: it will not, and will procure that no other
            member of the Group will, amalgamate or merge with any other company
            or person unless (i) such merger is with another member of the Group
            and (x) a member of the Charging Group shall be the surviving entity
            and the Agent is reasonably satisfied (having taken appropriate
            advice from counsel in the relevant jurisdiction) that such merger
            will not have a negative impact upon any of the obligations owed by
            any Obligor to the Finance Parties or upon any material rights the
            Finance Parties may have against any of the Obligors, or (y) such
            merger is between members of the Group which are not members of the
            Charging Group, or (ii) any member of the Group liquidates or
            dissolves in either case on a solvent basis and in connection
            therewith all of its assets are transferred to any member of the
            Charging Group or, if such member is not a member of the Charging
            Group, to another member of the Group;

      (o)   Accounting reference date: it will not change its accounting
            reference date (or permit any other member of the Group to do so)
            from 31 December;

      (p)   Accounting Policy: it will not adopt any accounting policy or change
            the consistency of application of its accounting principles from the
            Appropriate Accounting Principles unless (i) the revised policy and
            practice adopted from time to time is in accordance with generally
            accepted accounting practice in the United Kingdom and (ii) prior to
            any revised policy and practice being adopted Newco 2 notifies the
            Agent thereof and, if required by the Agent, negotiates in good
            faith with the Agent acting reasonably in order that the Financial
            Covenants may be amended as required by the Agent acting reasonably
            in order for it to be able to make the same judgments as to the
            financial performance of the Group against the Financial Covenants
            as it is able to under the present accounting policy provided that
            if such negotiations are not concluded to the satisfaction of the
            Agent acting reasonably within a period of 30 days from the
            commencement of such negotiations Newco 2 agrees that it will either
            provide financial statements on the same basis as before or provide
            financial statements containing a statement reconciling the previous
            and the then current accounting policy in order that the Agent may
            determine the financial condition of the Group against the Financial
            Covenants having regard to the terms of this Agreement;

      (q)   Auditors: it will not change its Auditors save to another Big 4 firm
            of chartered accountants which is willing to provide the reports
            referred to in clause 10.1(b)(iv) on the same or substantially the
            same basis and format as the existing Auditors;

      (r)   Change in business: it will not, and will procure that no other
            member of the Group will, make any material change to the general
            nature of its business or cease (or threaten to cease) any material
            part of its business,

                                       94

<PAGE>

            which in either case would constitute a material change in the
            nature of the business of the Group taken as a whole from that
            carried on immediately following the Announcement Date other than
            pursuant to the Demerger;

      (s)   Acquisitions and joint-ventures: save as provided in clause 10.6(t),
            it will not, and will procure that no other member of the Group
            will, acquire or make any investment in any companies, joint
            ventures or partnerships, acquire any tangible or intangible assets
            (or interests therein) other than in the ordinary course of
            business, or acquire any businesses (or interests therein) other
            than the Second Acquisitions, the Third Purchasers or the
            acquisition of businesses (including companies) which are related or
            complementary to the existing businesses of the Group provided that:

            (A)   the consideration (including, without limitation, any deferred
                  consideration (whenever payable), the assumption of
                  obligations in respect of Borrowed Money by the Group and
                  taking the value of any non-cash consideration payable by the
                  Group at the higher of its stated value under the agreement(s)
                  for the acquisition in question and the market value of such
                  consideration) payable by the Group ("ACQUISITION
                  CONSIDERATION") in respect of all such acquisitions in any
                  financial year (or, in the case of the 2002 financial year,
                  since the UK Second Acquisition Completion Date) shall not
                  exceed (pound)45,000,000 (or its equivalent in relevant
                  currencies) (excluding any amount funded with the Shareholder
                  Injections referred to in (B) below or by the proceeds of the
                  Senior Subordinated Facility Advances);

            (B)   such acquisitions are funded:

                  1)    by Consolidated Excess Cash Flow in respect of the
                        previous financial year not required to be applied in
                        prepayment of the Facilities pursuant to clause 6.11; or

                  2)    by the Net Proceeds of disposals not required to be
                        applied in prepayment of the Facilities pursuant to
                        clause 6.10; or

                  3)    by Shareholder Injections in Newco 2 funded by Hicks
                        Muse or funds or limited partnerships managed by it or
                        (without prejudice to clause 6.6(a)(i)) other indirect
                        co-investors in Newco 2;

                  4)    out of Drawings under the Working Capital Facility from
                        and after the UK Second Acquisition Completion Date not
                        exceeding (pound)45,000,000 in aggregate but only if the
                        Agent shall have received, at least 5 Banking Days prior
                        to entering into such acquisition, or, in the case of an
                        acquisition funded in whole or in part by Senior
                        Subordinated Facility Advances, not more than 5 Banking
                        Days after entering into any commitment to make such
                        acquisition and at least 5 Banking Days before the

                                       95

<PAGE>

                        completion of such acquisition, working capital
                        projections (based on historical working capital
                        requirements) which take account of the intended
                        acquisition and Drawing under the Working Capital
                        Facility and which demonstrate to the satisfaction of
                        the Agent that Newco 2 will have Available Commitments
                        in respect of the Working Capital Facility of at
                        least (pound)15,000,000 at all times during the
                        following 12 months together with a certificate from the
                        chief executive and one other director of Newco 2
                        confirming that the acquisition will not adversely
                        affect any Material Entity's ability to comply with
                        their respective obligations under the Finance
                        Documents; or

                  5)    by the proceeds of the Senior Subordinated Facility
                        Advances;

            (C)   at least 5 Banking Days prior to entering into any such
                  acquisition, or, in the case of an acquisition funded in whole
                  or in part by Senior Subordinated Facility Advances, not more
                  than 5 Banking Days after entering into any commitment in
                  respect of such acquisition and at least 5 Banking Days before
                  the completion of such acquisition, the Agent shall have
                  received a revised version of the Financial Model, reflecting
                  the proposed acquisition therein which shows that none of the
                  Financial Covenants will be breached during the Finance Period
                  and that no Event of Default will arise under clause 12.1(a),
                  accompanied by a certificate signed by the chief executive and
                  one other director of Newco 2 confirming that they believe
                  that the assumptions upon which the forecasts and projections
                  in such revised Financial Model are based taken as a whole,
                  and those forecasts and projections, are fair and reasonable
                  and confirming that, in making those assumptions and forming
                  those forecasts and projections Newco 2 has taken full and
                  proper account of all contingent liabilities (including,
                  without limitation, contingent environmental liabilities)
                  relating to the assets to be acquired pursuant to the proposed
                  acquisition provided that if the acquisition consideration in
                  respect of an acquisition is (pound)10,000,000 (or its
                  equivalent in any relevant currency) or less, then a revised
                  version of the Financial Model need not be so provided if the
                  chief executive and one other director of Newco 2 can, and do
                  so, certify that in making such acquisition the Group will not
                  incur any contingent liabilities which would be likely to have
                  a material adverse impact on the forecasts and projections
                  contained in the then applicable Financial Model;

                                       96

<PAGE>

            (D)   no Default will arise as a result of such acquisition; and

            (E)   the aggregate acquisition consideration of all such
                  acquisitions of, or by, companies which are not members of the
                  Charging Group does not exceed (pound)10,000,000 (or its
                  equivalent) when aggregated with all loans or credit made or
                  extended to companies which are not members of the Charging
                  Group pursuant to clause 10.6(i)(vii) at any relevant time,

            such acquisitions being "PERMITTED ACQUISITIONS";

      (t)   Newco 2's business: Newco 2 will not carry on any business or own
            any material assets other than its shareholdings in its
            Subsidiaries, intra-group credit balances and credit balances in
            bank accounts;

      (u)   Intra-Group accounts: (without limiting the generality of clause
            10.6(f)) it will not subordinate, postpone, defer, assign or
            otherwise dispose of or deal with any Indebtedness owing to it by
            any other member of the Group and will procure that no other member
            of the Charging Group will subordinate, postpone, defer, assign or
            otherwise dispose of or deal with any Indebtedness owing to it by
            any other member of the Group (other than in favour of another
            member of the Charging Group);

      (v)   Dormant companies: it will procure that:

            (i)   none of the members of the Group which are dormant (within the
                  meaning of section 250 of the Act) at the date of this
                  Agreement or hereafter become dormant shall:

                  (x)   carry on any trading activity if it has any material
                        contingent liabilities; or

                  (y)   demand or accept payment of any Indebtedness owing to it
                        by a Borrower or a Charging Subsidiary; and

            (ii)  no Borrower or Charging Subsidiary shall repay any
                  Indebtedness owing to any dormant company as referred to in
                  (i) above; and

      (w)   Cash balances: it will procure that the aggregate amount of cash
            balances or deposits of cash held by all members of the Group which
            are not placed with Approved Banks at no time exceeds
            (pound)1,000,000 (or its equivalent).

10.7  CONDUCT OF THE SECOND ACQUISITIONS AND THE THIRD ACQUISITIONS

      Newco 2 undertakes with each of the Finance Parties that throughout the
      Finance Period:

      (a)   it will not (and will procure that no member of the Group will)
            terminate, amend or vary, or acquiesce in any termination, amendment
            or variation of, any of the Second Acquisitions Agreements or the
            Third Acquisition Agreements which might reasonably be expected
            materially and

                                       97

<PAGE>

            adversely to affect the interests of the Finance Parties under the
            Finance Documents;

      (b)   it will not (and will procure that no member of the Group will)
            waive or fail to invoke any conditions to the completion of either
            of the Second Acquisitions or any of the Third Acquisitions or
            exercise (or fail to exercise) any of their rights under clauses
            4.3, 4.7 or 5.2 of the Second SPA, and will not (and will procure
            that no member of the Group will) accept, to the extent they are
            entitled to refuse, any disclosures by the Second Vendors or the
            Third Vendors (as applicable) in relation to the warranties
            contained in the Second Acquisitions Agreements or the Third
            Acquisition Agreements respectively where any such waiver, exercise
            (or failure to exercise), failure to invoke or acceptance might
            reasonably be expected materially and adversely to affect the
            interests of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents;

      (c)   it will keep the Agent updated as to the progress of the Second
            Acquisitions and the Third Acquisitions;

      (d)   unless considered by its directors (acting reasonably and having
            first consulted with the Agent in respect of any material matter)
            not to be commercially prudent, or otherwise not to be in the
            interests of any member of the Group (including, without limitation,
            taking account of the quantum of the claim), it will (and will
            procure that the members of the Group will) pursue (if necessary by
            legal action) against the Second Vendors or the Third Vendors (as
            applicable) or, as the case may be, any issuer of a Second Report or
            a Third Report (as applicable) any material claim to which it may be
            entitled as a result of:

            (i)   a breach of any Second Acquisitions Agreement or any Third
                  Acquisition Agreement by the Second Vendors or the Third
                  Vendors respectively;

            (ii)  any inaccuracy in any of the warranties and representations
                  included in any Second Acquisitions Agreement or any Third
                  Acquisition Agreement;

            (iii) any indemnity contained in any Second Acquisitions Agreement
                  or any Third Acquisition Agreement;

            (iv)  a right to make a claim under any of the Second Reports or any
                  of the Third Reports; or

            (v)   any other claims for damages or other remedies in respect of
                  any breach of any Second Acquisitions Agreement or any Third
                  Acquisition Agreement or inaccuracy therein and any other
                  claim in respect of the warranties, indemnities and
                  representations given to Newco 2, either Second Purchaser or
                  any Third Purchaser or any member of the Group party to any
                  relevant document contained in or pursuant to such documents;
                  and

                                       98

<PAGE>

      (e)   it will not (and will procure that the members of the Group will
            not) finally agree or settle the amount of any indemnity or warranty
            payment or other claim or potential claim under, or in connection
            with, the Second Acquisitions Agreements or the Third Acquisition
            Agreements against any of the Second Vendors or Third Vendors (as
            applicable) or, as the case may be, any issuer of a Second Report or
            a Third Report (to the extent it has discretion to do so), without
            the consent of the Agent if the relevant claim relates to actual or
            potential recoveries reasonably expected to exceed (pound)10,000,000
            (or its equivalent) in aggregate.

10.8  CONDITIONS TO THE IRISH SECOND ACQUISITION COMPLETION DATE

      Newco 2 undertakes with each of the Finance Parties that the Irish Second
      Acquisition will not complete unless the Agent has notified Newco 2 and
      the Banks that it has received the documents and evidence specified in
      schedule 3, in each case satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably),
      or, as the case may be, that the requirement to provide any such document
      or evidence has been waived by the Majority Banks.

11    THE SCHEME AND RELATED MATTERS

11.1  THE SCHEME

      Newco 2 represents and warrants to each of the Finance Parties as follows:

      (a)   General

            Each of the Acquisition Parties:

            (i)   has complied in all material respects with the Code, the
                  Financial Services Act 1986, the Act and all other applicable
                  laws and regulations relevant in the context of the Scheme;

            (ii)  subject to any relevant requirement of the Code, has provided
                  the Agent with information regarding all material matters
                  likely to affect the interests of the Banks in respect of the
                  Scheme (which included, without limitation, any market
                  purchases of shares in the Target made or agreed by the
                  Acquisition Parties); and

            (iii) has ensured that all their obligations under the Scheme were
                  complied with and performed in all material respects.

      (b)   Conduct of the Scheme

            Each of the Acquisition Parties did not:

            (i)   amend any of the conditions or terms of the Scheme following
                  posting of the Scheme Document or agree to an extension or
                  increase in the Scheme;

            (ii)  save as required by the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers or to
                  enable the directors of each of the Acquisition Parties to
                  comply

                                       99

<PAGE>

                  with Rule 13 of the Code (A) waive or fail to invoke (in whole
                  or in part) any condition to the Scheme or (B) determine or
                  declare or accept that any such condition is satisfied where
                  it is not actually satisfied or (C) permit the Court Order in
                  respect of the Scheme to be delivered if any condition is not
                  fulfilled;

            (iii) permit any circumstances to arise whereby a mandatory offer
                  was required to be made by an Acquisition Party by the terms
                  of Rule 9 of the Code in respect of the shares in the Target;
                  or

            (iv)  acquire any shares in the Target at a price above the Scheme
                  price.

      (c)   Action after the Scheme has become effective

                  The Target has been (i) removed from the Official List of
                  London Stock Exchange Limited and (ii) re-registered as a
                  private company.

12    EVENTS OF DEFAULT

12.1  EVENTS OF DEFAULT

      Each of the events set out below is an Event of Default (whether or not
      caused by any reason whatsoever outside the control of any Material Entity
      (or any other person)) namely if:

      (a)   Non-payment: any Material Entity or any other member of the Group
            fails to pay any sum due from it under any of the Finance Documents
            in the currency, at the time (or within five days thereafter in the
            case of amounts other than principal) and in the manner stipulated
            in the relevant Finance Document; or

      (b)   Breach of certain obligations: any Material Entity or any other
            member of the Group commits any breach of or omits to observe any of
            the obligations or undertakings expressed to be assumed by it under
            clauses 10.3, 10.4(b), (c) or (d), 10.6(a), (b), (f), (g), (h) or
            (w), or 10.7(a) or (b); or

      (c)   Breach of other obligations: any Material Entity or any other member
            of the Group commits any breach of or omits to observe any of the
            obligations or undertakings expressed to be assumed by it under any
            of the Finance Documents (other than any such obligations referred
            to in clause 12.1(a) and (b)) and, in respect of any such breach or
            omission which is capable of remedy, such breach or omission has not
            been remedied within 30 days; or

      (d)   Misrepresentation: any representation, warranty or statement made or
            deemed to be made or repeated by or on behalf of any Material Entity
            or any other member of the Group in, or in connection with, any of
            the Finance Documents or in any notice, accounts, certificate or
            statement referred to in or delivered under any of the Finance
            Documents is or

                                      100

<PAGE>

            proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect
            on the date made or deemed to be made; or

      (e)   Cross-default: (i) any Borrowed Money of any Material Entity or any
            other member of the Group at any time becomes prematurely due and
            payable by reason of a default or any creditor of any Material
            Entity or any other member of the Group becomes entitled to declare
            any such Borrowed Money due and payable prior to the date when it
            would otherwise have become due by reason of a default or any
            guarantee given by any Material Entity or any other member of the
            Group in respect of Borrowed Money is not honoured when due and
            called upon (taking into account any applicable grace period); or
            (ii) any Borrowed Money of any Material Entity or any other member
            of the Group is not paid as and when the same is or becomes due and
            payable (or within any applicable grace period) and the aggregate
            amount at any time of all Borrowed Money in respect of which (i)
            and/or (ii) applies (without double counting) is equal to or greater
            than (pound)5,000,000 (converting into Sterling at its equivalent
            amounts in any other currency); or (iii) any amount in respect of
            the Bridge Facility or the High Yield Bonds is not paid when due and
            payable (or within any originally applicable grace period) or
            becomes (whether by declaration or automatically in accordance with
            the relevant agreement or instrument constituting the same) due and
            payable as a result of a default or any creditor or the trustee on
            their behalf becomes entitled to declare any amount in respect of
            the High Yield Bonds due and payable prior to the date when it would
            otherwise have become due by reason of a default; or (iv) an Event
            of Default (as defined in the Senior Subordinated Facility
            Agreement) occurs; or

      (f)   Derivatives Transaction default: any Material Entity or any other
            member of the Group fails to make payment in relation to a
            Derivatives Transaction of any sum equal to or greater than
            (pound)5,000,000 in aggregate at any one time (or its equivalent in
            the relevant currency of payment) on its due date (taking into
            account any grace period permitted under the documentation for that
            Derivatives Transaction) or the counterparty to a Derivatives
            Transaction becomes entitled to terminate that Derivatives
            Transaction early by reason of default on the part of any Material
            Entity or any other member of the Group and the Net Derivatives
            Liability in the aggregate payable under all affected Derivatives
            Transactions at the relevant time is not less than (pound)5,000,000
            (or its equivalent in the relevant currency); or

      (g)   Proceedings concerning the Group: one or more judgements or orders
            is made against any Material Entity involving in the aggregate a
            liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance) of
            (pound)5,000,000 or more and all such judgments or orders shall not
            have been vacated, discharged or stayed pending appeal within 30
            days from the entry thereof; any execution, distress, sequestration
            or other similar process is levied or enforced against all or any
            substantial part of the assets of any Material Entity which shall
            not have been vacated, discharged or stayed pending appeal within 30
            days from the entry thereof; or any Material Entity

                                      101

<PAGE>

            proposes or makes any general composition or arrangement with its
            creditors other than on a solvent basis which has been approved by
            the Majority Banks; or

      (h)   Insolvency: any Material Entity generally shall not, or shall be
            unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts
            (other than intercompany debts) as they become due; or

      (i)   Administration: (i) any meeting of any Material Entity is convened
            for the purpose of considering any resolution to present an
            application for an administration order or to serve a notice of
            intention to appoint an administrator or to appoint an administrator
            or (ii) any person presents an application for an administration
            order, or files documents with a court for the appointment of an
            administrator, in relation to any Material Entity or an
            administration order is sought of the court on the basis of an
            undertaking to subsequently present an application or (iii) any
            Material Entity passes a resolution to present an application for an
            administration order or to serve a notice of intention to appoint an
            administrator or to appoint an administrator in relation to any
            Material Entity or (iv) an administration order is made or an
            administrator is appointed in relation to any Material Entity; or

      (j)   Appointment of receivers and managers: (i) any administrative or
            other receiver or any manager is appointed of any Material Entity or
            all or any substantial part of any of its assets and/or undertakings
            or (ii) the directors of any Material Entity request any person to
            appoint such a receiver or manager or (iii) any other legal or
            formal steps are taken to enforce any Encumbrance over all or any
            substantial part of the assets and/or undertakings of any Material
            Entity; or

      (k)   Winding up: (i) any meeting of any Material Entity is convened for
            the purpose of considering any resolution for (or to petition for)
            its winding up or (ii) any Material Entity passes such a resolution;
            or (iii) any person presents any petition for the winding up of any
            Material Entity , which is not withdrawn, dismissed or discharged
            within 60 days or (iv) an order for the winding up of any Material
            Entity is made, not (in any case) being a winding-up of a Subsidiary
            of Newco 2 involving an amalgamation or reorganisation on a solvent
            basis to which the Majority Banks have given their prior written
            consent; or

      (l)   Analogous proceedings: there occurs, in relation to any Material
            Entity, in any country or territory in which any of them carries on
            business or to the jurisdiction of whose courts any part of their
            assets is subject, any event which, in the reasonable opinion of the
            Majority Banks, appears in that country or territory to correspond
            with, or have an effect equivalent to, any of those mentioned in
            clauses 12.1(h) to (k) (inclusive); or

      (m)   Seizure: all, or a material part, of the undertaking, assets, rights
            or revenues of, or shares or other ownership interests in, any
            Material Entity are seized, nationalised, expropriated or
            compulsorily acquired by or under the authority of any Government
            Entity and such Material Entity

                                      102

<PAGE>

            has not been adequately and promptly compensated and recompensed in
            respect of such action; or

      (n)   Changes of ownership: Newco 2 at any time disposes of any Target
            Preference Share acquired by it other than as in accordance with the
            Structure Paper;

      (o)   Finance Documents: any Finance Document is not or ceases to be
            legal, valid and binding on, and, subject to the qualifications and
            reservations set out in the Legal Opinions (other than those
            relating to factual matters), enforceable substantially in
            accordance with its terms against, any Material Entity which is
            party to that Finance Document and/or (in the case of Security
            Documents) does not provide to the Security Agent, for itself and on
            behalf of the other Finance Parties, perfected, enforceable security
            over the assets purported to be covered by that Security Document in
            a manner and to an extent reasonably considered by the Majority
            Banks to be materially adverse to their interests under the Finance
            Documents, or is alleged by any Material Entity or any member of the
            HMTF Group party to that Finance Document to be ineffective for any
            reason and any such failure or cessation as to legality, validity
            and binding effect is (if capable of remedy) not remedied within 30
            days of notice from the Agent; or

      (p)   Unlawfulness: it becomes unlawful at any time for any Material
            Entity to perform all or any of its obligations under any of the
            Finance Documents and such unlawfulness is (if capable of remedy)
            not remedied within 30 days of notice from the Agent; or

      (q)   Repudiation: any Material Entity repudiates any Finance Document to
            which it is a party or does or causes or permits to be done any act
            or thing evidencing an intention to repudiate such a Finance
            Document; or

      (r)   Qualification of financial statements: the Auditors qualify their
            report(s) on the audited consolidated financial statements of the
            Group or the audited financial statements of any Material Entity (i)
            on the grounds of inability to prepare financial statements on a
            going concern basis or that, while they had been prepared on that
            basis, it was not clear that the Group or the company concerned (as
            the case may be) would carry on business as a going concern or (ii)
            on the grounds of inadequate information or access to information
            being provided to the Auditors or (iii) on any other grounds where
            the matter giving rise to the qualification would be reasonably
            likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

      (s)   Environmental matters: an Environmental Claim is made against any
            Material Entity and as a result a Material Adverse Effect is
            reasonably likely to occur; or

      (t)   The Target, Newco 1, Newco 2, UK Topco, HMTF Poultry and Citadel
            Insurance Company Limited:

                                      103

<PAGE>

            (i)    (other than pursuant to Shareholder Injections) the Target
                   carries on any business other than that of providing services
                   pursuant to the Demerger Agreements on a non-profit making
                   basis and acting as a Holding Company of the Group, owns any
                   material assets other than all the shares in Newco 1, Citadel
                   Insurance Company Limited and HMTF Poultry or incurs any
                   liabilities other than under the Finance Documents, the
                   Senior Subordinated Finance Documents and the Transaction
                   Documents to which it is a party or those referred to in the
                   definition of "Equity Permitted Payment" in clause 1.1 or
                   those otherwise permitted by the Finance Documents; or

            (ii)   the Target disposes of any shares (or any interest therein)
                   in any of its direct Subsidiaries referred to in (i) above;
                   or

            (iii)  (other than pursuant to Shareholder Injections) Newco 1
                   carries on any business other than acting as a Holding
                   Company of the Group, owns any material assets other than all
                   of the issued shares in Newco 2 or incurs any liabilities
                   (whether or not in connection with Borrowed Money) other than
                   as a result of issuing the High Yield Bonds, effecting the
                   Pushdown or as a result of its existence and administrative
                   operation in accordance with this Agreement; or

            (iv)   at any time after the Pushdown, Newco 1 ceases to be a
                   wholly-owned direct Subsidiary of the Target; or

            (v)    Newco 2 ceases to be a wholly-owned direct Subsidiary of
                   Newco 1; or

            (vi)   (other than pursuant to Shareholder Injections) UK Topco
                   carries on any business other than acting as a Holding
                   Company of the Group, owns any material assets other than all
                   of the issued shares in the Target or incurs any liabilities
                   (whether or not in connection with Borrowed Money) other than
                   as a result of entering into the Second Transaction Documents
                   to which it is a party or as a result of its existence and
                   administrative operation in accordance with this Agreement;
                   or

            (vii)  the Target ceases to be a wholly-owned direct Subsidiary of
                   UK Topco; or

            (viii) HMTF Poultry carries on any business, owns any assets or
                   incurs any liabilities in each case to an extent or in a
                   manner which results (or is reasonably likely to result) in a
                   material increase in the Taxes payable (directly or
                   indirectly) by the Group (including, without limitation, the
                   Taxes payable by the Target which are attributable to the
                   business of the Group).

            (ix)   Citadel Insurance Company Limited carries on any business
                   other than writing insurance in favour of members of the
                   Group, owns

                                      104

<PAGE>

                  any material assets other than as a result of writing such
                  insurance or incurs any liabilities other than as a result of
                  writing such insurance or as a result of its existence and
                  administrative operation in accordance with this Agreement; or

      (u)   Investment company: at any time after 31 October 1999, Newco 1 or
            Newco 2 is or could be deemed an "investment company" under Section
            3(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act 1940 of the United States of
            America, as amended (notwithstanding the effect of any safe harbor
            (including without limitation the safe harbor under Rule 3a-2 under
            such act), exception, exemption, order or no-action letter relied
            upon or granted in connection therewith). For the avoidance of
            doubt, as at the date of this Agreement both Newco 1 and Newco 2 are
            or could be deemed an "investment company" under Section 3(a)(1) of
            the Investment Company Act 1940 of the United States of America, as
            amended; or

      (v)   No subordination: any amount outstanding under any Subordinated
            Shareholder Loan, or any other amount which is expressly agreed by
            the relevant member of the Group and the relevant subordinated
            creditor to be subordinated to the amounts outstanding under the
            Finance Documents, is not, ceases to be or is claimed by the
            relevant subordinated creditor not to be subordinated to the amounts
            outstanding under the Finance Documents.

12.2  ACCELERATION

      The Agent if so requested by the Majority Banks shall, without prejudice
      to any other rights of the Finance Parties, at any time after the
      happening of an Event of Default, and so long as the same is continuing,
      by notice to Newco 2 declare that:

      (a)   the obligation of each Bank to make its Commitments available shall
            be terminated, whereupon the Total Commitments in respect of all
            Facilities shall be reduced to zero forthwith; and/or

      (b)   the obligation of the Ancillary Facilities Banks to make the
            Ancillary Facilities available shall be terminated, whereupon the
            same shall be immediately terminated; and/or

      (c)   all Advances, all Ancillary Facilities Liabilities and all interest,
            fees and commitment commission accrued and all other sums payable
            under the Finance Documents have become due and payable or have
            become due and payable on demand and all Letters of Credit have
            become due for immediate discharge or have become due for immediate
            discharge on demand, whereupon the same shall, immediately or in
            accordance with the terms of such notice, become due and payable or
            due for immediate discharge (and where Ancillary Facilities
            Liabilities are so due and payable any Contingent Ancillary
            Facilities Liabilities shall be due for immediate discharge); and/or

                                      105

<PAGE>

      (d)   the Security Documents (or any of them) have become enforceable (in
            whole or in part); and/or

      (e)   any relevant Hedge Transaction between any member of the Group and a
            Hedge Counterparty shall forthwith be terminated and such member of
            the Group and such Hedge Counterparty shall from such time treat
            such relevant Hedge Transaction as terminated by reason of
            cross-default.

      On or at any time after the making of any such declaration so long as the
      event giving rise to such declaration is still continuing the Agent shall
      be entitled, to the exclusion of the Borrowers, to select the duration of
      Interest Periods.

12.3  DEMAND BASIS

      If all Advances and/or the Ancillary Facilities Liabilities have become
      due and payable on demand and/or the Letters of Credit due for immediate
      discharge on demand in each case pursuant to clause 12.2(c), the Agent, if
      so instructed by the Majority Banks, shall by written notice to Newco 2
      call for repayment of the Advances and/or the Ancillary Facilities
      Liabilities and/or discharge of the Letter of Credit on such date as may
      be specified in such notice whereupon the Advances and/or the Ancillary
      Facilities Liabilities and/or the Letters of Credit shall become due and
      payable (and/or, as appropriate, due for discharge) on the date so
      specified together with all interest, fees and commitment commission
      accrued and all other sums payable under the Finance Documents.

12.4  CLEAN-UP PERIOD

      [Not restated]

13    INDEMNITIES

13.1  MISCELLANEOUS INDEMNITIES

      Each Borrower shall within three Banking Days of demand indemnify each
      Finance Party, without prejudice to any of their other rights under any of
      the Finance Documents, against any loss, excluding loss of Margin, or
      reasonable expense which such Finance Party shall certify as sustained or
      incurred by it as a consequence of (a) any default in payment by any
      Borrower or any Acquisition Party or any other member of the Target Group
      of any sum under any of the Finance Documents when due, (b) the occurrence
      of any other Event of Default, (c) any prepayment of the Facilities or
      part thereof being made otherwise than on an Interest Payment Date or, as
      the case may be, Maturity Date relative thereto, (d) any Drawing not being
      made for any reason (excluding any default by a Finance Party) after a
      Drawdown Notice has been given, including, in any such case, but not
      limited to, any loss or expense sustained or incurred in (i) maintaining
      or funding its Contributions or any part thereof, (ii) liquidating or
      re-employing deposits from third parties acquired or contracted for to
      fund all or any part of its Contributions or (iii) closing out open
      hedging positions arising.

13.2  CURRENCY OF ACCOUNT; CURRENCY INDEMNITY

                                      106

<PAGE>

      No payment by any Borrower under any of the Finance Documents which is
      made in a currency other than the currency ("CONTRACTUAL CURRENCY") in
      which such payment is required to be made pursuant to the relevant Finance
      Documents shall discharge the obligation in respect of which it is made
      except to the extent of the net proceeds in the Contractual Currency
      received by the Agent upon the sale of the currency so received, after
      taking into account any premium and costs of exchange in connection with
      such sale. For the avoidance of doubt the Finance Parties shall not be
      obliged to accept any such payment in a currency other than the
      Contractual Currency nor shall the Finance Parties be liable to any
      Borrower for any loss or alleged loss arising from fluctuations in
      exchange rates between the date on which such payment is so received by
      the Agent and the date on which the Agent effects such sale, as to which
      the Agent shall (as against each Borrower) have an absolute discretion. If
      any sum due from any Borrower under any Finance Document or any order or
      judgment given or made in relation thereto is required to be converted
      from the Contractual Currency or the currency in which the same is payable
      under such order or judgment (the "FIRST CURRENCY") into another currency
      (the "SECOND CURRENCY") for the purpose of (a) making or filing a claim or
      proof against any Borrower, (b) obtaining an order or judgment in any
      court or other tribunal or (c) enforcing any order or judgment given or
      made in relation to any of the Finance Documents, each Borrower shall
      indemnify and hold harmless each Finance Party from and against any loss
      suffered as a result of any difference between (i) the rate of exchange
      used for such purpose to convert the sum in question from the first
      currency into the second currency and (ii) the rate or rates of exchange
      at which each such Finance Party may in the ordinary course of business
      purchase the first currency with the second currency upon receipt of a sum
      paid to it in satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any such order,
      judgment, claim or proof. Any amount due from any Borrower under the
      indemnity contained in this clause 13.2 shall be due as a separate debt
      and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sums
      due under or in respect of any of the Finance Documents and the term "RATE
      OF EXCHANGE" includes any premium and costs of exchange payable in
      connection with the purchase of the first currency with the second
      currency.

                                      107

<PAGE>

13.3  ACQUISITION FINANCE INDEMNITY

      Newco 2 agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Finance Parties and
      their Affiliates and their respective officers, lawyers, advisers,
      directors, employees, agents and Holding Companies, and each of their
      successors, assigns and personal representatives, from and against any and
      all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (collectively "LOSSES") to
      which any such person may become subject arising out of or in connection
      with this Agreement, the Facilities, the Scheme, the Acquisition or any
      other transaction contemplated herein, or any claim, litigation,
      investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, regardless
      of whether any such person is a party thereto, and to reimburse such
      person upon demand for any reasonable legal or other reasonable expenses
      incurred in connection with investigating or defending any of the
      foregoing, except that the foregoing will not apply to any Losses arising
      from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such indemnified person
      or a material breach of this Agreement by such indemnified person.

13.4  ESCB RESERVE REQUIREMENTS

      [Not restated]

13.5  ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNITY

      Newco 2 shall on demand indemnify each Finance Party against any cost or
      loss suffered or incurred by such Finance Party due to any Environmental
      Contamination in, on, under or escaping from any property owned, occupied
      or leased by any Material Entity other than any such cost or loss caused
      by or arising from the gross negligence or wilful default of such Finance
      Party.

14    UNLAWFULNESS, INCREASED COSTS, ALTERNATIVE INTEREST RATES

14.1  UNLAWFULNESS

      If after the date of this Agreement it becomes contrary to any law or
      regulation for any relevant Bank to contribute to any Drawing or to
      maintain its Commitments in respect of a Tranche or Facility or fund its
      Contribution to a Tranche or Facility, such relevant Bank shall promptly,
      through the Agent, notify Newco 2 whereupon (a) such relevant Bank's
      Commitments shall be reduced to the extent of such illegality and (b) each
      relevant Borrower shall be obliged to prepay and/or discharge the
      Contribution of such relevant Bank to such Tranche or Facility on a date
      not being earlier than the latest date permitted by the relevant law or
      regulation. Any prepayment pursuant to this clause 14.1 shall be made
      together with all amounts referred to in clause 6.7(f).

14.2  INCREASED COSTS

      If the result of any change occurring after the date of this Agreement in,
      or in the interpretation or application of, or the introduction of, any
      law or any regulation, including (without limitation) those relating to
      Taxation, capital adequacy, liquidity, reserve assets, cash ratio deposits
      and special deposits, is to:

                                      108

<PAGE>

      (a)   subject any Bank to Taxes or change the basis of Taxation of any
            Bank with respect to any payment under this Agreement (other than
            Taxes or Taxation on the overall net income, profits or gains of
            such Bank imposed in the jurisdiction in which its principal or
            lending office under this Agreement is located); and/or

      (b)   increase the cost to, or impose an additional cost on, any Bank or
            its holding company in making or keeping available all or part of
            such Bank's Commitments or maintaining or funding all or part of
            such Bank's Contributions; and/or

      (c)   reduce the amount payable or the effective return to any Bank under
            this Agreement; and/or

      (d)   reduce any Bank's or its holding company's rate of return on its
            overall capital by reason of a change in the manner in which it is
            required to allocate capital resources to such Bank's obligations
            under this Agreement; and/or

      (e)   require any Bank or its holding company to make a payment or forgo a
            return calculated by reference to or on any amount received or
            receivable by such Bank under this Agreement; and/or

      (f)   require any Bank or its holding company to incur or sustain a loss
            (including a loss of profits) by reason of being obliged to deduct
            all or part of such Bank's Commitments or Contributions from its
            capital for regulatory purposes,

      then and in each such case (but subject to clause 14.3):

      (i)   such Bank shall notify Newco 2 through the Agent in writing of such
            event promptly upon its becoming aware of the same; and

      (ii)  Newco 2 shall within 5 Banking Days of demand, made at any time
            whether or not such Bank's Contribution to any Facility has been
            repaid, pay to the Agent for the account of such Bank the amount
            which such Bank specifies (in a certificate setting forth the basis
            of the computation of such amount, but not including any matters
            which such Bank or its holding company regards as confidential) is
            required to compensate such Bank and/or its holding company for such
            liability to Taxes, increased or additional cost, reduction,
            payment, forgone return or loss.

      For the purposes of clauses 14.1, 14.2, 14.3 and 14.5, references to:

      (x)   "BANK" shall be deemed to include any Ancillary Facilities Bank;

      (y)   "COMMITMENTS" shall, in respect of an Ancillary Facilities Bank, be
            a reference to such Ancillary Facilities Bank's obligation to
            provide Ancillary Facilities; and

      (z)   "CONTRIBUTIONS" shall, in respect of an Ancillaries Facilities Bank,
            be a reference to its Ancillary Facilities Liabilities.

                                      109

<PAGE>

      For the purposes of this clause 14.2 each Bank may in good faith allocate
      or spread costs and/or losses among its assets and liabilities (or any
      class thereof) on such basis as it considers appropriate.

      For the purposes of this clause 14.2 and clause 14.5 "HOLDING COMPANY"
      means, in relation to a Bank, the company or entity (if any) within the
      consolidated supervision of which such Bank is included.

14.3  EXCEPTIONS

      Nothing in clause 14.2 shall entitle any Bank to receive any amount in
      respect of compensation for any such liability to Taxes, increased or
      additional cost, reduction, payment, forgone return or loss to the extent
      that the same:

      (a)   is taken into account in calculating the Additional Cost; or

      (b)   is already the subject of an additional payment under clause 8.5; or

      (c)   arises as a consequence of (or of any law or regulation
            implementing) (i) the proposals for international convergence of
            capital measurement and capital standards published by the Basle
            Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices in July
            1988 and/or (ii) the Banking Consolidation Directive (2000/12/EC) of
            the European Union (in each case) unless it results from any change
            in, or in the interpretation or application of, such proposals or
            such directive (or any law or regulation implementing the same)
            occurring after the date hereof.

      If a Bank does not notify the Agent of its intention to claim pursuant to
      clause 14.2 within ninety days after the date of which the Bank becomes
      aware of the relevant (i) Taxes (ii) increased cost (iii) reduction in the
      rate of return on capital or (iv) loss that Bank shall not be entitled to
      claim indemnification for such Taxes, reduction in the rate of return on
      capital, increased cost or loss in respect of any period of more than
      ninety days before the date on which the Bank does notify the Agent of its
      intention to make such claim for indemnification, payment or foregone
      interest or other return. The obligation of Newco 2 to make any payment
      under clause 14.2 shall survive termination of this Agreement for a period
      of nine months after such termination.

14.4  MARKET DISRUPTION; NON-AVAILABILITY

      (a)   If and whenever, at any time prior to the commencement of any
            Interest Period or Maturity Period:

            (i)   none or only one of the relevant Reference Banks supplies the
                  Agent with a quotation for the purpose of calculating LIBOR or
                  EURIBOR (where such a quotation is required having regard to
                  the definition of "LIBOR" or "EURIBOR" in clause 1.1); or

            (ii)  the Agent shall have received notification from relevant Banks
                  with Contributions aggregating not less than one-third of the
                  relevant Drawing or Commitments aggregating not less than
                  one-third of the Total Commitments in respect of the relevant
                  Facility

                                      110

<PAGE>

                  that deposits in Sterling or, as applicable, the relevant
                  Optional Currency are not available to such relevant Banks in
                  the relevant Interbank Market in the ordinary course of
                  business in sufficient amounts to fund their Contributions for
                  such Interest Period or Maturity Period or that LIBOR or
                  EURIBOR (as relevant) does not accurately reflect the cost to
                  such relevant Banks of obtaining such deposits;

            the Agent shall forthwith give notice (a "DETERMINATION NOTICE") to
            Newco 2 and to each of the Banks containing particulars of the
            relevant circumstances giving rise to its issue. After the giving of
            any Determination Notice the undrawn amount of the Total Commitments
            may still be drawn down (subject to the other terms of this
            Agreement) but on a Substitute Basis in accordance with clause
            14.4(b).

      (b)   During the period of 10 days after the Determination Notice has been
            given by the Agent under clause 14.4(a) the relevant Banks shall
            (having consulted in good faith with Newco 2) certify an alternative
            basis (the "SUBSTITUTE BASIS") for making available or, as the case
            may be, maintaining their Contributions. The Substitute Basis may
            (without limitation) include alternative interest periods,
            alternative currencies or alternative rates of interest but shall
            include a margin above the cost of funds (including Additional Cost)
            to such relevant Banks equivalent to the applicable Margin. Each
            Substitute Basis so certified shall be binding upon each Borrower
            and shall take effect in accordance with its terms from the date
            specified in the Determination Notice until such time as the Agent
            notifies Newco 2 that none of the circumstances specified in clause
            14.4(a) continues to exist, whereupon the normal interest rate
            fixing provisions of this Agreement shall apply.

14.5  MITIGATION

      If, in respect of any Bank, circumstances arise which would, or would upon
      the giving of notice, result in:

      (a)   any Borrower being required to make an increased payment to any Bank
            pursuant to clause 8.5;

      (b)   the reduction of any Bank's Commitment in respect of any Facility to
            zero or any Borrower being required to prepay any Bank's
            Contribution to any Facility pursuant to clause 14.1;

      (c)   Newco 2 being required to make a payment to any Bank to compensate
            such Bank or its holding company for a liability to Taxes, increased
            or additional cost, reduction, payment, forgone return or loss
            pursuant to clause 14.2(ii); or

      (d)   any Borrower being required to make a payment determined on a
            Substitute Basis pursuant to clause 14.4(b),

                                      111

<PAGE>

      then, without in any way limiting, reducing or otherwise qualifying the
      obligations of any Borrower under clause 8 and this clause 14, such Bank
      shall, in consultation with the Agent and Newco 2, endeavour to take such
      reasonable steps (and/or, in the case of clause 14.2(ii) and where the
      increased or additional cost, reduction, payment, forgone return or loss
      is that of its holding company, endeavour to procure that its holding
      company takes such reasonable steps) as are open to it (or, as the case
      may be, its holding company) to mitigate or remove such circumstances
      (including a change in the location of its facility office or the transfer
      of its rights and obligations under any Finance Document to another bank
      or financial institution acceptable to Newco 2 (acting reasonably)) unless
      the taking of such steps might (in the opinion of such Bank) have any
      adverse effect upon its business, operations or financial condition (other
      than any minor costs and expenses of an administrative nature (an amount
      equal to which Newco 2 shall pay to the Agent for the account of such Bank
      with 5 Banking Days of demand)).

14.6  NON-AVAILABILITY OF OPTIONAL CURRENCIES

      A Working Capital Advance may not be drawn down in an Optional Currency if
      (a) any Bank notifies the Agent not later than 3 p.m. on the second
      Banking Day before the proposed Drawdown Date or the beginning of the
      relevant Interest Period that deposits of such Optional Currency are not
      readily available to such Bank in an amount comparable with such Bank's
      portion of the relevant Working Capital Advance or (b) the Agent
      determines after consultation with the relevant Reference Banks (which
      determination shall be conclusive) at any time prior to 10 a.m. (local
      time in the place of payment) on the Drawdown Date that by reason of any
      change in currency availability, currency exchange rates or exchange
      controls it is or will be impracticable for the relevant Working Capital
      Advance to be drawn down in that Optional Currency. Accordingly, in any
      such event, the relevant Working Capital Advance shall be drawn down in
      Sterling.

14.7  REPLACEMENT OF BANKS

      If at any time any Bank becomes a Non-Funding Bank or a Non-Consenting
      Bank then Newco 2 may, on 10 Banking Days' prior written notice to the
      Agent and such Bank, replace such Bank by causing such Bank to (and such
      Bank shall) transfer all of its rights and obligations under this
      Agreement to a Bank or other entity selected by Newco 2 and acceptable to
      the Agent (acting reasonably) for a purchase price equal to such Bank's
      Contribution and Ancillary Facilities Liabilities and all accrued
      interest, fees and other amounts payable to it under this Agreement or its
      Ancillary Facilities Letter provided that:

      (a)   Newco 2 shall have no right to replace the Agent;

      (b)   neither the Agent nor any Bank shall have any obligation to Newco 2
            to find a replacement Bank or other such entity;

      (c)   in the event of the replacement of a Non-Consenting Bank, in order
            for Newco 2 to be entitled to replace such Non-Consenting Bank, such
            replacement must take place no later than 180 days after the date
            the

                                      112

<PAGE>

            Non-Consenting Bank notified the Agent and Newco 2 of its failure to
            agree any requested consent, waiver or amendment;

      (d)   in no event shall the Bank hereby replaced be required to pay or
            surrender to such replacement Bank or other entity any of the fees
            received by such Bank hereby replaced pursuant to this Agreement;
            and

      (e)   Newco 2's right to replace a Non-Funding Bank is, and shall be, in
            addition to and not in lieu of all other rights and remedies
            available to the Borrowers against such Non-Funding Bank under this
            Agreement, at law, in equity or by statute.

      For the purposes of this clause 14.7:

      "NON-CONSENTING BANK" means any Bank which does not agree to a consent to
      a departure from, or waiver or amendment of, any provision of the Finance
      Documents which has been requested by Newco 2 or the Agent where the
      requested consent, waiver or amendment (i) is not one which requires the
      consent of all Banks pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) has been agreed
      to by the Majority Banks; and

      "NON-FUNDING BANK" means any Bank which has (i) failed to make an Advance
      it is obliged to make under this Agreement and the Agent has determined
      that such Bank is not likely to make such Advance or (ii) given notice to
      Newco 2 or the Agent that it will not make, or that it has disaffirmed or
      repudiated any obligation to make, any Advances.

15    SET-OFF AND PRO-RATA PAYMENTS

15.1  SET-OFF

      Each Borrower agrees that each Finance Party may at any time after an
      Event of Default has occurred and whilst it is continuing, notwithstanding
      any settlement of account or other matter whatsoever, combine or
      consolidate all or any of its then existing accounts wheresoever situate
      (including accounts in the name of such Borrower jointly with others),
      whether such accounts are current, deposit, loan or of any other nature
      whatsoever, whether they are subject to notice or not and whether they are
      denominated in Sterling or in any other currency, and set-off or transfer
      any sum standing to the credit of any one or more such accounts in or
      towards satisfaction of any moneys, obligations or liabilities covenanted
      to be paid by such Borrower or for which such Borrower is liable to such
      Finance Party under the Finance Documents and which, to the extent not
      then payable, shall automatically become payable to the extent necessary
      to effect such set-off. For this purpose each Finance Party is authorised
      to purchase with the moneys standing to the credit of such account such
      other currencies as may be necessary to effect such application. No
      Finance Party shall be obliged to exercise any right given to it by this
      clause 15.1. Each Finance Party shall notify the Agent promptly upon the
      exercise or purported exercise of any right of set-off in relation to any
      member of the Group giving full details in relation thereto and the Agent
      shall inform the other Finance Parties.

                                      113

<PAGE>

15.2  PRO-RATA PAYMENTS

      (a)   If at any time any Bank (the "RECOVERING BANK") receives or recovers
            any amount owing to it by any Borrower under this Agreement by
            direct payment, set-off or in any manner other than by payment
            through the Agent pursuant to clause 8.1 or 8.9 (not being a payment
            received from a Substitute in respect of such Bank's Contribution to
            any Facility or any other payment of an amount due to the Recovering
            Bank for its sole account pursuant to clauses 6.5, 7, 8.5, 13, 14.1
            or 14.2), the Recovering Bank shall, within two Banking Days of such
            receipt or recovery (a "RELEVANT RECEIPT"), notify the Agent of the
            amount of the Relevant Receipt. If the Relevant Receipt exceeds the
            amount which the Recovering Bank would have received if the Relevant
            Receipt had been received by the Agent and distributed pursuant to
            clause 8.1 or 8.9, as the case may be, then:

            (i)   within two Banking Days of demand by the Agent, the Recovering
                  Bank shall pay to the Agent an amount equal (or equivalent) to
                  the excess;

            (ii)  the Agent shall treat the excess amount so paid by the
                  Recovering Bank as if it were a payment made by the relevant
                  Borrower and shall distribute the same to the Banks (other
                  than the Recovering Bank) in accordance with clause 8.9; and

            (iii) as between the relevant Borrower and the Recovering Bank the
                  excess amount so re-distributed shall be treated as not having
                  been paid, but the obligations of the relevant Borrower to the
                  other Banks shall, to the extent of the amount so paid to the
                  Agent, be treated as discharged.

      (b)   If any part of the Relevant Receipt subsequently has to be wholly or
            partly refunded by the Recovering Bank (whether to a liquidator or
            otherwise) each Bank to which any part of such Relevant Receipt was
            so re-distributed shall on request from the Recovering Bank repay to
            the Recovering Bank such Bank's pro-rata share of the amount which
            has to be refunded by the Recovering Bank.

      (c)   Each Bank shall on request supply to the Agent such information as
            the Agent may from time to time request for the purpose of this
            clause 15.2.

      (d)   Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this clause 15.2 no
            Recovering Bank shall be obliged to share any Relevant Receipt which
            it receives or recovers pursuant to legal proceedings taken by it to
            recover any sums owing to it under this Agreement with any other
            party which has a legal right to, but does not, either join in such
            proceedings or commence and diligently pursue separate proceedings
            to enforce its rights in the same or another court (unless the
            proceedings instituted by the Recovering Bank are instituted by it
            in breach of clause 18.4).

                                      114

<PAGE>

15.3  NO RELEASE

      For the avoidance of doubt it is hereby declared that failure by any
      Recovering Bank to comply with the provisions of clause 15.2 shall not
      release any other Recovering Bank from any of its obligations or
      liabilities under clause 15.2.

15.4  NO CHARGE

      The provisions of this clause 15 shall not, and shall not be construed so
      as to, constitute a charge by a Bank over all or any part of a sum
      received or recovered by it in the circumstances mentioned in clause 15.2.

15.5  OTHER TRANSACTIONS

      For the avoidance of doubt monies received or recovered by an Ancillary
      Facilities Bank in respect of its Ancillary Facilities or by a Hedge
      Counterparty in respect of the Hedge Transactions shall not be brought
      into account under clause 15.2.

15.6  SHARING UNDER WORKING CAPITAL FACILITY AND THE ANCILLARY FACILITIES

      (a)   If the Enforcement Date occurs, each Working Capital Bank and each
            Ancillary Facilities Bank shall in accordance with this clause 15.6
            adjust by corresponding transfers (to the extent necessary) their
            claims in respect of amounts outstanding to them under the Working
            Capital Facility and the Ancillary Facilities so that after such
            transfers each such Working Capital Bank and Ancillary Facilities
            Bank shall have the same amount of (in the case of Ancillary
            Facilities, net) outstandings (including accrued interest and
            ancillary fees and charges) under the Working Capital Facility and
            the Ancillary Facilities pro rata corresponding to the proportion
            that the sum of such Bank's Working Capital Facility Commitment and
            Ancillary Commitment bears to the sum of the total Working Capital
            Facility Commitments and the total Ancillary Commitments, each as at
            the Enforcement Date.

      (b)   On the third Banking Day following the date the Agent notifies the
            Ancillary Facilities Banks that the Enforcement Date has occurred
            (such third Banking Day being the "RELEVANT DATE") each of the
            Ancillary Facilities Banks shall notify the Agent in writing of the
            amount of its Ancillary Facilities Liabilities as at the close of
            business on the date of receipt of such notification, such amount to
            take account of any clearing of debits which were entered into the
            clearing system of such Ancillary Facilities Bank prior to such
            notification and any amounts credited to the relevant accounts prior
            to such close of business.

      (c)   On receipt of the information referred to in clause 15.6(b), the
            Agent will promptly determine what adjustment payments (if any)
            would be necessary as between the Working Capital Banks and
            Ancillary Facilities Banks in order to ensure that, following such
            adjustment payments, the requirements of clause 15.6(a) are
            achieved.

                                      115

<PAGE>

      (d)   The Agent will notify all the Banks as soon as practicable of its
            determinations pursuant to this clause 15.6 giving details of the
            requisite adjustment payments to be made. Such adjustment payments
            shall be payable in appropriate amounts (as calculated by the Agent)
            by each Ancillary Facilities Bank and/or each Working Capital Bank,
            as the case may be, and shall be made to the Agent within three
            Banking Days following receipt by such Ancillary Facilities Bank or
            such Working Capital Bank, as the case may be, of such notification
            from the Agent. The adjustment payments received by the Agent shall
            be distributed among the Ancillary Facilities Banks and/or the
            Working Capital Banks in order to satisfy the requirements of clause
            15.6(a).

      (e)   If at any time following the Relevant Date (and after any relevant
            initial adjustment payments referred to in clause 15.6(d)), the
            amount of outstandings of any Working Capital Bank or Ancillary
            Facilities Bank used in the Agent's calculation of the adjustments
            required should vary for any reason (including where any amount of
            contingent liabilities previously taken into account in calculating
            such Bank's outstandings at any relevant time is finally discharged
            without such Bank actually incurring liabilities to the extent of
            the amount so included), further adjustment payments shall be made
            on the same basis (mutatis mutandis) provided for in clauses 15.6(b)
            and (d).

      (f)   In respect of any amount paid by an Ancillary Facilities Bank or a
            Working Capital Bank (the "PAYING BANK") pursuant to either of
            clauses 15.6(d) or (e), as between the relevant Borrower and the
            Paying Bank, the amount so paid shall be immediately due and payable
            by the relevant Borrower to the Paying Bank but the payment
            obligations of the Borrower to the Ancillary Facilities Bank or such
            Working Capital Bank, as the case may be, which received such
            payment shall be treated as correspondingly reduced by the amount of
            such payment.

      (g)   Each Ancillary Facilities Bank and each Working Capital Bank shall
            on request supply to the Agent such information as the Agent may
            from time to time request for the purpose of this clause 15.6.

      (h)   If an Ancillary Facilities Bank has the benefit of any Encumbrance
            securing any of its Ancillary Facilities, the realisations from such
            security when enforced shall either (i) reduce the amount of its
            outstandings for the purposes of this clause 15.6 or (ii) will be
            treated as an amount recovered by such Ancillary Facilities Bank in
            its capacity as a Bank which is subject to pro-rata sharing
            arrangements in clause 15.2, to the intent that such realisations
            should benefit all Banks pro-rata.

16    ASSIGNMENT, SUBSTITUTION AND LENDING OFFICES

16.1  BENEFIT AND BURDEN

      This Agreement shall be binding upon, and enure for the benefit of, the
      Finance Parties and the Borrowers and their respective successors.

                                      116

<PAGE>

16.2  NO ASSIGNMENT BY THE BORROWERS

      The Borrowers may not assign or otherwise transfer any of their respective
      rights or obligations under any of the Finance Documents.

16.3  SUBSTITUTION

      Each Bank (an "EXISTING BANK") may (subject to clause 16.9) transfer, by
      way of novation (but not by way of assignment or otherwise, save that any
      Bank which is a special purpose entity under collateralised debt
      obligation securitisation arrangements may assign by way of security its
      rights in respect of the Facilities as part of such arrangements), all or
      any part of its rights, benefits and/or obligations under this Agreement
      to another person (a "SUBSTITUTE"):

      (a)   with the consent of the Fronting Bank (in the case of the Working
            Capital Facility) and until the Second Syndication Completion Date,
            after consultation with Newco 2, but without the consent of Newco 2
            or the other Obligors;

      (b)   thereafter, with the consent of the Fronting Bank (in the case of
            the Working Capital Facility) and after obtaining the prior written
            consent of Newco 2 (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or
            delayed) but without the consent of any other party; or

      (c)   at any time, with the consent of the Fronting Bank (in the case of
            the Working Capital Facility) but without any consultation with or
            consent from Newco 2 (in the case of a transfer to another Bank or
            to a Bank Affiliate of a Bank).

      Any such novation shall be effected upon not less than 5 Banking Days'
      prior notice by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Substitution
      Certificate duly executed by the Existing Bank and the Substitute. On the
      Transfer Effective Date (as specified and defined in a Substitution
      Certificate so executed and delivered), to the extent that the Commitments
      and Contributions of the Existing Bank are expressed in a Substitution
      Certificate to be the subject of the novation in favour of the Substitute
      effected pursuant to this clause 16.3, by virtue of the counter-signature
      of the Substitution Certificate by the Agent (for itself and the other
      parties to this Agreement) and by virtue of the recording of such
      transfers in the Register (as defined in clause 16.11):

      (a)   the existing parties to this Agreement and the Existing Bank shall
            be released from their respective obligations towards one another
            under this Agreement ("DISCHARGED OBLIGATIONS") and their respective
            rights against one another under this Agreement ("DISCHARGED
            RIGHTS") shall be cancelled;

      (b)   the Substitute party to the relevant Substitution Certificate and
            the existing parties to this Agreement (other than such Existing
            Bank) shall assume obligations towards each other which differ from
            the discharged obligations only insofar as they are owed to or
            assumed by such Substitute instead of to or by such Existing Bank;
            and

                                      117

<PAGE>

      (c)   the Substitute party to the relevant Substitution Certificate and
            the existing parties to this Agreement (other than such Existing
            Bank) shall acquire rights against each other which differ from the
            discharged rights only insofar as they are exercisable by or against
            such Substitute instead of by or against such Existing Bank;

      and, on such Transfer Effective Date, the Substitute shall (unless such
      novation is part of the primary syndication process carried out by the
      Arrangers) pay to the Agent for its own account a fee of (pound)1,000. The
      Agent shall promptly notify the other Banks and Newco 2 of the receipt by
      it of any Substitution Certificate.

16.4  RELIANCE ON SUBSTITUTION CERTIFICATE

      The Agent (on behalf of itself and the Security Agent and the Borrowers)
      shall be fully entitled to rely on any Substitution Certificate delivered
      to the Agent in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this clause 16
      which is complete and regular on its face as regards its contents and
      purportedly signed on behalf of the relevant Existing Bank and the
      Substitute and none of the Agent, the Security Agent and the Borrowers
      shall have any liability or responsibility to any party as a consequence
      of placing reliance on and acting in accordance with any such Substitution
      Certificate if it proves to be the case that the same was not authentic or
      duly authorised.

16.5  AUTHORISATION OF AGENT

      Each party to this Agreement irrevocably authorises the Agent to
      counter-sign each Substitution Certificate on its behalf for the purposes
      of clause 16.3 without any further consent of, or consultation with, such
      party.

16.6  CONSTRUCTION OF CERTAIN REFERENCES

      If any Bank novates all or any part of its rights, benefits and
      obligations as provided in clause 16.3 all relevant references in this
      Agreement to such Bank shall thereafter be construed as a reference to
      such Bank and/or its Substitute to the extent of their respective
      interests. If a Bank which novates all of its rights, benefits and
      obligations as provided in clause 16.3 is an Ancillary Facilities Bank or
      a Hedge Counterparty at the time of such novation, it shall,
      notwithstanding such novation, remain an Ancillary Facilities Bank or a
      Hedge Counterparty (as the case may be) in respect of those Ancillary
      Facilities or those Hedge Transactions (as the case may be) which it
      entered into while it was a Bank and shall remain a party to this
      Agreement in such capacity or capacities.

16.7  LENDING OFFICES

      Each Bank shall lend through its office at the address specified in
      schedule 1 or, as the case may be, in any relevant Substitution
      Certificate or through any other office of such Bank selected from time to
      time by such Bank through which such Bank wishes to lend for the purposes
      of this Agreement but subject to clause 16.10. If the office through which
      a Bank is lending is changed pursuant to this clause 16.7, such Bank shall
      notify the Agent promptly of such change.

                                      118

<PAGE>

16.8  DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION

      (a)   Any Bank may disclose to (a) a prospective transferee, (b) any other
            person who may propose entering into contractual relations with such
            Bank in relation to this Agreement or (c) any person to whom
            information may be required to be disclosed by any applicable law or
            any regulatory authority or (d) Standard & Poor's Ratings Group,
            Moody's Investor Service, Inc., Fitch, Inc. or another
            internationally recognised rating agency such information obtained
            under this Agreement about Newco 2, the other Acquisition Parties
            and the Group as such Bank shall consider appropriate provided that,
            in relation to a disclosure under (a) and (b) above, the person to
            whom such information is to be given has entered into a
            confidentiality undertaking in the standard form from time to time
            of the Loan Market Association.

      (b)   Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document, each
            party to any Finance Document (and any of its officers, directors,
            employees, representatives, professional advisers, or other agents)
            may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind:

            (i)   the tax treatment and tax structure (each as defined below) of
                  the Facilities; and

            (ii)  all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax
                  analyses) that are provided to such party relating to such tax
                  treatment or tax structure.

            For the purposes of this clause 16.8 the "TAX TREATMENT" of the
            Facilities is the purported or claimed U.S. Federal income tax
            treatment of the Facilities, and the "TAX STRUCTURE" of the
            Facilities is any fact that may be relevant to understanding the
            purported or claimed U.S. Federal income tax treatment of the
            Facilities".

16.9  DETAILS OF NOVATIONS

      (a)   Other than the Amendment Underwriters or with the prior written
            consent of the Amendment Underwriters, no Bank may transfer, by way
            of novation, all or any part of its rights, benefits and/or
            obligations under this Agreement (other than to a Bank Affiliate or
            to an Amendment Underwriter) until the Second Syndication Completion
            Date. Thereafter, novations of each of the Tranches or Facilities
            may be made separately.

      (b)   Where a Bank novates part of its rights, benefits and obligations in
            respect of any Tranche or Facility pursuant to clause 16.3, that
            Bank must novate equal fractions of its Commitments and
            Contributions (if any) in respect of the relevant Tranche or
            Facility being novated and, if at the time when such novation takes
            effect more than one Drawing is outstanding under such Tranche or
            Facility, the novation of its Contributions shall take effect in
            respect of the same fraction of each Drawing.

                                      119

<PAGE>

      (c)   The Substitution Certificate relating to any such novation shall be
            completed accordingly.

      (d)   No novation shall be effected if, as a consequence of that novation
            (or as a consequence of that and any other novation between the same
            or related parties taking effect at or about the same time), the
            combined Commitments and Contributions of a Bank would be less than
            approximately (pound)5,000,000 (or, in the case of a Bank which only
            has Commitments and Contributions in respect of Facility B,
            (pound)2,000,000) (unless such Bank is novating all of its
            Commitments and Contributions), provided, however, that for these
            purposes persons that are Bank Affiliates of each other shall be
            treated together as one Bank so that individual Bank Affiliates may
            have total Commitments of less than (pound)5,000,000 (or, as the
            case may be, (pound)2,000,000) if the total Commitments of all such
            Bank Affiliates together are at least (pound)5,000,000 (or, if all
            such Bank Affiliates only have Commitments and Contributions in
            respect of Facility B, (pound)2,000,000).

16.10 NO ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS

      If any Bank changes its lending office or assigns all or any part of its
      rights or benefits or transfers all or any part of its obligations under
      this Agreement and at the effective date of such change of office transfer
      or assignment any additional amounts would, but for this clause 16.10, be
      payable by a Borrower under clauses 8.5 (grossing up) or 14.2 (increased
      costs), then the obligations of such Borrower under such clauses to such
      Bank or the assignee, transferee or Substitute (as the case may be) shall
      not, unless such Borrower has consented otherwise, exceed what such
      Borrower's obligations would have been (calculated rateably in the case of
      a partial transfer or assignment) had no such change of office, transfer
      or assignment taken place.

16.11 THE REGISTER

      (a)   The Agent, acting as the agent of the Borrowers for the purposes of
            clause 16.3, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each
            Substitution Certificate delivered to it and a register for the
            recordation of the names and addresses of the Banks, the Commitments
            and Contributions of, and principal amount of the Advances owing to,
            each Bank pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the
            "REGISTER"). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and
            the Borrowers, the Agent and the Banks may treat each person whose
            name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a
            Bank hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding
            notice to the contrary.

      (b)   Upon its receipt of a duly completed Substitution Certificate
            executed by an Existing Bank and a Substitute, and, if applicable,
            the fee referred to in clause 16.3, the Agent shall accept such
            Substitution Certificate and record the information contained
            therein in the Register. No transfer shall be effective for purposes
            of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as
            provided in this clause 16.11.

                                      120

<PAGE>

16.12 BANK AFFILIATES

      (a)   It is agreed that notwithstanding any other provision of this
            Agreement, a Bank may elect to fulfil its Commitment in respect of
            any relevant Facility in respect of Drawings by a Borrower by
            performing its obligations under this Agreement through a different
            lending office or by joining a Bank Affiliate of such Bank as a
            party to this Agreement for this purpose in the manner provided for
            in clause 16.12(b). Having so joined such Bank Affiliate such Bank
            and such Bank Affiliate will be treated as having a single
            Commitment for the purposes of the relevant Facility but, for all
            other purposes other than mentioned in clauses 16.12(b) and
            16.12(c), will each be treated as Banks.

      (b)   A Bank may provide for a different lending office to participate in
            certain Drawings in the manner contemplated in clause 16.12(a) by
            giving notice to this effect under clause 16.7. A Bank may provide
            for a Bank Affiliate to participate in such Drawing in such manner
            by:

            (i)   joining the relevant Bank Affiliate in as a Bank by means of a
                  Substitution Certificate in accordance with clause 16.3 (for
                  which purpose the Bank (as the "EXISTING BANK") and the Bank
                  Affiliate (as the "SUBSTITUTE") shall adopt, as a single
                  Commitment, such Bank's Commitment in respect of the relevant
                  Facility); and

            (ii)  giving notice to the Agent and Newco 2, detailing in
                  accordance with the relevant Substitution Certificate the
                  Drawings in which such Bank Affiliate will participate,

            in which event that Bank and its Bank Affiliate:

                  (A)   will be treated as having a single Commitment, but, for
                        all other purposes other than that mentioned in clause
                        16.12(c), will be treated as separate Banks; and

                  (B)   shall participate in Drawings as contemplated by the
                        notice given pursuant to clause 16.12(b)(ii).

      (c)   For the purposes of:

            (i)   compliance with clause 16.3 and

            (ii)  voting in connection with this Agreement or any other Finance
                  Document,

            each Bank and its Bank Affiliate will be regarded as a single Bank.

17    APPOINTMENT OF AGENT AND SECURITY AGENT

17.1  APPOINTMENT

                                      121

<PAGE>

      Each Bank irrevocably appoints the Agent as its agent for the purposes of
      this Agreement and each Finance Party irrevocably appoints the Security
      Agent as its trustee for the purposes of the Security Documents and
      irrevocably authorises the Agent and the Security Agent (as appropriate)
      in such capacities:

      (a)   to execute each of the Security Documents and all such further
            documents as may be approved by the Majority Banks for execution by
            the Security Agent;

      (b)   (whether or not by or through employees or agents) to take such
            action on such Bank's or, as the case may be, such Finance Party's
            behalf and to exercise such rights, remedies, powers and discretions
            as are specifically delegated to the Agent or, as the case may be,
            the Security Agent by this Agreement or, as the case may be, the
            Security Documents, together with such powers and discretions as are
            reasonably incidental thereto (but subject to any restrictions or
            limitations specified in this Agreement and/or, as the case may be,
            the Security Documents). Neither the Agent, the Arrangers nor the
            Security Agent shall, however, have any duties, obligations or
            liabilities (whether fiduciary or otherwise) to the other Finance
            Parties beyond those expressly stated in this Agreement and/or (in
            the case of the Security Agent) the Security Documents; and

      (c)   to accept on behalf of the Finance Parties the terms of any reliance
            letter or engagement letter relating to the Reports or any reports
            or letter provided by the report providers in connection with the
            Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated therein
            (including any net asset letter in connection with financial
            assistance procedures) and to bind the Finance Parties in respect of
            such Reports, reports or letters and to sign such letters on their
            behalf and each Finance Party further confirms that it accepts the
            terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

      Notwithstanding that the Agent and the Security Agent may from time to
      time be the same entity, the Agent and Security Agent have entered into
      this Agreement in their separate capacities as agent for the Banks under
      and pursuant to this Agreement and as security trustee for the Finance
      Parties to hold the security created or to be created by the Security
      Documents on the terms set out in the Security Documents and/or in this
      Agreement. However, where this Agreement provides for the Agent to
      communicate with or provide instructions to the Security Agent, while the
      Agent and the Security Agent are the same entity it will not be necessary
      for there to be any such formal communications or instructions
      notwithstanding that this Agreement provides in certain cases for the same
      to be in writing.

17.2  AGENT'S AND SECURITY AGENT'S ACTIONS

      Any action taken by the Agent or the Security Agent under or in relation
      to this Agreement and/or any Security Document with requisite authority,
      or on the basis of appropriate instructions, received from the Majority
      Banks (or as otherwise duly authorised) shall be binding on all the Banks
      (in respect of action

                                      122

<PAGE>

      taken by the Agent) and all the Finance Parties (in respect of action
      taken by the Security Agent).

17.3  AGENT'S DUTIES

      The Agent shall:

      (a)   promptly notify each Bank of the contents of each notice,
            certificate or other document received by the Agent under or
            pursuant to clause 10;

      (b)   consult with the Banks and the other Finance Parties as to whether
            and, if so, how a discretion vested in the Security Agent is, either
            in any particular instance or generally, to be exercised but so that
            this shall not prevent the Security Agent, in exceptional
            circumstances where time does not permit such consultation and
            urgent action is required, from exercising its rights and powers to
            preserve the security constituted by the Security Documents so long
            as the Security Agent promptly notifies the other Finance Parties
            subsequently of such exercise; and

      (c)   (subject to the other provisions of this clause 17) take such action
            or, as the case may be, refrain from taking such action with respect
            to the exercise of any of its rights, remedies, powers and
            discretions as agent or security trustee, as the Majority Banks may
            reasonably direct.

17.4  AGENT'S AND SECURITY AGENT'S RIGHTS

      The Agent or, in respect of the Security Documents, the Security Agent
      may:

      (a)   in the exercise of any right, remedy, power or discretion in
            relation to any matter, or in any context, not expressly provided
            for by this Agreement, act or, as the case may be, refrain from
            acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Banks,
            and shall be fully protected in so doing;

      (b)   unless and until it shall have received directions from the Majority
            Banks, take such action, or refrain from taking such action, in
            respect of a Default of which the Agent or, as the case may be, the
            Security Agent has actual knowledge as it shall deem advisable in
            the best interests of the Banks (but shall not be obliged to do so);

      (c)   refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of the
            Majority Banks to institute any legal proceedings arising out of or
            in connection with this Agreement and/or the Security Documents
            until it has been indemnified and/or secured to its satisfaction
            against any and all costs, expenses or liabilities (including legal
            fees) which it would or might incur as a result;

      (d)   deem and treat (i) each Bank as the person entitled to the benefit
            of the Contributions of such Bank for all purposes of this Agreement
            and the Security Documents unless and until a Substitution
            Certificate shall have been filed with the Agent and shall have
            become effective, and (ii) the office set opposite the name of each
            Bank in schedule 1 or, as the case

                                      123

<PAGE>

            may be, in any relevant Substitution Certificate as such Bank's
            lending office unless and until a written notice of change of
            lending office shall have been received by the Agent; and the Agent
            or, as the case may be, the Security Agent may act upon any such
            notice unless and until the same is superseded by a further such
            notice;

      (e)   rely as to matters of fact which might reasonably be expected to be
            within the knowledge of any Borrower upon a certificate signed by
            any director of such Borrower on behalf of such Borrower; and

      (f)   refrain from doing anything which would, or might in its opinion, be
            contrary to any law or regulation of any jurisdiction and may do
            anything which is in its opinion necessary or desirable to comply
            with any such law or regulation.

17.5  NO LIABILITY OF ARRANGERS, SECURITY AGENT AND AGENT

      None of the Arranger, the Security Agent, the Agent or any of their
      respective employees and agents shall:

      (a)   be obliged to request any certificate or opinion under any provision
            of the Finance Documents or to make any enquiry as to the use of the
            proceeds of the Facilities unless (in the case of the Agent) so
            required in writing by any Bank, in which case the Agent shall
            promptly make the appropriate request of Newco 2; or

      (b)   be obliged to make any enquiry as to any breach or default by any
            Borrower or any Acquisition Party or any other member of the Group
            in the performance or observance of any of the provisions of any
            Finance Document or as to the existence of a Default unless (in the
            case of the Agent) the Agent has actual knowledge thereof or has
            been notified in writing thereof by a Bank, in which case the Agent
            shall promptly notify the Banks of the relevant event or
            circumstance; or

      (c)   be obliged to enquire whether or not any representation or warranty
            made by any Borrower or any Acquisition Party or any other member of
            the Group pursuant to any Finance Document is true; or

      (d)   be obliged to do anything (including, without limitation, disclosing
            any document or information) which would, or might in its opinion,
            be contrary to any law or regulation or be a breach of any duty of
            confidentiality or otherwise be actionable or render it liable to
            any person; or

      (e)   be obliged to account to any Finance Party for any sum or the profit
            element of any sum received by it for its own account; or

      (f)   be obliged to institute any legal proceedings arising out of or in
            connection with, or otherwise take steps to enforce, any Finance
            Document (and in the case of the Security Agent in respect of the

                                      124

<PAGE>

            Security Documents) other than on the instructions of the Majority
            Banks; or

      (g)   be liable to any Finance Party for any action taken or omitted under
            or in connection with any Finance Document or the Facilities unless
            caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

      For the avoidance of doubt, the Security Agent shall not be obliged to
      become a mortgagee or heritable creditor in possession.

      For the purposes of this clause 17 the Agent and the Security Agent shall
      not be treated as having actual knowledge of any matter of which the
      corporate finance or any other division outside the agency department of
      the person for the time being acting as the Agent or, as appropriate,
      Security Agent may become aware in the context of corporate finance,
      advisory or lending activities from time to time undertaken by the Agent
      or, as appropriate, Security Agent for the Borrowers or any of their
      Subsidiaries or Affiliates or associated companies or any other person
      which may be a trade competitor of the Group or any member of it or may
      otherwise have commercial interests similar to those of the Group or any
      member of it.

17.6  NON-RELIANCE ON ARRANGERS, SECURITY AGENT OR AGENT

      Each Finance Party acknowledges, by virtue of its execution of this
      Agreement or, as the case may be, a Substitution Certificate, that it has
      not relied on any statement, opinion, forecast or other representation
      (including, without limitation, anything contained in the Information
      Memorandum) made by the Arrangers, the Security Agent or the Agent to
      induce it to enter into this Agreement or any other Finance Document and
      that it has made and will continue to make, without reliance on the Agent,
      the Security Agent or the Arrangers and based on such documents as it
      considers appropriate, its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of each
      Borrower and the Group and its own independent investigation of the
      financial condition, prospects and affairs of each Borrower and the Group
      in connection with the making and continuation of the Facilities under
      this Agreement and the other Finance Documents. None of the Arrangers, the
      Security Agent or the Agent shall at any time be deemed to have had or
      have any duty or responsibility, either historically, initially or on a
      continuing basis, to provide any Finance Party with any credit or other
      information with respect to any Borrower or any other member of the Group
      whether coming into its possession before the making of any Drawing or at
      any time or times thereafter, other than (in the case of the Agent) as
      provided in clauses 17.3(a) and 17.5(a).

17.7  NO RESPONSIBILITY ON ARRANGERS, SECURITY AGENT OR AGENT FOR CERTAIN
      MATTERS

      None of the Arrangers, the Security Agent nor the Agent shall have any
      responsibility or liability to any Finance Party:

      (a)   on account of the failure of any member of the Group or any
            Acquisition Party to perform any of its obligations under any of the
            Finance Documents; or

                                      125

<PAGE>

      (b)   for the financial condition of any member of the Group or any
            Acquisition Party; or

      (c)   for the completeness, adequacy or accuracy of any statements,
            representations or warranties in the Information Package or any of
            the Finance Documents or any document delivered under any of such
            documents; or

      (d)   for the execution, effectiveness, adequacy, genuineness, validity,
            enforceability or admissibility in evidence of the Finance Documents
            or of any certificate, report or other document executed or
            delivered under any of the Finance Documents; or

      (e)   to ascertain whether all deeds and documents which should have been
            deposited with it under or pursuant to any of the Security Documents
            have been so deposited; or

      (f)   to investigate or make any enquiry into the title of the Charging
            Group to any of the Charged Assets; or

      (g)   for the failure to register any of the Security Documents with the
            Registrar of Companies, the Patent Office, H.M. Land Registry, the
            Trade Marks Registry or any other public office; or

      (h)   for the failure to register any of the Security Documents in
            accordance with the provisions of the documents of title of the
            Charging Group to any of the Charged Assets; or

      (i)   for the failure to effect or procure the registration of any
            floating charge created by any of the Security Documents by
            registering under the Land Registration Act 1925 any notice, caution
            or other entry prescribed by or pursuant to the provisions of the
            said Act against any land for the time being forming part of the
            security; or

      (j)   for the failure to take or require Newco 2, any other Borrower or
            any other member of the Charging Group to take any steps to render
            any of the Security Documents effective as regards property or
            assets outside England or Wales or to secure the creation of any
            ancillary charge under the laws of the jurisdiction concerned; or

      (k)   (save as otherwise provided in this clause 17) for taking or
            omitting to take any other action under or in relation to the
            Security Documents or any aspect thereof; or

      (l)   in the case of the Arrangers and the Agent, on account of the
            failure of the Security Agent to perform or discharge any of its
            duties or obligations under the Security Documents; or

      (m)   (save as otherwise provided in this clause 17) otherwise in
            connection with the Facilities or their negotiation or for acting
            (or, as the case may be, refraining from acting) in accordance with
            the instructions of the Majority Banks.

                                      126

<PAGE>

17.8  RELIANCE ON DOCUMENTS AND PROFESSIONAL ADVICE

      The Arrangers, the Security Agent and the Agent shall be entitled to rely
      on any communication, instrument or document believed by it to be genuine
      and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper person and shall
      be entitled to rely as to legal or other professional matters on opinions
      and statements of any legal or other professional advisers selected or
      approved by it (including those in the Agent's or, as the case may be, the
      Security Agent's employment).

17.9  OTHER DEALINGS

      The Arrangers, the Security Agent and the Agent may, without any liability
      to account to the other Finance Parties, accept deposits from, lend money
      to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, be
      the owner or holder of any shares or other securities of, and provide
      advisory or other services to, Newco 2 or any Acquisition Party or any of
      their respective Subsidiaries, Affiliates or associated companies or any
      of the Finance Parties as if it were not an Arranger, the Security Agent
      or the Agent, as the case may be.

17.10 RIGHTS OF AGENT AND SECURITY AGENT AS BANK; NO PARTNERSHIP

      With respect to its own Commitments and Contributions (if any) each of the
      Agent and the Security Agent shall have the same rights and powers under
      this Agreement and the Security Documents as any other Bank and may
      exercise the same as though it were not performing the duties and
      functions delegated to it under this Agreement and/or the Security
      Documents and the term "Banks" shall, unless the context clearly otherwise
      indicates, include the Agent and the Security Agent in their individual
      capacities as Banks. This Agreement shall not and shall not be construed
      so as to constitute a partnership between the parties or any of them.

17.11 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

      (a)   Majority Bank matters

            Subject to clause 17.11(b), (c) and (e) the Agent may, with the
            consent of the Majority Banks (or if and to the extent expressly
            authorised by the other provisions of this Agreement) and, if so
            instructed by the Majority Banks, shall: (i) agree amendments or
            modifications to this Agreement with Newco 2 (on behalf of all the
            Borrowers) and/or vary or waive breaches of, or defaults under, or
            otherwise excuse performance of, any provision of this Agreement by
            any Borrower; and/or (ii) authorise the Security Agent (on behalf of
            the Finance Parties) to agree amendments or modifications to the
            Security Documents with Newco 2 (on behalf of all members of the
            Charging Group) and/or vary or waive breaches of, or defaults under,
            or otherwise excuse performance of, any provision of any of the
            Security Documents by any member of the Charging Group.

            Any such action so authorised and effected by the Agent shall be
            documented in such manner as the Agent shall (with the approval of
            the Majority Banks) determine, shall be promptly notified to the
            Banks by

                                      127

<PAGE>

            the Agent and (without prejudice to the generality of clause 17.2)
            shall be binding on all the Banks.

      (b)   All Bank matters; security

            Except with the prior written consent of all the Banks, the Agent
            shall not have authority on behalf of the Banks to authorise the
            Security Agent to agree amendments or modifications to the Security
            Documents with the members of the Charging Group (or Newco 2 on
            their behalf) and/or vary or waive breaches of, or defaults under,
            or otherwise excuse performance of, any provision of any of the
            Security Documents by any member of the Charging Group if the effect
            of such would be to (i) release any member of the Charging Group
            from the security constituted by any Security Document (provided
            that where such release of a member of the Charging Group arises as
            a result of a permitted disposal of such member pursuant to clause
            10.6(f), no such consent of the Banks shall be required), (ii)
            release any of the Charged Assets from the security constituted by
            any Security Document other than any such release as part of a
            disposal which is not restricted by the terms of this Agreement,
            (iii) release any member of the Charging Group from any of its
            guarantee or other assurance obligations under any of the Security
            Documents or (iv) agree with Newco 2 or any other member of the
            Charging Group any amendment of, or action in relation to, any of
            the Security Documents which would have the effect of (x) extending
            the due date or reducing the amount of any payment under any
            Security Document or (y) changing the currency in which any amount
            is payable under any Security Document.

      (c)   All Bank matters; general

            Except with the prior written consent of all the Banks, the Agent
            shall not have authority on behalf of the Banks to agree with any
            Borrower any amendment or modification to this Agreement or to vary
            or waive breaches of or defaults under or otherwise excuse
            performance of any provision of this Agreement by any Borrower, if
            the effect of such would be to (i) reduce the applicable Margin,
            (ii) postpone the due date or reduce the amount of any scheduled
            payment of principal, interest, commitment commission or other
            amount payable by any Borrower under this Agreement, (iii) change
            the currency in which any amount is payable by any Borrower under
            this Agreement, (iv) increase any Bank's Commitments, (v) extend any
            period during which a Drawdown Notice may be delivered (other than
            in respect of the Second Tranches, where only the consent of the
            Amendment Underwriters is required), (vi) change the definition of
            "Majority Banks" in clause 1.1, (vii) change any provision of this
            Agreement which expressly requires the approval or consent of all
            the Banks such that the relevant approval or consent may be given
            otherwise than with the sanction of all the Banks, (viii) change the
            order of distribution under clause 8.9, (ix) change clause 15.2 or
            (x) change this clause 17.11.

      (d)   Deeds of adherence

                                      128

<PAGE>

            For the purposes of this clause 17.11 it is expressly agreed and
            acknowledged that the execution of a guarantee and/or deed of
            adherence by a new Subsidiary or other charging company or any deed
            or instrument pursuant to a further assurance provision in this
            Agreement or the Security Documents shall not constitute an
            amendment or modification to, or variation of, any of the Security
            Documents.

      (e)   Facility B Banks Matters

            Except with the prior written consent of all of the Facility B
            Banks, the Facility Agent shall not have the authority on behalf of
            the Banks to agree with Newco 2 any amendment, modification or
            waiver if the effect of that would be to change clause 6.7(i) or
            this clause 17.11(e).

17.12 REIMBURSEMENT AND INDEMNITY BY BANKS

      Each Bank shall reimburse the Arrangers, the Security Agent and the Agent
      (rateably in accordance with its Commitments), to the extent that the
      Arrangers, the Security Agent or the Agent is not reimbursed by any
      Borrower, for the costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Arrangers,
      the Security Agent and the Agent in connection with the preparation and
      distribution of the Information Memorandum and advertising in connection
      with this Agreement as agreed between Newco 2 and the Arrangers and/or in
      contemplation of, or otherwise in connection with, the enforcement or
      attempted enforcement of, or the preservation or attempted preservation of
      any rights under, or in carrying out its duties under ann of the Finance
      Documents including (in each case) the fees and expenses of legal or other
      professional advisers. Each Bank shall on demand indemnify the Agent and
      the Security Agent (rateably in accordance with its Commitments) against
      all liabilities, damages, costs and claims whatsoever incurred by the
      Agent or the Security Agent in connection with any of the Finance
      Documents or the performance of its duties under the Finance Documents or
      any action taken or omitted by the Agent or the Security Agent under any
      of the Finance Documents, unless such liabilities, damages, costs or
      claims arise from the Agent's or, as the case may be, the Security Agent's
      own gross negligence or wilful misconduct. Each Borrower shall
      counter-indemnify the Banks against all payments by them under this clause
      17.12.

17.13 RETIREMENT OF AGENT AND SECURITY AGENT

      (a)   The Agent and the Security Agent may (following consultation with
            Newco 2) retire from its appointment as Agent or Security Agent
            respectively under this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement
            and, in the case of the Security Agent, the Security Documents
            having given to Newco 2 and each of the Banks (and, in the case of
            the Security Agent, the other Finance Parties) not less than 30
            days' notice of its intention to do so, provided that no such
            retirement shall take effect unless there has been appointed by the
            Banks as a successor agent or successor security trustee, as the
            case may be:

            (i)   a Bank nominated by the Majority Banks or, failing such a
                  nomination,

                                      129

<PAGE>

            (ii)  any reputable and experienced bank or financial institution
                  with offices in London nominated by the Agent or the Security
                  Agent.

            Any corporation into which the Agent or the Security Agent may be
            merged or converted or any corporation with which the Agent or the
            Security Agent may be consolidated or any corporation resulting from
            any merger, conversion, amalgamation, consolidation or other
            reorganisation to which the Agent or the Security Agent shall be a
            party shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be the
            successor Agent or, as the case may be, Security Agent under this
            Agreement and the Security Documents (as appropriate) without the
            execution or filing of any document or any further act on the part
            of any of the parties to this Agreement or, as the case may be, the
            Security Documents save that notice of any such merger, conversion,
            amalgamation, consolidation or other reorganisation shall forthwith
            be given to Newco 2 and the Finance Parties.

      (b)   Upon any such successor as aforesaid being appointed, the retiring
            Agent or Security Agent shall be discharged from any further
            obligation under this Agreement and, in the case of the Security
            Agent, the Security Documents (but shall continue to have the
            benefit of this clause 17 in respect of any action it has taken or
            refrained from taking prior to such discharge) and its successor and
            each of the other parties to this Agreement or, as the case may be,
            the Security Documents shall have the same rights and obligations
            among themselves as they would have had if such successor had been a
            party to this Agreement or, as the case may be, the Security
            Documents in place of the retiring Agent or Security Agent. The
            retiring Agent or Security Agent shall (at the expense of Newco 2)
            provide its successor with copies of such of its records as its
            successor reasonably requires to carry out its functions as such.

      (c)   It is the intention that (except only as may be agreed in writing
            between any retiring Security Agent and its successor with the prior
            approval of the Majority Banks), upon the appointment of any
            successor to the Security Agent, the property, assets and rights
            vested in the retiring Security Agent pursuant to the Security
            Documents should, with immediate effect, be vested in such successor
            Security Agent under the provisions of the Trustee Act 1925, either
            by operation of law or, failing that, by assignment or other form of
            transfer or conveyance. At any time and from time to time following
            the appointment of any such successor to the Security Agent, the
            retiring Security Agent shall do and execute all acts, deeds and
            documents reasonably required by such successor in order to transfer
            to such successor Security Agent (or its nominee, as such successor
            may direct) any such property, assets and rights which shall not
            have vested in such successor by operation of law. All such acts,
            deeds and documents shall be done or, as the case may be, executed
            at the cost of the Borrowers.

17.14 CHANGE OF REFERENCE BANKS

                                      130

<PAGE>

      If (a) the whole of the Contributions (if any) of any Reference Bank are
      prepaid, (b) the Commitments (if any) of any Reference Bank are reduced to
      zero in accordance with clause 6.5 or 14.1, (c) a Reference Bank novates
      the whole of its rights and obligations (if any) as a Bank under this
      Agreement or (d) a Reference Bank ceases to provide quotations to the
      Agent upon request for the purposes of schedule 4 or for the purposes of
      determining LIBOR or EURIBOR (as the case may be) (where such quotations
      are required having regard to the definition of "LIBOR" or "EURIBOR" in
      clause 1.1) the Agent may, acting on the instructions of the Majority
      Banks, terminate the appointment of such Reference Bank and with the
      consent of Newco 2 (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or
      delayed) appoint another Bank to replace such Reference Bank.

17.15 DECLARATION OF TRUST

      The Security Agent hereby accepts its appointment under clause 17.1 as
      trustee of the Trust Property with effect from the date of this Agreement
      to hold the same on trust for itself and the other Finance Parties and to
      apply the same in accordance with the following respective claims:

      (a)   first, as to a sum equivalent to the amounts payable to the Security
            Agent under clause 17.20 and clauses 10.1 and 10.4 of the Group
            Debenture and any equivalent or similar provisions in any other
            Security Document from time to time (excluding any amounts received
            by the Security Agent pursuant to clause 17.12), for the Security
            Agent absolutely;

      (b)   secondly, as to a sum equivalent to the amounts standing to the
            credit of any Cash Collateral Accounts in respect of Ancillary
            Facilities Liabilities or otherwise standing to the credit of any
            accounts which have been netted against Ancillary Facilities
            Liabilities under the terms of the Ancillary Facilities Letters
            which operate on a net limit basis in each case from time to time
            and to the extent that for any reason the relevant Ancillary
            Facilities Banks are unable to apply such amounts in satisfaction of
            Ancillary Facilities Liabilities, for such relevant Ancillary
            Facilities Banks absolutely, pro-rata in respect of each such
            relevant Ancillary Facilities Bank;

      (c)   thirdly, as to a sum equivalent to the aggregate amount owing to the
            Finance Parties (other than the Security Agent and (to the extent
            that they are satisfied pursuant to clauses 17.15(b) and 17.22) the
            Ancillary Facilities Banks) under the Finance Documents and for the
            Finance Parties absolutely, and pro-rata (with the Security Agent
            obtaining a good discharge in respect of the amounts expressed to be
            due to the Arrangers, the Agent and the Banks under the terms of
            this Agreement by paying such amounts to the Agent for distribution
            in accordance with clause 8.9);

      (d)   fourthly, to such other persons (if any) as are legally entitled
            thereto in priority to the Borrowers and the Charging Subsidiaries;
            and

                                      131

<PAGE>

      (e)   fifthly, as to the balance (if any) for the Borrowers and the
            Charging Subsidiaries absolutely pro-rata to the respective amounts
            paid, received or recovered from each of them.

      The Security Agent shall make each such application and/or distribution as
      soon as is practicable after the relevant moneys are received by, or
      otherwise become available to, the Security Agent save that (without
      prejudice to any other provision contained in any of the Security
      Documents) the Security Agent (acting on the instructions of the Agent) or
      any receiver or an administrator may credit any moneys received by it to a
      suspense account for so long and in such manner as the Security Agent or
      such receiver or such administrator may from time to time determine with a
      view to preserving the rights of the Finance Parties or any of them to
      prove for the whole of their respective claims against the any Borrower or
      any other person liable.

17.16 PERPETUITIES

      The trusts constituted or evidenced in or by the Finance Documents shall
      remain in full force and effect until whichever is the earlier of:

      (a)   the expiration of a period of 80 years from the date of this
            Agreement; and

      (b)   receipt by the Security Agent, at any time when it is satisfied that
            all of the Charging Group are solvent, of confirmation in writing
            from each of the Finance Parties that there is no longer outstanding
            any Indebtedness (actual or contingent (unless such Indebtedness,
            being contingent, is fully cash collateralised to the satisfaction
            of the relevant Finance Party)), and no obligation on any Finance
            Party to make available any Indebtedness which is secured or
            guaranteed by or under any of the Security Documents or such later
            date on which all of the Security Documents have been released in
            accordance with their terms,

      and the parties to this Agreement declare that the perpetuity period
      applicable to the Security Documents shall for the purposes of the
      Perpetuities and Accumulations Act 1964 be the period of 80 years from the
      date of this Agreement.

17.17 POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE SECURITY AGENT AS TRUSTEE OF THE SECURITY

      In its capacity as trustee in relation to the Security Documents, the
      Security Agent:

      (a)   Powers generally: shall, without prejudice to any of the powers,
            discretions and immunities conferred upon trustees by law (and to
            the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or
            any of the Security Documents), have all the same powers and
            discretions as a natural person acting as the beneficial owner of
            such property and/or as are conferred upon the Security Agent by
            this Agreement and/or any Security Document but so that the Security
            Agent may only exercise such powers and discretions to the extent
            that it is authorised to do so by

                                      132

<PAGE>

            the provisions of this Agreement (including specifically, but
            without limitation, clause 17.3(b)) and, in exercising such powers
            and discretions, the Security Agent shall have regard to and comply
            with any applicable constraints and/or restrictions imposed by this
            Agreement (including specifically, but without limitation, by clause
            17.3(b));

      (b)   Power to invest: shall (subject to clause 17.15) be entitled (in its
            own name or in the names of nominees) to invest moneys from time to
            time forming part of the Trust Property or otherwise held by it as a
            consequence of any enforcement of the security constituted by the
            Security Documents which, in the opinion of the Security Agent, it
            would not be practicable to distribute immediately by placing the
            same on deposit in the name or under the control of the Security
            Agent as the Security Agent may think fit without being under any
            duty to diversify the same and the Security Agent shall not be
            responsible for any loss due to interest rate or exchange rate
            fluctuations;

      (c)   Interpretation of provisions by Security Agent: shall have full
            power to determine all questions and doubts arising in relation to
            the interpretation or application of any of the provisions of this
            Agreement or any of the Security Documents as it affects the
            Security Agent and every such determination, in the absence of
            manifest error, (whether made upon a question actually raised or
            implied in the acts or proceedings of the Security Agent) shall be
            conclusive and shall bind all the other parties to this Agreement
            and the Security Documents;

      (d)   Power to engage agents: may, in the conduct of its obligations under
            and in respect of the Security Documents (otherwise than in relation
            to its right to make any declaration, determination or decision),
            instead of acting personally, employ and pay any agent (whether
            being a lawyer, chartered accountant or any other person) to
            transact or concur in transacting any business and to do or concur
            in doing any acts required to be done by the Security Agent
            (including the receipt and payment of money) and on the basis that
            (i) any such agent engaged in any profession or business shall be
            entitled to be paid all usual professional and other charges for
            business transacted and acts done by him or any partner or employee
            of his in connection with such employment and (ii) the Security
            Agent shall not be bound to supervise, or be responsible for any
            loss incurred by reason of any act or omission of, any such agent if
            the Security Agent shall have exercised reasonable care in the
            selection of such agent (which, without limitation, shall
            conclusively be deemed to be the case in respect of any agent
            approved in writing by the Majority Banks); and

      (e)   Deposit of documents: may place all deeds, certificates and other
            documents relating to the property and assets subject to the
            Security Documents which are from time to time deposited with it
            pursuant to the Security Documents in any safe deposit, safe or
            receptacle selected by the Security Agent or with any firm of
            solicitors and may make any such arrangements as it thinks fit for
            allowing the Borrowers and the Charging Subsidiaries access to, or
            their solicitors or auditors possession of, such

                                      133

<PAGE>

            documents when necessary or convenient and the Security Agent shall
            not be responsible for any loss incurred in connection with any such
            deposit, access or possession.

17.18 ALL ENFORCEMENT ACTION THROUGH THE SECURITY AGENT

      None of the other Finance Parties shall have any independent power to
      enforce any of the Security Documents or to exercise any rights,
      discretions or powers or to grant any consents or releases under or
      pursuant to any of the Security Documents or otherwise have direct
      recourse to the security and/or guarantees constituted by any of the
      Security Documents except through the Security Agent.

17.19 CO-OPERATION TO ACHIEVE AGREED PRIORITIES OF APPLICATION

      The other Finance Parties shall co-operate with each other and with the
      Security Agent and any receiver or an administrator under the Security
      Documents in realising the property and assets subject to the Security
      Documents and in ensuring that the net proceeds realised under the
      Security Documents after deduction of the expenses of realisation are
      applied in accordance with clause 17.15.

17.20 INDEMNITY FROM TRUST PROPERTY

      The Security Agent and every employee, officer or agent appointed by it in
      connection with its appointment under the Security Documents (each an
      "INDEMNIFIED PARTY") shall be entitled to be indemnified out of the Trust
      Property in respect of all liabilities, damages, costs, claims, charges or
      expenses whatsoever properly incurred or suffered by an Indemnified Party:

      (a)   in the execution or exercise or bona fide purported execution or
            exercise of the trusts, rights, powers, authorities, discretions and
            duties created or conferred by or pursuant to the Security
            Documents;

      (b)   as a result of any breach by a member of the Charging Group of any
            of its obligations under any Security Document; and/or

      (c)   in respect of any matter or thing done or omitted in any way
            relating to the Trust Property or the provisions of any of the
            Security Documents.

      The rights conferred by this clause 17.20 are without prejudice to any
      right to indemnity by law given to trustees generally and to any provision
      of the Security Documents entitling the Security Agent or any other person
      to an indemnity in respect of, and/or reimbursement of, any liabilities,
      damages, costs, claims, charges or expenses incurred or suffered by it in
      connection with any of the Security Documents or the performance of any
      duties under any of the Security Documents. Nothing contained in this
      clause 17.20 shall entitle the Security Agent or any other person to be
      indemnified in respect of any liabilities, damages, costs, claims, charges
      or expenses to the extent that the same arise from such person's own gross
      negligence or wilful misconduct.

17.21 FINANCE PARTIES TO PROVIDE INFORMATION

                                      134

<PAGE>

      The Finance Parties shall provide the Security Agent with such written
      information as it may reasonably require for the purposes of carrying out
      its duties and obligations under the Security Documents and, in
      particular, with such necessary directions in writing so as to enable the
      Security Agent to apply amounts received under, and the proceeds of
      realisation of, the Security Documents on and after the Enforcement Date
      as contemplated by the Security Documents.

17.22 ANCILLARY FACILITIES LIABILITIES

      The other Finance Parties agree with the Ancillary Facilities Banks that
      any part of the Ancillary Facilities Liabilities in respect of which
      amounts are standing to the credit of any Cash Collateral Accounts in the
      name of the Ancillary Facilities Banks pursuant to this Agreement and/or
      any Ancillary Facilities Letter or which have otherwise been netted
      against amounts standing to the credit of any accounts under the terms of
      any Ancillary Facilities Letter shall rank ahead of the Indebtedness owing
      under this Agreement to the extent that the Ancillary Facilities Banks are
      able to apply such amounts in satisfaction of such Ancillary Facilities
      Liabilities.

17.23 UNDERWRITERS AND DOCUMENTATION AGENT

      The Underwriters and the Documentation Agent have no obligations of any
      kind to any other party under any Finance Document and references to the
      "Arrangers" in clauses 17.5 to 17.9 shall be deemed to include a reference
      to the Underwriters and the Documentation Agent.

17.24 SECURITY AGENT AS JOINT CREDITOR

      Each member of the Charging Group and each of the Finance Parties agrees
      that the Security Agent shall be the joint creditor (together with the
      relevant Finance Party) of each and every payment obligation of each
      member of the Charging Group towards each of the Finance Parties under
      each Finance Document and that accordingly the Security Agent will have
      its own independent right to demand payment by each member of the Charging
      Group in satisfaction of those obligations, provided that it is expressly
      acknowledged that any discharge of its payment obligations to either of
      the Security Agent or the relevant Finance Party shall to the same extent
      discharge the corresponding obligations owing to the other.

17.25 SECURITY AGENT'S RIGHTS AS JOINT CREDITOR

      Without limiting or affecting the Security Agent's rights against the
      members of the Charging Group (whether under this clause or under any
      other provision of the Finance Documents) the Security Agent agrees with
      each Finance Party that it will not exercise its rights as a joint
      creditor with a Finance Party under clause 17.24 except with the prior
      written consent of the relevant Finance Party. However, for the avoidance
      of doubt, nothing in the previous sentence shall in any way limit the
      Security Agent's rights to act in the protection or preservation of rights
      under or to enforce any Security Document as contemplated by the Finance
      Documents. Any amount recovered by the Security Agent as a result of

                                      135

<PAGE>

      the operation of this clause shall be held for the benefit of the Finance
      Parties to be applied in accordance with clause 17.15.

18    DECISIONS OF BANKS AND AGENT

18.1  OBLIGATIONS SEVERAL

      The obligations of each Bank under this Agreement are several; the failure
      of any Bank to perform such obligations shall not relieve any other
      Finance Party or any Borrower of any of their respective obligations or
      liabilities under this Agreement nor shall any Finance Party be
      responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under this
      Agreement (except to the extent that any person has obligations in
      different Finance Party capacities).

18.2  INTERESTS SEVERAL

      Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement (but without prejudice to
      the provisions of this Agreement relating to or requiring action by the
      Majority Banks) the interests of the Finance Parties are several and the
      amount due to each of the Finance Parties (in each capacity other than as
      a Bank, for its own account) is a separate and independent debt. Without
      prejudice to any other provision of this Agreement (including any
      requirement for action to be approved or instigated by, or with the
      consent or approval of, the Majority Banks and, without limitation, clause
      18.4), each of the Finance Parties shall have the right to protect and
      enforce its rights arising out of this Agreement and it shall not be
      necessary for any other Finance Party to be joined as an additional party
      in any proceedings for this purpose.

18.3  MAJORITY BANKS

      (a)   Where this Agreement or any of the Borrower Security Documents
            provides for any matter to be determined by reference to the opinion
            of the Majority Banks or to be subject to the consent or request of
            the Majority Banks or for any action to be taken on the instructions
            of the Majority Banks, such opinion, consent, request or
            instructions shall (as between the Banks) only be regarded as having
            been validly given or issued by the Majority Banks if all the (or,
            as applicable, all the relevant) Banks shall have received prior
            notice of the matter on which such opinion, consent, request or
            instructions are required to be obtained and the relevant majority
            of (relevant) Banks shall have given or issued such opinion,
            consent, request or instructions, but so that (as between the
            Borrowers and the Finance Parties) the Borrowers shall each be
            entitled (and bound) to assume that such notice shall have been duly
            received by each Bank and that the relevant majority shall have been
            obtained to constitute Majority Banks whether or not this is the
            case.

      (b)   If, within 10 Banking Days of the Agent despatching to each
            (relevant) Bank a notice requesting instructions (or confirmation of
            instructions) from the (relevant) Banks or the agreement of the
            (relevant) Banks to any amendment, modification, waiver, variation
            or excuse of performance for the purposes of, or in relation to, any
            of the Finance Documents, the

                                      136

<PAGE>

            Agent has not received a reply specifically giving or confirming or
            refusing to give or confirm the relevant instructions or, as the
            case may be, approving or refusing to approve the proposed
            amendment, modification, waiver, variation or excuse of performance,
            then (irrespective of whether such (relevant) Bank responds at a
            later date) the Agent shall treat any (relevant) Bank which has not
            so responded as having indicated a desire to be bound by the wishes
            of 66 2/3 per cent. of those (relevant) Banks (measured in terms of
            the relevant Commitments of those (relevant) Banks) which have so
            responded.

      (c)   For the purposes of this clause 18.3, any (relevant) Bank which
            notifies the Agent of a wish or intention to abstain on any
            particular issue shall be treated as if it had not responded.

      (d)   This clause 18.3 shall not apply in relation to those matters
            referred to in, or the subject of, clause 17.11(b) and (c).

18.4  BANKS ACTING TOGETHER

      If the Agent makes a declaration under clause 12.2 the Agent shall, in the
      names of all the Banks, take such action on behalf of the Banks and
      conduct such negotiations with any Borrower and any other members of the
      Group and generally administer the Drawings in accordance with the wishes
      of the Majority Banks. All the Banks shall be bound by the provisions of
      this clause 18.4 and no Bank shall be entitled to take action
      independently against any Borrower or any other member of the Group
      without the consent of the Majority Banks.

19    CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNTS

19.1  APPLICATIONS AND WITHDRAWALS

      Each amount from time to time standing to the credit of a Cash Collateral
      Account shall be applied in accordance with the relevant provisions of the
      Finance Documents and no other withdrawals may be made from any Cash
      Collateral Account without the consent of the Agent.

19.2  SECURITY OVER CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNTS

      Newco 2 shall, or shall procure that the relevant other member of the
      Group shall, execute such further documents as are necessary to ensure
      that each Cash Collateral Account is charged in favour of the Security
      Agent to the satisfaction of the Agent.

19.3  INTEREST AND BROKEN DEPOSITS

      (a)   Each amount from time to time standing to the credit of a Cash
            Collateral Account shall bear interest by reference to successive
            deposit periods at the rate at which the Security Agent or, as the
            case may be, the Cash Collateral Account Bank, the Fronting Bank or
            the relevant Ancillary Facilities Bank pays interest on deposits for
            such period from its corporate customers but each Borrower
            acknowledges that none of the Finance Parties shall have any
            responsibility to any Borrower for any

                                      137

<PAGE>

            loss occasioned as a consequence of the application of the amount
            standing to the credit of any Cash Collateral Account prior to the
            last day of any such deposit period, such application being
            expressly permitted by the terms of the Finance Documents.

      (b)   In respect of each Cash Collateral Account, provided no Default
            shall have occurred and be continuing, the Security Agent or, as the
            case may be, the Cash Collateral Account Bank, the Fronting Bank or
            the relevant Ancillary Facilities Bank shall, at the request of
            Newco 2, pay to the relevant Borrower any interest that has accrued
            on the amount standing to the credit of such Cash Collateral
            Account. Such interest shall be paid at six-monthly intervals or on
            such days that the principal amount standing to the credit of such
            Cash Collateral Account is reduced to zero pursuant to the terms of
            this Agreement.

19.4  APPLICATION OF SURPLUS CASH COLLATERAL FOLLOWING ENFORCEMENT DATE

      If at any time following the Enforcement Date any Contingent Ancillary
      Facilities Liabilities or Letters of Credit in respect of which an amount
      was paid to a Cash Collateral Account pursuant to clauses 6.5, 12.2(c) or
      12.3 (or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement) are finally discharged
      without the relevant Ancillary Facilities Bank or Fronting Bank actually
      incurring liabilities to the extent of such cash collateral (the amount by
      which the amount of such cash collateral exceeds cash collateralised
      Contingent Ancillary Facilities Liabilities or, as the case may be, cash
      collateralised Letters of Credit being referred to in this clause 19.4 as
      the "RELEVANT EXCESS"), such Ancillary Facilities Bank or Fronting Bank
      will forthwith pay to the Security Agent an amount equal to the relevant
      excess and such payment shall be treated by the Security Agent as if it
      were a recovery made under the Security Documents and distributed
      accordingly.

20    MATTERS CONCERNING THE BORROWERS

20.1  ADDITIONAL BORROWERS: UK RESIDENT SUBSIDIARY

      Newco 2 may, at any time after the Effective Date (unless a Default shall
      have occurred and be continuing), and provided that no more than eight
      Working Capital Borrowers may draw Working Capital Advances or have
      Letters of Credit issued on their behalf and there may not be more than
      eight Ancillary Facilities Borrowers which are not UK resident
      Subsidiaries at any time, notify the Agent that it wishes, any UK resident
      Subsidiary which is a Charging Subsidiary to be designated as an
      additional Borrower under the Working Capital Facility and/or the
      Ancillary Facilities.

20.2  ADDITIONAL BORROWERS: NON-UK RESIDENT SUBSIDIARY

      Newco 2 may, at any time after the Effective Date (unless a Default shall
      have occurred and be continuing), and provided that no more than eight
      Working Capital Borrowers may draw Working Capital Advances or have
      Letters of Credit issued on their behalf and there may not be more than
      eight Ancillary Facilities Borrowers which are not UK resident
      Subsidiaries at any time, notify

                                      138

<PAGE>

      the Agent that it wishes, with the prior consent of the Majority Banks,
      any company which, at the time of such notification and at all times
      thereafter up to and including the date on which it enters into the
      Accession Certificate in accordance with clause 20.3(b), is a Qualifying
      Non-UK resident Subsidiary which is a Charging Subsidiary to be designated
      as an additional Borrower under the Working Capital Facility and/or the
      Ancillary Facilities.

20.3  NOTICE

      Such notice as shall be required to be given under clauses 20.1 and 20.2
      shall be in writing and signed on behalf of Newco 2 (for itself and all
      the other Borrowers) and on behalf of the proposed new Borrower and shall
      (in the case of a notice given under clause 20.2) be accompanied by a
      legal opinion addressed to the Agent (in form and substance satisfactory
      to the Agent (acting reasonably)) confirming that, at the date of that
      opinion letter (which shall be dated not more than one Banking Day before
      the date of the notice) such proposed new Borrower is a Qualifying Non-UK
      resident Subsidiary, and shall take effect in accordance with its terms on
      the conditions that:

      (a)   the additional Borrower shall have entered into an Accession
            Certificate with the Agent which, provided in the case of a notice
            under clause 20.2 that the Majority Banks consent to the proposed
            accession of the new Borrower, the Agent shall execute on behalf of
            all the parties to this Agreement (and all such parties so authorise
            the Agent); and

      (b)   the additional Borrower, before entering into such an Accession
            Certificate, shall have fulfilled all appropriate conditions
            precedent, as notified to Newco 2 by the Agent, to the satisfaction
            of the Agent (acting reasonably) including, without limitation, the
            delivery to the Agent of a certificate substantially in the form of
            annexure A to schedule 4 of the Supplemental Agreement (but with the
            references to the Supplemental Agreement replaced with references to
            this Agreement) with appropriate amendments (if any) to reflect its
            jurisdiction of incorporation, together with all documents referred
            to therein.

      Upon satisfaction of such conditions the Acceding Borrower (as defined in
      the relevant Accession Certificate) shall become a party to this Agreement
      in the capacity of the relevant Borrower and shall assume all the
      obligations and rights of such a Borrower under this Agreement.

20.4  CESSATION

      If:

      (a)   for any reason whatsoever, a Borrower ceases to be a wholly-owned
            Subsidiary of Newco 2; or

      (b)   at any time after the date on which a Borrower enters into an
            Accession Certificate in accordance with clause 20.3(b), that
            Borrower ceases, for whatever reason (including by reason of another
            person becoming a Finance Party), to be a Qualifying Non-UK resident
            Subsidiary,

                                      139

<PAGE>

      then such Borrower shall cease to be entitled to utilise the Working
      Capital Facility and the Ancillary Facilities and, without prejudice to
      any existing liabilities as such, shall cease to be a Borrower.

20.5  INDEMNITY

      The Borrowers shall indemnify and keep indemnified each Finance Party for
      all reasonable costs (including the costs of completing forms for
      submission to the relevant Taxation authorities) which may be incurred by
      that Finance Party in order that the Qualifying Non-UK resident Subsidiary
      may make payments under this Agreement or any of the Borrower Security
      Documents for the account of that Finance Party without deduction or
      withholding in respect of Taxes other than any such cost or loss caused by
      or arising from the gross negligence or wilful default of such Finance
      Party.

20.6  NEWCO 2 AS BORROWERS' AGENT

      Each Borrower by its execution of this Agreement or an Accession
      Certificate, as the case may be, irrevocably appoints and authorises Newco
      2:

      (a)   as agent for such Borrower to receive all notices, requests, demands
            or other communications under this Agreement and the Ancillary
            Facilities Letters which shall, without prejudice to any other
            effective mode of serving the same, be properly served on the
            Borrower concerned if served on Newco 2 in accordance with clause
            21.1; and

      (b)   to give all notices and instructions and make such agreements
            (including, without limitation, any Accession Certificate) expressed
            to be capable of being given or made by such Borrower or the
            Borrowers in this Agreement or the Ancillary Facilities Letters
            notwithstanding that they may affect such Borrower without further
            reference to, or the consent of, such Borrower and such Borrower
            shall, as regards the Finance Parties, be bound thereby as though
            such Borrower itself had given such notice or instructions or made
            such agreement.

20.7  AMENDMENTS BINDING

      Without prejudice to the other provisions of this Agreement each Borrower
      hereby confirms that if Newco 2 and the Finance Parties or any of them
      enter into any amendment or supplement to or restatement of this
      Agreement, Newco 2's execution of any such amendment or supplement or
      restatement, whether or not expressly made or purportedly made on behalf
      of such Borrower, shall (to the extent legally possible) bind such
      Borrower without the need to obtain any confirmation or acknowledgement
      from such Borrower. For this purpose, each Borrower, for the benefit of
      the Finance Parties, irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers Newco 2
      as its agent and attorney.

20.8  OBLIGATIONS UNCONDITIONAL

      The obligations of each Borrower under this Agreement, the Ancillary
      Facilities Letter and the Borrower Security Documents are unconditional
      and irrevocable

                                      140

<PAGE>

      (subject to the express provisions of this Agreement or any Borrower
      Security Document) and shall not be in any way affected or discharged by
      reason of any matter affecting the Transaction Documents including,
      without limitation, any breach or alleged breach of the same or any claim
      that any Borrower or any other member of the Group has, or considers that
      it has, against any other party to the Transaction Documents. Each
      Borrower acknowledges that any authorisation given under this Agreement,
      any Ancillary Facilities Letter or any Borrower Security Document by a
      Finance Party in relation to the Transaction Documents shall not
      constitute any representation or warranty by such (or any) Finance Party
      as to the adequacy or effectiveness of such documents, the purchase
      consideration payable by Newco 2, the commercial advisability of any
      Borrower entering into the arrangements contemplated thereby or otherwise.

20.9  OBLIGATIONS SEVERAL

      Without prejudice to the terms of this Agreement, the Ancillary Facilities
      Letters or the Borrower Security Documents the obligations of each
      Borrower under this Agreement, the Ancillary Facilities Letters and the
      Borrower Security Documents are several and the failure of Newco 2 or any
      other Borrower to perform such obligations shall not release any of the
      other Borrowers or Newco 2 (as applicable) from its obligations under this
      Agreement, any Ancillary Facilities Letter or any Borrower Security
      Document.

21    NOTICES AND OTHER MATTERS

21.1  ADDRESS FOR NOTICE

      Every notice, request, demand or other communication under this Agreement
      shall:

      (a)   be in writing delivered personally or by first-class prepaid letter
            (airmail if available) or telefax;

      (b)   be deemed to have been received, subject as otherwise provided in
            this Agreement, in the case of a letter, when delivered personally
            or 3 days after it has been put into the post and, in the case of a
            telefax, when a complete and legible copy is received by the
            addressee (unless the time of despatch of any telefax is after close
            of business in which case it shall be deemed to have been received
            at the opening of business on the next business day); and

      (c)   be sent:

            (A)   to Newco 2 at:

                  Hillsdown House
                  32 Hampstead High Street
                  London NW3 1QD

                  Telefax:   (0)1223 202 514
                  Attention: Robert Schofield and Finance Director

                                      141

<PAGE>

                  with a copy to:

                  Hicks, Muse, Tate & Furst Limited
                  Queensberry House
                  3-9 Old Burlington Street
                  London W1X 1LA

                  Telefax:   020 7494 8383
                  Attention: Lyndon Lea

            (B)   to the Agent and the Security Agent at:

                  Trinity Tower
                  9 Thomas More Street
                  London
                  E1 9YT

                  Telefax:   020 7777 2360
                  Attention: Steve Clarke, Agency Loans Department

            (C)   to J.P. Morgan plc as an Arranger at:

                  125 London Wall
                  London
                  EC2Y 5AJ

                  Telefax:   020 7777 4788
                  Attention: John Empson

            (D)   to Barclays Capital as Arranger at:

                  5 The North Colonnade
                  Canary Wharf
                  London E14 4BB

                  Telefax:   020 7773 6808
                  Attention: Mike Clarke

            (E)   JPMorgan Chase Bank as an Underwriter, Ancillary Facilities
                  Bank and a Bank at:

                  125 London Wall
                  London
                  EC2Y 5AJ

                  Telefax:   020 7777 4757
                  Attention: Kay Walsh

            (F)   to Barclays Bank PLC as an Underwriter at

                                      142

<PAGE>

                  5 The North Colonnade
                  Canary Wharf
                  London E14 4BB

                  Telefax:   0207 773 6808
                  Attention: Mike Clarke

            (G)   to each Bank at its address or telefax number specified in
                  schedule 1 or in any relevant Substitution Certificate,

                  or to such other address or telefax number as is notified by
                  Newco 2 or a Finance Party, as the case may be, to the Agent
                  and the Agent shall promptly notify the other parties hereto
                  of any such change.

21.2  NOTICE TO AGENT

      Every notice, request, demand or other communication under this Agreement
      to be given by a Borrower shall be given by Newco 2 and by Newco 2 to any
      other party shall be given to the Agent for onward transmission as
      appropriate and to be given to a Borrower shall (except as otherwise
      provided in this Agreement) be given by the Agent to Newco 2.

21.3  NO IMPLIED WAIVER, REMEDIES CUMULATIVE

      No failure or delay on the part of the Finance Parties or any of them to
      exercise any power, right or remedy under this Agreement or any Borrower
      Security Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single
      or partial exercise by the Finance Parties or any of them of any power,
      right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the
      exercise of any other power, right or remedy. The remedies provided in
      this Agreement and each of the Borrower Security Documents are cumulative
      and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

21.4  COUNTERPARTS

      This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the
      different parties on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed
      and delivered shall be an original, but all counterparts shall together
      constitute one and the same instrument.

21.5  CONFLICTS

      (a)   The Borrowers acknowledge that J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, Bankers Trust
            Company (or its successor), Citibank N.A. and Barclays Bank PLC and
            their respective parent undertakings, subsidiary undertakings and
            fellow subsidiary undertakings (together the "ARRANGER GROUP") may
            be providing debt finance, equity capital or other services
            (including financial advisory services) to other persons with which
            the Borrowers may have conflicting interests in respect of the
            Facilities or otherwise.

                                      143

<PAGE>

      (b)   No member of the Arranger Group shall use confidential information
            from the Borrowers by virtue of the Facilities or its relationships
            with the Borrowers in connection with their performance of services
            for other persons. This shall not, however, affect any obligations
            that any member of the Arranger Group has as Agent in respect of the
            Finance Documents. The Borrowers also acknowledge that no member of
            the Arranger Group has any obligation to use or furnish to the
            Borrowers information obtained from other persons for their benefit.

      (c)   The terms "PARENT UNDERTAKING", "SUBSIDIARY UNDERTAKING" and "FELLOW
            UNDERTAKING" when used in this clause have the meaning given to them
            in sections 258 and 259 of the Act.

21.6  COMMUNICATIONS INDEMNITY

      The Borrowers shall indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, claim,
      loss, expense (including legal fees) or liability together with any VAT
      thereon which any of the Finance Parties may sustain or incur as a
      consequence of any telefax communication purporting to originate from a
      member of the Group to the Agent or the Security Agent being made or
      delivered fraudulently (unless such cost, claim, loss, expense or
      liability is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such
      Finance Party). For avoidance of doubt, a Borrower shall only be liable
      under this indemnity in respect of telefax communications originating or
      purportedly originating from a member of the Group. Neither the Agent nor
      the Security Agent shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by
      unauthorised persons of information or other materials sent through
      electronic, telecommunications or other information transmission systems
      that are intercepted by such persons or for any special, indirect,
      consequential or punitive damages in connection with the Working Capital
      Facility.

21.7  NOTICE OF THE END OF THE FINANCE PERIOD

      Upon each of the Finance Parties and each of the members of the Group
      ceasing to have any actual or contingent liabilities or obligations under
      any of the Finance Documents, the Agent shall promptly notify Newco 2 that
      the end of the Finance Period has occurred.

21.8  THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

      No term of this Agreement, other than clauses 13.3 and 17.20 is
      enforceable by a person who is not a party to this Agreement. Each person
      referred to in clauses 13.3 and 17.20 which is not a party to this
      Agreement (a "RELEVANT THIRD PARTY") shall have the right to enforce its
      respective rights against the parties to this Agreement under such clauses
      provided that the Senior Finance Party to which such Relevant Third Party
      is or was connected may, by agreement with Newco 2, vary the rights
      conferred on such Relevant Third Party by such clauses (without the
      consent of any Relevant Third Party and shall not be liable to any
      Relevant Third Party for any of its acts or omissions under this clause
      21.8).

                                      144

<PAGE>

22    GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

22.1  LAW

      This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
      English law.

22.2  SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION

      The parties to this Agreement agree for the benefit of the Finance Parties
      that:

      (a)   if any party has any claim against any other party arising out of or
            in connection with this Agreement such claim shall (subject to
            clause 22.2(c)) be referred to the High Court of Justice in England,
            to the jurisdiction of which each of the parties irrevocably
            submits;

      (b)   the jurisdiction of the High Court of Justice in England over any
            such claim against any Finance Party shall be an exclusive
            jurisdiction and no courts outside England shall have jurisdiction
            to hear or determine any such claim;

      (c)   nothing in this clause 22.2 shall limit the right of any Finance
            Party to refer any such claim against any Borrower to any other
            court of competent jurisdiction outside England, to the jurisdiction
            of which each Borrower hereby irrevocably agrees to submit, nor
            shall the taking of proceedings by any Finance Party before the
            courts in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of
            proceedings in any other jurisdiction whether concurrently or not;
            and

      (d)   the Borrowers irrevocably waive any objection to proceedings in the
            court mentioned in this clause and any claim on the grounds of forum
            non conveniens.

22.3  AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS

      Each Borrower irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers Newco 2 to
      receive for it and on its behalf service of process issued out of the High
      Court of Justice in England in relation to any claim arising out of or in
      connection with this Agreement. Newco 2 accepts such appointment.

IN WITNESS whereof the parties to this Agreement have caused this Agreement to
be duly executed on the date first above written.

                                      145

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE 1
                         THE BANKS AND THEIR COMMITMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            FACILITY A     FACILITY A TRANCHE       FACILITY B      FACILITY B TRANCHE     WORKING CAPITAL
                             TRANCHE 1              2               TRANCHE 1                2                 FACILITY
BANK                          (pound)            (pound)             (pound)              (pound)               (pound)
-----------------------     ----------     ------------------       ----------      ------------------     ---------------
<S>                         <C>            <C>                      <C>             <C>                    <C>
ABBEY NATIONAL TREASURY      4,332,930                  -           1,996,479                     -           3,571,429
SERVICES
Abbey House
Baker Street
London NW1 6XL

BANCO ESPIRITO SANTO         1,444,310                  -             665,493                     -           1,190,476
S.A.
33 Queen Street
London
EC4R 1ES

BANK OF IRELAND              2,166,465                  -             998,239                     -           1,785,714
INTERNATIONAL
FINANCE LIMITED
Hume House
Ballsbridge
Dublin 4
Ireland

BANK OF SCOTLAND             5,777,240                  -           2,661,972                     -           4,761,905
61 Grassmarket
Edinburgh
EH1 2JF

BARCLAYS BANK PLC            3,466,344         41,000,000           2,630,654          4,025,517.33           8,000,000
Global Services Unit
5 The North Colonnade
Canary Wharf
London
E14 4PU

BAYERISCHE HYPO-UND          2,888,620                  -           1,330,986                     -           2,380,952
VEREINSBANK AG
41 Moorgate
London
EC2R 6PP
</TABLE>

                                      146
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                         <C>                     <C>             <C>                      <C>              <C>
BNP PARIBAS                  5,777,240              -               2,661,972                -                4,761,905
10 Harewood Avenue
London
NW1 6AA

CITIBANK N.A.                7,153,007              -                       -                -                8,085,714
Victoria Plaza
1st Floor
111 Buckingham Palace
Road
London
SW1W 0SB

DEUTSCHE BANK AG            14,476,151              -                       -                -               12,004,762
Winchester House
1 Great Winchester
Street
London
EC2N 2DB

DUCHESS I CDO S.A.                   -              -               5,408,664                -                        -
7th Floor
32 Duke Street St
James
London
SW1Y 6DF

DUKE STREET                          -              -               6,988,200                -                        -
CAPITAL DEBT
MANAGEMENT
LIMITED
7th Floor
32 Duke Street
St James
London
SW1Y 6DF

GMAC COMMERCIAL CREDIT      17,704,119              -                       -                -                        -
LIMITED
Sovereign House
Church Street
Brighton
BN1 1SS

HARBOURMASTER LOAN                   -              -               1,077,035                -                        -
</TABLE>

                                      147

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                         <C>            <C>                      <C>           <C>                        <C>
CORPORATION B.V.
C/O Euro Capital
Structures Limited
Locatellikade 1
Parnassustoren
1076 AZ
Amsterdam, PO
Box 75215
1070 AE Amsterdam
The Netherlands

INTERCONTINENTAL CDO         3,000,000              -                       -                -                        -
S.A.
C/O Pacific Investment
Management CO.
LLC
840 Newport Centre DR
Newport Beach,
CA 82660

INTESA BCI SpA               7,221,550              -               3,327,464                -                5,952,381
42 Gresham Street
London
EC2V 7LA

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK          2,138,014     82,000,000                       -     8,051,034.67               12,933,333
125 London Wall
London
EC2Y 5AJ

KBC BANK N.V.                2,888,620              -               1,330,986                -                2,380,952
7th Floor
Exchange House
Primrose Street
London
EC2A 2HQ

LEVERAGED FINANCE                    -              -               4,991,571                -                        -
EUROPE CAPITAL I BV
1076 AZ
Amsterdam
The Netherlands
</TABLE>

                                      148

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                         <C>                     <C>             <C>                      <C>              <C>
LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC          4,332,930              -               1,996,479                -                9,571,429
Bank House
Wine Street
Bristol
BS1 2AN

METROPOLITAN LIFE                    -              -               3,295,882                -                        -
INSURANCE COMPANY
4100 Boy Scout
Boulevard
Tampa, FL 33607
U.S.A.

MORGAN STANLEY               2,888,620              -               1,330,986                -                2,380,952
25 Cabot Square
Canary Wharf
London
E14 4QA

NATWEST GLOBAL               5,777,240              -               2,661,972                -                4,761,905
FINANCIAL MARKETS
Commercial Loans Dept.
Kings Cross House,
200 Pentonville Road
London
N1 9HL

SAN PAOLO BANK SpA           5,777,240              -               2,661,972                -                4,761,905
Wren House
15 Carter Lane
London
EC4V 5SP

SCOTIABANK EUROPE PLC        4,332,930              -               1,996,479                -                3,571,429
33 Finsbury Square
London
EC2A 1BB
</TABLE>

                                      149

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                        <C>           <C>                      <C>              <C>                     <C>
SINGER AND FRIEDLANDER       6,444,310             -                 665,493                -                1,190,476
LIMITED
21 New
Street
London
EC2M 4HR

SUMITOMO TRUST AND           4,112,612             -               1,894,963                -                        -
BANKING CO. LTD
3rd Floor
155 Bishopsgate
London
EC2M 3XU

THE MITSUBISHI TRUST         4,332,930             -               1,996,479                -                3,571,429
AND BANKING CORP.
24 Lombard Street,
London
EC3V 9AJ

THE UNITED BANK OF           2,888,620             -               1,330,986                -                2,380,952
KUWAIT LTD
7 Baker Street
London
W1M 1AB
                           -----------   -----------              ----------       ----------              -----------
  Total                    121,322,042   123,000,000              55,901,406       12,076,552              100,000,000
                           ===========   ===========              ==========       ==========              ===========
</TABLE>

                                      150

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE 2
                      FORMS OF DRAWDOWN (AND OTHER) NOTICES

                       PART A - FACILITY A AND FACILITY B

To:      J.P. Morgan Europe Limited
         Trinity Tower,
         9 Thomas More Street                                             [DATE]
         London
         E1 9YT

         Attention: Steve Clark, Agency Loans Department

Dear Sirs,

                            SECURED CREDIT FACILITIES
    AGREEMENT DATED 10 AUGUST 1999 AND AMENDED AND RESTATED ON [_] 2002 (THE
                                  "AGREEMENT")

We refer to the Agreement and hereby give you notice that we wish to draw a
Facility [A] [B] Advance under the Facility [_] Tranche 2 in the sum of
[(pound)_] on o 2002 with payment to be made in accordance with our irrevocable
instructions to you contained in clause [4.1(a)(iii)] [4.1(b)(iii)] of the
Agreement to the person(s) named below. [We select a first Interest Period in
respect thereof of ______________ months.] [The first Interest Period in respect
thereof to expire on _____________________________ 2002]

[We confirm that the entire Facility A Advance will be used for the purposes
described in clause 2.1(a)(ii) of the Agreement.]

[We confirm that the entire Facility B Advance will be used for the purposes
described in clause 2.1(b)(ii) of the Agreement.]

We confirm that:

(i)   no event or circumstance has occurred and is continuing which constitutes
      a Default; and

(ii)  the representations and warranties contained in clause 9.1 of the
      Agreement which are repeated in accordance with clause 9.3 of the
      Agreement are true and correct in all material respects at the date hereof
      as if made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such
      date.

Words and expressions defined in the Agreement shall have the same meanings
where used herein.

                              For and on behalf of
                            PREMIER FINANCING LIMITED

                              _____________________
                                    Director

                                      151

<PAGE>

                      PART B - THE WORKING CAPITAL FACILITY

To:      J.P. Morgan Europe Limited
         Trinity Tower,
         9 Thomas More Street                                             [DATE]
         London
         E1 9YT

         Attention: Steve Clark, Agency Loans Department

Dear Sirs,

                            SECURED CREDIT FACILITIES
    AGREEMENT DATED 10 AUGUST 1999 AND AMENDED AND RESTATED ON [_] 2002 (THE
                                  "AGREEMENT")

We refer to the above Agreement and hereby give you notice that [we wish] [name
of Working Capital Borrower] wishes] to draw a [Working Capital Advance] [Letter
of Credit] of [(pound)]_ [in [currency]] on _ [and select a Maturity Period in
respect thereof of _ months. The funds should be credited to [name and number of
account] with [details of bank.]]

[Insert letter of credit details, if relevant - see requirements of clause 4.9]

We confirm that:

(i)   no event or circumstance has occurred and is continuing which constitutes
      a Default; and

(ii)  the representations and warranties contained in clause 9.1 of the
      Agreement which are repeated in accordance with clause 9.3 of the
      Agreement are true and correct in all material respects at the date hereof
      as if made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such
      date.

Words and expressions defined in the Agreement shall have the same meanings
where used herein.

                              For and on behalf of
                       [name of Working Capital Borrower]

                         ______________________________
                                    Director

                                      152

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE 3
   DOCUMENTS AND EVIDENCE REQUIRED AS CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE IRISH SECOND
                                   ACQUISITION

1     CORPORATE

1.1   A certificate from the UK Second Purchaser (as the direct holding company
      of the Irish Second Purchaser) in the form of annexure A to schedule 4 to
      the Supplemental Agreement (but with the references to the Supplemental
      Agreement replaced with references to this Agreement), together with all
      the documents referred to therein.

1.2   A certificate from the Irish Second Purchaser substantially in the form of
      annexure A to schedule 4 to the Supplemental Agreement (but with the
      references to the Supplemental Agreement replaced with references to this
      Agreement and with appropriate amendments taking into account that it is
      incorporated in the Republic of Ireland), together with all the documents
      referred to therein.

2     SECOND TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS

      Evidence that the Second Transaction Documents have become in all respects
      unconditional in respect of the Irish Second Acquisition.

3     SECURITY DOCUMENTS

3.1   An Irish law debenture duly executed by the Irish Second Purchaser and the
      UK Second Purchaser (the direct holding company of the Irish Second
      Purchaser) in respect of its Irish assets, including, without limitation,
      all of the shares in the Irish Second Purchaser).

3.2   Any other documents or evidence required in order to ensure that the
      debenture referred to in paragraph 3.1 creates first ranking fixed
      security over the Irish assets of the Irish Second Purchaser and the UK
      Second Purchaser.

4     OPINIONS

4.1   An opinion of Norton Rose dated not more than 5 Banking Days prior to the
      date of the debenture referred to in paragraph 3.1.

4.2   A legal opinion from Irish legal advisers to the Agent, the Banks and the
      Security Agent.

5     MISCELLANEOUS

5.1   Evidence that all governmental and third party approvals necessary in
      connection with the Irish Second Acquisition and the continued operating
      of the Group shall have been obtained, together with a clearance from the
      Irish Minister for Enterprise, Trade and Employment in respect of the
      Irish Second Acquisition in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent
      and the Amendment Underwriters (acting reasonably) and evidence that (i)
      all other relevant competition authorities have decided not to initiate
      proceedings in respect of the

                                      153
<PAGE>

      Irish Second Acquisition or (ii) the time limit for them to do so has
      expired without a decision to initiate such proceedings or (iii) there are
      no grounds on which such proceedings may be brought .

5.2   A certificate from an authorised officer of Newco 2 confirming that no
      Default has occurred which is continuing.

5.3   A deed of release or other evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the
      assets and business to be acquired by the Irish Second Purchaser on the
      Irish Second Acquisition Completion Date will be so acquired free from any
      Encumbrances.

5.4   A certificate from an authorised officer of Newco 2 confirming that the
      arrangements for the Irish Second Acquisition are in compliance with all
      applicable laws in all material respects and that no provision of any
      Second Transaction Document has been amended, extended, supplemented,
      waived or otherwise modified in a manner which might reasonably be
      expected materially and adversely to affect the interests of the Finance
      Parties under the Finance Documents.

                                      154

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE 4
                         CALCULATION OF ADDITIONAL COST

1     The Additional Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate
      Banks for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of
      England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any
      other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the
      requirements of the European Central Bank.

2     On the first day of each Interest Period or, as applicable, Maturity
      Period commencing on or after the Second Effective Date (or as soon as
      possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a
      rate (the "ADDITIONAL COST RATE") for each Bank, in accordance with the
      paragraphs set out below. The Additional Cost will be calculated by the
      Agent as a weighted average of the Banks' Additional Cost Rates (weighted
      in proportion to the percentage participation of each Bank in the relevant
      Advance) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.

3     The Additional Cost Rate for any Bank lending through a lending office in
      a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Bank
      to the Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Bank in its notice
      to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as
      a percentage of that Bank's participation in all Advances made from that
      lending office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the
      European Central Bank in respect of Advances made from that lending
      office.

4     The Additional Cost Rate for any Bank lending from a lending office in the
      United Kingdom will be calculated by the Agent as follows:

      (a)   in relation to an Advance in Sterling:

           AB + C(B-D) + E X 0.01       per cent. per annum
           -------------------------
                100-(A + C)

      (b)   in relation to an Advance in any currency other than Sterling:

             E X 0.01    per cent. per annum.
           -----------
               300

      Where:

      A     is the percentage of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in
            excess of any stated minimum) which that Bank is from time to time
            required to maintain as an interest free cash ratio deposit with the
            Bank of England to comply with cash ratio requirements.

      B     is the percentage rate of interest (excluding the Margin and the
            Additional Cost and, if the Advance is due and payable but unpaid,
            the additional rate of interest specified in clause 5.3) payable for
            the relevant Interest Period or, as applicable, Maturity Period for
            the Advance.

                                      155

<PAGE>

      C     is the percentage (if any) of Eligible Liabilities which that Bank
            is required from time to time to maintain as interest bearing
            Special Deposits with the Bank of England.

      D     is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to
            the Agent on interest bearing Special Deposits.

      E     is designed to compensate Banks for amounts payable under the Fees
            Rules and is calculated by the Agent as being the average of the
            most recent rates of charge supplied by the LIBOR Reference Banks to
            the Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and expressed in pounds per
            (pound)1,000,000.

5     For the purposes of this schedule 4:

      (a)   "ELIGIBLE LIABILITIES" and "SPECIAL DEPOSITS" have the meanings
            given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of
            England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;

      (b)   "FEES RULES" means the rules on periodic fees contained in the FSA
            Supervision Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in
            force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the
            acceptance of deposits;

      (c)   "FEE TARIFFS" means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules
            under the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum
            fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking
            into account any applicable discount rate); and

      (d)   "TARIFF BASE" has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated
            in accordance with, the Fees Rules.

6     In applying the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the
      formulae as percentages (i.e. 5 per cent. will be included in the formula
      as 5 and not as 0.05). A negative result obtained by subtracting D from B
      shall be taken as zero. The resulting figures shall be rounded to four
      decimal places.

7     If requested by the Agent, each LIBOR Reference Bank shall, as soon as
      practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply
      to the Agent the rate of charge payable by that LIBOR Reference Bank to
      the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of
      the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority
      (calculated for this purpose by that LIBOR Reference Bank as being the
      average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that LIBOR Reference Bank for
      that financial year) and expressed in pounds per (pound)1,000,000 of the
      Tariff Base of that LIBOR Reference Bank.

8     Each Bank shall supply any information required by the Agent for the
      purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but
      without limitation, each Bank shall supply the following information on or
      prior to the date on which it becomes a Bank:

                                      156

<PAGE>

      (a)   the jurisdiction of its lending office; and

      (b)   any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such
            purpose.

      Each Bank shall promptly notify the Agent of any change to the information
      provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.

9     The percentages of each Bank for the purpose of A and C above and the
      rates of charge of each LIBOR Reference Bank for the purpose of E above
      shall be determined by the Agent based upon the information supplied to it
      pursuant to paragraphs 7 and 8 above and on the assumption that, unless a
      Bank notifies the Agent to the contrary, each Bank's obligations in
      relation to cash ratio deposits and Special Deposits are the same as those
      of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a lending
      office in the same jurisdiction as its lending office.

10    The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination
      results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any
      Bank and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any
      Bank or LIBOR Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above is
      true and correct in all respects.

11    The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of
      the Additional Cost to the Banks on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate
      for each Bank based on the information provided by each Bank and each
      LIBOR Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above.

12    Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this schedule 4 in relation to
      a formula, the Additional Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount
      payable to a Bank shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive
      and binding on all the parties to this Agreement.

13    The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with Newco 2 and the
      Banks, determine and notify all the Banks and Newco 2 of any amendments
      which are required to be made to this schedule 4 in order to comply with
      any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time
      imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the
      European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces
      all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the
      absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all the parties to
      this Agreement.

14    The Borrowers' obligations to pay the amounts in respect of the Additional
      Cost notified to Newco 2 prior to the Second Effective Date shall continue
      in full force and effect, notwithstanding the amendments to this schedule
      4 on that date.

                                      157

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE 5
                        FORM OF SUBSTITUTION CERTIFICATE
                            PART A (SINGLE TRANSFERS)

NB    1.    Banks are advised not to employ Substitution Certificates or
            otherwise to assign, novate or transfer interests in the Agreement
            without first ensuring that the transaction complies with all
            applicable laws and regulations, including the Financial Services
            Act 1986 and regulations made thereunder.

      2.    It is expected that Banks will enter into separate arrangements
            dealing with the monies to be paid to the Existing Bank by the
            Substitute in consideration of the novation (e.g. principal, accrued
            interest, fees and any mismatched funding adjustment). Unless the
            Transfer Effective Date is a rollover date, mismatches of parties'
            funding may arise. This Certificate does not deal with these issues,
            nor does it deal with any interim risk participation the Existing
            Bank may grant to the Substitute pending the Transfer Effective
            Date.

To:   J.P. Morgan Europe Limited on its own behalf, as agent for the Banks and
      on behalf of the Arrangers, the Security Agent, the Underwriters, the
      Documentation Agent, the Ancillary Facilities Banks, each Borrower and
      each other party to the Agreement mentioned below and the Intercreditor
      Agreement.

Attention: Steve Clark, Agency Loans Department                         [DATE]

                            SUBSTITUTION CERTIFICATE

This Substitution Certificate relates to a Secured Credit Facilities Agreement
(the "Agreement") dated 10 August 1999 and amended and restated on [_] 2002
between, among others, the Borrowers party thereto, J.P. Morgan plc and Barclays
Capital as Amendment Arrangers, J.P. Morgan Europe Limited as Agent and Security
Agent, the persons whose respective names and addresses are set out in schedule
1 thereto as Banks. Terms defined in the Agreement shall have the same meaning
in this Substitution Certificate.

1     [Existing Bank] (the "Existing Bank") (a) confirms the accuracy of the
      summary of its participation in the Agreement set out in the schedule
      below; and (b) requests [Substitute Bank] (the "Substitute") to accept by
      way of novation the portion of such participation specified in the
      schedule hereto by counter-signing and delivering this Substitution
      Certificate to the Agent at its address for the service of notices
      specified in the Agreement.

2     The Substitute hereby requests the Agent (on behalf of itself, the other
      Finance Parties, all Borrowers and all other parties to the Agreement) to
      accept this Substitution Certificate as being delivered to the Agent
      pursuant to and for the purposes of clause 16.3 of the Agreement and
      clause 20.4 of the Intercreditor Agreement so as to take effect in
      accordance with the terms thereof on [date of transfer] (the "TRANSFER
      EFFECTIVE DATE") or on such later date as may be determined in accordance
      with the terms thereof.

                                      158

<PAGE>

3     The Agent (on behalf of itself, the other Finance Parties, the Borrowers
      and all other parties to the Agreement) confirms the novation effected by
      this Substitution Certificate pursuant to and for the purposes of clause
      16.3 of the Agreement and clause 20.4 of the Intercreditor Agreement so as
      to take effect in accordance with the terms thereof.

4     The Substitute confirms:

      (a)   that it has received copies of the Finance Documents and all other
            documentation and information required by it in connection with the
            transactions contemplated by this Substitution Certificate;

      (b)   that it has not relied upon any statement, opinion, forecast or
            other representation or warranty made by the Existing Bank, the
            Arrangers, the Underwriters, the Documentation Agent, the Security
            Agent or the Agent to induce it to enter into this Substitution
            Certificate;

      (c)   that it has made and will continue to make, without reliance on the
            Existing Bank or any other Finance Party, and based on such
            documents as it considers appropriate, its own appraisal of the
            creditworthiness of each Borrower and the Group and its own
            independent investigation of the financial condition, prospects and
            affairs of the Acquisition Parties, each Borrower and the Group in
            connection with the making and continuation of the Facilities under
            the Agreement and the other Finance Documents;

      (d)   that neither the Existing Bank nor any other Finance Party shall at
            any time be deemed to have had or have a duty or responsibility,
            either historically, initially or on a continuing basis, to provide
            the Substitute with any credit or other information with respect to
            any Borrower or any other member of the Group or the Acquisition
            Parties, whether coming into its possession before the making of any
            Drawing or at any time or times thereafter, other than (in the case
            of the Agent) as provided in clauses 17.3(a) and 17.5(a) of the
            Agreement;

      (e)   that it has made and will continue to make its own assessment of the
            legality, validity, enforceability and sufficiency of the Agreement,
            the Security Documents, each other Finance Document and this
            Substitution Certificate and has not relied and will not rely on the
            Existing Bank, the Arranger, the Security Agent or the Agent or any
            statements made by any of them in that respect;

      (f)   that, accordingly, none of the Existing Bank, the Arrangers, the
            Underwriters, the Security Agent and the Agent shall make any
            representations or warranties in respect of, or shall have any
            liability or responsibility to the Substitute in respect of, any of
            the foregoing matters or any other matter referred to in clause 17.7
            of the Agreement;

      (g)   that it is [not] a Qualifying Bank; and

      (h)   that it has signed an appropriate confidentiality undertaking issued
            by the Existing Bank.

                                      159

<PAGE>

5     Execution of this Substitution Certificate by the Substitute constitutes
      its representation to the Existing Bank and all other parties to the
      Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement that it has power to become
      party to the Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement as a Bank or, as
      applicable, a Senior Bank on the terms herein and therein set out and has
      taken all necessary steps to authorise execution and delivery of this
      Substitution Certificate.

6     The Substitute hereby undertakes to the Existing Bank, the Finance
      Parties, the Borrowers and each of the other parties to the Agreement and
      the Intercreditor Agreement that it will perform in accordance with their
      respective terms all those obligations which by the terms of the Agreement
      and the Intercreditor Agreement will be assumed by it after acceptance of
      this Substitution Certificate by the Agent.

7     Without limiting the above paragraphs, nothing in this Substitution
      Certificate obliges the Existing Bank to:

      (a)   accept any re-transfer from the Substitute of any of the rights,
            benefits and/or obligations hereby transferred; or

      (b)   support any losses incurred by the Substitute by reason of any
            non-performance by any Borrower or any other party to the Agreement
            or any of the Security Documents or any document relating thereto of
            any of its obligations under the same.

8     This Substitution Certificate and the rights and obligations of the
      parties hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
      English law. Clauses 22.2 and 22.3 of the Agreement inclusive are
      incorporated herein by reference.

9     This Substitution Certificate may be executed in any number of
      counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of
      which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all
      counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

NOTE: THIS SUBSTITUTION CERTIFICATE IS NOT A SECURITY, BOND, NOTE, DEBENTURE,
INVESTMENT OR SIMILAR INSTRUMENT.

AS WITNESS the hands of the authorised signatories of the parties hereto on the
date appearing below.

                                      160

<PAGE>

                                  The Schedule

THE FACILITIES

FACILITY A

Facility A Tranche 1

Commitment (pound)                                   Portion Transferred (pound)

Contribution (pound)    Next Interest Payment Date   Portion Transferred (pound)

Facility A Tranche 2

Commitment (pound)                                   Portion Transferred (pound)
Contribution (pound)    Next Interest Payment Date   Portion Transferred (pound)

FACILITY B

Facility B Tranche 1

Commitment (pound)                                   Portion Transferred (pound)

Contribution (pound)    Next Interest Payment Date   Portion Transferred (pound)

Facility B Tranche 2

Commitment (pound)                                   Portion Transferred (pound)

Contribution (pound)    Next Interest Payment Date   Portion Transferred (pound)

THE WORKING CAPITAL FACILITY

Commitment (pound)                                   Portion Transferred (pound)

Contribution (pound)    Next Maturity Date(s)        Portion Transferred (pound)

                      ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS OF SUBSTITUTE

Lending Office:
Account for payments:
Telephone:
Telefax:
Attention:

                                      161

<PAGE>

Existing Bank]                                        [Substitute]
By:______________________                             By:_______________________
Date:                                                 Date:

The Agent
By:

________________________________
on its own behalf and on behalf of the other Finance Parties, the Borrowers and
all other parties to the Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement.

                                      162
<PAGE>

                              PART B (GLOBAL FORM)

NB    1.    Banks are advised not to employ Substitution Certificates or
            otherwise to assign, novate or transfer interests in the Agreement
            without first ensuring that the transaction complies with all
            applicable laws and regulations, including the Financial Services
            Act 1986 and regulations made thereunder.

      2.    It is expected that Banks will enter into separate arrangements
            dealing with the monies to be paid to the Existing Banks by the
            Substitutes in consideration of the novation (e.g. principal,
            accrued interest, fees and any mismatched funding adjustment).
            Unless the Transfer Effective Date is a rollover date, mismatches of
            parties' funding may arise. This Certificate does not deal with
            these issues, nor does it deal with any interim risk participation
            the Existing Banks may grant to the Substitutes pending the Transfer
            Effective Date.

To: J.P. Morgan Europe Limited on its own behalf, as agent for the Banks and on
behalf of the Arrangers, the Security Agent, the Underwriters, each Borrower and
each other party to the Agreement mentioned below and the Intercreditor
Agreement.

Attention: _                                                          [DATE]

                            SUBSTITUTION CERTIFICATE

This Substitution Certificate relates to a Secured Credit Facilities Agreement
(the "AGREEMENT") dated 10 August 1999 and amended and restated on [_] 2002
between among others, the Borrowers party thereto, J.P. Morgan plc and Barclays
Capital as Amendment Arrangers, J.P. Morgan Europe Limited as Agent and Security
Agent, the persons whose respective names and addresses are set out in schedule
1 thereto as Banks. Terms defined in the Agreement shall have the same meaning
in this Substitution Certificate.

1     Each of the banks set out as Existing Banks in part A of the schedule
      below (the "Existing Banks") (a) confirms the accuracy of the summary of
      its participation in the Agreement set out in the schedule and (b)
      requests each of the persons set out as Substitute Banks in Part C of the
      schedule (the "Substitutes") to accept by way of novation the portion of
      such participation specified (or calculated as specified) in the schedule
      by counter-signing and delivering this Substitution Certificate to the
      Agent at its address for the service of notices specified in the
      Agreement.

2     Each of the Substitutes hereby requests the Agent (on behalf of itself,
      the other Finance Parties, all Borrowers and all other parties to the
      Agreement) to accept this Substitution Certificate as being delivered to
      the Agent pursuant to and for the purposes of clause 16.3 of the Agreement
      and clause 20.4 of the Intercreditor Agreement, so as to take effect in
      accordance with the terms thereof on [date of transfer] (the "TRANSFER
      EFFECTIVE DATE") or on such later date as may be determined in accordance
      with the terms thereof.

                                      163

<PAGE>

3     The Agent (on behalf of itself, the other Finance Parties, the Borrowers
      and all other parties to the Agreement) confirms each of the novations
      effected by this Substitution Certificate pursuant to and for the purposes
      of clause 16.3 of the Agreement and clause 20.4 of the Intercreditor
      Agreement, so as to take effect in accordance with the respective terms
      thereof.

4     Each of the Substitutes confirms:

      (a)   that it has received copies of the Finance Documents and all other
            documentation and information required by it in connection with the
            transactions contemplated by this Substitution Certificate;

      (b)   that it has not relied upon any statement, opinion, forecast or
            other representation (including, without limitation, anything
            contained in the Information Memorandum) or warranty made by the
            Existing Banks, the Arrangers, the Underwriters, the Documentation
            Agent, the Security Agent or the Agent to induce it to enter into
            this Substitution Certificate;

      (c)   that it has made and will continue to make, without reliance on the
            Existing Banks or any other Finance Party, and based on such
            documents as it considers appropriate, its own appraisal of the
            creditworthiness of each Borrower and the Group and its own
            independent investigation of the financial condition, prospects and
            affairs of each Borrower and the Group in connection with the making
            and continuation of the Facilities under the Agreement and the other
            Finance Documents;

      (d)   that neither the Existing Banks nor any other Finance Party shall at
            any time be deemed to have had or have a duty or responsibility,
            either historically, initially or on a continuing basis, to provide
            the Substitute with any credit or other information with respect to
            any Borrower or any other member of the Group or the Acquisition
            Parties whether coming into its possession before the making of any
            Drawing or at any time or times thereafter, other than (in the case
            of the Agent) as provided in clauses 17.3(a) and 17.5(a) of the
            Agreement;

      (e)   that it has made and will continue to make its own assessment of the
            legality, validity, enforceability and sufficiency of the Agreement,
            the Security Documents, each other Finance Document and this
            Substitution Certificate and has not relied and will not rely on the
            Existing Banks, the Arrangers, the Security Agent or the Agent or
            any statements made by any of them in that respect;

      (f)   that, accordingly, none of the Existing Banks, the Arrangers, the
            Security Agent and the Agent shall make any representations or
            warranties in respect of, or shall have any liability or
            responsibility to the Substitute in respect of, any of the foregoing
            matters or any other matter referred to in clause 17.7 of the
            Agreement;

      (g)   that it is [not] a Qualifying Bank; AND [NOTE: SPECIFY FOR EACH
            SUBSTITUTE INDIVIDUALLY IF APPROPRIATE]

                                      164

<PAGE>

      (h)   that it has signed and agrees to be bound by and comply with an
            appropriate confidentiality undertaking issued by the Existing
            Banks.

5     Execution of this Substitution Certificate by each of the Substitutes
      constitutes its representation to each of the Existing Banks and all other
      parties to the Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement that it has power
      to become party to the Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement as a Bank
      or, as applicable, a Senior Bank on the terms herein and therein set out
      and has taken all necessary steps to authorise execution and delivery of
      this Substitution Certificate.

6     Each of the Substitutes hereby undertakes to the Existing Banks, the
      Finance Parties, the Borrowers and each of the other parties to the
      Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement that it will perform in
      accordance with its terms all those obligations which by the terms of the
      Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement will be assumed by it after
      acceptance of this Substitution Certificate by the Agent.

7     Without limiting the above paragraphs, nothing in this Substitution
      Certificate obliges any of the Existing Banks to:

      (a)   accept any re-transfer from any Substitute of any of the rights,
            benefits and/or obligations hereby transferred; or

      (b)   support any losses incurred by any Substitute by reason of any
            non-performance by any Obligor or any other party to the Agreement
            or any of the Security Documents or any document relating thereto of
            any of its obligations under the same.

8     Each of the Substitutes that executes this Substitution Certificate agrees
      to be bound by this Substitution Certificate notwithstanding that any
      other person (a "NON-SIGNING PARTY") that intended to execute this
      Substitution Certificate as a Substitute may not do so or may not be
      effectually bound. In such circumstances, the amount of each Existing
      Bank's Commitments or Contributions that is transferred pursuant to this
      Substitution Certificate (as set out in part B of the schedule) shall be
      reduced pro-rata as between the Existing Banks by the amount which was
      intended to be transferred to the Non-signing Party.

9     This Substitution Certificate and the rights and obligations of the
      parties hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
      English law. Clauses 22.2 and 22.3 of the Agreement inclusive are
      incorporated herein by reference.

NOTE: THIS SUBSTITUTION CERTIFICATE IS NOT A SECURITY, BOND, NOTE, DEBENTURE,
INVESTMENT OR SIMILAR INSTRUMENT.

AS WITNESS the hands of the authorised signatories of the parties hereto on the
date appearing below.

                                      165

<PAGE>

                                  THE SCHEDULE

                                     PART A

EXISTING BANKS' COMMITMENTS, CONTRIBUTIONS (AND RELEVANT PROPORTIONS) BEING EACH
OF THEIR PARTICIPATIONS IN THE AGREEMENT AS AT THE DATE OF THIS SUBSTITUTION
CERTIFICATE

[Set out each Existing Bank's participation including Facility A, Facility B and
Working Capital Facility Commitment and Contribution and Relevant Proportions]

                                     PART B

                               PORTION TRANSFERRED

[Set out the portion of each Existing Bank's Commitments, Contributions and
Relevant Proportion transferred]

The portion of an Existing Bank's [Commitments, Contributions and Relevant
Proportion in respect of each Facility etc.] to be transferred to a particular
Substitute is [as set out below/calculated as follows:]]

[set out details or method of calculation]

                                     PART C

[Set out names of Substitute Banks and the aggregate amounts of the Commitments,
Contributions and Relevant Proportion in respect of each Facility being
transferred to them]

[Insert execution particulars and each Substitute's administration details]

[Each of the Existing Banks]                          [Each of the Substitutes]
By: _____________________                             By:______________________
Date:                                                 Date:

The Agent
By:

_________________________
on its own behalf
and on behalf of the other Finance Parties, the Borrowers and all other parties
to the Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement.

                                      166

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE 6
                    THE GROUP AS AT THE SECOND EFFECTIVE DATE

Newco 2
Premier Ambient Products (UK) Limited (company number 4427006)
Pastam Limited (company number 323282)

ORIGINAL CHARGING SUBSIDIARIES

ENGLISH

Beeson Group Limited (company number 1721453)
C & TH (Calne) Limited (company number 183952)
Cadismark Household Products Limited (company number 1413161)
Chivers Hartley Limited (company number 2081705)
Country Farms Limited (company number 305182)
Curf Farms (Chatteris) Limited (company number 1461987)
Equity Investments Management Limited (company number 2083957)
FMC (Meat) Limited (company number 671705)
Formwood Group (UK) Limited (company number 2046126)
Formwood Group Limited (company number 2175715)
H (Barnstaple) Limited (company number 2047347)
H (Elmswell) Limited (company number 1936070)
HL Foods Limited (company number 2560855)
H.I.T. Investments Limited (company number 2105858)
Hillsdown Ambient Foods Group Limited (company number 1220754)
Hillsdown Distribution Limited (company number 1875837)
Hillsdown Europe Limited (company number 2662027)
Hillsdown Holdings QUEST Limited (company number 3422198)
Hillsdown International Limited (company number 1943509)
Hillsdown Investments Limited (company number 1871848)
Hillsdown Produce Limited (company number 2183442)
Hillsdown UK Limited (company number 1638448)
H. M. Trux Limited (company number 1253499)
Hobson Limited (company number 1778744)
Horberry & Baker Limited (company number 1428538)
Kingsdown Leasing Limited (company number 390451)
Lamberde Properties Limited (company number 2277876)
MBM Mosspak Limited (company number 426939)
MBM Produce Limited (company number 426939)
Northwest Prime Investments Limited (company number 2641825)
Premier Financing Limited (company number 3716362)
Premier International Foods UK Limited (company number 314272)
R Financial Services Limited (company number 1943735)
Rowe, Manchett & Till Limited (company number 1746676)
Rugby Securities Limited (company number 1869278)

                                      167

<PAGE>

SCOTTISH

Melroses Limited (company number 99843)
Premier Brands Limited (company number 96055)
Ridgways Limited (company number 105097)

Robert Wilson & Sons (Est. 1849) Limited (company number 20563)

DUTCH

Hillsdown Holland B.V.
Hillsdown International B.V .
Jonker Fris B.V.

FRENCH

Hillsdown Holdings France S.A.S.
Materne Boin S.A .
Premier Brands France S.A .

OTHER SUBSIDIARIES

ENGLISH

Anglo European Food Group Limited (company number 1044222)
Chambers Foods Limited (company number 1081647)
Curf Growers Limited (company number IP2250612)
Derek Marney Components Limited (company number 2046127)
FMC Limited (company number 671701)
FMC Products Limited (company number 549467)
FMC Superannuation & Pension Scheme Trustees Limited (company number 2374989)
Glengettie Tea Company Limited (company number 311427)
Gomme Holdings Limited (company number 274410)
Guy Morton & Sons Limited (company number 1059522)
Harvest Agriculture Limited (company number 615823)
Harvest Poultry Limited (company number 786395)
Haywards Foods Limited (company number 2627084)
HF Pension Scheme Trustees Limited (company number 2375077)
Hillsdown Holdings Pension Trustees Limited (company number 2735596)
HMTF Poultry Limited (company number 3808291)
Honeysuckle Foods Limited (company number 3096231)
J.B. Eastwood Limited (company number 623022)
Kardomah Limited (company number 4059)
Marsh and Baxter Limited (company number 144678)
Marshall (Country Meats) Limited (company number 1806466)
Meridian Tea Company Limited (company number 0444592)
North Devon Pension Scheme Trustees Limited (company number 2375072)
Premier Beverages Limited (company number 1676914)
Premier Biscuits Limited (company number 587165)
Premier Brands Pensions Trustees Limited (company number 2084542)
Premier Laboratory Services Limited (company number 274999)

                                      168

<PAGE>

Premier Preserves Limited (company number 1128631)
Premier Teas Limited (company number 2092180)
Pyke Holdings Limited (company number 101992)
Stratford-Upon-Avon Foods Limited (company number 4143852)
Sussex Farm Turkeys Limited (company number 1284938)
Sykes International Limited (company number 477546)
The London Fruit & Herb Company Limited (company number 01648788)
The London Herb & Spice Co. Limited (company number 1183027)
The Specialist Soup Company Limited (company number 24168)
Typhoo Tea Limited (company number 371003)
Vic Hallam Limited (company number 387108)
Vic Hallam Holdings Limited (company number 301131)
W. Beeson (London and Dunbar) Limited (company number 523736)
Winsford Bacon Company Limited (company number 855389)

GERMAN

Diamond Food Lebensmittelhandel GmbH
Formwood Deckensysteme GmbH
Hillsdown Backerei Beteiligungsgesellschaft GmbH
Solonia Sonnenschutz GmbH
Solonia Aluminum GmbH

ISLE OF MAN

Citadel Insurance Company Limited (company number 30246)

SCOTTISH

Premier Brands Exports Limited (company number 96054)
Premier Brands Overseas Limited (company number 96053)
Premier Food Limited (company number 105098)
Somniculous No.1 Limited (company number 78060)
Somniculous No.2 Limited (company number 79694)

DUTCH

Formwood Ceilings BV
Formwood Holdings BV
Luxrite BV
Hillsdown International Finance B.V.

SPAIN

MBM Spain S.A.

FRENCH

Hillsdown SA
Hillsdown Paris SA

                                      169
<PAGE>

Favols Industrie SA
SCI du Verger

SWITZERLAND

Confitech AG

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

Hillsdown Seafoods Inc

GIBRALTAR

Abco Holdings Limited
Pall Mall Limited

                                      170

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE 7
                                STRUCTURE CHART

                               [STRUCTURE CHART]

                                      171
<PAGE>

                      [HILLSDOWN INTERNATIONAL FLOW CHART]

                                      172
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE 8
     FINANCIAL UNDERTAKINGS, MARGIN AND COMMITMENT COMMISSION ADJUSTMENT AND
                                ACCOUNTING TERMS

1     FINANCIAL UNDERTAKINGS:

      Newco 2 undertakes with each of the Finance Parties that, throughout the
      Finance Period, it will ensure that:

1.1   Total Net Interest Cover:

      The ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Net Interest Charges in
      respect of each period set out in column A and measured at the last day of
      the last month in such period shall be not less than the ratio set out in
      column B:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       A                                   B
        Period of 12 months ending on:
---------------------------------------------------     -------
<S>                                                     <C>
30 June 2002                                            1.85:1
30 September 2002                                       1.85:1
31 December 2002                                        1.85:1
31 March 2003                                           1.85:1
30 June 2003                                            1.90:1
30 September 2003                                       1.90:1
31 December 2003                                        2.00:1
31 March 2004                                           2.00:1
30 June 2004                                            2.25:1
30 September 2004                                       2.25:1
31 December 2004                                        2.40:1
31 March 2005                                           2.40:1
30 June 2005                                            2.50:1
30 September 2005                                       2.50:1
31 December 2005                                        2.60:1
31 March 2006                                           2.60:1
30 June 2006                                            2.75:1
30 September 2006                                       2.75:1
31 December 2006                                        3.00:1
31 March 2007                                           3.00:1
30 June 2007                                            3.20:1
30 September 2007                                       3.20:1
31 December 2007                                        3.50:1
31 March 2008                                           3.50:1
30 June 2008                                            3.75:1
30 September 2008                                       3.75:1
and thereafter (on a rolling 12 month basis, at the
 end of each Quarter)                                   3.75:1
</TABLE>

                                      173

<PAGE>

1.2   Consolidated Fixed Charge Cover Ratio:

      The Consolidated Fixed Charge Cover Ratio in respect of each period set
      out in column A and measured at the last day of the last month in such
      period shall not be less than the ratio set out in column B:

                     A                              B

Period of 12 months ending on:

30 June 2002                                     1.00:1

and thereafter (on a rolling 12 month basis,
on each 30 June and 31 December)                 1.00:1

1.3   Total Net Debt to Consolidated EBITDA:

      The ratio of the Total Net Debt as at the end of, to Consolidated EBITDA
      in respect of, each period set out in column A and measured at the last
      day of the last month in such period shall not be greater than the ratio
      set out in column B:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     A                            B
--------------------------------------------   ------
<S>                                            <C>
Period of 12 months ending on:

30 June 2002                                   5.60:1
30 September 2002                              5.60:1
31 December 2002                               5.60:1
31 March 2003                                  5.60:1
30 June 2003                                   5.20:1
30 September 2003                              5.20:1
31 December 2003                               4.65:1
31 March 2004                                  4.65:1
30 June 2004                                   4.30:1
30 September 2004                              4.30:1
31 December 2004                               3.90:1
31 March 2005                                  3.90:1
30 June 2005                                   3.65:1
30 September 2005                              3.65:1
31 December 2005                               3.30:1
31 March 2006                                  3.30:1
30 June 2006                                   3.00:1
30 September 2006                              3.00:1
and thereafter (on a rolling 12 month basis,
at the end of each Quarter)                    3.00:1
</TABLE>

1.4   Maximum Capital Expenditure:

      It will not, and will procure that no other member of the Group will,
      undertake any, or enter into any financial commitments with respect to,
      Capital Expenditure in any financial year if the total Capital Expenditure
      of all members of the Group in such financial year would exceed the
      Budgeted Capital

                                      174

<PAGE>

      Expenditure for such financial year but so that, during the Finance
      Period, Newco 2 can incur additional Capital Expenditure which is not
      otherwise permitted under this paragraph 1.4 not exceeding, in aggregate,
      (pound)10,000,000 (or its equivalent at the date of expenditure).

2     MARGIN AND COMMITMENT COMMISSION REDUCTION

2.1   At all times during the period of six months from the Second Effective
      Date, the Margin in respect of Facility A and the Working Capital Facility
      (the "VARIABLE MARGIN") shall be 2.25 per cent. per annum and the
      Commitment Commission Rate in respect of the Working Capital Facility (the
      "VARIABLE COMMITMENT COMMISSION RATE") shall be 0.75 per cent. per annum.

2.2   Thereafter, the Variable Margin shall be 2.25 per cent. per annum and the
      Variable Commitment Commission Rate shall be 0.75 per cent. per annum
      unless the reduction criteria set out below are satisfied in the most
      recent compliance certificate delivered under clause 10.1(b)(iii) or (iv)
      as referred to in paragraph 2.4, in which case the Variable Margin and the
      Variable Commitment Commission Rate shall be reduced to the levels
      indicated below with effect from the date upon which such certificate is
      delivered to the Agent.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 VARIABLE COMMITMENT
           TOTAL NET DEBT: CONSOLIDATED                      VARIABLE MARGIN TO BE REDUCED      COMMISSION RATE TO BE
                      EBITDA                                        TO (% PER ANNUM)           REDUCED TO (% PER ANNUM)
--------------------------------------------------           -----------------------------     ------------------------
<S>                                                          <C>                               <C>
Greater than or equal to 4.5:1                                            2.25                      0.75
Greater than or equal to 4.0:1 but less than 4.5:1                        2.00                      0.625
Greater than or equal to 3.5:1 but less than 4:1                          1.75                      0.50
Greater than or equal to 3.0:1 but less than 3.5:1                        1.50                      0.375
       less than 3.0:1                                                    1.25                      0.25
</TABLE>

2.3   The Margin in respect of Facility B shall at all times be 2.75 per cent.
      per annum.

2.4   For the purpose of this paragraph 2, the ratio of Total Net Debt to
      Consolidated EBITDA shall be tested by reference to the most recent
      compliance certificate delivered to the Agent pursuant to clause
      10.1(b)(iii) or (iv) as the case may be. However, if on any day, Newco 2
      has failed to deliver to the Agent under clause 10.1(b) the relevant
      consolidated accounts of the Group and the related

                                      175
<PAGE>

      compliance certificate in respect of any financial year end or, as the
      case may be, Quarter and such failure is continuing, the Variable Margin
      and the Variable Commitment Commission Rate for such day shall not be
      subject to any reduction pursuant to this schedule 8.

2.5   Where in any financial year the Variable Margin and the Variable
      Commitment Commission Rate have been reduced in respect of any day on the
      basis of the accounts of the Group for any Quarter and a director's
      compliance certificate delivered to the Agent pursuant to clause
      10.1(b)(ii) and (iii) and the financial statements of the Group for that
      financial year and auditor's compliance report in respect of such
      financial year delivered pursuant to clause 10.1(b)(i) and (iv) show that
      such reductions should not have been made, such reductions shall be
      cancelled immediately and the Borrowers shall make such payments as may be
      necessary to put the Banks in the position they would have been had no
      such reductions been made.

2.6   Notwithstanding the satisfaction of the conditions set out above on any
      relevant reduction date, no reduction in the Variable Margin and the
      Variable Commitment Commission Rate then current shall occur if on such
      date an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing unremedied, unless
      and until such Event of Default has been remedied or waived by the
      Majority Banks, in which case the scheduled reductions shall take place.
      During any period that an Event of Default is continuing which has not
      been remedied or waived by the Majority Banks the Variable Margin shall be
      2.25 per cent. per annum and the Variable Commitment Commission Rate shall
      be 0.75 per cent. per annum.

3     ACCOUNTING TERMS:

      In clause 6.11 and paragraphs 1 and 2 of this schedule 8 accounting terms
      are used and shall be construed in accordance with the Appropriate
      Accounting Principles but so that:

      "ACQUISITION COSTS" means all fees, costs, expenses and Taxes incurred by
      any member of the Group in connection with the negotiation, preparation,
      execution, notarisation and registration of the Transaction Documents, the
      Finance Documents and the High Yield Bonds Documents and otherwise in
      connection with the making of the Acquisition or the Second Acquisitions
      or the Third Acquisitions;

      "CAPITALISED LEASE OBLIGATIONS" means, with respect to any person, any
      rental obligation (including, without limitation, any hire purchase
      payment obligation) which, under the Appropriate Accounting Principles,
      would be required to be treated as a Finance Lease or otherwise
      capitalised on the books of such person in accordance with such
      principles;

      "CONSOLIDATED CURRENT ASSETS" means, at any relevant time, the aggregate
      of the current assets of the Group at such time but excluding cash in hand
      or at bank and the amount of fixed asset debtors calculated on a
      consolidated basis which would fall to be included as current assets in a
      consolidated balance sheet of the Group drawn up at such time in
      accordance with the Appropriate Accounting Principles;

                                      176

<PAGE>

      "CONSOLIDATED CURRENT LIABILITIES" means, at any relevant time, the
      aggregate of the current liabilities of the Group at such time but
      excluding the amount of fixed asset creditors, Consolidated Net Interest
      Charges, Borrowed Money, Taxes, dividends and debit balances on bank
      accounts calculated on a consolidated basis which would fall to be
      included as current liabilities in a consolidated balance sheet of the
      Group drawn up at such time in accordance with the Appropriate Accounting
      Principles;

      "CONSOLIDATED EBITDA" means, in respect of any period, the consolidated
      trading profits, but before:

      (a)   exceptional items and extraordinary items;

      (b)   profits and losses on disposals of capital assets;

      (c)   deduction of Acquisition Costs;

      (d)   amortisation of goodwill and other intangible assets;

      (e)   depreciation;

      (f)   Consolidated Net Interest Charges and Taxes; and

      (g)   any non-cash charges and non-cash income,

      of the Group for such period and before taking into account the applicable
      share of any profit (except to the extent received in cash) or loss of any
      joint venture or associate and after deducting (to the extent otherwise
      included) profits (or adding back losses) attributable to minority
      interests in Group members, provided that for the purposes of clause
      10.2(f) and the determination of compliance with the Financial Covenants
      in paragraphs 1.1 and 1.3 of this schedule 8 Consolidated EBITDA shall
      include the trading profits (adjusted as set out above in this definition)
      of (or attributable to) any business or assets that have been acquired by
      the Group pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition (including, without
      limitation, the Second Acquisitions), calculated on the same basis as
      trading profits for the Group for such period as if such acquisition had
      occurred on the first day of the relevant period for which Consolidated
      EBITDA is being calculated. For these purposes, the relevant adjusted
      trading profits of the business acquired pursuant to the UK Second
      Acquisition shall be (pound)4,280,000 for the Quarter ending 30 September
      2001, (pound)7,529,000 for the Quarter ending 31 December 2001,
      (pound)2,754,000 for the Quarter ending 31 March 2002 and for the Quarter
      ending 30 June 2002 shall be the adjusted trading profits for that
      business for the period from the UK Second Acquisition Completion Date
      until the end of that Quarter divided by the number of days in that period
      and multiplied by 91;

      "CONSOLIDATED EXCESS CASH FLOW" means, in respect of any financial year,
      the amount of the Consolidated EBITDA for such financial year after
      (without double counting) adding:

                                      177

<PAGE>

      (i)   any decrease in Consolidated Net Working Capital (excluding
            amortisation of upfront fees and expenses in relation to the
            Facilities or the Senior Subordinated Facility);

      (ii)  any receipts of cash exceptional and extraordinary items;

      (iii) any refund received on account of Taxes paid; and

      (iv)  cash dividends and other similar cash payments received in respect
            of investments;

      and after deducting:

      (a)   Consolidated Net Interest Charges;

      (b)   all repayments and prepayments (other than mandatory prepayments
            made pursuant to clauses 6.6, 6.10, 10.6(b) or 10.6(f)(xii) or the
            equivalent provisions of the Senior Subordinated Facility Agreement)
            of the Term Advances or the Senior Subordinated Facility Advances
            (and under the Working Capital Facility to the extent cancelled)
            made during such financial year (on the basis that for this purpose
            crediting moneys to a Cash Collateral Account (or a cash collateral
            account maintained or the purposes of the Senior Subordinated
            Facility Agreement) pending prepayment will be deemed to be an
            actual prepayment);

      (c)   the principal amount of scheduled rental payments of Capitalised
            Lease Obligations during such financial year (whether or not
            actually paid);

      (d)   Net Proceeds which are not yet unapplied Net Proceeds (as defined in
            clause 6.10(ii));

      (e)   payments in respect of Capital Expenditure excluding the principal
            amount of Indebtedness incurred in connection with such expenditure;

      (f)   any increase in Consolidated Net Working Capital (excluding
            amortisation of upfront fees and expenses in relation to the
            Facilities or the Senior Subordinated Facility);

      (g)   any payments of cash exceptional and extraordinary items;

      (h)   Taxes paid;

      (i)   the amount of carry over of Budgeted Capital Expenditure into the
            next financial year;

      (j)   the aggregate net increase (or adding back the aggregate net
            decrease) in all loans or credit made in cash pursuant to clause
            10.6(i)(iv) or (ix);

      (k)   the aggregate amount of Permitted Acquisitions made which were
            funded as referred to in clause 10.6(s)(B)(4);

                                      178

<PAGE>

      (l)   the aggregate amount of Equity Permitted Payments and Intercompany
            Loan Permitted Payments made; and

      (m)   the aggregate net increase (or adding back the aggregate net
            decrease) in all deposits required to be made in connection with
            Derivatives Transactions permitted under clause 10.5(a).

      The amount so produced shall be calculated (showing the calculations on
      which it is based) in respect of each relevant financial year by Newco 2
      who shall instruct the Auditors to deliver to the Agent a statement as to
      the amount of the Consolidated Excess Cash Flow confirming that in all
      material respects the calculation has been made in accordance with the
      audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for such year and
      the provisions of this paragraph 3 of schedule 8, such Auditors' statement
      to be delivered to the Agent together with such audited consolidated
      financial statements in accordance with clause 10.1(b)(i);

      "CONSOLIDATED FIXED CHARGES" means, in respect of any period, the
      aggregate of:

      (a)   Consolidated Net Interest Charges in respect of such period; and

      (b)   the total amount of scheduled repayments of the Term Advances;

      "CONSOLIDATED FIXED CHARGE COVER RATIO" means, in respect of any period,
      the ratio of:

      (a)   Consolidated EBITDA plus cash exceptional and extraordinary items
            received in such period less (i) the amount (if any) by which
            Capital Expenditure during such period exceeds the amount of any
            carry over of Budgeted Capital Expenditure from the previous
            financial year (and so that if the amount of any such carry over is
            greater than the amount of Capital Expenditure this sub-paragraph
            (i) shall be zero) and (ii) any amount payable (or reasonably likely
            to be payable) in respect of Taxes during such period (or in respect
            of any prior period (to the extent not previously taken into account
            in determining the Consolidated Fixed Charge Cover Ratio)) and (iii)
            cash exceptional and extraordinary items paid during such period; to

      (b)   Consolidated Fixed Charges for such period;

      "CONSOLIDATED NET INTEREST CHARGES" means, in respect of a period, the
      aggregate (calculated on a consolidated basis) of all continuing regular
      or periodic costs, charges and expenses incurred in effecting, servicing
      or maintaining any Borrowed Money of the Group (other than the
      Subordinated Shareholder Loans) in respect of such period (but not agency
      or arrangement fees) including:

      (a)   cash interest, guarantee, fronting and ancillary facility fees and
            commitment fees on any form of such Borrowed Money accrued or paid
            as

                                      179

<PAGE>

            an obligation of any member of the Group during the period,
            including the interest element of Finance Leases;

      (b)   the consideration given by the Group during the period by way of
            discount in connection with such Borrowed Money by way of acceptance
            credit, bill discounting or other like arrangement accrued or, as
            the case may be, paid in respect of such Borrowed Money; and

      (c)   net payments in relation to interest rate hedging arrangements after
            deduction of net income in relation to interest rate hedging
            arrangements;

      less the amount of interest accrued or, as the case may be, paid on cash
      balances and Cash Equivalents of the Group during such period, provided
      that for the purposes of clause 10.2(f) and the determination of
      compliance with the Financial Covenants in paragraphs 1.1 and 1.3 of this
      schedule 8 Consolidated Net Interest Charges shall include all the costs,
      charges and expenses referred to above (less the deductions referred to
      above) incurred in effecting, servicing or maintaining any Borrowed Money
      of, or any Borrowed Money incurred by the Group for the purposes of the
      acquisition (including the refinancing of any Borrowed Money) of, any
      business or assets that have been acquired by the Group pursuant to a
      Permitted Acquisition (including, without limitation, the Second
      Acquisitions), calculated on the same basis as such costs, charges and
      expenses (and deductions) are calculated by the Group for such period as
      if such acquisition had occurred on the first day of the relevant period
      for which Consolidated Net Interest Charges are being calculated;

      "CONSOLIDATED NET WORKING CAPITAL" means, at any time, Consolidated
      Current Assets at such time less Consolidated Current Liabilities at such
      time; and

      "TOTAL NET DEBT" means the principal element of Indebtedness incurred by
      the Group in respect of all Borrowed Money (including, without limitation,
      pursuant to this Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Facility Agreement or
      the Intercompany Loan Agreement but excluding the Subordinated Shareholder
      Loans and interest accruing on the Target/Newco 2 Loan Agreement) net of
      cash and Cash Equivalents;

      Provided that no amount shall be added or deducted more than once in any
      definition.

                                      180

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE 9
                          FORM OF ACCESSION CERTIFICATE

To:   J.P. Morgan Europe Limited on its own behalf, as agent for the Banks party
      to the Facilities Agreement mentioned below and on behalf of the
      Borrowers, the Finance Parties party to, and any other parties to, the
      Agreement

      Attention: Steve Clark, Agency Loans Department [Date]

ACCESSION CERTIFICATE

This Accession Certificate relates to a Senior Secured Facilities Agreement (the
"AGREEMENT") dated 10 August 1999 and amended and restated on [o] 2002 between,
among others, the Borrowers party thereto, J.P. Morgan plc and Barclays Capital
as Amendment Arrangers, J.P. Morgan Europe Limited as Agent and Security Agent,
the persons whose respective names and addresses are set out in schedule 1
thereto as Banks. Terms defined in the Agreement shall have the same meaning in
this Accession Certificate.

1     [_] (the "ACCEDING BORROWER") hereby requests the Agent (on behalf of
      itself, the Borrowers, the Finance Parties and any other parties to the
      Agreement) to accept this Accession Certificate as being delivered to the
      Agent pursuant to and for the purposes of clause 20.1 of the Agreement so
      as to take effect in accordance with the respective terms thereof on the
      date hereof.

2     The Acceding Borrower is, pursuant to this Accession Certificate, acceding
      to the Agreement as a Borrower in respect of [the Working Capital
      Facility][Ancillary Facilities] only and accordingly shall, subject to the
      terms of this Accession Certificate and the Agreement, become a Borrower
      under the Agreement.

3     The Agent (on behalf of itself, the Borrowers, the Finance Parties and any
      other parties to the Agreement) confirms the accession to the Agreement
      effected by this Accession Certificate pursuant to and for the purposes of
      clause 20.1 of the Agreement so as to take effect in accordance with the
      terms thereof.

4     The Acceding Borrower hereby:

      (a)   represents and warrants to the Finance Parties in accordance with
            clause 9.3 of the Agreement; and

      (b)   undertakes to the Agent (on behalf of itself, the Borrowers, the
            Finance Parties and any other parties to the Agreement) that it will
            perform in accordance with their terms all those obligations which
            by the terms of the Agreement will be assumed by it as a [Working
            Capital Borrower] [Ancillary Facilities Borrower] after acceptance
            of this Accession Certificate by the Agent.

5     This Accession Certificate is intended to take effect as a Deed
      notwithstanding that the Agent may execute it under hand only.

                                      181

<PAGE>

6     This Accession Certificate and the rights and obligations of the parties
      hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English
      law and clauses 22.2 and 22.3 of the Agreement are incorporated herein by
      reference.

IN WITNESS whereof this Accession Certificate has been entered into as a Deed on
the date above.

The Acceding Borrower

[EXECUTION PARTICULARS -
SUBSIDIARY TO EXECUTE AS A DEED]

The Agent

By:
___________________________

on its own behalf and on behalf of the Borrowers, the Finance Parties and all
other parties to the Agreement. Schedule 1

                                      182

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE 10
                         FORM OF DIRECTOR'S CERTIFICATE
                                 [Not restated]

                                      183

<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE 11
                         FORM OF ANNUAL AUDITOR'S REPORT

To:   J.P. Morgan Europe Limited
      Trinity Tower
      9 Thomas More Street
      London E1 9YT

Attention: Steve Clark, Agency Loans Department                           [Date]

Dear Sirs

      SECURED CREDIT FACILITIES AGREEMENT DATED 10 AUGUST 1999 AND AMENDED AND
      RESTATED ON [_] 2002 (AS FROM TIME TO TIME FURTHER AMENDED, VARIED,
      EXTENDED, RESTATED OR REPLACED (THE "FACILITIES AGREEMENT")

We refer to the Facilities Agreement and deliver this Certificate in respect of
the financial year ended [ ] pursuant to clause 10.1(b)(iv) thereof. Terms
defined in the Facilities Agreement shall have the same meaning when used in
this Certificate.

1     We confirm that on or as of the last day of the financial year ending [ ],
      as determined by reference to the audited accounts of the Group in respect
      of such financial year:

      (a)   The ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Net Interest
            Charges for such financial year was [ ];

      (b)   The Consolidated Fixed Charge Cover Ratio for such financial year
            was [ ];

      (c)   The ratio of Total Net Debt to Consolidated EBITDA for such
            financial year was [ ]; and

      (d)   Capital Expenditure during such financial year was [ ].

Based on the above, we confirm that Newco 2 was in compliance with the Financial
Covenants [or, if not, indicate the extent of any non-compliance] as at the end
of such financial year.

2     We confirm that, as determined by reference to the audited accounts of the
      Group in respect of such financial year, on or as of the last day of the
      financial year ending [ ]:

      (a)   the pro forma Consolidated EBITDA of the Charging Group (measured as
            if references in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA to the
            "Group" were references to the "Charging Group") constitutes [95 per
            cent. or more] of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Group;

                                      184

<PAGE>

      (b)   the pro forma consolidated turnover of the member of the Charging
            Group constitutes [95 per cent. or more] of the consolidated
            turnover of the Group; and

      (c)   the pro forma consolidated total assets of the members of the
            Charging Group constitute [95 per cent. or more] of the consolidated
            total assets of the Group,

      in each case tested on a rolling 12 months basis and therefore that Newco
      2 was in compliance with the undertaking set out in clause 10.1(f)(ii) as
      at [ ].

3     We confirm that, as determined by reference to the audited accounts of the
      Group in respect of the financial year ending [ ], on or as of the last
      day of such financial year, the members of the Group which were Material
      Entities within the meanings of sub-paragraph (c)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv)
      of the definition of "Material Entity" were: [ ]

                              For and on behalf of
                               [Name of Auditors]

                         ______________________________

                                      185

<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE 12
               TERMS OF INDEMNITY IN RELATION TO LETTERS OF CREDIT

1     (a)   Each relevant Working Capital Borrower hereby unconditionally and
            irrevocably agrees and undertakes to the Fronting Bank, subject to
            negligence or wilful default by the Fronting Bank in its capacity of
            Fronting Bank, that it will at all times indemnify the Fronting Bank
            on demand of the Agent and keep the Fronting Bank indemnified on
            demand of the Agent from and against all actions, suits,
            proceedings, claims, demands, liabilities, damages, costs or
            reasonable expenses, losses and reasonable charges whatsoever in
            relation to or arising out of any utilisation of the Working Capital
            Facility by the issue of Letters of Credit and the relevant Working
            Capital Borrower will pay to the Agent for account of the Fronting
            Bank the amount of all payments made (whether directly or by way of
            set-off, counterclaim or otherwise howsoever) (other than any such
            cost or loss caused by or arising from the gross negligence or
            wilful default of such Fronting Bank) and all losses, costs or
            expenses suffered or incurred from time to time by the Fronting
            Bank, by reason or in consequence of its incurring a liability under
            any utilisation of the Working Capital Facility by the issue of
            Letters of Credit and any of the aforesaid indemnities relating
            thereto (other than any such cost, loss or expense caused by or
            arising from the gross negligence or wilful default of such Fronting
            Bank).

      (b)   The liability of the relevant Working Capital Facility Borrower
            under this indemnity shall not be discharged, lessened or impaired
            by any time being given or by anything being done by the Fronting
            Bank.

2     Each relevant Working Capital Borrower specifically releases and
      indemnifies the Fronting Bank from and against the consequences of the
      Fronting Bank's failure and/or the failure of any other person to receive
      any telex, facsimile or telephone message in a form in which it was
      despatched and from and against the consequences of any delay that may
      occur during the course of the transmission of any such message.

3     The obligations of each relevant Working Capital Borrower hereunder and
      under each document executed pursuant to or in relation to this Agreement
      shall not be in any way discharged or impaired by reason of any time or
      other indulgence which may be granted (a) to the Fronting Bank by any
      beneficiary of any utilisation of the Working Capital Facility by the
      issue of Letters of Credit or (b) by the Fronting Bank to any person from
      whom it may seek reimbursement in respect of sums paid out by it under any
      utilisation of the Working Capital Facility or any other obligation
      pursuant thereto or pursuant to this Agreement, as the case may be; by any
      variation of any underlying agreement, this Agreement or any such
      document; nor by any circumstance which would or might (but for this
      provision) constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defence of the
      relevant Working Capital Borrower.

4     The Fronting Bank may, at any time, without thereby discharging, impairing
      or otherwise affecting any security created by, pursuant to or in relation
      to this Agreement or the rights, powers and remedies conferred upon it by
      this

                                      186

<PAGE>

      Agreement, any such security or by law, (a) offer or agree to or enter
      into agreement for the extension or variation of any utilisation of the
      Working Capital Facility by the issue of Letters of Credit or (b) offer to
      give or agree to give any time or other indulgence in relation to any sums
      paid out by it under any utilisation of the Working Capital Facility by
      the issue of Letters of Credit, any obligation pursuant thereto or any
      other obligation pursuant to this Agreement.

5     Any rights conferred on the Fronting Bank by this Agreement and by each
      document executed pursuant to or in relation to this Agreement shall be in
      addition to and not in substitution for or derogation of any other rights
      which the Fronting Bank may at any time have to seek from any relevant
      Working Capital Borrower or any other person, reimbursement of or
      indemnification against payments made or liabilities incurred under any
      utilisation of the Working Capital Facility by the issue of Letters of
      Credit, any obligation pursuant thereto or any other obligation pursuant
      to this Agreement.

6     Any satisfaction of obligations by any relevant Working Capital Facility
      Borrower or any other person to the Fronting Bank or any discharge given
      by the Fronting Bank to any relevant Working Capital Borrower or any other
      person in respect of obligations hereunder or related hereto or any other
      agreement reached between the Fronting Bank and any relevant Working
      Capital Borrower or any other person in relation thereto shall be, and be
      deemed always to have been, void if any act satisfying any of the said
      obligations or on the faith of which any such discharge was given or any
      such arrangement was entered into is subsequently avoided by or in
      pursuance of any provision of law (otherwise than as a result of any act
      or default by the Fronting Bank).

7     For the purposes of this Agreement, a utilisation of the Working Capital
      Facility by the issue of Letters of Credit shall be considered to be
      outstanding until the earliest of (a) the date of return of the document
      evidencing the Fronting Bank's liability to the relevant beneficiary under
      such utilisation of the Working Capital Facility to the Fronting Bank, (b)
      the expiry date referred to in that document (being the latest date by
      which the beneficiary thereof shall be entitled to make a demand of the
      Fronting Bank thereunder) and (c) the date on which all liabilities
      referred to in that utilisation of the Working Capital Facility have been
      discharged or cash collateralised in full.

8     Each relevant Working Capital Borrower hereby confirms and agrees that:

      (a)   the Fronting Bank shall be entitled and bound to make any payment
            requested or demanded in writing by any beneficiary under any
            utilisation of the Working Capital Facility by the issue of Letters
            of Credit which are valid on their face and appears to comply with
            the terms thereof regardless of whether or not the relevant Group
            debtor shall be in any way in breach of any of its obligations under
            or by virtue of the transaction to which that utilisation of the
            Working Capital Facility by the issue of Letters of Credit refers
            and without making any investigation as to the bona fide nature,
            validity or genuineness of any such request or demand (unless, under
            applicable law, the Fronting Bank is under no obligation to make
            such payment); and

                                      187

<PAGE>

      (b)   the liability of any relevant Working Capital Borrower hereunder and
            the right and obligation of the Fronting Bank to make such payment
            shall be in no way diminished or prejudiced if it should appear
            that, as between the relevant Group debtor and that beneficiary,
            that beneficiary was not entitled for whatever reason to demand
            payment under such utilisation of the Working Capital Facility by
            the issue of Letters of Credit or that such demand was not valid or
            genuine (subject as mentioned in paragraph 8(a) above).

                                      188

<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE 13
                                     PART A
                                 [NOT RESTATED]

                                      189

<PAGE>

                                     PART B
                                 [NOT RESTATED]

                                      190

<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE 14
                                HICKS MUSE'S FEES

1     Fees due and payable pursuant a monitoring and oversight agreement dated
      10 August 1999 by and between Newco 2 and Hicks, Muse & Co. Partners,
      L.P., a Texas limited partnership ("HMCo") (in such form, the "MONITORING
      AGREEMENT"), in the amount of an annual monitoring fee of (pound)1,170,000
      which monitoring fee shall be adjusted on January 1 of each calendar year
      to an annual amount equal to (A) the budgeted consolidated annual net
      sales of Newco 2 and its Subsidiaries for the then current fiscal year,
      multiplied by (B) 0.1%; provided however, that the monitoring fee shall
      never be less than (pound)1,170,000.

2     Pro rata share of Allocable Expenditures reimbursed by Newco 2 pursuant to
      that certain Monitoring Agreement. Allocable Expenditures being defined as
      all variable, fixed and other costs, expenses, expenditures, charges or
      obligations (including without limitation letters of credit, deposits,
      etc.) that are related to assets utilized, services provided, or programs
      administered by HMCo or its affiliates in connection with the performance
      by HMCo of financial oversight and monitoring services on behalf of Newco
      2 and other participating acquired companies, including without limitation
      corporate airplanes, charitable contributions, retainers for lobbyists and
      other professionals, and premiums and finance charges for director and
      officer insurance maintained for representatives of HMCo or its
      affiliates.

3     Fees due and payable pursuant a financial advisory agreement dated 10
      August 1999 between Newco 2 and HMCo (in such form, the "ADVISORY
      AGREEMENT") constituting a financial advisor fee for HMCo in the amount of
      (pound)9,633,000.

4     Fees due and payable pursuant to the Advisory Agreement constituting
      compensation for HMCo's financial advisory, investment banking and other
      similar services rendered in connection with any "Subsequent Transaction"
      in the amount of a cash fee equal to 1.5% of the total value of the
      Subsequent Transaction, including, without limitation, the aggregate
      amount of the funds required to complete the SubsequentTransactions
      (excluding any fees payable pursuant to the Advisory Agreement with
      respect to Subsequent Transactions) including the amount of the
      indebtedness, preferred stock or similar items assumed (or remaining
      outstanding). "SUBSEQUENT TRANSACTION" means, collectively, any future
      proposals for a tender offer, acquisition, sale, merger, exchange, offer,
      recapitalization, restructuring or other similar transaction directly or
      indirectly involving Newco 2, or any of its Subsidiaries, and any other
      person or entity.

Reimbursement of reasonable disbursements and out-of-pocket expenses (including
fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred by HMCo pursuant to the Financial
Advisory Agreement.

                                      191

<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE 15
                              OTHER FINANCE PARTIES

J.P. Morgan plc as Original Arranger

JPMorgan Chase Bank as Original Underwriter

Deutsche Banc. Alec Brown Incorporated (or its successor) as Original Arranger

Salomon Brothers International Limited as Original Arranger

Bankers Trust Company (or its successor) as Original Underwriter and
Documentation Agent

Citibank N.A. as Original Underwriter

                                      192
<PAGE>

      [EXECUTION PARTICULARS NOT RESTATED]

                                      193<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 4.11

                      BUSINESS SALE AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                             DATED 2 NOVEMBER, 2003

BETWEEN:

1.       UNILEVER BESTFOODS UK LIMITED, a company incorporated in England and
         Wales (registered number 43520) whose registered office is at Brooke
         House, Manor Royal, Crawley, West Sussex RH10 9RQ (the "SELLER");

AND

2.       PREMIER AMBIENT PRODUCTS (UK) LIMITED, a company incorporated in
         England and Wales (registered number 04427006) whose registered office
         is at 28 The Green, Kings Norton, Birmingham B38 8SD (the "PURCHASER").

WHEREAS:

The Seller has agreed to sell or procure the sale of and the Purchaser has
agreed to purchase or procure the purchase of and pay or procure payment for the
Business (as defined in this Agreement) comprising the Business Assets (as
defined in this Agreement) as a going concern for the consideration and on the
terms set out in this Agreement.

WHEREBY IT IS AGREED as follows:

1.       INTERPRETATION

(A)      Certain words and expressions used in, and principles of interpretation
         applicable to, this Agreement are defined, or as the case may be set
         out, in Schedule 1.

(B)      The Schedules, the Attachments and documents in an Agreed Form form
         part of this Agreement and shall have the same force and effect as if
         set out in the body of this Agreement and any reference to this
         Agreement shall include the Schedules, the Attachments and documents in
         an Agreed Form.

2.       SALE AND PURCHASE

(A)      On the terms set out in this Agreement, the Seller shall sell or
         procure the sale and assignment of and the Purchaser shall purchase or
         procure the purchase by the relevant Designated Purchaser of the
         Business comprising the Business Assets listed below as a going concern
         at and with effect from Completion (subject as indicated in this
         Agreement):

         (i)      with full title guarantee, the Business Goodwill;

         (ii)     with full title guarantee (subject to Permitted Encumbrances),
                  the Business Plant and Machinery;

<PAGE>
                                       2

         (iii)    with full title guarantee (subject to Permitted Encumbrances),
                  the Business Stocks;

         (iv)     subject to Clause 9, the benefit (subject to the burden) of
                  the Contracts;

         (v)      with full title guarantee, the Business Cash Float;

         (vi)     the Business IPR and the Business Confidentiality Rights
                  subject, in each case, to the licences granted in Clause 16;

         (vii)    with full title guarantee, the Business Properties (in
                  accordance with Schedule 8);

         (viii)   subject to Clause 23, such of the Books and Records as relate
                  exclusively to the Business;

         (ix)     the Business Claims; and

         (x)      all other property, rights and assets owned by or in the
                  possession of the Seller's Group and exclusively used, enjoyed
                  or exercised in the Business

         (together, the "BUSINESS ASSETS"), in each case excluding the following
         assets (the "EXCLUDED ASSETS"):

                           (a)      the Receivables;

                           (b)      cash at bank and any current investments
                                    used in that part of the Business carried on
                                    by each Business Seller;

                           (c)      amounts recoverable in respect of Taxation
                                    relating to the Business attributable to
                                    periods ended on or before Completion or in
                                    respect of any acts, events or occurrences
                                    occurring (or being deemed to have occurred)
                                    on or before Completion;

                           (d)      the benefit of any third party insurance
                                    policy of any Business Seller or any other
                                    member of the Seller's Group relating to the
                                    Business or any of the Business Assets or
                                    Business Employees to the extent such
                                    insurance policy relates to any of the
                                    Excluded Liabilities;

                           (e)      all rights in or to any information which
                                    relates to the sale or proposed sale of the
                                    whole or part of the Business including such
                                    information which relates to the negotiation
                                    of the transactions contemplated by this
                                    Agreement (excluding rights to enforce
                                    confidentiality undertakings and agreements
                                    against potential purchasers of the
                                    Business);

                           (f)      the Excluded IPR; and
<PAGE>
                                       3

                           (g)      the assets listed in Attachment 9.

(B)      In consideration for the sale to it (or the relevant Designated
         Purchaser) of the Business Assets, the Purchaser shall or shall procure
         that the relevant Designated Purchaser shall:

         (i)      discharge and indemnify each member of the Seller's Group in
                  respect of the Assumed Liabilities in accordance with Clause
                  10; and

         (ii)     pay the Final Cash Consideration in accordance with the
                  provisions of this Agreement.

(D)      With effect from (and subject to the occurrence of) Completion, the
         Seller hereby assigns to the Purchaser all unregistered Business IPR
         (together with the goodwill in the Business IPR and all rights of
         action (including without limitation, the right to claim for
         infringement), remedies, powers and benefits pertaining thereto) and
         all Business Confidentiality Rights.

3.       CONSIDERATION

(A)      The initial aggregate cash consideration payable at Completion for the
         sale of the Business Assets shall be the payment by the Purchaser (on
         behalf of the relevant Designated Purchasers) to the Seller (on behalf
         of itself and the other Business Sellers) of an amount equal to the
         Initial Cash Consideration (such payment to be made in accordance with
         Clause 6(C) and Schedule 2).

(B)      Following determination of the Completion Stocks Amount in accordance
         with the provisions of Clause 4 the aggregate cash consideration shall
         be adjusted to take account of any payments made pursuant to that
         Clause and paragraph 12 of Schedule 9 in order to determine the final
         aggregate cash consideration for the sale of the Business Assets (the
         "FINAL CASH CONSIDERATION").

(C)      The Initial Cash Consideration, the Final Cash Consideration, any
         payments made pursuant to Clause 4 or paragraph 12 of Schedule 9 and
         any other consideration for the sale of the Business Assets shall be
         exclusive of any amounts in respect of VAT.

(D)      The Final Cash Consideration shall be allocated between the Business
         Assets on the basis set out in Schedule 7 and such allocation shall be
         adopted by the Seller and the Purchaser and each relevant member of the
         Seller's Group and the Purchaser's Group for all purposes (including
         Tax).

4.       STOCKS ADJUSTMENT

(A)      Each of the parties shall comply with the requirements relating to that
         party set out in Schedule 5 in relation to the Completion Stocks
         Statement.

(B)      Subject to sub-clause (C), if the Completion Stocks Amount is less than
         the Target Stocks Amount (the amount by which the Completion Stocks
         Amount is less than the Target Stocks Amount being the "SHORTFALL")
         then the Seller (on behalf of the relevant
<PAGE>
                                       4

         member(s) of the Seller's Group) shall pay an amount equal to the
         Shortfall, together with an amount equivalent to interest thereon at
         the Agreed Rate (accrued daily and compounded monthly) for the period
         from (and including) the Completion Date to (but excluding) the date of
         payment, to the Purchaser (on behalf of the relevant Designed
         Purchaser(s)) within five Business Days of finalisation of the
         Completion Stocks Statement in accordance with Schedule 5. Subject to
         sub-clause (C), if the Completion Stocks Amount is greater than the
         Target Stocks Amount (the amount by which the Completion Stocks Amount
         is greater than the Target Stocks Amount being the "EXCESS") then the
         Purchaser (on behalf of the relevant Designated Purchaser(s)) shall pay
         an amount equal to the Excess, together with an amount equivalent to
         interest thereon at the Agreed Rate (accrued daily and compounded
         monthly) for the period from (and including) the Completion Date to
         (but excluding) the date of payment, to the Seller (on behalf of the
         relevant member(s) of the Seller's Group) within five Business Days of
         finalisation of the Completion Stocks Statement in accordance with
         Schedule 5.

(C)      No payment shall be required to be made by the Seller or the Purchaser
         under sub-clause (B) unless the Shortfall, or as the case may be, the
         Excess is equal to or greater than (pound)100,000, but in such event
         the whole of the amount equal to the Shortfall or, as the case may be,
         the Excess shall be payable and not just the amount in excess of such
         figure.

(D)      All payments referred to in this Clause shall be made in immediately
         available funds in sterling to the Purchaser's Bank Account or (as the
         case may be) the Seller's Bank Account. Any payment made pursuant to
         this Clause shall constitute an adjustment to the aggregate cash
         consideration as referred to in Clause 3(B).

5.       CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BEFORE COMPLETION

(A)      Between the date of this Agreement and the Completion Date, the Seller
         shall (or shall procure that any member of the Seller's Group shall):

         (i)      carry on the Montana Business in the ordinary course of
                  trading substantially in the same manner in which the same has
                  been carried on prior to the date of this Agreement in
                  accordance with all applicable legal requirements of a
                  material nature;

         (ii)     not enter into any new Material Contract or make any material
                  variation to any existing Material Contract;

         (iii)    not (other than in consultation with the Purchaser) employ or
                  dismiss any employee or employees of the Business whose
                  remuneration exceeds (pound)50,000 (in aggregate) other than
                  (in relation to dismissal) as a result of the conduct of that
                  person;

         (iv)     not create, extend, grant, issue or redeem or agree to create,
                  grant or issue any Encumbrance over the Business or Business
                  Assets (other than Permitted Encumbrances arising in the
                  ordinary course of business);
<PAGE>
                                       5

         (v)      other than in respect of any budgeted capital expenditure
                  disclosed to the Purchaser prior to the date of this
                  Agreement, not, in respect of the Business agree to make
                  capital expenditure or commitments requiring capital
                  expenditure in excess of (pound)100,000 (in aggregate);

         (vi)     not alter or agree to alter any terms of employment or
                  benefits affecting all of the Business Employees or alter any
                  material working practices of the Business or collective
                  agreement relating to such material working practices;

         (vii)    not, in relation to any Business Employee, amend or
                  discontinue (wholly or partly) any pension scheme relating to
                  the Business Employees or communicate to any Business Employee
                  a plan, proposal or intention so to amend or discontinue
                  (wholly or partly) that scheme (unless and to the extent that
                  such amendment is required by law);

         (viii)   on reasonable notice, allow the Purchaser and its officers and
                  representatives reasonable access to the Business Properties
                  at pre-arranged times convenient to both the Seller and the
                  Purchaser and allow the Purchaser and its officers and
                  representatives reasonable access to Senior Employees at
                  pre-arranged times having regard to such persons' ongoing
                  duties as employees of the Seller; and

         (ix)     continue to maintain all existing insurance policies
                  concerning the Business and not knowingly do anything which
                  would cause any such insurance policies to become void:

         in each case save:

         (a)      with the prior written consent of the Purchaser;

         (b)      as required by law, regulation or any relevant Tax Authority;
                  or

         (c)      as required or permitted pursuant to any of the other
                  provisions of this Agreement or any of the other Transaction
                  Documents.

(B)      The Purchaser shall have the right to elect by notice in writing to the
         Seller not to complete the acquisition of the Business and the Business
         Assets in the event of there having occurred in the period pending
         Completion any physical destruction or damage to the Business
         Properties and other Business Assets located in the Business Properties
         which causes a loss of value by more than 50% of the total aggregate
         value of the Business Properties and other Business Assets located at
         the Business Properties.

(C)      The Seller shall use its reasonable endeavours to procure the
         finalisation and execution of the Settlement Agreement and the APV
         Purchase Agreement prior to 31 January 2004 and, in respect of the APV
         Purchase Agreement shall procure that the terms of that agreement (as
         finally executed) provide that no cash consideration shall be payable
         by the relevant contract counterparty to APV (UK) Limited for the
         supply and installation of the relevant machinery which is the subject
         matter thereof. If the Settlement Agreement and the APV Purchase
         Agreement have not been executed by 31 January 2004, the
<PAGE>
                                       6

         Seller shall if requested by the Purchaser assign such of its rights
         against APV (UK) Limited for failure of the APV1 plant, as described in
         paragraph 12(A) of the Disclosure Letter, as relate to the cost of
         obtaining plant which would perform to the agreed specifications of
         APV1 and shall retain such of its rights against APV (UK) Limited for
         failure of the APV1 plant as relate to the losses associated with the
         product recall described in paragraph 12(A) of the Disclosure Letter.

6.       COMPLETION

(A)      Pre-Completion of the sale and purchase of the Business comprising the
         Business Assets (subject as provided in sub-clause (F)) shall take
         place at 10.00 a.m. on the Pre-Completion Date at the offices of
         Slaughter and May at One Bunhill Row, London EC1Y 8YY and at such other
         places as may be agreed between the Seller and the Purchaser.

(B)      Completion of the sale and purchase of the Business comprising the
         Business Assets (subject as provided in sub-clause (F)) shall take
         place at 1.00 p.m. on the Completion Date.

(C)      Each of the Seller and the Purchaser shall (subject as provided in
         sub-clause (F)) do, or procure the doing of, all those things
         respectively listed in relation to them in Schedule 2 at Pre-Completion
         or at such other time as is specified in Schedule 2.

(D)      The Initial Cash Consideration shall be payable by or on behalf of the
         Purchaser in immediately available funds at Completion. On the
         Pre-Completion Date, the Purchaser shall pay the Initial Cash
         Consideration, or shall procure that the Initial Cash Consideration is
         paid, into the Escrow Account on the basis that JP Morgan Chase Bank
         shall be irrevocably instructed to hold such monies to the order of the
         Purchaser until 1.00 p.m. on the Completion Date and to the order of
         the Seller thereafter. After 1.00 p.m. on the Completion Date the
         Initial Cash Consideration standing to the credit of the Escrow Account
         shall be held solely for the benefit of the Seller and shall be paid to
         such bank account as the Seller may direct as soon as possible
         thereafter. Monies standing to the credit of the Escrow Account other
         than the Initial Cash Consideration shall be held solely for the
         benefit of the Purchaser.

(E)      Receipt of funds in accordance with sub-clause (D) shall constitute a
         good discharge of the Purchaser in respect of the payment of the
         Initial Cash Consideration but not, for the avoidance of doubt, in
         respect of the Purchaser's obligations under Clause 4. The Purchaser
         shall not be concerned to see that the moneys transferred are applied
         in paying the Business Sellers in accordance with their respective
         entitlements.

(F)      At Completion, the Purchaser shall be obliged to complete (or procure
         the completion of) the sale and purchase of the Business Assets and to
         pay the Initial Cash Consideration (in accordance with the provisions
         of Clause 6(D)) and the Seller shall be obliged to comply with the
         requirements of Schedule 2 PROVIDED THAT those Business Assets referred
         to in Clause 8(A) and Clause 9(A) shall be deemed to have been acquired
         by the Purchaser (on behalf of the relevant Designated Purchaser) for
         the purposes of determining whether the Seller has complied with the
         requirements of Schedule 2.
<PAGE>
                                       7

7.       ACTION AFTER COMPLETION

(A)      At the request of the Purchaser, the Seller shall (or procure that the
         Business Sellers shall), for a period of 30 days following Completion,
         join with the Purchaser (or the relevant Designated Purchaser) in
         sending out notices and letters in such form as the Purchaser may
         reasonably require to all of those suppliers and customers in relation
         to the Montana Business and other business contacts relating to the
         Montana Business informing them of the transfer of the Montana Business
         pursuant to this Agreement.

(B)      The Seller shall procure that originals of all notices, correspondence,
         information, orders or enquiries relating solely to the Montana
         Business and copies of all notices, correspondence, information, orders
         or enquiries relating partly to the Montana Business and partly to one
         or more of the remaining businesses of the Seller's Group which are
         received by any member of the Seller's Group on or after Completion
         shall be passed as soon as practicable to the Purchaser.

(C)      The Purchaser shall procure that originals of all notices,
         correspondence, information, orders or enquiries relating solely to one
         or more of the remaining businesses of the Seller's Group and copies of
         all notices, correspondence, information, orders or enquiries relating
         partly to one or more of the remaining businesses of the Seller's Group
         and partly to the Montana Business which are received by the
         Purchaser's Group on or after Completion shall be passed as soon as
         practicable to the relevant member of the Seller's Group.

(D)      The Seller shall procure that each Business Seller shall, as soon as
         reasonably practicable after receipt thereof, pay to the Purchaser (on
         behalf of the relevant Designated Purchaser) an amount equal to any
         monies which it actually receives after Completion to the extent that
         such monies are owned by the Purchaser (or the Designated Purchaser)
         and were comprised within or were represented by or relate to any of
         the Business Assets sold at Completion pursuant to this Agreement.

(E)      The Purchaser shall procure that each Designated Purchaser shall, as
         soon as reasonably practicable after receipt thereof, pay to the Seller
         (on behalf of the relevant Business Seller) an amount equal to any
         monies which it actually receives after Completion to the extent that
         such monies are owned by the Seller (or the Business Seller) and were
         not part of the Business Assets sold at Completion pursuant to this
         Agreement.

(F)      As soon as possible after Completion and with respect to any UK
         Business Assets which are plant and machinery for the purposes of Part
         2 of the Capital Allowances Act 2001 and which are also fixtures (as
         that term is defined in section 173(1) of that Act) and in respect of
         which the Seller or any member of the Seller's Group has been claiming
         allowances as fixtures, the Seller shall procure that the relevant
         member of the Seller's Group shall, and the Purchaser shall procure
         that the relevant Designated Purchaser shall, jointly elect by notice
         pursuant to section 198 of that Act to determine in accordance with
         sections 198, 200 and 201 of that Act how much of the consideration
         falls to be treated as expenditure on the provision of fixtures.
<PAGE>
                                       8

(G)      The Seller undertakes to provide the Purchaser's Group with all
         reasonable assistance and information to enable the Purchaser's Group
         to calculate its entitlement to capital allowances on the buildings
         located at the Business Properties.

(H)      (i)      The Seller shall procure that the names of the Seller and any
                  members of the Seller's Group will be changed within 30 days
                  of Completion to exclude the word "Ambrosia" or any
                  confusingly similar words or names or words or names which may
                  suggest a connection with the Business.

         (ii)     The Seller shall procure that the names of any member of the
                  Seller's Group incorporated in any country outside Asia will
                  be changed within 30 days of Completion to exclude the words
                  "Brown and Polson" or any confusingly similar words or names
                  or words or names which may suggest a connection with the
                  Business.

8.       THIRD PARTY CONSENTS FOR THE SALE OF BUSINESS ASSETS

(A)      Subject to sub-clause (C), where any consent or agreement of any third
         party is required to the transfer of any of the Business Assets or
         where any governmental or regulatory procedure, application or other
         requirement must be complied with to enable such transfer lawfully to
         take place (other than, in either case, in relation to the transfer of
         any Contract or the performance of any Contract by any Designated
         Purchaser) and such consent or agreement has not been obtained or that
         procedure, application or other requirement has not been complied with
         (as the case may be) at or before Completion, then the following
         provisions shall apply:

         (i)      the sale of the relevant Business Assets shall not take
                  effect, notwithstanding Completion, until that consent or
                  agreement has been obtained or that procedure, application or
                  other requirement has been complied with (as the case may be);
                  and

         (ii)     the Seller and the Purchaser shall use their respective
                  reasonable endeavours after Completion to obtain the consent
                  or agreement or to ensure that the relevant procedure,
                  application or other requirement is complied with (as the case
                  may be) as soon as possible.

(B)      After Completion, and until such time as any consent or agreement
         referred to in sub-clause (A) is obtained, the Business Sellers shall
         be deemed to hold the benefit of the relevant Business Asset referred
         to in sub-clause (A) on trust for the relevant Designated Purchaser.

(C)      This Clause shall not apply to the Business Properties.

9.       CONTRACTS

(A)      Where any consent or agreement of any third party is required to enable
         a Designated Purchaser to perform any Contract after Completion or to
         enable any Business Seller to transfer the benefit or burden of any
         Contract to a Designated Purchaser, then the following provisions shall
         apply:
<PAGE>
                                       9

         (i)      this Agreement shall not constitute an assignment or an
                  attempted assignment of the relevant Contract if or to the
                  extent that such an assignment or attempted assignment would
                  constitute a breach of such Contract;

         (ii)     after Completion the relevant Business Seller and the relevant
                  Designated Purchaser shall use their respective reasonable
                  endeavours to obtain the consent or agreement of the other
                  party to whatever assignment, transfer or novation is
                  necessary to enable the relevant Designated Purchaser to
                  perform any such Contract after Completion or, as the case may
                  be, to transfer the benefit and burden of any such Contract to
                  the relevant Designated Purchaser; and

         (iii)    after Completion, until the consent or agreement referred to
                  in sub-clause (A) is obtained, the relevant Designated
                  Purchaser shall, unless to do so is not permitted under the
                  relevant Contract, perform all the obligations of such
                  Business Seller under such Contract as agent for or
                  sub-contractor to such Business Seller and indemnify each
                  member of the Seller's Group in respect of such performance
                  or, if the relevant Contract does not permit the relevant
                  Designated Purchaser from so acting as agent and
                  sub-contractor or the relevant Designated Purchaser cannot be
                  permitted to act as agent and sub-contractor because of
                  material confidentiality obligations, such Business Seller
                  shall, at the pre-approved cost of the relevant Designated
                  Purchaser and to the extent (a) permitted under the relevant
                  Contract, and (b) that such Business Seller is able, do all
                  such acts and things as the relevant Designated Purchaser may
                  reasonably require to enable due performance of the Contract
                  and to provide for the relevant Designated Purchaser the
                  benefits, subject to the burdens, of the Contract, and the
                  relevant Designated Purchaser shall indemnify each member of
                  the Seller's Group in respect of all such acts and things;
                  provided that the relevant Designated Purchaser shall not be
                  required to indemnify any member of the Seller's Group where,
                  in the event that the relevant Designated Purchaser has
                  pre-approved the relevant costs, a Business Seller fails to
                  perform the Contract in accordance with its terms as
                  reasonably directed by a Designated Purchaser, in which case
                  the Seller shall indemnify each member of the Purchaser's
                  Group in respect of any such failure arising out of the
                  negligence or wilful default of such Business Seller. For this
                  purpose, it shall not be reasonable to require any Business
                  Seller to make any payment unless the relevant Designated
                  Purchaser has first paid such Business Seller sufficient
                  cleared funds to make such payment.

(B)      After Completion, and until such time as the consent or agreement
         referred to in sub-clause (A) is obtained, the relevant Business Seller
         shall be deemed to hold the benefit of the relevant Contract referred
         to in sub-clause (A) (except for any Contract relating to Intellectual
         Property or Confidentiality Rights where to do so is not permissible
         under the terms of the Contract) on trust for the relevant Designated
         Purchaser.

(C)      Subject to Clause 10, from the Completion Date the relevant Designated
         Purchaser shall carry out, perform and complete all the obligations and
         liabilities to be performed under the Contracts, save that the Business
         Sellers shall be responsible for carrying out,
<PAGE>
                                       10

         performing and completing all the obligations and liabilities which
         fell due to be performed before Completion.

10.      ASSUMED LIABILITIES, PAYABLES AND RETAINED LIABILITIES

(A)      The Purchaser (on behalf of the relevant Designated Purchasers) hereby
         agrees with the Seller (for itself and as trustee for each other member
         of the Seller's Group) that it will (or will procure that a member of
         the Purchaser's Group will) duly and properly perform, assume and pay
         and discharge when due, and indemnify each member of the Seller's Group
         against, all Assumed Liabilities.

(B)      In this Agreement "ASSUMED LIABILITIES" means (a) all liabilities
         incurred, and (b) all obligations (of whatever nature) which fall due
         to be performed after Completion, in each case in respect of the
         Montana Business as carried on at or at any time prior to Completion or
         the Business Properties (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all
         liabilities of the Purchaser (and/or any member of the Purchaser's
         Group) in respect of Taxation relating to or arising from their conduct
         of the Montana Business attributable to periods after Completion or in
         respect of any acts, events or occurrences occurring (or being deemed
         to occur) after Completion), excluding in each case any Excluded
         Liabilities.

(C)      The Seller (on behalf of the relevant Business Sellers) hereby agrees
         with the Purchaser (for itself and as trustee for each other member of
         the Purchaser's Group) that it will (or will procure that a member of
         the Seller's Group will) duly and properly perform, assume and pay and
         discharge when due, and indemnify each member of the Purchaser's Group
         against, all Excluded Liabilities (other than any liabilities of the
         Purchaser's Group under any trading agreements between any member of
         the Seller's Group and any member of the Purchaser's Group).

11.      RECEIVABLES AND APPORTIONMENT

(A)      The Purchaser shall not acquire or procure the acquisition of the
         Receivables and accordingly the Business Sellers shall be entitled to
         the Receivables in accordance with the terms of this Clause.

(B)      The Purchaser agrees that the Business Sellers alone shall be
         responsible for the collection of any of the Receivables and that:

         (i)      the Business Sellers shall be entitled to take such steps as
                  they may think fit to recover any outstanding Receivables;

         (ii)     the Purchaser shall not take, and shall procure that no other
                  member of the Purchaser's Group takes, any step to collect the
                  Receivables, and shall not do anything to hinder their
                  collection by any Business Seller; and

         (iii)    if the Purchaser or any other member of the Purchaser's Group
                  should receive any communication or payment in respect of any
                  Receivable, the Purchaser shall or shall procure that written
                  details of any such communication or payment are given to the
                  Seller immediately.
<PAGE>
                                       11

(C)      Where anything (including any service) is to be provided by a member of
         the Purchaser's Group under any of the Contracts after Completion, but
         any payment (whether by way of deposit, prepayment or otherwise) in
         respect of the price or cost of it has been received by a member of the
         Seller's Group before Completion, the Seller shall procure that that
         member of the Seller's Group pays a sum equal to the amount of that
         payment (excluding any amount in respect of VAT for which that member
         of the Seller's Group is required to account) to the relevant member of
         the Purchaser's Group and shall hold such sum in trust for that member
         of the Purchaser's Group until it is paid over.

(D)      Where anything (including any service) is to be provided to a member of
         the Purchaser's Group under any of the Contracts after Completion, but
         any payment (by way of deposit, prepayment or otherwise) has been made
         by a member of the Seller's Group in respect of the price or cost of it
         before Completion, the Purchaser shall procure that that member of the
         Purchaser's Group pays a sum equal to the amount of that payment
         (excluding such part of that payment as is VAT) to the relevant member
         of the Seller's Group and shall hold such sum in trust for that member
         of the Seller's Group until it is paid over.

(E)      Save in respect of the payment and receipt of moneys in respect of the
         sales agency services provided by members of the Seller's Group to
         members of the Purchaser's Group following Completion pursuant to the
         Transitional Services Agreement, which moneys shall be treated in
         accordance with clause 4 of the Transitional Services Agreement, the
         Purchaser shall procure that all moneys or other items belonging to any
         member of the Seller's Group which are received by any member of the
         Purchaser's Group on or after Completion in connection with the Montana
         Business or any of the Business Assets shall be held in trust by that
         member of the Purchaser's Group for that member of the Seller's Group
         and that such moneys or other items are paid over to that member of the
         Seller's Group as soon as reasonably practicable following receipt
         thereof by the relevant member of the Purchaser's Group.

(F)      Save in respect of the payment and receipt of moneys in respect of the
         sales agency services provided by members of the Seller's Group to
         members of the Purchaser's Group following Completion pursuant to the
         Transitional Services Agreement, which moneys shall be treated in
         accordance with clause 4 of the Transitional Services Agreement, the
         Seller shall procure that all moneys or other items belonging to any
         member of the Purchaser's Group which are received by any member of the
         Seller's Group after Completion in connection with the Montana Business
         or any of the Business Assets shall be held in trust by that member of
         the Seller's Group for that member of the Purchaser's Group and that
         such moneys or other items are paid over to that member of the
         Purchaser's Group as soon as reasonably practicable following receipt
         thereof by the relevant member of the Seller's Group.

(G)      Material periodical outgoings of the Business, including but not
         limited to, rents, rates, non-customer rebates, gas, electricity, and
         water charges and all liabilities in relation to salaries (including
         PAYE), wages, bonuses, national insurance and pension contributions
         (but not any entitlements to redundancy payment or any other obligation
         in respect of a Business Employee's period of continuous service) shall
         be apportioned on a time basis so that such part of the relevant
         charges attributable to the period up to the Completion Date shall be
         borne and paid by the Seller and such part of the relevant charges
<PAGE>
                                       12

         attributable to the period after the Completion Date shall be borne and
         paid by the Purchaser.

(H)      Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, in respect of
         customer rebate or discount arrangements or promotional accruals
         applicable to the Business as at the Completion Date the Seller shall
         remain responsible for paying customer rebates, discounts or
         promotional accruals which accrue in respect of sales made in the
         period up to the Completion Date and the Purchaser shall be responsible
         for paying customer discounts or promotional accruals which accrue in
         respect of sales made in the period after the Completion Date on the
         basis set out in sub-clauses (I) and (J).

(I)      In respect of any rebates, discounts or promotional accruals which
         apply in respect of sales and purchases made both before and after
         Completion, the Seller and the Purchaser shall use all reasonable
         endeavours to agree an apportionment of such discounts promptly
         following the expiry of the period to which they relate. The Seller
         shall calculate the total amount of such discount payable in respect of
         such period and how much of such discount is payable by the Seller and
         how much by the Purchaser. Such calculation and apportionment shall be
         made according to the relevant discount structure applicable as at the
         Completion Date:

         (i)      in respect of volume related arrangements, by calculating the
                  volume of the particular sales or purchases made before the
                  Completion Date and the volume of the particular sales or
                  purchase made after the Completion Date and applying the ratio
                  of these amounts to the total amount due. The total amount due
                  in respect of the total period shall be calculated in line
                  with the relevant contract conditions existing on the
                  Completion Date and shall be pro-rated between the Purchaser
                  and the Seller according to the said ratio notwithstanding
                  that the discount is expressed on a different basis (for
                  example, even though a high discount may be payable once sales
                  or purchases pass a certain figure, the Seller and the
                  Purchaser shall assume that the total discount due is evenly
                  spread across the total volume to which the discount relates);

         (ii)     in respect of non-volume related arrangements, on a fair and
                  equitable basis based on the terms of the relevant arrangement
                  and the Purchaser and the Seller shall, in good faith use
                  their respective reasonable endeavours to agree such basis of
                  allocation and if they fail to agree within 30 days, such
                  allocation shall be made on the basis set out in (i) above;

         (iii)    in respect of net invoice value related rebate or discount
                  arrangements, for the avoidance of doubt, no apportionment
                  shall be made.

         Any amount required to be paid by the Seller or the Purchaser (as the
         case may be) under this sub-clause (I) shall be paid directly to the
         relevant third party by the Seller either for itself in respect of the
         period prior to the Completion Date or on behalf of the Purchaser in
         respect of the period after the Completion Date, in accordance with the
         provisions of clause 4 of the Transitional Services Agreement.

(J)      In the event that the Purchaser wishes to modify an existing discount
         scheme, it shall first bring to an end the existing scheme and make the
         calculations under sub-clause (I)

<PAGE>
                                       13

         in respect of the period up to the date on which the scheme is ended
         and the amounts shall be apportioned and paid in accordance with
         sub-clause (I).

12.      VALUE ADDED TAX

         Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 3(C), each of the parties
         shall comply with the requirements relating to that party set out in
         Schedule 11.

13.      EMPLOYEES

(A)      Subject to sub-clause (K) and to Schedule 10, if the contract of
         employment of any Business Employee terminates or is found or alleged
         not to have effect after Completion as if originally made with the
         Purchaser or another member of the Purchaser's Group as a consequence
         of the sale and purchase of the Business Assets and other matters
         contemplated under this Agreement other than by virtue of regulation
         5(4A) of the Regulations, the Purchaser (on behalf of the relevant
         member of the Purchaser's Group) agrees that:

         (i)      in consultation with the Seller, it will, within five Business
                  Days of being so requested (as long as the request is made no
                  later than 10 Business Days after the Seller becomes aware of
                  such finding or allegation), make to that Business Employee an
                  offer in writing to employ him under a new contract of
                  employment subject to, and to take effect upon, the
                  termination referred to below; and

         (ii)     the offer to be made will be on such terms and conditions as
                  are consistent with the Purchaser's undertakings in
                  sub-clauses (F) and (G).

         Upon that offer being made (or at any time after the expiry of the five
         Business Days if the offer is not made as requested), the relevant
         member of the Seller's Group shall, where legally possible, terminate
         the employment of the Business Employee concerned (save where already
         terminated). The Purchaser (on behalf of the relevant Designated
         Purchaser) shall indemnify each member of the Seller's Group against
         all liabilities arising from the employment of that Business Employee
         after Completion until such termination (up to a maximum period of 6
         months) where the services of the employee concerned are available to a
         member of the Purchaser's Group during such period.

(B)      Subject to sub-clause (K), if the contract of employment of any person
         who is immediately prior to Completion employed by a member of the
         Seller's Group (other than a Business Employee) is found or alleged to
         have effect after Completion as if originally made with the Purchaser
         or another member of the Purchaser's Group as a consequence of the sale
         and purchase of the Business Assets and other matters contemplated
         under this Agreement, the Seller (on behalf of the relevant member of
         the Seller's Group) agrees that:

         (i)      in consultation with the Purchaser, it will, within five
                  Business Days of being so requested (as long as the request is
                  made no later than 10 Business Days after the Purchaser (or
                  such member of the Purchaser's Group) becomes aware of such
                  termination, finding or allegation and, in any event, within
                  the period of six months after Completion), procure that a
                  member of the Seller's Group makes

<PAGE>
                                       14

                  to that employee an offer in writing to employ him under a new
                  contract of employment subject to, and to take effect upon,
                  the termination referred to below; and

         (ii)     the offer to be made will be on the same terms and conditions
                  as were provided to that employee immediately before
                  Completion.

         Upon that offer being made (or at any time after the expiry of the five
         Business Days if the offer is not made as requested), the relevant
         member of the Purchaser's Group shall, where legally possible,
         terminate the employment of the employee concerned. The Purchaser (on
         behalf of the relevant Designated Purchaser) shall indemnify each
         member of the Seller's Group against all liabilities arising from the
         employment of that employee after Completion until such termination (up
         to a maximum period of 6 months from the Completion Date) where the
         services of the employee concerned are available to and used by a
         member of the Purchaser's Group during such period. The Seller (on
         behalf of the relevant member of the Seller's Group) shall indemnify
         each member of the Purchaser's Group against all liabilities arising
         from the employment of that employee after Completion until such
         termination (up to a maximum period of 6 months from the Completion
         Date) where the services of the employee concerned are not available to
         a member of the Purchaser's Group during such period and, whether or
         not the services of the employee concerned are available to a member of
         the Purchaser's Group during such period, against all liabilities
         arising from the termination of employment of that employee.

(C)      The Purchaser has provided or will provide (as the case may be) to the
         Seller all the information required to enable it to comply with any
         obligations to inform, consult or notify any person about the matters
         contemplated by this Agreement in so far as it relates to any Business
         Employee to the extent required by local law and within the relevant
         time limits imposed by local law. Where applicable, the Seller shall
         use its reasonable endeavours to request relevant information from the
         Purchaser.

(D)      (i)      Subject to Clause 13(D)(ii), the Purchaser (on behalf of the
                  relevant Designated Purchaser) shall indemnify the Seller and
                  each other member of the Seller's Group against any claim
                  relating to the terms and conditions of employment or benefits
                  offered to or provided to the Business Employees in connection
                  with their employment after Completion (including, without
                  limitation, claims relating to the terms and conditions of
                  such employment or benefits and termination of such employment
                  or benefits) and against any breach by the Purchaser of this
                  Clause or Schedule 10.

         (ii)     The Seller shall retain liability in respect of benefits
                  accrued prior to the Completion Date under the Bonus Plans and
                  shall indemnify the Purchaser against any claim relating to
                  such liabilities.

(E)      For so long as the Business Employees continue in the employment of any
         member of the Purchaser's Group or any person to whom the whole or any
         part of the Business of the Purchaser's Group is transferred, the
         obligations under sub-clauses (F) and (G) and Schedule 10 shall
         continue in force and accordingly the Purchaser shall procure that the

<PAGE>
                                       15

         acquiror concerned honours the obligations under sub-clauses (F) and
         (G) and Schedule 10 in respect of each Business Employee concerned in
         such a disposal.

(F)      (i)      If the employment of any Business Employee is terminated
                  within three years of the Completion Date the Purchaser shall
                  procure that there shall be applied in respect of such
                  Business Employee policies and benefits (whether contractual
                  or otherwise and giving due credit to the Business Employees
                  for any additional service or earnings from the Completion
                  Date onwards) in such a manner as to be no less favourable
                  than those applicable in respect of the particular Business
                  Employee at the Completion Date.

         (ii)     The Purchaser shall procure that, in respect of benefits which
                  are provided on the death or disability of a Business Employee
                  or his spouse, child or dependant within the period of three
                  years following the Completion Date (other than such benefits
                  provided under the UPF (as defined in Schedule 9)), equivalent
                  benefits must be provided on such events which are payable in
                  circumstances and under conditions which are not materially
                  less favourable to the beneficiary concerned as those which
                  would have applied had the death or disability occurred whilst
                  the beneficiary was a beneficiary of the arrangement in
                  question under the provisions of that arrangement in force
                  immediately prior to the Completion Date.

(G)      Without prejudice to sub-clause (F), the Purchaser shall procure that
         for a period of three years following the Completion Date Business
         Employees who are employed shall be employed on terms and conditions
         (whether contractual or otherwise and including, without limitation,
         any related to length of service and in relation to post-retirement
         benefits but specifically excluding any benefits under the UPF (as
         defined in Schedule 9) and excluding any share schemes or share option
         schemes) which are no less favourable taken as a whole in respect of
         each Business Employee than those which apply in respect of each
         Business Employee at Completion. This undertaking does not constitute a
         guarantee that the Business Employees will continue to be employed
         following Completion. In relation to share schemes and share option
         schemes, the Purchaser shall procure that following the Completion
         Date, the Business Employees who are employed shall, in respect of the
         period of three years following the Completion Date, be considered on
         the same basis for participation in share schemes or share option
         schemes as similarly situated employees of the same seniority or job
         description of companies in the Purchaser's Group subject always to the
         rules of the particular scheme and any qualifying conditions. The
         Purchaser reserves the right, as with all of its existing employees, to
         set the exercise price of such share option schemes in its sole and
         absolute discretion.

(H)      The Purchaser's agreement to the provisions of sub-clauses (F) and (G)
         and Schedule 10 is given by the Purchaser on the express understanding
         that, if the Purchaser is in breach of any such provisions, the Seller
         may, in its absolute discretion, and without limitation, seek to
         procure compliance with such provisions by the Purchaser by applying to
         the court for damages and/or specific performance.

(I)      Without prejudice to the parties' obligations under sub-clauses (A) to
         (G), each of the parties shall comply with the requirements relating to
         that party set out in Schedule 10.

<PAGE>
                                       16

(J)      For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Clause 13 are
         without prejudice to:

         (i)      the operation of any rule of law in relation to, or
                  contractual term of, the terms and conditions of employment of
                  the Business Employees; and

         (ii)     any provision of Schedule 10.

(K)      If any Business Employee requires a work permit or employment pass or
         other approval (in this Clause "PERMITS") for his employment to
         continue after Completion, the Purchaser undertakes to procure that any
         necessary applications are promptly made and to use its best efforts to
         secure the necessary Permits and the provisions of Clause 29 shall
         apply in relation to the continued employment of Business Employees and
         their transfer to another employer after Completion.

(L)      Each Seconded Employee shall (subject to the rights of the respective
         employer and employee to terminate the employee's employment at any
         time in their absolute discretion) continue to be employed by a member
         of the Seller's Group and shall, for a period of up to six months
         following Completion, be seconded by the Seller or relevant member of
         the Seller's Group to work in the Montana Business for such period (not
         exceeding six months) as nominated by the Purchaser to the Seller prior
         to Completion, provided that the Purchaser may from time to time in
         respect of each Seconded Employee terminate any such secondment early
         by giving 30 days prior notice in writing to the Seller. In respect of
         the period after such termination the Purchaser shall not be liable for
         the indirect and direct cost of salary and other employment benefits of
         the relevant Seconded Employee under sub-clause (L)(i). The following
         additional provisions shall apply with respect to the Seconded
         Employees:

         (i)      Each Seconded Employee shall be paid, and employment benefits
                  shall be provided to such Seconded Employee, by a member of
                  the Seller's Group and the Purchaser (on behalf of the
                  relevant Designated Purchaser) shall pay to the Seller (on
                  behalf of the relevant member of the Seller's Group) (in
                  accordance with the terms of the Transitional Services
                  Agreement) the direct and indirect cost of salary and other
                  employment benefits for that Seconded Employee for such
                  calendar month, including relevant Taxes, social security
                  costs, the cost of the accrual of funded retirement, death and
                  disability benefits (calculated ignoring any surplus or
                  deficit in the relevant fund) and any notional or unfunded
                  costs or accruals in relation to post-Completion service (for
                  example in relation to retirement, death and disability
                  benefits), on such basis as the Seller may reasonably
                  determine and agree with the Purchaser. For the avoidance of
                  doubt, all such costs of the Seconded Employees are included
                  in the costings for the services set out in the Transitional
                  Services Agreement. To the extent such agreement is not
                  reached, paragraph 10 of Schedule 9 shall apply (with
                  necessary changes).

         (ii)     The relevant member of the Seller's Group may from time to
                  time increase the salary and/or benefits of such Seconded
                  Employee PROVIDED THAT any such increases are broadly in line
                  with increases for similar employees of the Seller's Group.

<PAGE>
                                       17

         (iii)    The Purchaser shall procure that the working environment of
                  each Seconded Employee at the Business Properties and the work
                  carried out by each Seconded Employee is similar to his
                  working environment and work before Completion.

         (iv)     The Purchaser (on behalf of the relevant member of the
                  Purchaser's Group) shall indemnify the Seller (on behalf of
                  the relevant member of the Seller's Group) against any claim
                  by, or relating to, a Seconded Employee to the extent that
                  such claim arises as a result of any act or omission of the
                  Purchaser (or any other member of the Purchaser's Group).

         (v)      The Seller agrees that those Seconded Employees based at the
                  registered office of the Seller (the "SELLER'S PREMISES") as
                  at the date of this Agreement will continue to be based at
                  such site until the end of their period of secondment. The
                  Purchaser agrees that such Seconded Employees shall comply
                  with such requirements as the Seller shall impose in relation
                  to those Secondees' use of the Seller's Premises during the
                  period of the secondment, including a requirement that the
                  Seconded Employees will not be permitted to hold meetings
                  (other than by telephone) with third parties who are not
                  Seconded Employees at the Seller's Premises, other than with
                  the Seller's consent.

(M)      Provided the Purchaser has complied with sub-clause (C), the Seller
         shall indemnify the Purchaser against all liabilities, obligations,
         proceedings, court or tribunal orders, fines and penalties, damages,
         compensation payments, charges, expenses, costs claims and demands
         arising out of or in connection with any failure by the Seller to
         comply with its obligations under Regulation 10 of the Regulations.

14.      PENSIONS

         Each of the parties shall comply with the requirements relating to that
         party set out in Schedule 9.

15.      INSURANCE

(A)      The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees (on behalf of itself and each
         member of the Purchaser's Group) that upon Completion all insurance
         cover provided to any member of the Seller's Group in relation to the
         Montana Business pursuant to policies maintained by the Seller's Group
         (whether such policies are maintained with third party insurers or with
         other members of the Seller's Group) shall cease.

(B)      To the extent that any insurance claim in respect of any Business
         Asset, any Assumed Liability or the Business arises under an insurance
         policy held by any member of the Seller's Group in respect of the
         Business which is written on a claims arising basis prior to
         Completion, the Seller (or the relevant member of the Seller's Group)
         will, if requested by the Purchaser prior to the third anniversary of
         the Completion Date and subject to being indemnified by the Purchaser
         against any expense, cost or liability which they may thereby incur
         (including, without limitation, any excess or deductible payable under
         the relevant policy of insurance), use its reasonable endeavours to
         make a claim under such insurance policy and pay to the Purchaser any
         proceeds thereof, net of any excess and

<PAGE>
                                       18

         costs (including Tax) incurred by the Seller (or the relevant member of
         the Seller's Group). From the date of this Agreement, the Seller will
         use reasonable endeavours to have the Purchaser noted as an interested
         party on all its insurance policies relating to the Business and the
         Business Assets.

16.      CONTINUING ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN THE SELLER'S GROUP AND THE MONTANA
         BUSINESS

(A)      The Seller and the Purchaser shall enter into the Transitional Services
         Agreement at Completion. Prior to the Completion Date, the Seller and
         the Purchaser shall use their reasonable endeavours to finalise the
         details to be included in the Network Access Agreement (as defined in
         the Transitional Services Agreement).

(B)      Save as set out in this Agreement or (when duly executed) the
         Transitional Services Agreement:

         (i)      no member of the Seller's Group shall be obliged to supply any
                  services to any member of the Purchaser's Group after
                  Completion; and

         (ii)     no member of the Purchaser's Group shall be obliged to supply
                  any services to any member of the Seller's Group after
                  Completion.

(C)      Subject to receiving a valid assignment of the Ambrosia Marks pursuant
         to this Agreement, the Purchaser hereby grants and agrees to procure
         the grant (on behalf of itself and each relevant Designated Purchaser)
         to the Seller and each member of the Seller's Group an exclusive,
         royalty-free, irrevocable licence to use the Ambrosia Marks for 18
         months in the Nordic Region in respect of the Nordic Products
         (notwithstanding any changes from time to time to the formulations of
         any such products) in relation to its foodservice business (as defined
         in the definition of "Montana Business" in Schedule 1) in the Nordic
         Region.

(D)      Subject to receiving a valid assignment of the Ambrosia Marks pursuant
         to this Agreement, the Purchaser hereby grants and agrees to procure
         the grant (on behalf of itself and each relevant Designated Purchaser)
         to the Seller and each member of the Seller's Group an exclusive,
         royalty-free, irrevocable licence to use the Ambrosia Marks for 18
         months in the United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland in relation to
         its foodservice business (as defined in the definition of "Montana
         Business" in Schedule 1) in such countries in respect of the Retained
         Products (notwithstanding any changes from time to time in the
         formulation of any such products), sales of such products bearing the
         Ambrosia Marks not to exceed(pound)3,600,000 (three million, six
         hundred thousand pounds) in any calendar year, in which case such
         licence shall be revocable at will and/or the parties shall use
         reasonable endeavours to agree a mutually acceptable new licence
         arrangement.

(E)      For the avoidance of doubt and subject to receiving a valid assignment
         of the B&P Marks, the Purchaser hereby grants and agrees to procure the
         grant (on behalf of itself and each relevant Designated Purchaser) to
         the Seller and each member of the Seller's Group a non-exclusive,
         royalty-free, irrevocable licence to use the B&P Marks in

<PAGE>
                                       19

         continental Europe, until the expiry or termination of the Supply
         Agreements, for the sole purposes of performing the Supply Agreements.

(F)      The Purchaser hereby grants and agrees to procure the grant (on behalf
         of itself and each relevant Designated Purchaser) to the Seller and
         each member of the Seller's Group a non-exclusive, royalty-free,
         irrevocable licence to use the Ambrosia Marks for 18 months in
         continental Europe for the purpose of manufacturing, packaging, holding
         and transporting (but not selling) products for sale in the Nordic
         Region, the United Kingdom or the Republic of Ireland pursuant to the
         licences granted in sub-clauses (C) or (D) above.

(G)      The Seller shall procure that an application be made, as soon as
         reasonably practicable (and in any case within 6 months) after the
         Completion Date, for the cancellation of all trade mark registrations
         and applications (except in Brunei, Darussalam, India, Indonesia,
         Malaya, Malaysia, Pakistan, Sobah, Sarawak, Singapore and Sri Lanka) in
         respect of signs which consist of or include both (i) any Unilever Mark
         or Retained Mark, and (ii) any Ambrosia Mark or B&P Mark. The Seller
         shall use its reasonable endeavours to complete such applications for
         cancellation as soon as reasonably practicable after the Completion
         Date. The Seller shall not pay any renewal fees becoming due in respect
         of such marks after the Completion Date.

(H)      The Seller shall procure that:

         (i)      prior to the Completion Date, no member of the Seller's Group
                  shall give notice to terminate either of the Supply
                  Agreements; and

         (ii)     subject to (i) above, no member of the Seller's Group shall
                  give notice prior to 1 January 2005 to terminate either of the
                  Supply Agreements, save for any notice given in the event of
                  breach of the relevant Supply Agreement in accordance with the
                  terms thereof.

(I)      The Seller agrees (on behalf of itself and each member of the Seller's
         Group) that any member of the Purchaser's Group may terminate any of
         the Supply Agreements, by giving 6 months prior written notice at any
         time. The clause shall be deemed to be an amendment to the Supply
         Agreements.

(J)      The Seller undertakes and confirms that no material Business IPR or
         material Business Confidentiality Rights were transferred to, or will
         transfer to, CreaVite Limited pursuant to the letter of intent
         disclosed in the Data Room (or any associated documentation).

(K)      The Seller undertakes not to oppose any application by the Purchaser or
         any member of the Purchaser's Group to register the Ambrosia Marks as
         trade marks for food anywhere in the world during the period of five
         years after the Completion Date.

(L)      The rights granted under sub-clauses (C) and (D) do not include any
         rights to grant sub-licences except for the purposes of having
         packaging, promotional materials, products and other materials
         manufactured on its behalf solely in accordance with those rights.
<PAGE>
                                       20

17.      SELLER'S WARRANTIES AND PURCHASER'S REMEDIES

(A)      Subject as provided in this Agreement, the Seller warrants to the
         Purchaser as at the date of this Agreement in the terms set out in
         Schedule 3.

(B)      The only Warranties given:

         (i)      in respect of the Business Properties are those contained in
                  paragraph 14 of Schedule 3 and each of the other Warranties
                  shall be deemed not to be given in relation to the Business
                  Properties;

         (ii)     in respect of Environmental Matters are those contained in
                  paragraph 15 of Schedule 3 and each of the other Warranties
                  shall be deemed not to be given in relation to Environmental
                  Matters; in respect of know-how or Intellectual Property
                  matters or agreements relating to Intellectual Property or
                  know-how are those contained in paragraph 16 of Schedule 3 and
                  each of the other Warranties shall be deemed not to be given
                  in relation to know-how or Intellectual Property matters or
                  agreements relating to Intellectual Property or know-how;

         (iii)    in respect of competition or trade regulation law are those
                  contained in paragraph 17 of Schedule 3 and each of the other
                  Warranties shall be deemed not to be given in relation to
                  competition, anti-restrictive trade practice or anti-trust
                  legislation;

         (iv)     in respect of all employment matters (save for matters
                  relating to pensions) are those contained in paragraph 18 of
                  Schedule 3 and each of the other Warranties shall be deemed
                  not to be given in relation to employment matters (save for
                  matters relating to pensions);

         (v)      in respect of Tax are those contained in the Tax Warranties
                  and each of the other Warranties shall be deemed not to be
                  given in relation to Tax; and

         (vi)     in respect of all pensions matters are those contained in
                  paragraph 21 of Schedule 3 and each of the other Warranties
                  shall be deemed not to be given in relation to pensions
                  matters.

(C)      In the absence of fraud or wilful concealment on the part of the
         Seller, the liability of the Seller under or in relation to the
         Warranties shall be limited as set out in Schedule 4.

(D)      The Seller accepts that the Purchaser is entering into this Agreement
         in reliance upon the Warranties.

(E)      Subject and without prejudice to Clause 30, the Purchaser acknowledges
         and agrees that the Seller makes no representation or warranty as to
         the accuracy of the forecasts, estimates, projections, statements of
         intent or statements of opinion provided to the Purchaser (howsoever
         provided) on or prior to the date of this Agreement or in the
         Disclosure Letter or in the Data Room. The Purchaser acknowledges that
         no representations or warranties, express or implied, have been or are
         given other than the Warranties and any warranties contained in any
         documents in the Agreed Form.

<PAGE>
                                       21

(F)      The only remedy of the Purchaser for breach of the Warranties shall be
         damages (subject to Schedule 4) and Completion shall not in any way
         constitute a waiver of the Purchaser's right to damages. The Purchaser
         hereby waives any rights (other than the right to seek damages) in
         respect of any breach of the Warranties (and howsoever arising or
         deemed to arise) other than any such rights in respect of fraud or
         wilful concealment or wilful default.

(G)      The Seller undertakes that, if any claim is made against it by the
         Purchaser in connection with the sale of the Business Assets to the
         Purchaser, it shall not make any claim against any Business Employee on
         whom it may have relied before agreeing to any terms of this Agreement
         or any document in the Agreed Form or authorising any statement in the
         Disclosure Letter.

(H)      Each of the Warranties shall be construed as being separate and
         independent and, except where expressly provided to the contrary, shall
         not be limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the
         terms of any other Warranty or any other provision of this Agreement or
         any document in the Agreed Form.

18.      PURCHASER'S WARRANTIES

(A)      The Purchaser warrants to the Seller as at the date of this Agreement
         that:

         (i)      the Purchaser has the requisite power and authority to enter
                  into and perform this Agreement and the other documents
                  specified in this Agreement which are to be delivered by the
                  Purchaser at Completion (the "PURCHASER'S COMPLETION
                  DOCUMENTS");

         (ii)     this Agreement constitutes and the Purchaser's Completion
                  Documents will, when delivered by the Purchaser, constitute
                  binding obligations of the Purchaser in accordance with their
                  respective terms;

         (iii)    the execution and delivery of, and the performance by the
                  Purchaser of its obligations under, this Agreement and the
                  Purchaser's Completion Documents will not:

                           (a)      result in a breach of any provision of the
                                    memorandum and articles of association of
                                    the Purchaser;

                           (b)      result in a breach of, or constitute a
                                    default under, any instrument to which the
                                    Purchaser is a party or by which the
                                    Purchaser is bound and which is material in
                                    the context of the transactions contemplated
                                    by this Agreement;

                           (c)      so far as the Purchaser is aware, result in
                                    a breach of any order, judgment or decree of
                                    any court or governmental agency to which
                                    the Purchaser is a party or by which the
                                    Purchaser is bound and which is material in
                                    the context of the transactions contemplated
                                    by this Agreement; or
<PAGE>
                                       22

                           (d)      save as contemplated by this Agreement,
                                    require the Purchaser to obtain any consent
                                    or approval of, or give any notice to or
                                    make any registration with, any governmental
                                    or other authority which has not been
                                    obtained or made at the date of this
                                    Agreement and is in full force and effect
                                    where failure to obtain such consent or
                                    approval, give such notice or make such
                                    registration is material in the context of
                                    the transactions contemplated by this
                                    Agreement;

         (iv)     the Purchaser has (and at Completion will have) immediately
                  available on an unconditional basis (subject only to
                  Completion and customary conditions precedent to drawdown as
                  listed in facility agreements between members of the
                  Purchaser's Group and the financiers thereof provided to the
                  Seller prior to the date of this Agreement) the necessary cash
                  resources to pay the Initial Cash Consideration and meet its
                  other obligations under this Agreement and the Purchaser's
                  Completion Documents; and

         (v)      each Designated Purchaser is, and will at and immediately
                  after Completion be, a member of the Purchaser's Group.

(B)      The Purchaser accepts that the Seller is entering into this Agreement
         in reliance upon the warranties set out in sub-clause (A).

19.      PURCHASER'S UNDERTAKINGS

(A)      The Purchaser agrees and undertakes on behalf of itself and each other
         member of the Purchaser's Group that (in the absence of fraud) it has
         no rights against and shall not make any claim against any employee,
         director, agent, officer or adviser of any member of the Seller's Group
         on whom it may have relied before agreeing to any term of this
         Agreement or any other agreement or document referred to herein or
         entering into this Agreement or any other agreement or document
         referred to herein.

(B)      The Purchaser undertakes on behalf of itself and each member of the
         Purchaser's Group (and without prejudice to the confidentiality
         agreement referred to in Clause 33(D)) that, subject to Clause 33(B),
         each member of the Purchaser's Group will treat as strictly
         confidential and not disclose to any person (other than other members
         of the Purchaser's Group and its professional advisers on a
         confidential basis) any Seller Confidential Information. The Purchaser
         acknowledges that any future use of Seller Confidential Information is
         without representation, warranty or liability on the part of any member
         of the Seller's Group. No updates of the Seller Confidential
         Information will be provided by any member of the Seller's Group to any
         member of the Purchaser's Group.

(C)      The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees on behalf of itself and each
         member of the Purchaser's Group that nothing in this Agreement shall
         operate as an agreement to transfer (nor shall transfer) any right,
         title or interest in, and (save as permitted by sub-clause (D)) from
         Completion the Purchaser shall procure that no member of the
         Purchaser's Group shall use, any of the Unilever Marks or any of the
         Retained Marks.

<PAGE>
                                       23

(D)      The Purchaser and the Designated Purchasers may use the Unilever Marks
         after Completion only in respect of the Business and to the extent
         necessary to use sales literature, stationery, buildings, signage and
         vehicles (existing, in each case, at Completion) and in respect of the
         Business Stocks and only provided that the Purchaser shall, or shall
         procure that the relevant Designated Purchaser shall:

         (i)      as soon as reasonably practicable after Completion (but in any
                  event by the relevant date set out in sub-clause (ii) below)
                  cease all use of the Unilever Marks on any sales literature,
                  stationery, building signage or vehicles; and

         (ii)     by the last day of the sixth month following Completion,
                  destroy or delete from existing sales literature and
                  stationery or buildings, signage or vehicles, and by the last
                  day of the sixth month following Completion destroy or delete
                  the Unilever Marks from existing Business Stocks in the
                  possession, or under the control, of the Designated
                  Purchasers.

(E)      Subject to the terms of the Transitional Services Agreement, the
         Purchaser shall, and shall procure that each member of the Purchaser's
         Group shall, by the last day of the sixth month following Completion
         cease to use any financial or accounting software owned by the Seller
         or members of the Seller's Group.

(F)      The Purchaser shall procure that, for a period of 12 months after
         Completion, the Montana Business shall prepare, where reasonably
         requested to do so by the Seller and subject to reimbursement by the
         Seller of the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Montana
         Business, financial data required for the financial accounts,
         management accounts or statutory accounts of any member of the Seller's
         Group and any data relating to the Montana Business prior to the
         Completion Date required by any member of the Seller's Group for
         compliance with any reporting requirements of any stock exchange or
         securities or other regulatory authority or under any applicable law,
         rule or regulation which shall each be delivered to the Seller as soon
         as reasonably practicable and, in any event, within 30 Business Days of
         the relevant request.

(G)      The Purchaser undertakes with the Seller (for itself and as trustee for
         each other member of the Seller's Group) to comply with all
         notifications and other requirements arising as a result of this
         Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereunder under any
         relevant competition, anti-restrictive trade practices or anti-trust
         laws (except where such requirements are the sole responsibility of the
         Seller under such laws) and the Purchaser shall indemnify each member
         of the Seller's Group against any and all costs, claims, expenses and
         liabilities whatsoever which the Seller or any such member of the
         Seller's Group may suffer or incur as a result of the Purchaser's
         failure to comply with such laws.

(H)      The Purchaser agrees and acknowledges (for itself and as trustee for
         each member of the Purchaser's Group) that no part of the Montana
         Business shall have or retain any right whatsoever (whether proprietary
         or by way of Intellectual Property or otherwise) in or in respect of
         the Unilever Manuals and Policy Documents or any of them, or any right
         to use or continue to use them or any of them after Completion. All
         originals and copies of the Unilever Manuals and Policy Documents shall
         be delivered to the Seller or to its order to such location or
         locations as the Seller shall reasonably specify as soon as

<PAGE>
                                       24

         reasonably practicable following Completion (and, in any event, within
         six months following Completion).

(I)      If the Seller or any Business Seller assigns to the Purchaser any
         Intellectual Property or right of confidence which is owned by a member
         of the Seller's Group but which is not used exclusively in the
         Business, the Purchaser undertakes to reassign such Intellectual
         Property or right of confidence to the Seller or a member of the
         Seller's Group nominated by the Seller for nominal consideration. In
         such circumstances, the Seller hereby grants and agrees to procure the
         grant of (on behalf of itself and each relevant member of the Seller's
         Group) to the Purchaser and each Designated Purchaser a non-exclusive,
         royalty-free, worldwide, irrevocable right to use the Intellectual
         Property except for any Excluded IPR or right of confidence insofar as
         it is material to the operation of the Business, for the sole purpose
         of conducting the Business. The Purchaser undertakes to, and undertakes
         to procure that all members of the Purchaser's Group, return to the
         Seller within a period of 12 months after Completion all copies or
         relevant extracts of all books and records (including all written
         material and all forms of computer or machine readable material) in
         their possession or under their control which contain information in
         which any such Intellectual Property or right of confidence subsists.

20.      RESTRICTIONS ON THE SELLER

         The Seller undertakes that it shall not, and shall procure that each
         other member of the Seller's Group shall not for as long as it remains
         such a member, save for any Seconded Employees, within two years from
         the Completion Date, solicit or entice away from the employment of any
         member of the Purchaser's Group any Senior Employee without the prior
         written consent of the Purchaser, other than:

         (i)      any Senior Employee whose employment with the relevant member
                  of the Purchaser's Group has then ceased or who has given or
                  received notice terminating such employment; and

         (ii)     any Senior Employee who responds to any public recruitment
                  advertisement placed by or on behalf of any member of the
                  Seller's Group,

         and shall not intentionally assist any person to do any of the
         foregoing things.

21.      RESTRICTIONS ON THE PURCHASER

         The Purchaser undertakes to the Seller that it shall not, and shall
         procure that each member of the Purchaser's Group shall not (for so
         long as it remains such a member), within two years of the Completion
         Date solicit or entice away from the employment of any member of the
         Seller's Group any Senior Seller's Group Employee other than:

         (i)      any Senior Seller's Group Employee whose employment with the
                  relevant member of the Seller's Group has then ceased or who
                  has given or received notice terminating such employment; and

<PAGE>
                                       25

         (ii)     any Senior Seller's Group Employee who responds to any public
                  recruitment advertisement placed by or on behalf of any member
                  of the Purchaser's Group,

         and shall not intentionally assist any person to do any of the
         foregoing things.

22.      PROVISION RELATING TO RESTRICTIONS

         Each undertaking contained in Clauses 20 and 21 shall be construed as a
         separate undertaking and if one or more of the undertakings is held to
         be against the public interest or unlawful or in any way an
         unreasonable restraint of trade, the remaining undertakings shall
         continue to bind the Seller and/or the Purchaser as the case may be.

23.      BOOKS AND RECORDS

(A)      The Business Sellers shall on Completion deliver to, or hold to the
         order of, the Purchaser originals of all the Books and Records relating
         exclusively to the Business excluding:

         (i)      those Books and Records which any member of the Seller's Group
                  is required by law to retain or which any Business Seller is
                  permitted to retain in accordance with Clause 12 and Schedule
                  11;

         (ii)     all Books and Records of the Business Sellers which contain
                  legally privileged information in which the Seller owns
                  Confidentiality Rights (other than Business Confidentiality
                  Rights) which shall be retained by the Seller; and

         (iii)    any Books and Records relating to Taxation.

(B)      For a period of eight years from Completion the Purchaser shall
         maintain and make available the Books and Records which are delivered
         to the Purchaser under this Agreement for inspection and copying by
         representatives of any Business Seller and its professional advisers
         during Working Hours on reasonable advance notice and such undertaking
         as to confidentiality as the Purchaser may reasonably require being
         given, save that such period shall be 15 years in relation to Books and
         Records which contain any information relating to the occupational
         health of any of the Business Employees.

(C)      Subject to any provision contained in Schedule 11, for a period of
         eight years from Completion, the Seller shall maintain and make
         available to the Purchaser any Books and Records relating (but not
         exclusively relating) to the Business (or, if practicable, the relevant
         parts thereof) which contain information which is required by the
         Purchaser for the purpose of the Business or any Tax or other return in
         connection with the Business for inspection and copying by
         representatives of the Purchaser during Working Hours on reasonable
         advance notice and, if it is not practicable only to make available the
         relevant parts thereof, such undertaking as to confidentiality as the
         Seller may reasonably require being given.

(D)      (i)      The Seller shall procure that each Business Seller shall,
                  where reasonably requested to do so by the Purchaser and
                  subject to the reimbursement by the Purchaser of the Business
                  Seller's reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, assist

<PAGE>
                                       26

                  the Purchaser with the preparation of data relating to the
                  Montana Business reasonably required by any member of the
                  Purchaser's Group for compliance with any reporting
                  requirements of any stock exchange or securities or other
                  regulatory authority under any applicable law, rule or
                  regulation and shall provide such reasonable assistance as
                  soon as reasonably practicable and, in any event, within 30
                  Business Days of the relevant request.

         (ii)     The Purchaser shall and shall procure that any relevant member
                  of the Purchaser's Group shall, where reasonably requested by
                  the Seller or any Business Seller and subject to the
                  reimbursement by the Seller of the reasonable out-of-pocket
                  expenses of the Purchaser or relevant member of the
                  Purchaser's Group, assist the Seller or, where relevant,
                  Business Sellers with the preparation of any information
                  request from any Tax Authority regarding the Taxation affairs
                  of the Seller and/or any of the Business Sellers in respect of
                  the Montana Business.

24.      PAYMENTS

(A)      Except to the extent otherwise set out in this Agreement, any payment
         to be made by either party under this Agreement shall be made in full
         without any set-off, restriction or condition (whether for or on
         account of any counterclaim or otherwise) and without, and free and
         clear of, any deduction or withholding whatsoever (save only as
         required by law). If any deductions or withholdings are required by law
         to be made from any sums payable under this Agreement (except for
         payments of interest), the party who is obliged to make the payment
         shall also be obliged to pay to the party to whom payment is to be made
         such sum as will, after such deduction or withholding has been made,
         leave the party to whom payment is to be made with the same amount as
         it would have been entitled to receive in the absence of any such
         requirement to make such deduction or withholding.

(B)      If any Tax Authority brings into charge to Tax (or into any computation
         of income, profit or gain for the purposes of any charge to Tax) any
         sum payable under the Warranties then the party making such payment
         shall pay such additional amount to the party to whom the payment is
         made so as to ensure that the net amount retained after the relevant
         Tax liability is equal to the amount that would have been retained had
         the payment not been so subject to Tax.

(C)      If any amount payable under this Agreement is payable to a person to
         whom the rights of a party under this Agreement have been assigned in
         accordance with Clause 28, the payer shall not be required by this
         Clause (or any other provision of this Agreement including, without
         prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, Clause 27) to pay any
         greater amount than it would have been required to pay had the sum been
         payable to the original party to this Agreement.

(D)      This sub-clause applies if one party (the "PAYER") makes a payment
         under sub-clause (A) above (a "TAX PAYMENT") in favour of a person
         entitled to a payment under this Agreement (the "RECIPIENT"). In this
         case, each of the following applies:

<PAGE>
                                       27

         (i)      The Recipient agrees to notify the Payer in writing if the
                  Recipient obtains or is entitled to obtain a refund of Tax or
                  obtains and uses a credit against Tax on its overall net
                  income (a "TAX CREDIT") which the Recipient is able to
                  identify as attributable to that Tax Payment.

         (ii)     The Recipient agrees to reimburse to the Payer within 10
                  Business Days of obtaining such refund as referred to in
                  sub-clause 24(D)(i) the amount reasonably determined by the
                  Recipient to be the proportion of the Tax Credit that, if it
                  is paid back to the Payer, will leave the Recipient (after
                  that reimbursement) in no better or worse position in respect
                  of its Tax liabilities than it would have been in if no Tax
                  Payment had been required. There will only be an obligation
                  under this paragraph to the extent the Recipient can make the
                  reimbursement without there being, in the reasonable opinion
                  of the Recipient, any adverse consequences to the Recipient.

         (iii)    The Recipient is under no obligation by virtue of this
                  sub-clause to disclose any information regarding its Tax
                  affairs and computations. This sub-clause does not affect the
                  right of the Recipient to arrange its Tax affairs as it thinks
                  fit.

25.      EFFECT OF COMPLETION

         Save as otherwise provided herein, any provision of this Agreement or
         of any other document referred to herein which is capable of being
         performed after but which has not been performed at or before
         Completion and all Warranties contained in this Agreement shall
         (subject to Schedule 4) remain in full force and effect notwithstanding
         Completion.

26.      CAPACITY OF THE SELLER AND THE PURCHASER

(A)      Any obligation of the Seller under this Agreement to take any action
         shall be satisfied by any member of the Seller's Group taking such
         action.

(B)      Any obligation of the Purchaser under this Agreement to take any action
         shall be satisfied by any member of the Purchaser's Group taking such
         action.

(C)      The undertakings given by the Purchaser to, and agreements made by the
         Purchaser with, the Seller in this Agreement are given and made to and
         with the Seller for itself and as trustee for each other member of the
         Seller's Group.

(D)      The undertakings given by the Seller to, and agreements made by the
         Seller with, the Purchaser in this Agreement are given and made to and
         with the Purchaser for itself and as trustee for each other member of
         the Purchaser's Group.

27.      REMEDIES, WAIVERS AND INDEMNIFICATION

(A)      No delay or omission on the part of either party to this Agreement in
         exercising any right, power or remedy provided or under this Agreement
         or any other documents referred to in it shall affect such right, power
         or remedy or operate as a waiver thereof.

<PAGE>
                                       28

(B)      The single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy provided
         under this Agreement or any document referred to in it shall not
         preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
         other right, power or remedy except where expressly stated in this
         Agreement.

(C)      Upon any person (the "INDEMNIFIED PERSON") becoming aware of any
         assessment, claim, action or demand of a third party (a "THIRD PARTY
         CLAIM") against it which gives rise to any claim for indemnification
         under this Agreement, the Indemnified Person shall:

         (i)      as soon as practicable notify the person from whom
                  Indemnification is sought (the "INDEMNIFYING PARTY") by
                  written notice as soon as it appears to the Indemnified Person
                  that any Third Party Claim received by or coming to the notice
                  of the Indemnified Person may result in a claim for
                  indemnification;

         (ii)     subject to the Indemnifying Party indemnifying the Indemnified
                  Person against any liability, cost, damage or expense which
                  may be incurred thereby, take such reasonable action and give
                  such information and access to personnel, premises, chattels,
                  documents and records to the Indemnifying Party and their
                  professional advisers as the Indemnifying Party may reasonably
                  request and the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to
                  require any relevant company (being a member of the
                  Purchaser's Group where the Indemnified Person is a member of
                  the Purchaser's Group or a member of the Seller's Group where
                  the Indemnified Person is a member of the Seller's Group) to
                  take such reasonable action and give such information and
                  assistance in order to avoid, dispute, resist, mitigate,
                  settle, compromise, defend or appeal any claim in respect
                  thereof or adjudication with respect thereto;

         (iii)    at the request of the Indemnifying Party, allow the
                  Indemnifying Party to take the sole conduct of such actions as
                  the Indemnifying Party may deem appropriate in connection with
                  any such assessment or claim in the name of the Indemnified
                  Person or any such relevant company referred to above and in
                  that connection the Indemnified Person shall give or cause to
                  be given to the Indemnifying Party all such assistance as it
                  may reasonably require in avoiding, disputing, resisting,
                  settling, compromising, defending or appealing any such claim
                  and shall instruct such legal or other professional advisors
                  as the Indemnifying Party may nominate to act on behalf of the
                  Indemnified Person or any relevant company, as appropriate,
                  but to act in accordance with the Indemnifying Party's
                  instructions PROVIDED THAT the Indemnified Person shall not be
                  required to commence any legal proceedings where either:

                           (a)      the Indemnified Person has validly assigned
                                    all of its rights in relation to the
                                    relevant claim to the Indemnifying Party in
                                    a manner which entitles the Indemnifying
                                    Party to the same benefits in respect of
                                    such rights as the Indemnified Person had;
                                    or

                           (b)      where sub-paragraph (C)(iii)(a) does not
                                    apply, the Indemnifying Party has not
                                    notified the relevant party against whom
                                    such

<PAGE>
                                       29

                                    proceedings are brought that such
                                    proceedings are being brought at the
                                    instruction of the Indemnifying Party;

         (iv)     be entitled to participate in the defence of any Third Party
                  Claim and to employ separate counsel to represent it at its
                  own expense PROVIDED THAT the Indemnifying Party (acting
                  reasonably) shall control the defence of the Third Party
                  Claim;

         (v)      make no admission of liability, agreement, settlement or
                  compromise with any third party in relation to any such claim
                  or adjudication without the prior written consent of the
                  Indemnifying Party (such consent not to be unreasonably
                  withheld); and

         (vi)     take all reasonable action to mitigate any loss suffered by it
                  in respect of which a claim could be made for indemnification.

(D)      The Indemnifying Party shall be entitled at any stage and in its
         absolute discretion to settle any such Third Party Claim.

(E)      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnifying Party shall not be
         entitled to assume the defence of any Third Party Claim (and shall be
         liable for the reasonable expenses (including legal expenses) incurred
         by the Indemnified Person in defending such Third Party Claim) if the
         Third Party Claim seeks any relief other than damages (including any
         orders, injunctions or other equitable relief) against the Indemnified
         Person which the Indemnified Person reasonably determines cannot be
         separated from any related claim for damages. If such claim for other
         relief can be separated from the claim for damages, the Indemnifying
         Party shall be entitled to assume the defence of the claim for damages.

(F)      If any Indemnified Person has a claim for indemnification against any
         Indemnifying Party under this Agreement which does not involve a Third
         Party Claim being brought or alleged against such Indemnified Person,
         the Indemnified Person may give notice of such claim to the
         Indemnifying Party. The failure by any Indemnified Person so to notify
         the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from
         any liability which it may have to such Indemnified Person. If the
         Indemnifying Party does not notify the Indemnified Person within 20
         Business Days following its receipt of such notice that the
         Indemnifying Party disputes its liability to the Indemnified Person
         under this Agreement such claim specified by the Indemnified Person in
         such notice shall be conclusively deemed a liability of the
         Indemnifying Party under this Agreement and the Indemnifying Party
         shall pay the amount of such liability to the Indemnified Person on
         demand or, in the case of any notice in which the amount of the claim
         (or any portion thereof) is estimated, on such later date when the
         amount of such claim (or such portion thereof) becomes finally
         determined. If the Indemnifying Party has disputed its liability with
         respect to such claim within the time period specified in this
         sub-clause, the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Person shall
         proceed in good faith to negotiate a resolution of such dispute.

(G)      The provisions of paragraphs 4 to 9 (inclusive) and paragraph 12 of
         Schedule 4 shall apply with respect to any claim for indemnification
         under this Agreement.

<PAGE>
                                       30

28.      NO ASSIGNMENT

(A)      Subject to the prior written consent of the Seller (such consent not to
         be unreasonably withheld or delayed) the rights of the Purchaser under
         this Agreement may be assigned or transferred to another member of the
         Purchaser's Group PROVIDED THAT the Purchaser shall procure that no
         such member of the Purchaser's Group shall cease to be a member of the
         Purchaser's Group unless such rights have been assigned back to the
         Purchaser, and PROVIDED FURTHER THAT the liabilities of the Seller and
         all other members of the Seller's Group under this Agreement shall be
         no greater than such liabilities would have been had the assignment not
         occurred.

(B)      Subject to the prior written consent of the Purchaser (such consent not
         to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) the rights of the Seller under
         this Agreement may be assigned or transferred to another member of the
         Seller's Group PROVIDED THAT the Seller shall procure that no such
         member of the Seller's Group shall cease to be a member of the Seller's
         Group unless such rights have been assigned back to the Seller and
         PROVIDED FURTHER THAT the liabilities of the Purchaser and all other
         members of the Purchaser's Group under this Agreement shall be no
         greater than such liabilities would have been had the assignment not
         occurred.

(C)      The rights of the Purchaser or any Designated Purchaser under this
         Agreement may be assigned or transferred by way of security only in
         accordance with the terms of any arm's length arrangements for the
         funding (in whole or in part) of the purchase of the Business and the
         Business Assets under this Agreement and/or the refinancing of such
         funding PROVIDED THAT the liabilities of the Seller and all other
         members of the Seller's Group under this Agreement shall be no greater
         than such liabilities would have been had the assignment not occurred.

(D)      Sub-clauses (A), (B) and (C) may be enforced by any such assignees or
         transferees notwithstanding Clause 37 and may not be amended without
         the consent of such assignees or transferees (or their agent).

(E)      Subject to sub-clauses (A), (B), and (C), the rights and obligations of
         the parties under this Agreement shall not be assignable.

29.      FURTHER ASSURANCE

(A)      In addition to the obligations set out in Clause 6(E), without
         prejudice to any restriction or limitation on the extent of any party's
         obligations under this Agreement and except in relation to Business
         IPR, each of the parties shall from time to time, so far as each is
         reasonably able, do or procure the doing of all such acts and/or
         execute or procure the execution of all such documents in a form
         reasonably satisfactory to the party concerned as they may reasonably
         consider necessary to transfer the Business Assets to the Purchaser or
         otherwise to give any party the full benefit of this Agreement.

(B)      The Seller undertakes that after Completion and at the request of the
         Purchaser it will at its cost execute or procure the execution by any
         member of the Seller's Group of any documents and do all things which
         are reasonably necessary to secure the vesting in the Purchaser or a
         member of the Purchaser's Group of the Business IPR provided however

<PAGE>
                                       31

         that the Purchaser undertakes to the Seller that it will be responsible
         for preparing all such documents and PROVIDED THAT (save as set out in
         Clause 34(C)) the Purchaser shall be responsible for:

         (i)      all pre-approved out-of-pocket costs incurred by the Seller or
                  any member of the Seller's Group in respect of such execution;
                  and

         (ii)     the costs of effecting and recording the Trade Mark
                  Assignments at the relevant patent and trade mark offices.

30.      ENTIRE AGREEMENT

(A)      This Agreement, the Disclosure Letter and any other documents referred
         to in this Agreement (the "TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS") constitute the whole
         and only agreement between the parties relating to the sale and
         purchase of the Business Assets and, except to the extent expressly
         repeated in any of the Transaction Documents, any prior drafts,
         agreements, undertakings, representations, warranties and arrangements
         of any nature whatsoever, whether or not in writing, relating thereto
         are superseded and extinguished.

(B)      The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees (for itself and on behalf of each
         other member of the Purchaser's Group) with the Seller (on behalf of
         itself and each other member of the Seller's Group) that:

         (i)      it does not rely on and has not been induced to enter into any
                  of the Transaction Documents on the basis of any Assurance
                  (express or implied) made or given by or on behalf of any
                  member of the Seller's Group or any of their respective
                  agents, directors, officers, employees or advisers other than
                  those expressly set out in the Transaction Documents or, to
                  the extent that it has been, it has (in the absence of fraud)
                  no rights or remedies in relation thereto and shall make no
                  claim in relation thereto or against such parties;

         (ii)     no member of the Seller's Group, or any of their respective
                  agents, directors, officers, employees or advisers, has given
                  or made any Assurance other than those expressly set out in
                  the Transaction Documents or, to the extent that they have,
                  the Purchaser hereby (for itself and on behalf of each other
                  member of the Purchaser's Group) unconditionally and
                  irrevocably waives (in the absence of fraud) any claim which
                  it might otherwise have had in relation thereto; and

         (iii)    save in respect of any warranties implied in Clause 2 by
                  virtue of Part 1 of the Law of Property (Miscellaneous
                  Provisions) Act 1994, any warranty or other rights which may
                  be implied by law in any jurisdiction in relation to the sale
                  of the Business Assets in such jurisdiction shall be excluded
                  or, if incapable of exclusion, irrevocably waived and the
                  Purchaser agrees to indemnify each member of the Seller's
                  Group in respect of any liabilities, costs, claims and
                  expenses arising or incurred as a result of claims made by the
                  Purchaser or any member of the Purchaser's Group under any
                  such implied warranties (other than any warranties implied in
                  Clause 2 by virtue of Part 1 of the Law of Property
                  (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1994).

<PAGE>
                                       32

(C)      This Agreement may only be varied by a document signed by each of the
         parties and expressed to be a variation to this Agreement.

31.      NOTICES

(A)      Any notice or other communication given or made under or in connection
         with the matters contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing.

(B)      Any such notice or other communication shall be addressed as provided
         in sub-clause (C) and, if so addressed, shall be deemed to have been
         duly given or made as follows:

         (i)      if sent by personal delivery, upon delivery at the address of
                  the relevant party;

         (ii)     if sent by first-class post, two Business Days after the date
                  of posting;

         (iii)    if sent by airmail, five Business Days after the date of
                  posting;

         (iv)     if sent by facsimile, when received,

         PROVIDED THAT if, in accordance with the above provisions, any such
         notice or other communication would otherwise be deemed to be given or
         made outside Working Hours, such notice or other communication shall be
         deemed to be given or made at the start of Working Hours on the next
         Business Day.

(C)      The relevant addressee, address and facsimile number of each party for
         the purposes of this Agreement, subject to sub-clause (D), are:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     NAME OF PARTY                     ADDRESS                 FACSIMILE NUMBER
     -------------                     -------                 ----------------
<S>                             <C>                          <C>
Unilever Bestfoods UK           Unilever UK                  +44 (0)1932 261705
Limited                         Walton Court
                                Station Avenue
                                Walton-on-Thames
                                Surrey KT12 1UP

For the attention of:           UK General Counsel

With a copy to:

Unilever PLC                    Unilever House               +44 (0)20 7822 6108
                                Blackfriars
                                London
                                EC4P 4BQ

For the attention of:           Joint Secretary and
                                General Counsel
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                       33

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     NAME OF PARTY                     ADDRESS                 FACSIMILE NUMBER
     -------------                     -------                 ----------------
<S>                             <C>                          <C>
Premier Ambient                 Premier House                +44(0) 1727 815 982
Products (UK) Limited           Centrium Business Park
                                Griffiths Way
                                St. Albans
                                Herts
                                AL1 2RE

For the attention of:           Chief Executive and
                                Finance Director

With a copy to:

Weil, Gotshal &                 One South Place,             + 44 (0) 20 7903 0990
Manges                          London EC2M 2WG

For the attention of:           Michael Francies
</TABLE>

(D)      A party may notify the other party to this Agreement of a change to its
         name, relevant addressee, address or facsimile number for the purposes
         of sub-clause (C) PROVIDED THAT such notification shall only be
         effective on:

         (i)      the date specified in the notification as the date on which
                  the change is to take place; or

         (ii)     if no date is specified or the date specified is less than
                  five Business Days after the date on which notice is given,
                  the date falling five Business Days after notice of any such
                  change has been given.

(E)      For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that the provisions of
         this Clause shall not apply in relation to the service of any writ,
         summons, order, judgment or other document relating to or in connection
         with any Proceedings.

32.      ANNOUNCEMENTS

(A)      Subject to sub-clause (B), no announcement concerning the sale or
         purchase of the Business Assets or any ancillary matter (other than the
         Press Announcements and any other announcements consistent therewith),
         shall be made by either party without the prior written approval of the
         other, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(B)      Either party may make an announcement concerning the sale or purchase
         of the Business Assets or any ancillary matter if required by:

         (i)      the law of any relevant jurisdiction;

         (ii)     any securities exchange or regulatory or governmental body to
                  which either party or any holding company thereof is subject
                  or submits, wherever situated
<PAGE>
                                       34

                  (including, without limitation, London Stock Exchange plc and
                  the Amsterdam Stock Exchange), whether or not the requirement
                  has the force of law,

         in which case the party concerned shall take all such steps as may be
         reasonable and practicable in the circumstances to agree the contents
         of such announcement with the other party before making such
         announcement and PROVIDED THAT any such announcement shall be made only
         after notice to the other party.

(C)      The restrictions contained in this Clause shall continue to apply after
         the termination of this Agreement without limit in time.

33.      CONFIDENTIALITY

(A)      Subject to sub-clause (B) and Clause 32 and without prejudice to Clause
         19(B):

         (i)      each party shall treat as strictly confidential all
                  information received or obtained as a result of entering into
                  or performing this Agreement which relates to:

                           (a)      the provisions or the subject matter of this
                                    Agreement or any document referred to
                                    herein; or

                           (b)      the negotiations relating to this Agreement
                                    or any document referred to herein;

         (ii)     the Purchaser shall treat, and shall procure that each other
                  member of the Purchaser's Group treats, as strictly
                  confidential all information received or obtained which
                  relates to any retained business of the Seller's Group; and

         (iii)    the Seller shall treat, and shall procure that each other
                  member of the Seller's Group treats, as strictly confidential
                  all information in which Business Confidentiality Rights
                  subsist.

(B)      Either party may disclose information which would otherwise be
         confidential if and to the extent:

         (i)      that the information is in the public domain other than as a
                  result of the breach or default of that party;

         (ii)     required by the law of any relevant jurisdiction or for the
                  purpose of any judicial proceedings;

         (iii)    required by any securities exchange or regulatory or
                  governmental body to which either party or any holding company
                  thereof is subject or submits, wherever situated (including,
                  without limitation, London Stock Exchange plc, the Amsterdam
                  Stock Exchange or any Tax Authority), whether or not the
                  requirement for information has the force of law;

         (iv)     that the information is disclosed on a strictly confidential
                  basis to the professional advisers, auditors and bankers of
                  such party PROVIDED THAT

<PAGE>
                                       35

                  such party shall be liable for any failure by its professional
                  advisers, auditors and bankers to keep such information
                  strictly confidential;

         (v)      that the other party has given prior written approval to the
                  disclosure, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or
                  delayed;

         (vi)     it does so to a member of the Seller's Group (in the case of
                  the Seller) or a member of the Purchaser's Group (in the case
                  of the Purchaser) which accepts restrictions in the terms of
                  this Clause; or

         (vii)    required to enable that party to enforce its rights under this
                  Agreement,

         PROVIDED THAT any such information disclosed pursuant to paragraph (i)
         or (ii) shall be disclosed (where practicable) only after notice to the
         other party.

(C)      The restrictions contained in this Clause shall continue to apply after
         the termination of this Agreement without limit in time.

(D)      The confidentiality agreement set out in the letter dated 21 August,
         2003 from the Seller to the Purchaser (and countersigned on behalf of
         the Purchaser on 21 August, 2003) is hereby terminated with effect from
         the date of this Agreement without prejudice to rights and liabilities
         of the parties which have accrued thereunder prior to such date.

34.      COSTS AND EXPENSES

(A)      Save as otherwise stated in any other provision of this Agreement, each
         party shall pay its own costs and expenses in relation to the
         negotiations leading up to the sale of the Business Assets and to the
         preparation, execution and carrying into effect of this Agreement and
         all other documents referred to in it.

(B)      Without prejudice to sub-clause (A) and except in relation to VAT (to
         which Clauses 3(C) and 12 and Schedule 11 shall apply) and as set out
         in sub-clause (C), all stamp, transfer, registration, sales and other
         similar Taxes, duties and charges and all notarial fees (if any)
         payable in connection with the sale or purchase of the Business Assets
         under this Agreement shall be paid by the Purchaser. Where there is a
         choice of methods of execution, the Seller shall consent to the use of
         such methods of execution as the Purchaser may reasonably request so as
         to minimise stamp, transfer and registration Taxes, duties and charges
         and notarial fees (if any) payable in connection with Completion.

(C)      The Seller shall reimburse the Purchaser for any registry fees payable
         in connection with the recordal of the Trade Mark Assignments at the
         relevant patent and trade mark offices which would not have been
         payable but for the previous transfer of the relevant Business IPR
         pursuant to the assignment between Conopco, Inc. and Unilever PLC dated
         1 July 2003 (a copy of which assignment is at tab F.2.1 of the Data
         Room).

<PAGE>
                                       36

35.      COUNTERPARTS

(A)      This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by
         the parties on separate counterparts, but shall not be effective until
         each party has executed at least one counterpart.

(B)      Each counterpart shall constitute an original of this Agreement, but
         all the counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same
         instrument.

36.      INVALIDITY

         If at any time any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal,
         invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law of any
         jurisdiction, that shall not affect or impair:

         (i)      the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction
                  of any other provision of this Agreement; or

         (ii)     the legality, validity or enforceability under the law of any
                  other jurisdiction of that or any other provision of this
                  Agreement.

37.      THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

(A)      Clauses 13(F) and 13(G), paragraphs 4 and 5 of Schedule 9 and Schedule
         10 confer a benefit on each Business Employee and, subject to the
         remaining provisions of this Clause, are intended to be enforceable by
         each Business Employee by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third
         Parties) Act 1999.

(B)      Notwithstanding the provisions of sub-clause (A), this Agreement may be
         rescinded or varied in any way and at any time by the parties to this
         Agreement without the consent of any Business Employee.

(C)      In any proceedings by a Business Employee against the Purchaser to
         enforce the terms of any or all of Clauses 13(F) and 13(G), paragraphs
         4 and 5 of Schedule 9 and Schedule 10, the Purchaser shall not be
         entitled to any defences or rights of set-off which would have been
         available had the Seller brought those proceedings.

(D)      A Business Employee shall be entitled to enforce the terms of Clauses
         13(F) and 13(G), paragraphs 4 and 5 of Schedule 9 and Schedule 10 by
         way of proceedings in the courts of England.

(E)      The parties to this Agreement do not intend that any term of this
         Agreement, apart from Clauses 13(F) and 13(G), paragraphs 4 and 5 of
         Schedule 9 and Schedule 10 should be enforceable, by virtue of the
         Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, by any person who is not
         a party to this Agreement.

<PAGE>
                                       37

38.      PURCHASER'S GROUP COMPANY OBLIGATIONS

(A)      The Purchaser shall procure that any obligation which is expressed
         under this Agreement to be an obligation of any member of the
         Purchaser's Group be performed.

(B)      The Purchaser hereby guarantees each liability of each member of the
         Purchaser's Group under this Agreement (including, without limitation,
         any liability to pay money) which the Purchaser agrees under the terms
         of this Agreement to discharge on behalf of that member of the
         Purchaser's Group.

39.      GOVERNING LAW

         This Agreement is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance
         with, English law.

40.      JURISDICTION

(A)      The courts of England are to have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any
         dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. Any
         Proceedings shall be brought in the English courts.

(B)      Each party waives (and agrees not to raise) any objection on the ground
         of forum non conveniens or on any other ground to the taking of
         Proceedings in the English courts. Each party also agrees that a
         judgment against it in Proceedings brought in England shall be
         conclusive and binding upon it and may be enforced in any other
         jurisdiction.

(C)      Each party irrevocably submits and agrees to submit to the jurisdiction
         of the English courts.

41.      LANGUAGE

         Each notice, demand, request, statement, instrument, certificate or
         other communication given, delivered or made by any party to any other
         party under or in connection with this Agreement shall be in English.

IN WITNESS whereof the parties have entered into this Agreement the day and year
first before written.

<PAGE>
                                       38

                                   SCHEDULE 1
                                (INTERPRETATION)

1.       In this Agreement and the Schedules to it, unless otherwise specified:

"AGREED FORM"               means, in relation to any document, such document in
                            the form initialled for the purposes of
                            identification only by or on behalf of the Purchaser
                            and the Seller;

"AGREED RATE"               means 2 per cent. above the base rate of National
                            Westminster Bank PLC from time to time;

"AMBROSIA LOGO"             means the logo set out in Part 2 of Attachment 4;

"AMBROSIA MARKS"            means the sign "AMBROSIA" and the Ambrosia Logo;

"APV PURCHASE AGREEMENT"    means the purchase agreement to be entered into
                            between the Seller and APV (UK) Limited, a draft
                            copy of which is at E.1.3 of the Data Room;

"ASIA BUSINESS"             means the businesses as carried on at the date of
                            this Agreement by any member of the Seller's Group
                            in and from Malaysia, India and Sri Lanka under the
                            B&P Marks;

"ASSUMED LIABILITIES"       has the meaning given in Clause 10(B);

"ASSURANCE"                 means any warranty, representation, statement,
                            assurance, covenant, agreement, undertaking,
                            indemnity, guarantee or commitment of any nature
                            whatsoever;

"BONUS PLANS"               means the bonus plans operated by the Seller in
                            respect of the Business Employees, which are
                            variable pay, pay for profitability and the Lifton
                            site bonus plan;

"BOOKS AND RECORDS"         means all books and records owned by the Business
                            Sellers at Completion including, without limitation,
                            all documents and other material, certificates,
                            deeds and licences whether or not relating to
                            Intellectual Property (including all forms of
                            computer or machine readable material);

"B&P MARKS"                 means the sign "BROWN & POLSON";

<PAGE>
                                       39

"BUSINESS"                  means the Montana Business as carried on at the date
                            of this Agreement by the Seller's Group;

"BUSINESS ASSETS"           has the meaning given in Clause 2(A);

"BUSINESS CASH FLOAT"       means the cash held as petty cash by the Business
                            Sellers at the Business Properties for the purposes
                            of the Business at Completion;

"BUSINESS CONFIDENTIALITY   means the Confidentiality Rights owned by any member
RIGHTS"                     of the Seller's Group which are used exclusively in
                            the Business;

"BUSINESS CLAIMS"           means the benefit of all rights, entitlements or
                            claims to which the Seller or any member of the
                            Seller's Group is entitled arising directly or
                            indirectly out of or in connection with the
                            operation by the Seller or any member of the
                            Seller's Group of the Business prior to Completion
                            (including under any warranty, condition, guarantee
                            or indemnity under any of the Contracts or in
                            respect of any policy of insurance, and including,
                            for the avoidance of doubt, any claim against APV
                            (UK) Limited under the APV Purchase Agreement),
                            excluding all rights, entitlements or claims in
                            respect of the Excluded Contracts, Excluded
                            Liabilities or the Excluded Assets;

"BUSINESS DAY"              means a day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on
                            which banks are open for business in London;

"BUSINESS EMPLOYEES"        means the employees of the Business Sellers or other
                            members of the Seller's Group who are identified by
                            position in Data Room document S.I.4.4. employed
                            exclusively or substantially exclusively in relation
                            to the Business at Completion or any of them
                            (subject to any changes made in accordance with
                            Clause 5(A)), but excluding (i) any employees listed
                            in Part 1 of Attachment 6 as "EXCLUDED EMPLOYEES"
                            and (ii) the Seconded Employees;

"BUSINESS GOODWILL"         means all the goodwill of the Business Sellers in
                            relation to the Business together with the exclusive
                            right for the Purchaser to carry on the Business in
                            succession to the Business Sellers anywhere in the
                            world;

<PAGE>
                                       40

"BUSINESS IPR"              means the Intellectual Property owned by any member
                            of the Seller's Group which is used exclusively in
                            the Business but excluding the Excluded IPR;

"BUSINESS PLANT AND         means all the plant, fixed equipment, fixtures and
MACHINERY"                  fittings, moveable plant and machinery, tools and
                            equipment, engineering stores, other non-prudct
                            related stocks and related work in progress and
                            motor vehicles as referred to in Topic Area 290,
                            Topics 15 and 35 of the Unilever Accounting Policy
                            Manual owned by the Business Sellers and used or to
                            be used exclusively in the Business;

"BUSINESS PROPERTIES"       means the Immovable Property specified in Part B of
                            Schedule 8;

"BUSINESS SELLERS"          means the companies listed in column (2) of Schedule
                            6, each of which carries on part of the Business or
                            holds Business Assets;

"BUSINESS STOCKS"           means all raw materials, packing materials and
                            consumables, stocks-in-process or finished stocks
                            and goods for resale (wherever located and whether
                            in the custody or possession of third parties and as
                            classified and further detailed in Topic Area 550,
                            Topics 10 to 45 of the Unilever Accounting Policy
                            Manual but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt,
                            engineering stores and other non-product related
                            stocks relating to the Business) beneficially owned
                            by or on behalf of the Business Sellers (including
                            items which, although subject to reservation of
                            title by the relevant sellers, are under the control
                            of the Business Sellers) and which have in any case
                            been:

                            (A)      physically allocated or separated for use
                                     exclusively in any part of the Business; or

<PAGE>
                                       41

                            (B)      otherwise clearly identified (whether
                                     physically or by written reference agreed
                                     by the Seller and the Purchaser) as forming
                                     part or a fixed proportion of one or more
                                     sets, stores or consignments of such raw
                                     materials, consumables, stocks-in-process,
                                     finished stocks or goods or such fixed
                                     proportion of the same, being a proportion
                                     of the fungible contents of any tank or
                                     storage or dispensing vessel, as is in any
                                     case for the exclusive use of any part of
                                     the Business,

                                     in each case:

                                     (i)      for the purposes of the definition
                                              of "Completion Stocks Amount"
                                              only, at midnight on the day
                                              immediately preceding the
                                              Completion Date; and

                                     (ii)     for all other purposes, at
                                              Completion;

"COMPLETION"                means completion of the sale and purchase of the
                            Business Assets under this Agreement;

"COMPLETION DATE"           means 30 November 2003;

"COMPLETION STOCKS          means the aggregate value expressed in sterling of
AMOUNT"                     the Business Stocks to be calculated in accordance
                            with Schedule 5 as at midnight on the day
                            immediately preceding the Completion Date and to be
                            shown in the Completion Stocks Statement;

"COMPLETION STOCKS          means the completion stocks statement relating to
STATEMENT"                  the Montana Business prepared in accordance with
                            Clause 4 and Schedule 5 and in the format set out in
                            Attachment 7;

"CONFIDENTIALITY RIGHTS"    means rights of confidence in information
                            (including, without limitation, know-how and trade
                            secrets) and all rights or forms of protection of a
                            similar nature or having equivalent similar effect
                            to any of those which may subsist anywhere in the
                            world;

<PAGE>
                                       42

"CONTRACTS"                 means all the contracts, arrangements and
                            engagements relating either exclusively to the
                            Business or relating in part to the running of the
                            Business (but then only to the extent that the same
                            do so relate) to which any of the Business Sellers
                            is (itself or through an agent) a party or the
                            benefit of which is held in trust for or has been
                            assigned to any of the Business Sellers as at
                            Completion and which, in any case, are current or
                            unperformed as at Completion or in respect of which
                            any of the Business Sellers has any benefit,
                            liability or obligation as at Completion, including
                            the Supply Contracts but excluding in all cases the
                            Excluded Contracts;

"DATA ROOM"                 means those documents referred to in the list in
                            Attachment 3;

"DESIGNATED PURCHASERS"     means the companies listed in Column (3) of Schedule
                            6, and "DESIGNATED PURCHASER" means any one of them;

"DISCLOSURE BUNDLE"         shall have the meaning given in the Disclosure
                            Letter;

"DISCLOSURE LETTER"         means the letter of the same date as this Agreement
                            written by the Seller to the Purchaser for the
                            purposes of paragraph 10 of Schedule 4;

"DOMAIN NAME"               means the domain name Ambrosia.co.uk;

"DOMAIN NAME TRANSFER"      means the transfer of the Domain Name in the form
                            prescribed by the relevant domain name registry;

"DRAFT COMPLETION STOCKS    has the meaning given in Schedule 5;
STATEMENT"

"ENCUMBRANCE"               means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other
                            security interest over or in respect of the use of
                            the relevant assets;

"ENVIRONMENT"               means all, or any, of the following media, namely
                            the air (including, without limitation, the air
                            within buildings and the air within other natural or
                            man-made structures above or below ground), water
                            and land and any living organisms or systems
                            supported by those media;

<PAGE>
                                       43

"ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS"        means all applicable statutes and subordinate
                            legislation and other international, national,
                            federal, state and local laws, regulations,
                            directives, orders, common law, codes of practice,
                            guidance notes and the like having the force of law
                            judicial decisions or regulatory orders or
                            regulatory agreements to the extent that they relate
                            to Environmental Matters;

"ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS"     means:

                            (i)      pollution or contamination;

                            (ii)     the disposal, release, spillage, deposit,
                                     escape, discharge, leak, emission, leaching
                                     or migration of Hazardous Materials or
                                     Waste;

                            (iii)    exposure of any person to Hazardous
                                     Materials or Waste;

                            (iv)     the creation of any noise, vibration,
                                     radiation, common law or statutory
                                     nuisance, or other adverse impact on the
                                     Environment; and

                            (v)      any other matters relating to the
                                     protection of the Environment arising out
                                     of the manufacturing, processing,
                                     treatment, storage, keeping, handling, use,
                                     possession, supply, receipt, sale,
                                     purchase, import, export, transportation or
                                     presence of Hazardous Materials or Waste;

"ENVIRONMENTAL PERMIT"      means any licence, approval, authorisation,
                            permission, waiver, order or exemption issued or
                            granted under Environmental Laws;

"ESCROW ACCOUNT"            means an interest bearing account to be established
                            with JP Morgan Chase Bank in the joint names of the
                            Purchaser and the Seller;

"EXCESS"                    has the meaning given in Clause 4(B);

"EXCLUDED ASSETS"           has the meaning given in Clause 2(A);

<PAGE>
                                       44

"EXCLUDED BUSINESS"        means:

                           (i)      the foodservice ambient desserts business in
                                    respect of the Retained Products carried on
                                    by any member of the Seller's Group
                                    (including the Business Sellers) in the
                                    United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland
                                    under the Ambrosia Marks; and

                           (ii)     the foodservice ambient desserts business
                                    carried on by any member of the Seller's
                                    Group (including the Business Sellers) in
                                    the Nordic Region under the Ambrosia Marks,

                           in each case, including the manufacture of products
                           under the Ambrosia Marks in Europe only for each of
                           those businesses, where "foodservice business" shall
                           have the same meaning as set out in the definition of
                           "Montana Business" below;

"EXCLUDED CONTRACTS"       means:

                           (i)      all contracts with Business Employees (save
                                    that any loans from members of the Seller's
                                    Group to Business Employees shall be
                                    Contracts);

                           (ii)     all contracts relating to the Business
                                    Properties which do not relate exclusively
                                    to the Business Properties;

                           (iii)    all contracts pursuant to which the
                                    promotion or advertising of the products
                                    manufactured in, for or on behalf of the
                                    Business is planned, arranged and/or carried
                                    out, excluding all design contracts
                                    exclusively relating to such products;

                           (iv)     all contracts relating to computer hardware,
                                    software, networks and/or other information
                                    technology (whether embedded or otherwise)
                                    which relate, but not exclusively, to the
                                    Business;

<PAGE>
                                       45

                           (v)      all warehouse management, supply or haulage
                                    contracts, arrangements or engagements which
                                    do not relate exclusively to the Business;

                           (vi)     the Settlement Agreement (if executed prior
                                    to the Completion Date);

                           (vii)    all contracts pursuant to which market
                                    research, sales data and/or other market
                                    information relating to the Business, or any
                                    of the products manufactured in, for or on
                                    behalf of the Business, is provided to any
                                    member of the Seller's Group (including the
                                    Business Sellers); and

                           (viii)   all contracts in relation to the Excluded
                                    Assets;

"EXCLUDED IPR"             means:

                           (i)      all Intellectual Property which subsists in
                                    any of the Unilever Marks;

                           (ii)     all Intellectual Property which subsists in
                                    any of the Retained Marks; and

                           (iii)    for the avoidance of doubt, all Intellectual
                                    Property subsisting in any of the B&P Marks
                                    in any territory other than in Australia,
                                    Gibraltar, Republic of Ireland, New Zealand
                                    and the United Kingdom;

"EXCLUDED LIABILITIES"     means (whether absolute, accrued, contingent, fixed
                           or otherwise, or whether due or to become due):

                           (a)      all liabilities of the Seller or any
                                    Business Seller in respect of Taxation
                                    relating to or arising from their conduct of
                                    the Montana Business attributable to periods
                                    ended on or before Completion or in respect
                                    of any acts, events or occurrences occurring
                                    (or being deemed to have occurred) on or
                                    before Completion;

                           (b)      all Payables;

<PAGE>
                                       46

                           (c)      save as disclosed by the Seller to the
                                    Purchaser prior to the date of this
                                    Agreement, all liabilities of the Seller or
                                    any Business Seller arising out of the
                                    material breach of any Contract by any
                                    member of the Seller's Group of which the
                                    Seller is aware as at the date of this
                                    Agreement, to the extent that such breach
                                    occurs from an act or omission on or prior
                                    to Completion;

                           (d)      any amount of overrider payable by any
                                    member of the Seller's Group to Landmark
                                    Cash & Carry in respect of the period prior
                                    to Completion;

                           (e)      any liabilities arising under the Settlement
                                    Agreement (as and when executed);

                           (f)      save as disclosed by the Seller to the
                                    Purchaser prior to the date of this
                                    Agreement, any liability arising out of a
                                    material breach of law or regulation by the
                                    Seller or any Business Seller, or by any of
                                    the employees of the Business in
                                    circumstances where (and to the extent that)
                                    the Seller or any Business Seller is
                                    vicariously liable, in each case (i) on or
                                    prior to Completion and (ii) of which the
                                    Seller is aware as at the date of this
                                    Agreement;

                           (g)      any liability arising from a claim by a
                                    Business Employee or any former employee of
                                    the Business to the extent that claim
                                    relates to the suffering of personal injury
                                    or illness by that individual and to the
                                    extent that personal injury or illness is
                                    attributable to the period prior to
                                    Completion during which that individual was
                                    employed in the Business or a member of the
                                    Seller's Group; and

                           (h)      all liabilities arising under any Excluded
                                    Contract, Excluded Business, Excluded Asset
                                    or Excluded IPR.

"EXPERT"                   means:

                           (i)      subject to (ii) below, a partner of at least
                                    10 years' qualified experience at an

<PAGE>
                                       47

                                    independent firm of chartered accountants of
                                    international standing agreed by the parties
                                    or, in default of agreement within 10
                                    Business Days of one of the parties seeking
                                    the appointment of an Expert, selected by
                                    the President for the time being of the
                                    Institute of Chartered Accountants in
                                    England and Wales; and

                           (ii)     in the case of any matter relating to
                                    Taxation, a leading tax counsel in the
                                    United Kingdom of at least 10 years'
                                    qualified experience agreed between the
                                    parties or, in default of agreement within
                                    10 Business Days of one of the parties
                                    seeking the appointment of an Expert,
                                    selected by the President of the Law Society
                                    of England and Wales;

"FINAL CASH                has the meaning given in Clause 3(B);
CONSIDERATION"

"FINANCIAL INFORMATION"    means the financial information in respect of the
                           Montana Business comprising statements of turnover,
                           gross profit and profit before overheads of the
                           Montana Business for the six months ended on the
                           Reference Date and for the calendar year ended 31
                           December, 2002, as set out in Parts 1 and 2
                           respectively of Attachment 1, together with the notes
                           set out in Part 3 of Attachment 1;

"HAZARDOUS MATERIAL"       means hazardous or toxic substances, pollutants or
                           contaminants, as defined by, or controlled or
                           regulated under, applicable laws;

"ICTA 1988"                means the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988;

"IMMOVABLE PROPERTY"       means freehold and leasehold land and buildings or
                           other immovable property anywhere in the world;

"INDEMNIFIED PERSON"       has the meaning given in Clause 27(C);

"INDEMNIFYING PARTY"       has the meaning given in Clause 27(C);

"INFORMATION MEMORANDUM"   means the information memorandum in respect of the
                           Business dated September 2003 included at tab 1 of
                           the Disclosure Bundle;

<PAGE>
                                       48

"INITIAL CASH              means (pound)105,000,000;
CONSIDERATION"

"INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY"    means patents, trade marks, service marks, rights in
                           designs, trade or business names, logos, copyrights
                           (including rights in computer software) and database
                           rights and topography rights (whether or not any of
                           these is registered and including applications for
                           registration of any such thing) and all rights or
                           forms of protection of a similar nature or having
                           equivalent or similar effect to any of these which
                           may subsist anywhere in the world;

"MATERIAL CONTRACT"        has the meaning given in paragraph 7(A) of Schedule
                           5;

"MONTANA BUSINESS"         means:

                           (i)      the retail and foodservice ambient desserts
                                    business carried on by the Business Sellers
                                    or any member of the Seller's Group in and
                                    from the United Kingdom and the Republic of
                                    Ireland under the Ambrosia Marks, including
                                    the manufacture of products under the
                                    Ambrosia Marks (including those products
                                    listed at page 84 of the Information
                                    Memorandum);

                           (ii)     the retail and foodservice ambient desserts
                                    and cornflour businesses carried on by the
                                    Business Sellers or any member of the
                                    Seller's Group in and from the United
                                    Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland under
                                    the B&P Marks (including the sale of those
                                    products listed at page 86 of the
                                    Information Memorandum);

                           (iii)    the contract manufacture of own-label
                                    cornflour products by the Business Sellers
                                    for sale and distribution in the United
                                    Kingdom (including, for the avoidance of
                                    doubt, the contract manufacture of cornflour
                                    products under the sign "Finecook" for Kwik
                                    Save and Somerfield in the United Kingdom);

<PAGE>
                                       49

                           (iv)     the contract manufacture of canned custard
                                    products under the sign "President's Choice"
                                    as carried on by the Business Sellers or any
                                    member of the Seller's Group at and from the
                                    Business Properties; and

                           (v)      any other business carried on at and from
                                    the Business Properties,

                           but excluding the Excluded Business and the Asia
                           Business,

                           where, in each of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above,

                           (1)      a "RETAIL BUSINESS" comprises the
                                    distribution and sale to customers of
                                    products under the marks concerned and
                                    through retail outlets, other than products
                                    intended primarily for consumption
                                    out-of-home; and

                           (2)      a "FOODSERVICE BUSINESS" comprises the
                                    distribution and sale to customers of
                                    products under the marks concerned and
                                    intended primarily for out-of-home
                                    consumption;

"NORDIC REGION"            means the kingdom of Denmark (including, for the
                           avoidance of doubt, Greenland and the Faroe Islands),
                           Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden;

"NORDIC PRODUCTS"          means as listed in Attachment 11;

"PAYABLES"                 means, in respect of each Business Seller, all trade
                           and other creditors accounts payable, other amounts
                           owing, incurred or accrued for the purposes of the
                           Business (including, without limitation, all book and
                           other debts (including any overdraft or financial
                           debt), credit notes issued, like amounts owed to
                           companies in the Seller's Group and bills of exchange
                           payable) in all cases whether or not then invoiced,
                           accrued, due or payable or reflected in the Books and
                           Records of the Business and which relate to, or have
                           been incurred in, the period prior to midnight on the
                           day immediately preceding the Completion Date and
                           including any part of such amounts as relates to VAT;

<PAGE>
                                       50

"PAYER"                    has the meaning given in Clause 24(D);

"PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES"   means:

                           (i)      security interests arising in the ordinary
                                    course of business or by operation of law,
                                    security interests arising under sales
                                    contracts with title retention provisions
                                    and equipment leases with third parties
                                    entered into in the ordinary course of
                                    business and security interests for Taxes
                                    and other governmental charges which are not
                                    due and payable or which may thereafter be
                                    paid without penalty;

                           (ii)     mortgages, charges, pledges, liens or other
                                    forms of security or encumbrance or equity
                                    which secure debt of less than
                                    (pound)50,000; and

                           (iii)    non-exclusive licences of Intellectual
                                    Property or Confidentiality Rights (in each
                                    case not material to the Montana Business)
                                    entered into in relation to the Montana
                                    Business;

"PRE-COMPLETION"           means the date of delivery of certain documents into
                           escrow and the payment of monies into an Escrow
                           Account as set out in Schedule 2;

"PRE-COMPLETION DATE"      means 28 November 2003;

"PRESS ANNOUNCEMENTS"      means the press announcements to be issued by each of
                           the Seller and the Purchaser upon signature of this
                           Agreement, each as set out in Attachment 8;

"PROCEEDINGS"              means any proceeding, suit or action arising out of
                           or in connection with this Agreement or any
                           transaction contemplated hereby;

"PROPERTY TRANSFER"        means the transfer of the relevant Business Property
                           in the Agreed Form;

"PURCHASER'S ACCOUNTANTS"  means PricewaterhouseCoopers, of 1 Embankment Place,
                           London EC2N 6RH;

<PAGE>
                                       51

"PURCHASER'S BANK          means the sterling account designated by the
ACCOUNT"                   Purchaser to the Seller not less than two Business
                           Days prior to the due date for payment of any moneys
                           by the Seller to the Purchaser pursuant to Clause 4
                           or paragraph 12 of Schedule 9;

"PURCHASER'S COMPLETION    has the meaning given in Clause 18(A);
DOCUMENTS"

"PURCHASER'S GROUP"        means the Purchaser and its subsidiaries (including
                           the Designated Purchasers) at the relevant time, and
                           references to a "MEMBER" or "MEMBERS" of the
                           Purchaser's Group shall be construed accordingly;

"PURCHASER'S SOLICITORS"   means Weil, Gotshal and Manges of One South Place,
                           London EC2M 2WG;

"RECEIVABLES"              means, in respect of each Business Seller,
                           debtors/accounts receivable for the purposes of the
                           Business (including third party trade debtors, like
                           amounts owed by companies in the Seller's Group,
                           other debtors, accrued income and prepayments, each
                           as detailed in Topic Area 220 of the Unilever
                           Accounting Policy Manual) in each case at midnight on
                           the day immediately preceding the Completion Date and
                           including such part of such amounts as relates to
                           VAT;

"RECIPIENT"                has the meaning given in Clause 24(A);

"REFERENCE DATE"           means 30 June, 2003;

"REGULATIONS"              means the Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of
                           Employment) Regulations 1981;

"RETAINED MARKS"           means the signs set out in Part 2 of Attachment 5 and
                           any other sign which is similar thereto or which
                           includes or consists thereof;

"RETAINED PRODUCTS"        means those products listed in Attachment 10;

"REVIEW PERIOD"            has the meaning given in paragraph 5 of Schedule 5;

"SECONDED EMPLOYEES"       means the persons whose names are set out in Part 2
                           of Attachment 6;

<PAGE>
                                       52

"SELLER CONFIDENTIAL       means all information which is not in the public
INFORMATION"               domain in whatever form held:

                           (i)      relating to any member of the Seller's Group
                                    or the business or assets of any such member
                                    (other than to the extent that it relates to
                                    the Business);

                           (ii)     supplied by or on behalf of any member of
                                    the Seller's Group to any member of the
                                    Purchaser's Group; or

                           (iii)    supplied in confidence to any member of the
                                    Seller's Group by any third party,

                           and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include the
                           Unilever Manuals and Policy Documents;

"SELLER'S ACCOUNTANTS"     means PricewaterhouseCoopers of 1 Embankment Place,
                           London EC2N 6RH;

"SELLER'S BANK ACCOUNT"    means the sterling account designated by the Seller
                           to the Purchaser not less than two Business Days
                           prior to the date for payment of any moneys by the
                           Purchaser to the Seller pursuant to Clause 4;

"SELLER'S COMPLETION       has the meaning given in paragraph 1 of Schedule 3;
DOCUMENTS"

"SELLER'S GROUP"           means the Seller, Unilever N.V., Unilever PLC and
                           their respective subsidiaries at the relevant time,
                           and references to a "MEMBER" or "MEMBERS" of the
                           Seller's Group shall be construed accordingly;

"SENIOR EMPLOYEES"         means those Business Employees listed in Part 4 of
                           Attachment 6;

"SENIOR SELLER'S GROUP     means any Seconded Employee or any employee of any
EMPLOYEE"                  member of the Seller's Group (other than any Business
                           Employee) who at any time is involved in, or has
                           dealings with, the Montana Business in respect of the
                           provision of services to the Montana Business
                           pursuant to the provisions of the Transitional
                           Services Agreement;

"SERVICE DOCUMENT"         means a claim form, summons, order, judgment or other
                           document issued in connection with any Proceedings;

<PAGE>
                                       53

"SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT"     means the settlement agreement to be entered into
                           between the Seller and APV (UK) Limited, a draft copy
                           of which is at tab E.1.4 of the Data Room;

"SHORTFALL"                has the meaning given in Clause 4(C);

"SITE"                     means:

                           (i)      any site owned or occupied at or prior to
                                    Completion by any member of the Seller's
                                    Group in relation to the Business and used
                                    or formerly used in relation to the Business
                                    by a member of the Seller's Group for the
                                    manufacture by such person of products; and

                           (ii)     any site to which Hazardous Materials
                                    generated by any member of the Seller's
                                    Group in relation to the Business have been
                                    sent for recovery, treatment or disposal at
                                    or prior to Completion;

"SO FAR AS THE SELLER IS   means so far as is within the actual knowledge of
AWARE"                     James Bruce, Emma Tait, Tony Symons, Alison Cousin,
                           David Beardmore, Pamela Carroll, Steve Pretty, Louise
                           Sawtelle and Lysanne Gray (in relation to any
                           matters), Brian Chapman (in relation to Tax matters)
                           and Chris Tripp (in relation to pensions matters),
                           and all other phrases in this Agreement relating to
                           the knowledge, information and belief or awareness of
                           the Seller shall be construed as a reference to "SO
                           FAR AS THE SELLER IS AWARE" as so defined; and where
                           a Warranty is qualified by the expression "so far as
                           the Seller is aware", that Warranty shall be deemed
                           to include an additional statement that it has been
                           made after all reasonable enquiries of the foregoing
                           persons (save as expressly limited above in respect
                           of Brian Chapman and Chris Tripp);

<PAGE>
                                       54

"SUPPLY AGREEMENTS"        means (i) the supply agreement between the Seller and
                           Unilever Bestfoods France effective as of 1 January
                           2003 relating to the supply of cornflour products by
                           Unilever Bestfoods France to the Seller (a copy of
                           which is included at tab C.6.5 of the Data Room), and
                           (ii) that part of the supply agreement between the
                           Seller and Unilever Bestfoods Deutschland GmbH
                           effective as of 1 January 2003 that relates to the
                           supply of cornflour products by Unilever Bestfoods
                           Deutschland GmbH to the Seller (a copy of which is
                           included at tab S.C.6.1 of the Data Room);

"TARGET STOCKS AMOUNT"     means (pound)5,627,000;

"TAX" OR "TAXATION"        means all taxes, levies, duties, imposts, charges and
                           withholdings of any nature whatsoever, together with
                           all penalties, fines, charges and interest relating
                           to any of them;

"TAX AUTHORITY"            means any taxing or other authority (anywhere in the
                           world) competent to impose any liability to assess or
                           collect Tax;

"TAX CREDIT"               has the meaning given in Clause 24(D);

"TAX PAYMENT"              has the meaning given in Clause 24(D);

"TAX WARRANTIES"           means the Warranties set out in paragraph 20 of
                           Schedule 3;

"THIRD PARTY CLAIM"        has the meaning given in Clause 27(C);

"TRADE MARK ASSIGNMENTS"   means the assignments in respect of the registered
                           Business IPR (and any applications to register any
                           Business IPR) in the Agreed Form;

"TRANSITIONAL SERVICES     means the transitional services agreement in the
AGREEMENT"                 Agreed Form;

"UK BUSINESS ASSETS"       means any Business Assets located in the United
                           Kingdom at the date of this Agreement;

"UNILEVER ACCOUNTING       means the Unilever Accounting Policy Manual which
POLICY MANUAL"             forms Attachment 2;

<PAGE>
                                       55

"UNILEVER MANUALS AND      means the Seller's Group's financial and management
POLICY DOCUMENTS"          procedures manuals and other documents which are in
                           the possession or under the control of the Business
                           or any of the Business Employees or are otherwise
                           used in the operation of the Business;

"UNILEVER MARKS"           means the signs set out in Part 1 of Attachment 5 and
                           any other sign which is similar thereto, or which
                           includes or consists thereof;

"VAT"                      means the tax imposed by the Sixth Council Directive
                           of the European Community and any national
                           legislation implementing that directive together with
                           legislation supplemental thereto and, in particular,
                           in relation to the United Kingdom, the tax imposed by
                           the VATA 1994 and legislation supplemental thereto;

"VATA 1994"                means the Value Added Tax Act 1994 of the United
                           Kingdom;

"VENDOR DUE DILIGENCE      means the draft due diligence report on the Business
REPORT"                    dated 1 October 2003 prepared on behalf of the Seller
                           by Ernst & Young LLP, a copy of which is at tab 2 of
                           the Disclosure Bundle;

"WARRANTIES"               means the warranties set out in Schedule 3;

"WASTE"                    means any waste including anything which is
                           abandoned, unwanted or surplus irrespective of
                           whether it is capable of being recovered or recycled
                           or has any value; and

"WORKING HOURS"            means 9.30 a.m. to 5.30 p.m. (local time) on a
                           Business Day.

2.       In this Agreement and the Schedules to it, unless otherwise specified:

(A)      references to Clauses, sub-clauses, Schedules and Attachments are to
         Clauses and sub-clauses of, and Schedules and Attachments to, this
         Agreement;

(B)      a reference to a sub-clause is to a sub-clause of the Clause in which
         such reference appears, to a paragraph is to a paragraph of the
         sub-clause or Schedule (as the case may be) in which such reference
         appears and to a sub-paragraph is to a sub-paragraph of the paragraph
         in which such reference appears;

(C)      a reference to any statute or statutory provision shall be construed as
         a reference to the same as it may have been, or may from time to time
         be, amended, modified or re-

<PAGE>
                                       56

         enacted, except to the extent that the Seller's or the Purchaser's
         liability would be increased as a result of such amendment,
         modification or re-enactment;

(D)      references to a "COMPANY" shall be construed so as to include any
         company, corporation or other body corporate, wherever and however
         incorporated or established;

(E)      references to a "PERSON" shall be construed so as to include any
         individual, firm, company, government, state or agency of a state or
         any joint venture, association, partnership, works council or employee
         representative body (whether or not having separate legal personality);

(F)      a company is a "SUBSIDIARY" of another company (its "HOLDING COMPANY")
         if that other company, directly or indirectly, through one or more
         subsidiaries:

         (i)      holds a majority of the voting rights in it; or

         (ii)     is a member or shareholder of it and has the right to appoint
                  or remove a majority of its board of directors or other
                  equivalent managing body; or

         (iii)    is a member or shareholder of it and controls alone, pursuant
                  to an agreement with other shareholders or members, a majority
                  of the voting rights in it;

(G)      references to writing shall include any modes of reproducing words in a
         legible and non-transitory form;

(H)      references to times of the day are to London time;

(I)      headings are for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation
         of this Agreement;

(J)      references to any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of
         judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official, or
         any legal concept or thing shall in respect of any jurisdiction other
         than England be deemed to include what most nearly approximates in that
         jurisdiction to the English legal term;

(K)      where it is necessary to determine whether a monetary limit or
         threshold set out in paragraph 1 of Schedule 4 has been reached or
         exceeded (as the case may be) and the value of the relevant claim or
         any of the relevant claims is expressed in a currency other than
         sterling, the value of each such claim shall be translated into
         sterling at the spot rate of exchange (closing mid-point) on the date
         of receipt by the Seller of written notification from the Purchaser in
         accordance with paragraph 2 of Schedule 4 of the existence of such
         claim or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the Business Day
         immediately preceding such day as published in the London edition of
         The Financial Times first published thereafter or, where no such rate
         of exchange is published on that date, the rate quoted by Citibank N.A.
         as at the close of business in London on that date;

(L)      references to "INDEMNIFY" and "INDEMNIFYING" any person against any
         circumstances shall mean indemnifying and keeping that person harmless,
         on an after-Tax basis, from all actions, claims, demands and
         proceedings from time to time made against that person and all
         liabilities, loss, damages and all reasonable payments, costs and

<PAGE>
                                       57

         expenses made or incurred by that person as a consequence of or which
         would not have arisen but for that circumstance and:

         (i)      the provisions of Clause 27(C) to (F) shall apply to such
                  indemnification;

         (ii)     references to the Purchaser indemnifying each member of the
                  Seller's Group or relevant Business Sellers shall constitute
                  undertakings by the Purchaser to the Seller for itself and on
                  behalf of each other member of the Seller's Group; and

         (iii)    references to the Seller indemnifying each member of the
                  Purchaser's Group shall constitute undertakings by the Seller
                  to the Purchaser for itself and on behalf of each other member
                  of the Purchaser's Group;

(M)      references to the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;

(N)      references to "STERLING" or "(POUND)" are to the lawful currency of the
         United Kingdom; and

(O)      each of the Attachments shall be in an Agreed Form.

<PAGE>
                                       58

                                   SCHEDULE 2
                            (COMPLETION ARRANGEMENTS)

1.       SELLER'S OBLIGATIONS

         At Pre-Completion the Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser's
         Solicitors the following documents on the basis that such documents
         shall be held in escrow and shall be held to the order of the Seller
         until 1.00 p.m. on the Completion Date at which time such documents
         shall be deemed to be delivered and held to the order of the Purchaser:

         (i)      a copy of the minutes of a duly held meeting of the directors
                  of the Seller (or of a duly constituted committee thereof)
                  authorising the execution by the Seller of this Agreement and
                  of the Seller's Completion Documents to which the Seller is a
                  party and, in the case where such execution is authorised by a
                  committee of the board of directors of the Seller, a copy of
                  the minutes of a duly held meeting of the directors
                  constituting such committee or the relevant extract thereof;

         (ii)     counterparts of the Trade Mark Assignments and the Domain Name
                  Transfer duly executed by the Seller and/or the relevant
                  members of the Seller's Group;

         (iii)    a Property Transfer for each Business Property pursuant to,
                  and subject to, the provisions of Schedule 8; and

         (iv)     a counterpart of the Transitional Services Agreement, duly
                  executed on behalf of the Seller.

         At Completion, the Seller shall procure that all land or title
         certificates, title deeds or other documents relating to the Business
         Properties are either delivered to the Purchaser or are held to the
         order of the Purchaser.

2.       PURCHASER'S OBLIGATIONS

         At Pre-Completion the Purchaser shall deliver to the Seller's
         Solicitors the following documents on the basis that such documents
         shall be held in escrow and shall be held to the order of the Purchaser
         until 1.00 p.m. on the Completion Date at which time such documents
         shall be deemed to be delivered and held to the order of the Seller:

         (a)      a copy of the minutes of a duly held meeting of the directors
                  of the Purchaser (or of a duly constituted committee thereof)
                  authorising the execution by the Purchaser of this Agreement
                  and the Purchaser's Completion Documents and, in the case
                  where such execution is authorised by a committee of the board
                  of directors of the Purchaser, a copy of the minutes of a duly
                  held meeting of the directors constituting such committee or
                  the relevant extract thereof;

         (b)      counterparts of the Trade Mark Assignments duly executed by
                  the Purchaser and/or the relevant members of the Purchaser's
                  Group;

<PAGE>
                                       59

         (d)      a receipt acknowledging delivery of all documents required to
                  be delivered at Pre-Completion by the Seller pursuant to this
                  Schedule to the Purchaser's Solicitors as described above; and

         (e)      a counterpart of the Transitional Services Agreement, duly
                  executed on behalf of the Purchaser.

3.       GENERAL PROVISION IN RELATION TO THE BUSINESS ASSETS

         At Completion (or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter) the
         Business Sellers shall deliver to the Purchaser all the Business Assets
         which are capable of transfer by delivery (other than any Books and
         Records which shall be delivered to the Purchaser in accordance with
         Clause 23), with the intent that title in such Business Assets shall
         pass by and upon such delivery.

<PAGE>
                                       60

                                   SCHEDULE 3
                                (THE WARRANTIES)

1.       CAPACITY OF THE SELLER

(A)      The Seller has the requisite power and authority to enter into and
         perform this Agreement and the other documents which are to be
         delivered by the Seller at Completion (the "SELLER'S COMPLETION
         DOCUMENTS").

(B)      This Agreement constitutes and the Seller's Completion Documents will,
         when delivered by the Seller, constitute binding obligations of the
         Seller in accordance with their respective terms.

(C)      The execution and delivery of, and the performance by the Seller of its
         obligations under, this Agreement and the Seller's Completion Documents
         will not:

         (i)      result in a breach of any provision of the memorandum or
                  articles of association of the Seller;

         (ii)     result in a breach of, or constitute a default under, any
                  instrument to which the Seller is a party or by which the
                  Seller is bound and which is material in the context of the
                  transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

         (iii)    so far as the Seller is aware, result in a breach of any
                  order, judgment or decree of any court or governmental agency
                  to which the Seller is a party or by which the Seller is bound
                  and which is material in the context of the transactions
                  contemplated by this Agreement; or

         (iv)     save as contemplated by this Agreement, require the Seller to
                  obtain any consent or approval of, or give any notice to or
                  make any registration with, any governmental or other
                  authority which has not been obtained or made at the date of
                  this Agreement and is in full force and effect where failure
                  to obtain such consent or approval, give such notice or make
                  such registration is material in the context of the
                  transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

2.       AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE SELLER'S GROUP AND THE BUSINESS

         No contract or agreement which is other than on arm's length terms is
         outstanding between any Business Seller, in relation to the Business,
         and any member of the Seller's Group (other than the Business Sellers).

3.       OWNERSHIP AND SUFFICIENCY OF BUSINESS ASSETS

(A)      Each of the material Business Assets is owned both legally and
         beneficially by a Business Seller (except for assets which have been
         sold subject to retention of title and assets which are leased or
         subject to hire purchase arrangements where the lease or hire purchase
         payment is less than (pound)50,000 per year) and each of those assets
         capable of possession is, save where in the possession of third parties
         in the ordinary course of

<PAGE>
                                       61

         business, in the possession of a Business Seller or another member of
         the Seller's Group.

(B)      The Business Assets, the Excluded Assets and the Excluded Contracts,
         together with such other facilities and services which are to be
         provided to the Purchaser and/or to other members of the Purchaser's
         Group pursuant to the Transitional Services Agreement, comprise all the
         assets used by the Business Sellers or members of the Seller's Group to
         operate the Business.

4.       ENCUMBRANCES

         Save for Permitted Encumbrances, no option, right to acquire, mortgage,
         charge, pledge, lien or other form of security or encumbrance or equity
         on, over or affecting the whole or any part of the Business Assets is
         outstanding and, save in relation to Permitted Encumbrances, no
         agreement or commitment has been entered into by any of the Business
         Sellers or any other member of the Seller's Group to give or create
         any.

5.       FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(A)      The Financial Information was, save as otherwise specified in Part 3 of
         Attachment 1, prepared in all material respects in accordance with the
         accounting policies and practices set out in the Unilever Accounting
         Policy Manual. On that basis, and subject as described in the Financial
         Information, (i) the Financial Information in respect of the Montana
         Business set out in Part 1 of Attachment 1 shows respectively, in all
         material respects, a true complete and accurate view of the turnover,
         gross profit and profit before overheads of the Montana Business for
         the six months ended on the Reference Date, and (ii) the Financial
         Information in respect of the Montana Business set out in Part 2 of
         Attachment 1 shows respectively, in all material respects, a true,
         complete and accurate view of the turnover, gross profit and profit
         before overheads of the Montana Business for the twelve months ended on
         31 December 2002.

(B)      The Financial Information set out in Part 1 of Attachment 1 and
         relating to the six months ended on the Reference Date was, save as
         specified in Attachment 1, prepared on bases and in accordance with
         policies, principles, procedures and practices consistent in all
         material respects with those applied in relation to the Financial
         Information set out in Part 2 of Attachment 1 and relating to the year
         ended 31 December, 2002.

(C)      The Financial Information does not include any turnover, group profit
         and profit before overheads relating to the Excluded Business.

         For the purposes of this paragraph 5, where any Warranty (or part
         thereof) is qualified by reference to the phrase "in all material
         respects", such reference shall be construed in accordance with the
         concept of materiality which would be applicable if the Financial
         Information were to have been prepared in accordance with UK GAAP.

<PAGE>
                                       62

6.       EVENTS SINCE THE REFERENCE DATE

         Since the Reference Date:

         (i)      there has been no material adverse change in the financial
                  position of the Montana Business taken as a whole; and

         (ii)     the Montana Business has in all material respects been carried
                  on in the ordinary course.

7.       CONTRACTS

(A)      No Contract:

         (i)      both calls for payments by the relevant Business Seller (in
                  relation to the Business) in excess of (pound)100,000 in any
                  one year and is not terminable by or on behalf of such
                  Business Seller by notice of 12 months or less (excluding
                  purchase or sales orders for stocks placed in the ordinary
                  course of business);

         (ii)     is material and has an unexpired term of two years or more; or

         (iii)    is material and can be terminated by any party thereto (other
                  than a Business Seller, an agent or a Business Seller or a
                  person holding the benefit of a contract for a Business
                  Seller) in the event of the disposal of all or a substantial
                  part of the Business by the Business Seller.

         (iv)     restricts the Seller from carrying on the Business in any part
                  of the world; or

         (v)      is a joint venture agreement under which the Seller, in
                  relation to the Business, is to participate with any other
                  person in any business,

         (any such contract being a "MATERIAL CONTRACT").

(B)      Details of the top four current agreements for the supply of milk (in
         terms of volume contracted to the supplied to the Seller (in relation
         to the Business)) to which the Seller (in relation to the Business) is
         a party are set out in the Disclosure Letter.

(C)      So far as the Seller is aware, no Business Seller (in relation to the
         Business) is in breach of any material term of any of the Contracts
         referred to in sub-paragraphs (A) or (B) nor, so far as the Seller is
         aware, is any other party to any such contracts.

(D)      There are no outstanding Contracts under which any Business Seller (in
         relation to the Business) has made any loan to any person (other than
         trade credit in the ordinary course of business or any loan to any
         Business Employee).

(E)      Copies of all Material Contracts or all material details thereof have
         been set out in the Data Room. There is no offer, tender or other
         prospective contract outstanding in respect of the Business which is
         capable of being converted into a Material Contract solely by virtue of
         an acceptance or other act of a third party.

<PAGE>
                                       63

8.       POWERS OF ATTORNEY

         None of the Business Sellers has given, in relation to the Business,
         during the last three years, any power of attorney, proxy or similar
         authority (other than to an officer of the Business Seller, a Business
         Employee or a patent or trade mark agent, in each case in the ordinary
         course of its respective business) which is still outstanding.

9.       GRANTS AND ALLOWANCES

         None of the Business Sellers has received, in relation to the Business,
         any grant, allowance, aid or subsidy from any supranational, national
         or local authority or government agency during the last three years
         which is currently repayable as a result of any act or failure to act
         by the relevant Business Seller or which would be repayable as a result
         of the sale of the Business Assets to the Purchaser.

10.      SUBSTANTIAL DEPENDENCE

         Since 1 January 2003 no person has purchased from or sold to the
         Montana Business more than 5 per cent. of the aggregate amount of all
         sales or purchases made by the Montana Business during such period
         (each, a "MATERIAL CUSTOMER" or a "MATERIAL SUPPLIER").

11.      CONSENTS AND LICENCES

         All governmental and quasi-governmental licences, consents and
         permissions and approvals (other than Environmental Permits and
         licences, consents, permissions and approvals relating to the Business
         Properties), the absence of which would have a material adverse effect,
         required for the carrying on of any part of the Montana Business have
         been obtained and, so far as the Seller is aware, there is no
         circumstance which indicates that any such licence, consent, permission
         or approval is likely to be revoked.

12.      LITIGATION

(A)      No Business Seller (in relation to the Business) is engaged in any
         litigation or arbitration, administrative or criminal proceedings,
         whether as plaintiff, defendant or otherwise.

(B)      No such litigation or arbitration, administrative or criminal
         proceedings as are referred to in sub-paragraph (A) are pending nor, so
         far as the Seller is aware, threatened.

13.      DELINQUENT AND WRONGFUL ACTS

(A)      No Business Seller (in relation to the Business) has committed any
         criminal or illegal act which would have a material adverse effect on
         the Montana Business.

(B)      No Business Seller (in relation to the Business) has received
         notification during the last three years that any investigation or
         inquiry is being or has been conducted by any supranational, national
         or local authority or governmental agency in respect of the business or
         affairs of the Business which would have a material adverse effect.

<PAGE>
                                       64

(C)      No material dispute exists between the Business Seller (in respect of
         the Business) and any Material Customer or Material Supplier.

14.      BUSINESS PROPERTIES

(A)      The Business Properties are each legally and beneficially owned by a
         Business Seller and are the only land and buildings owned, used or
         occupied in connection with the Business.

(B)      Neither of the Business Properties is subject to any sub-lease, tenancy
         or right of occupation which has a material adverse effect on the use
         or enjoyment of the relevant Business Property for its current use.

(C)      So far as the Seller is aware, no written notices have been received by
         the Business Seller shown in Schedule 8 as the owner of either Business
         Property which would materially interfere with the use of the relevant
         Business Property for its current use whether from a local authority or
         any other body or person.

(D)      So far as the Seller is aware, and except for Permitted Encumbrances,
         there is no mortgage, charge or lien affecting either Business
         Property.

(E)      The current use of each Business Property is a lawful use for the
         purposes of town and country planning legislation.

(F)      So far as the Seller is aware, there are no outstanding litigation,
         material disputes or material claims affecting the Business Properties
         (or either of them).

(G)      All covenants, restrictions, stipulations and other encumbrances
         affecting the Business Properties have been performed in all material
         respects.

(H)      All buildings and structures on the Business Properties are in a
         sufficient state of repair and condition for the purposes of carrying
         on the Business.

(I)      So far as the Seller is aware, the Business Properties have not been
         affected by flooding nor have suffered from subsidence building or
         drainage defects within the past 5 years.

15.      ENVIRONMENT AND HEALTH AND SAFETY

(A)      Each Business Seller (in relation to the Business and the Business
         Assets) has complied with Environmental Laws and/or laws relating to
         the health and safety of employees (for the avoidance of doubt, to the
         extent in force and legally binding on the relevant Business Seller on
         or prior to the date of this Agreement) at all times during the period
         of three years prior to the date of this Agreement (the "RELEVANT
         PERIOD").

(B)      Each Business Seller (in relation to the Business and the Business
         Assets) has at all times during the Relevant Period held all
         Environmental Permits which are necessary under Environmental Laws for
         the purpose of carrying on the Business as at the date of this
         Agreement and each Business Seller (in relation to the Business) has at
         all times

<PAGE>
                                       65

         during the Relevant Period been in compliance in all material respects
         with all terms and conditions of all such Environmental Permits.

(C)      So far as the Seller is aware, there are no conditions, facts or
         circumstances which are likely to give rise to any material revocation,
         suspension or any withdrawal or non-renewal of any Environmental Permit
         held at the date of this Agreement by a Business Seller (in relation to
         the Business and Business Assets) or material amendment or variation to
         such permit (not including, for the avoidance of doubt, any matters
         relating to the Pollution, Prevention and Control Act 1999).

(D)      None of the Business Sellers (in relation to the Business and the
         Business Assets) has received any notification of any claim, suit,
         proceeding, investigation or enquiry by any relevant authority or third
         party in respect of any breach of any Environmental Laws or pollution
         or contamination of soil or groundwater which could reasonably be
         expected to give rise or is likely to give rise to a liability under
         Environmental Law in force on or before the date of this Agreement
         ("CURRENT ENVIRONMENTAL LAW") and, so far as the Seller is aware, there
         are no circumstances likely to give rise to any such claim, suit,
         proceeding, investigation or inquiry by any relevant authority or third
         party under Current Environmental Law or any requirement by any
         regulatory authority to perform remedial works under such law.

(E)      So far as the Seller is aware, all material reports prepared for or on
         behalf of any of the Business Sellers during the Relevant Period in
         relation to asbestos (not including, for the avoidance of doubt, any
         certification or other documentation produced by the relevant asbestos
         contractor or specialist in connection with the removal or other
         remediation of any asbestos identified at the Business Property by any
         report which has been disclosed) and/or health and safety of employees
         and/or pollution of soil or groundwater at or from either of the
         Business Properties have been disclosed to the Purchaser.

16.      INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

(A)      Details of all registered Business IPR (and applications therefor) are
         set out in Part 1 of Attachment 4 .

(B)      All renewal, maintenance and other official registry fees due at the
         date of this Agreement in respect of the rights disclosed pursuant to
         sub-paragraph (A) have been paid and none of the registered Business
         IPR set out in Part 1 of Attachment 4 has been allowed to lapse.

(C)      Details of all licences of Intellectual Property or Confidentiality
         Rights granted to or by any Business Seller in relation to the Business
         which, in each case, is material to the on-going operations of the
         Business are disclosed in the Disclosure Letter.

(D)      So far as the Seller is aware, none of the Business Sellers is in
         breach of any licence referred to in sub-paragraph (C).

(E)      The Seller is not aware that any of the activities of the Montana
         Business make unauthorised use of or infringe any Intellectual Property
         or Confidentiality Rights or

<PAGE>
                                       66

         moral rights owned by any third party where such unauthorised use or
         infringement would have a material adverse effect on the Business.

(F)      The Seller is not aware of any unauthorised use or infringement by any
         person of any Business IPR or Business Confidentiality Rights where
         such unauthorised use or infringement would have a material adverse
         effect on the Business.

(G)      So far as the Seller is aware, the registered Business IPR is free from
         all Encumbrances other than licences.

(H)      The Seller or a member of the Seller's Group is the sole owner of all
         unregistered Business IPR.

(I)      The Domain Name is the only domain name registered by a member of the
         Seller's Group which is used exclusively in the Business and all
         renewal fees due as at the date of this Agreement in respect of such
         domain name have been paid.

17.      COMPETITION AND TRADE REGULATION LAW

(A)      So far as the Seller is aware, none of the Business Sellers (in
         relation to the Business) is or has been a party to any agreement,
         arrangement, concerted practice or course of conduct which infringes
         Article 81 or 82 (formerly Articles 85 and 86 respectively) of the
         Treaty Establishing the European Community or any other competition or
         similar legislation in any jurisdiction in which Business is conducted
         where such infringement is likely to have a material adverse effect on
         the Business.

(B)      None of the Business Sellers (in relation to the Business) is or has
         been a party to any agreement or arrangement or been involved in any
         business practice in respect of which an undertaking has been given by
         or an order made against or in relation to it pursuant to any
         competition or similar legislation in any jurisdiction in which it
         carries on business (including (without limitation) Article 81 or 82
         (formerly Articles 85 and 86 respectively) of the Treaty Establishing
         the European Community) where such undertaking or order is likely to
         have a material adverse effect on the Business.

(C)      None of the Business Sellers (in relation to the Business) is or, at
         any time in the last three years, has been a party to any agreement or
         arrangement or been involved in any business practice in respect of
         which:

         (i)      any request for information, statement of objections or
                  similar matter has been received from any court, tribunal,
                  governmental, national or supra-national authority; or

         (ii)     an application for negative clearance or exemption has been
                  made to the European Commission.

18.      EMPLOYMENT

(A)      A list of the Business Employees specifying the identity of their
         employer and annual basic pay of each of the Business Employees, the
         age and length of service of each of

<PAGE>
                                       67

         the Business Employees (unless otherwise stated) are set out in Data
         Room documents I.1.1 (for employer) and S.I.4.4 (as at 29th October,
         2003) and are accurate in all material respects as at that date.

(B)      So far as the Seller is aware, there is no material dispute relating to
         Business Employees between any of the Business Sellers and any trade
         union, works council or other organisation formed for a similar purpose
         existing, pending or threatened in writing to any of the Business
         Sellers and there is no material collective bargaining agreement
         (whether binding or not) applicable to any Business Employees to which
         any of the Business Sellers is a party.

(C)      Summary details of the material terms and conditions of employment of
         the Business Employees and the forms of the contracts of employment of
         the Senior Employees are contained or referred to in the Disclosure
         Letter.

(D)      The Disclosure Letter contains full details of any share option or
         share schemes, profit sharing, incentive and bonus arrangements in
         which any Business Employee participates.

(E)      No proposal, assurance or commitment has been communicated to any
         person regarding any material change to his terms of employment or the
         introduction, increase or improvement of any material benefit which as
         at the date of this Agreement has not been made effective.

19.      INSURANCES

(A)      Details of the insurance policies in respect of which any member of the
         Seller's Group (in relation to the Montana Business) has an interest
         are set out in the Disclosure Letter.

(B)      All premiums due and payable in respect of such insurances have been
         paid.

20       TAX

(A)      There are no Business Assets to which the provisions of Part XV Value
         Added Tax Regulations 1995 (Adjustments to the Deduction of Input Tax
         on Capital Items) apply.

(B)      No election has been made nor will before Completion be made pursuant
         to paragraph 2 of Schedule 10 to VATA 1994 in relation to any of the
         Business Assets or any part of any of them.

(C)      The amount of Tax chargeable on the Seller in respect of the Business
         during any accounting period ending on or within six years before the
         Reference Date has not, to any material extent, depended on any
         concession, agreement or other formal or informal arrangement with any
         Tax Authority, including (but without limitation) the Inland Revenue
         and H.M. Customs & Excise.

(D)      The Business Sellers have not provided to any employee or ex-employee
         employed in connection with the Business, or to any officer or
         ex-officer appointed in connection with the Business or the Business
         Assets any securities or interest in securities in respect of

<PAGE>
                                       68

         which the Purchaser will or would, if any prescribed circumstances
         arise, be required on or after Completion to operate PAYE or pay or
         account for any national insurance contributions by virtue of Chapters
         2-5 inclusive of Part 7 of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act
         2003.

(E)      All documents in the possession or under the control of the Business
         Sellers which establish or are necessary to establish the title of the
         Business Sellers to the Business Assets have been duly stamped and any
         applicable stamp duties or charges in respect of such documents have
         been duly accounted for and paid, and no such documents which are
         outside the United Kingdom would attract stamp duty if they were
         brought in to the United Kingdom.

(F)      Neither of the Business Properties falls within paragraph (a) of item 1
         of group 1 of Schedule 9 to the VATA 1994.

21.      PENSIONS

For the purposes of this paragraph 21, "Relevant Employees" and "UPF" shall each
have the meaning given in Schedule 9.

(A)      Save in respect of:

         (i)      the UPF;

         (ii)     the UK state scheme;

         (iii)    any arrangement the sole purpose of which is to provide
                  benefits on injury or death; and

         (iv)     any arrangement which only provides death benefits secured by
                  an insurance policy,

         no member of the Seller's Group (in this paragraph 21, the "EMPLOYER"):

         (a)      has any obligation (whether legally binding or not) to:

                  (1)      pay any pension; or

                  (2)      make any other payment on or after retirement or
                           death; or

                  (3)      otherwise to provide "relevant benefits" (within the
                           meaning of Section 612 of ICTA),

                  to, or in respect of, any Business Employee (or spouse or
                  dependant of any of them) such Business Employee; and

         (b)      is a party to or obligated to contribute to any scheme or
                  arrangement having as its purpose, or one of its purposes, the
                  making of any such payments or the

<PAGE>
                                       69

                  provision of any such benefits to, or in respect of, any
                  Business Employee (or spouse or dependant of any of them).

(B)      Full details of the UPF insofar as it relates to the Relevant Employees
         are comprised in the Data Room and up-to-date and complete copies of
         the following documents are comprised in the Data Room:

         (i)      the trust deeds and announcements (to the extent not already
                  reflected in the trust deed) currently governing the UPF and a
                  copy of the latest trustee report and accounts and actuarial
                  valuation; and

         (ii)     a full list of Relevant Employees as at 29th October, 2003.

(C)      The UPF is an "exempt approved scheme" (within the meaning of Chapter I
         of Part XIV of ICTA) and has, in relation to the Business Employees, at
         all times complied with and been administered in all material respects
         in accordance with all applicable laws, regulations and requirements,
         including the requirements of the Inland Revenue for continued approval
         as an exempt approved scheme or of the National Insurance Contributions
         Office on behalf of the Inland Revenue for continued eligibility for
         contracting-out of the UK state scheme and of trust law. So far as the
         Seller is aware, there is no reason why approval of the UPF by the
         Board of Inland Revenue should be withdrawn.

(D)      There is no established practice in relation to the exercise of
         discretion under the UPF to provide benefits to or in respect of the
         Relevant Employees other than in accordance with the Relevant
         Employees' or their dependants' entitlements under the UPF.

(E)      There is no dispute with regard to the benefits payable under the UPF
         to or in respect of any Business Employee which is material in the
         context of the total liabilities in respect of the pre-Completion
         pensionable service of the Business Employees and no legal proceedings
         by or against the trustees of the UPF in their capacity as such in
         respect of such benefits are pending, threatened or expected and so far
         as the Seller is aware there is no fact or circumstance likely to give
         rise to such proceedings.

(F)      The information contained in S.I.4.4 was accurate in all material
         respects as at 29 October 2003.

(G)      No undertaking or assurance has been given to all or any of the
         Relevant Employees as to the continuance, introduction, increase or
         improvement of any retirement, death or disability benefits.

(H)      The copies of Data Room documents I.24.2, I.25.1, I.26.1, I.28.1,
         I.7.1, I.7.2, I.8.1, I.8.2 and I.15.1 are true and complete.

22.      INSOLVENCY

(A)      No order has been made and no resolution has been passed for the
         winding up of the Seller, or any of the Business Sellers or for a
         provisional liquidator to be appointed in respect of the Seller or any
         of the Business Sellers and no petition has been presented

<PAGE>
                                       70

         and no meeting has been convened for the purpose of winding up the
         Seller or any of the Business Sellers.

(B)      No administration order has been made and no petition for such an order
         has been presented in respect of the Seller or any of the Business
         Sellers.

(C)      No receiver (which expression shall include an administrative receiver)
         has been appointed in respect of the Seller or any of the Business
         Sellers or in respect of all or any of their assets.

(D)      Neither the Seller nor any of the Business Sellers is unable to pay its
         debts within the meaning of section 123(1) of the Insolvency Act 1986,
         or has generally stopped paying its debts as they fall due.

(E)      No voluntary arrangement under section 1 of the Insolvency Act 1986 or
         composition in satisfaction of the debts of the Seller or any of the
         Business Sellers has been proposed.

(F)      No event analogous to any of the foregoing has occurred in relation to
         any Business Seller incorporated outside England and Wales.

23.      COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

         Save where any such non-compliance would not have a material adverse
         effect on the Business, the Seller and the Business Sellers have
         conducted the Business in compliance with all applicable laws.

24.      PRODUCT LIABILITY

         No member of the Seller's Group has any product liability (including
         liability for defective labelling on packaging) in respect of any
         product of the Montana Business manufactured and sold at any time prior
         to Completion other than any such product liability consistent with the
         normal level of returns of the Montana Business in the three years
         immediately preceding the date of this Agreement.
<PAGE>
                                       71

                                   SCHEDULE 4
                           (LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY)

1.       LIMITATION ON QUANTUM AND GENERAL

(A)      Except in relation to the Warranties in paragraphs 1 and 4 of Schedule
         3, the Purchaser shall not be entitled in any event to damages or other
         payment in respect of any claim or claims under any of the Warranties
         in respect of any individual claim:

         (i)      for less than (pound)100,000; or

         (ii)     unless and until the aggregate amount of all such claims
                  (taking no account of those referred to in paragraph (i)
                  above) exceeds (pound)2,000,000, in which event the Seller
                  shall be liable for the excess of such claim above that amount
                  only and not for the whole amount,

         PROVIDED THAT in applying this sub-paragraph (A) so as to limit the
         liability of the Seller, any Warranty that is qualified as to
         materiality in any way shall be deemed not to be so qualified such
         that, though in order for any matter, event or circumstance to give
         rise to the breach of any such Warranty, the matter, event or
         circumstances giving rise to such breach must meet the appropriate
         level of materiality as set out in the Warranty, if such materiality
         threshold is met the relevant amount of the claim for the purposes of
         applying sub-paragraph (A) shall be the total amount of such claim and
         not solely that portion of the amount which may be deemed to be in
         excess of the relevant materiality threshold.

(B)      The total aggregate liability of the Seller under the Warranties shall
         not in any event exceed(pound)35,000,000.

(C)      The Purchaser shall be entitled to claim for loss of profit which is a
         direct and natural consequence of the breach of any Warranty but shall
         not be entitled to claim for any consequential loss (including indirect
         or consequential loss of profit) or punitive damages.

(D)      Each provision of this Schedule shall be read and construed without
         prejudice to each of the other provisions of this Schedule.

2.       TIME LIMITS FOR BRINGING CLAIMS

         No claim shall be brought against the Seller in respect of any of the
         Warranties unless the Purchaser shall have given to the Seller written
         notice of such claim specifying (in reasonable detail) the matter which
         gives rise to the claim, the nature of the claim and if then
         ascertainable the amount claimed in respect thereof (detailing the
         Purchaser's calculation of the loss thereby alleged to have been
         suffered by it or the relevant member of the Purchaser's Group):

         (i)      subject to sub-paragraph (ii), on or before the date falling
                  18 months after the Completion Date; or

<PAGE>
                                       72

         (ii)     in respect of any claims under the Tax Warranties, on or
                  before the seventh anniversary of the Completion Date;

         PROVIDED THAT the liability of the Seller in respect of such claim
         shall absolutely terminate (if such claim has not been previously
         satisfied, settled or withdrawn) if legal proceedings in respect of
         such claim shall not have been commenced within six months of the date
         referred to in paragraph (i) or (ii) above and for this purpose
         proceedings shall not be deemed to have been commenced unless they
         shall have been properly issued and validly served upon the Seller
         except, provided in each case that the Purchaser has given the notice
         required by the first sentence of this paragraph 2:

         (i)      in the case of a claim based upon a liability which is
                  contingent or otherwise not capable of being quantified, in
                  which case the six month period shall commence on the date
                  that the contingent liability ceases to be contingent or the
                  liability is capable of being quantified; or

         (ii)     in the case of a claim where the Purchaser has a corresponding
                  claim against an insurer or a corresponding entitlement to
                  recovery from some other person, in which case the six month
                  period shall commence on the date that the corresponding claim
                  or entitlement is finally settled or finally determined.

3.       CONDUCT OF LITIGATION

(A)      Upon the Purchaser or any member of the Purchaser's Group becoming
         aware of any claim, action or demand against it which is likely to give
         rise to any claim in respect of any of the Warranties, the Purchaser
         shall:

         (i)      as soon as practicable notify the Seller, save that, subject
                  and without prejudice to paragraph 2 and sub-paragraph (D),
                  any failure to give such notice shall not preclude the
                  Purchaser from making the relevant claim;

         (ii)     subject to sub-paragraph (D) below and without prejudice to
                  its right to make a claim against the Seller for breach of any
                  of the Warranties, (a) consult as fully as is reasonably
                  practicable with the Seller as regards the conduct of any
                  proceedings arising out of such claim, (b) in response to
                  reasonable requests from the Seller, keep the Seller informed
                  of the progress of the claim, and (c) provide the Seller with
                  copies of such documentation relating to the claim as the
                  Seller may reasonable request;

         (iii)    subject to sub-paragraph (D) below and without prejudice to
                  the right of the Purchaser to make a claim against the Seller
                  for breach of any of the Warranties, and subject to the Seller
                  indemnifying the Purchaser against any loss, liability and
                  expenses, cost, damage or expense which may be incurred
                  thereby, take such reasonable action and give such information
                  and access to personnel, premises, documents and records to
                  the Seller and its legal advisers and accountants as the
                  Seller may reasonably request in order to avoid, dispute,
                  resist, mitigate, settle, compromise, defend or appeal any
                  claim in respect thereof or adjudication with respect thereto
                  PROVIDED THAT the Purchaser shall not be obliged to take any
                  action or proceedings (or join any legal

<PAGE>
                                       73

                  proceedings) relating to the claim in question in
                  circumstances where the Purchaser (acting reasonably)
                  considers that to do so would have a material detrimental
                  affect on the Purchaser, the Purchaser's Group or their
                  respective businesses;

         (iv)     in the case of a claim, action or demand in respect of which
                  the provisions of sub-paragraph (iii) apply, be entitled to
                  participate in the defence of any such claim and to employ
                  separate counsel to represent it at the Seller's expense
                  PROVIDED THAT the Seller (acting reasonably) shall control the
                  defence of such claim;

         (v)      make no admission of liability, agreement, settlement or
                  compromise with any third party in relation to any such claim
                  or adjudication without the prior written consent of the
                  Seller (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld); and

         (vi)     take all reasonable action to mitigate any loss suffered by it
                  or any member of the Purchaser's Group in respect of which a
                  claim could be made under the Warranties.

(B)      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Seller shall not be entitled to
         participate in the defence of any claim, action or demand of a third
         party (and shall be liable for the reasonable expenses (including legal
         expenses) incurred by the Purchaser or relevant member of the
         Purchaser's Group in defending such claim, action or demand) if such
         claim, action or demand seeks any relief other than damages (including
         any order, injunction or other equitable relief) against the Purchaser
         or relevant member of the Purchaser's Group which cannot be separated
         from any related claim for damages. If such claim for other relief can
         be separated from the claim for damages, the Seller shall be entitled
         to participate in the defence of the claim for damages.

(C)      The Seller shall be entitled at any stage and in its absolute
         discretion to settle any such third party assessment or claim.

(D)      If, pursuant to provisions of the proviso to sub-paragraph A (iii)
         above or otherwise, the Purchaser determines not to take any action or
         proceedings against the relevant third party in respect a claim to
         which this paragraph 3 relates, the Purchaser shall not be entitled to
         bring any claim against the Seller in respect of the Warranties in
         respect of such claim.

4.       NO LIABILITY IF LOSS IS OTHERWISE COMPENSATED FOR

(A)      No liability shall attach to the Seller by reason of any breach of any
         of the Warranties to the extent that the same loss has been recovered
         by the Purchaser under any other Warranty or term of this Agreement or
         any other document referred to herein and accordingly the Purchaser may
         only recover once in respect of the same loss.

(B)      The Seller shall not be liable for breach of any of the Warranties to
         the extent that the loss in respect of the claim has been or is made
         good without cost to the Purchaser or any other member of the
         Purchaser's Group.

<PAGE>
                                       74

(C)      For the avoidance of doubt, in calculating the liability of the Seller
         for any breach of the Warranties there shall be taken into account the
         amount by which any Taxation for which the Purchaser or any Designated
         Purchaser is now or in the future accountable or liable to be assessed
         is reduced or extinguished as a result of the matter giving rise to
         such liability.

5.       RECOVERY FROM INSURERS AND OTHER THIRD PARTIES

(A)      If, in respect of any matter which would give rise to a claim under the
         Warranties, any member of the Purchaser's Group is entitled to claim
         under any policy of insurance, then, if requested by the Seller and if
         it is legally able to do so, the appropriate member of the Purchaser's
         Group may, if it so decides immediately effect a legal assignment of
         the right to bring such claim against its insurers and notify such
         insurers in writing of such assignment.

(B)      Where the Purchaser or any member of the Purchaser's Group is at any
         time entitled to recover from some other person or, subject to
         sub-paragraph (A) above, under any policy of insurance covering
         substantially equivalent risks and providing cover up to substantially
         equivalent amounts as the policies of insurance maintained immediately
         prior to Completion in respect of the Business (or would have been so
         entitled had any of them put in place or maintained in force with
         effect from Completion policies covering substantially equivalent risks
         and providing cover up to substantially equivalent amounts as the
         policies of insurance maintained immediately prior to Completion in
         respect of the Business) any sum in respect of any matter giving rise
         to a claim under the Warranties, the Purchaser shall, and shall procure
         that the member of the Purchaser's Group concerned shall, take all
         reasonable steps to enforce such recovery at the Seller's expense and,
         in the event that the Purchaser or any member of the Purchaser's Group
         shall recover any amount from such other person or under any policy of
         insurance, the amount of the claim against the Seller shall be reduced
         (or extinguished) by the amount recovered taking account of all costs,
         charges, expenses and Taxation incurred thereon by the Purchaser or any
         member of the Purchaser's Group in recovering that sum PROVIDED THAT
         the Purchaser shall not be required to commence any legal proceedings
         where either:

         (i)      the Purchaser has validly assigned all of its rights in
                  relation to the relevant claim to the Seller in a manner which
                  entitles the Seller to the same benefits in respect of such
                  rights as the Purchaser had; or

         (ii)     where sub-paragraph (B)(i) does not apply, the Seller has not
                  notified the relevant party against whom such proceedings are
                  brought that such proceedings are being brought at the
                  instruction of the Seller.

         The obligations of the Purchaser under this paragraph shall be without
         prejudice to the Purchaser's right to make and pursue a claim under the
         Warranties and the obligations of the Seller under this paragraph shall
         be without prejudice to the Seller's right to make any claim or
         counterclaim against the Purchaser.

(C)      If the Seller pays at any time to the Purchaser or any member of the
         Purchaser's Group an amount pursuant to a claim in respect of the
         Warranties and the Purchaser or

<PAGE>
                                       75

         relevant member of the Purchaser's Group subsequently recovers from
         some other person a sum representing the same loss, the Purchaser
         shall, and shall procure that the relevant member of the Purchaser's
         Group shall, repay to the Seller the lesser of (i) the amount paid by
         the Seller to the Purchaser or other member of the Purchaser's Group
         and (ii) the sum (including interest (if any) less any Tax chargeable
         in respect of the sum recovered or the interest) recovered from such
         other person, taking account of all costs, charges, expenses and
         Taxation incurred by the Purchaser or any other member of the
         Purchaser's Group in recovering that sum.

6.       ACTS OF PURCHASER

(A)      No claim shall lie against the Seller under or in relation to the
         Warranties to the extent that such claim is attributable to any
         voluntary act, omission, transaction or arrangement carried out at the
         request of or with the consent of the Purchaser or by a member of the
         Purchaser's Group before, at or after Completion or under the terms of
         this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated by it.

(B)      The Seller shall not be liable for any breach of any Warranty which
         would not have arisen but for any reorganisation or change in ownership
         of any member of the Purchaser's Group or of any assets of any such
         member after, but not at, Completion or any change after Completion in
         any accounting basis on which any member of the Purchaser's Group
         values its assets or any accounting basis, method, policy or practice
         of any member of the Purchaser's Group which is different from that
         adopted or used in the preparation of the Financial Information other
         than changes required to comply with the United Kingdom Generally
         Accepted Accounting Practice.

7.       THE COMPLETION STOCKS STATEMENT

         No matter shall be the subject of a claim under the Warranties to the
         extent that allowance, provision or reserve in respect of such matter
         shall have been made in the Completion Stocks Statement.

8.       RETROSPECTIVE LEGISLATION

         No liability shall arise in respect of any breach of any of the
         Warranties to the extent that liability for such breach occurs or is
         increased directly or indirectly as a result of any change in or
         introduction of any legislation announced, or if not announced in
         advance of being made, made, after the date of this Agreement with
         retrospective effect or as a result of the withdrawal of any
         extra-statutory concession or other agreement or arrangement currently
         granted by or made with any governmental authority or Tax Authority or
         as a result of any change after the date of this Agreement of any
         generally accepted interpretation or application of any legislation or
         in the enforcement policy or published practice of the relevant
         authorities or as a result of the withdrawal of any extra-statutory
         concession or any other formal agreement or arrangements with any Tax
         Authority (whether or not having the force of law) currently granted by
         or made with any Tax Authority.

<PAGE>
                                       76

9.       TAXATION

         Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph 8, the Seller shall
         not be liable in any event in respect of any breach of the Warranties
         if such breach or claim would not have occurred or arisen but for any
         change in the basis of, method of calculation of, or increase in the
         rate or rates of Taxation or changes in the published practice of any
         Tax Authority announced (or if not so announced in advance, being made)
         after the date of this Agreement but with retrospective effect (judged
         as when so announced or made) or the withdrawal of any extra-statutory
         concession currently granted by any Tax Authority.

10.      DISCLOSURE

         The Purchaser shall not be entitled to claim that any fact, matter or
         circumstance causes any of the Warranties to be breached to the extent
         that such fact, matter or circumstance is fairly disclosed in the
         Disclosure Letter, in any document delivered with the Disclosure Letter
         or in any document in the Data Room.

11.      PURCHASER'S KNOWLEDGE

         The Purchaser shall not be able to claim that any fact, matter or
         circumstance causes any of the Warranties to be breached to the extent
         that such breach, after having regard to the provisions of this
         schedule was within the actual knowledge of the directors of the
         Purchaser on or prior to the date of this Agreement.

12.      ALLOCATION OF CONSIDERATION

         For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that the Seller
         shall not be liable for the accuracy of the valuations of assets and
         liabilities in Schedule 7.

13.      CLAIM TO BE REDUCTION OF FINAL CASH CONSIDERATION

         Any payment made by the Seller or any other person in respect of any
         claim under the Warranties shall be made (so far as possible) by way of
         repayment of (and adjustment to) the Final Cash Consideration payable
         by the Purchaser under this Agreement to the Seller (on behalf of the
         relevant Business Seller) and allocable to the relevant Business Asset
         to which the claim relates.

<PAGE>
                                       77

                                   SCHEDULE 5
              (COMPLETION STATEMENT IN RESPECT OF BUSINESS STOCKS)

1.       The Completion Stocks Statement shall:

         (i)      be based on the books and records of the relevant Business
                  Sellers;

         (ii)     consist of statements for each part of the Business conducted
                  by a Business Seller in the format of Attachment 7 comprising
                  a statement of the Completion Stocks Amount as at midnight on
                  the day immediately preceding the Completion Date;

         (iii)    subject to sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii), be prepared on the
                  basis that the exercise of judgment and discretion in the
                  application of principles, policies, procedures, methods and
                  practices of accounting will be consistent with such exercise
                  as applied in the preparation of the Vendor Due Diligence
                  Report.

         (iv)     subject to sub-paragraphs (ii) and (iii), be prepared on the
                  basis and in accordance with the principles, policies,
                  procedures, methods and practices of accounting set out in the
                  Unilever Accounting Policy Manual as applied by the Seller in
                  respect of the Montana Business; and

         (v)      subject to sub-paragraphs (iii) and (iv), be prepared in
                  accordance with principles, policies, procedures, methods and
                  practices of accounting generally accepted in the United
                  Kingdom as applied by the Seller in respect of the Montana
                  Business.

2.       In the preparation of the Completion Stocks Statement, the Completion
         Stocks Amount shall be expressed in sterling.

3.       The Seller shall deliver, or procure the delivery to the Purchaser of,
         by the date falling 20 Business Days after the Completion Date, a draft
         Completion Stocks Statement (the "DRAFT COMPLETION STOCKS STATEMENT").

4.       For the purposes of preparing the Draft Completion Stocks Statement,
         after Completion the Purchaser shall, and shall procure that each other
         member of the Purchaser's Group shall, give the Seller and the Seller's
         Accountants reasonable access at reasonable times to all books and
         records in their respective possession or control relating to the
         Montana Business on or prior to the Completion Date and generally shall
         provide the Seller with such other information and assistance as the
         Seller may reasonably request (including the reasonable assistance of
         financial personnel employed in the Montana Business) for the purposes
         of preparing the Draft Completion Stocks Statement. Management of the
         Montana Business, the Seller's Group and the Purchaser's Group shall
         act in good faith in connection with all matters involving the
         Completion Stocks Statement. The fees, costs and expenses of the
         Seller's Accountants shall be paid by the Seller.

5.       The Purchaser shall have a period of 15 Business Days (the "REVIEW
         PERIOD") after the date of delivery to it by or on behalf of the Seller
         of the Draft Completion Stocks

<PAGE>
                                       78

         Statement to review, in conjunction with the Purchaser's Accountants,
         the Draft Completion Stocks Statement and to present to the Seller in
         writing any objections (stating in reasonable detail, including
         specific amounts, the matters in dispute) it may have to the Draft
         Completion Stocks Statement. The only grounds upon which the Purchaser
         shall be entitled to object to the Draft Completion Stocks Statement
         are mathematical errors in the computation of the Completion Stocks
         Amount or that it has not been prepared in accordance with this
         Schedule and no objection shall be raised which would not, if
         successful, lead to an amendment to the Completion Stocks Amount in
         accordance with paragraph 10. Any such objections must be accompanied
         by a recalculation of each amount in the Draft Completion Stocks
         Statement based upon such objections and shall be accompanied by
         reasonable evidence supporting each objection.

6.       For the purposes of enabling the Purchaser and the Purchaser's
         Accountants to present any such written objections as are referred to
         in paragraph 5, the Seller shall, following the presentation of the
         Draft Completion Stocks Statement, give the Purchaser and the
         Purchaser's Accountants reasonable access at reasonable times to all
         books and records in its possession or control after the Completion
         Date relating to the Montana Business and generally shall provide the
         Purchaser with such other information (including working papers) as the
         Purchaser may reasonably request PROVIDED THAT the Purchaser and the
         Purchaser's Accountants shall not be entitled to any such access or
         information which goes beyond that reasonably necessary to determine
         whether the Draft Completion Stocks Statement has been prepared in
         accordance with the provisions of this Schedule. The fees, costs and
         expenses of the Purchaser's Accountants shall be paid by the Purchaser.

7.       If and to the extent that no such written objections as are referred to
         in paragraph 5 are presented to the Seller by the end of the Review
         Period in accordance with that paragraph then the Draft Completion
         Stocks Statement shall, as between the Purchaser and the Seller, be
         deemed to have been accepted and approved by the Purchaser and the
         Seller and the Draft Completion Stocks Statement shall be final and
         binding on the Purchaser and the Seller and shall constitute the
         "COMPLETION STOCKS STATEMENT" for all purposes of this Agreement.

8.       If and to the extent that any such written objections as are referred
         to in paragraph 5 are presented to the Seller by the end of the Review
         Period in accordance with that paragraph then the Seller and the
         Purchaser shall attempt to resolve the matters in dispute between them
         in good faith negotiations. To facilitate the Seller's review of any
         such written objections, the Purchaser shall provide the Seller and the
         Seller's Accountants with such information (including working papers)
         as the Seller may reasonably require for the purpose of the review. If
         there are any such matters in dispute between the Purchaser and the
         Seller which have not been resolved in good faith negotiations within a
         period of 15 Business Days after the end of the Review Period, then the
         specific matters in dispute shall be referred for determination to an
         Expert who shall be instructed to notify the Seller and the Purchaser
         of his determination within 10 Business Days of such referral. If the
         Purchaser and the Seller resolve all matters in dispute in relation to
         the Draft Completion Stocks Statement, then the Draft Completion Stocks
         Statement shall, as between the Purchaser and the Seller, be deemed to
         have been accepted and approved by the Purchaser and the Seller and the

<PAGE>
                                       79

         Draft Completion Stocks Statement shall be final and binding on the
         Purchaser and the Seller and shall constitute the "COMPLETION STOCKS
         STATEMENT" for all purposes of this Agreement.

9.       The Seller shall, and shall procure that each other member of the
         Seller's Group shall, and the Purchaser shall and shall procure that
         each other member of the Purchaser's Group shall, give the Expert
         reasonable access at reasonable times to all books and records in their
         respective possession or control relating to the Montana Business and
         generally shall provide the Expert with such other information and
         assistance as the Expert may reasonably require. In making his
         determination, the Expert shall act as expert and not as arbitrator and
         shall provide a reasoned opinion for his determination and the Draft
         Completion Stocks Statement as amended by the Expert shall, as between
         the Seller and the Purchaser and in the absence of manifest error by
         the Expert, be deemed to have been accepted and approved by the Seller
         and the Purchaser, shall be final and binding on the Seller and the
         Purchaser and shall constitute the "COMPLETION STOCKS STATEMENT" for
         all purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
         amendment by the Expert of any amount set out in the Completion Stocks
         Statement shall be within the range for such amount indicated by the
         Draft Completion Stocks Statement and any amendment to the Draft
         Completion Stocks Statement made pursuant to paragraph 5. The fees and
         costs of the Expert shall be paid as to 50 per cent. by the Purchaser
         and 50 per cent. by the Seller unless otherwise directed by the Expert
         (who shall have the authority to make such direction if he deems it
         equitable). The Expert may, if he decides it is necessary or desirable
         to do so in his absolute discretion, refer any interpretational matter
         which relates to any dispute to a leading counsel approved by the
         Seller and the Purchaser and the terms of appointment of the Expert
         shall allow him to make such reference.

10.      Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraphs of this Schedule, where the
         value of any individual item in the Completion Stocks Statement as
         finally determined or agreed in accordance with this Schedule differs
         by (pound)25,000 or less from the value of that item as set out in the
         original Draft Completion Stocks Statement delivered pursuant to
         paragraph 3 then the value set out in the original Draft Completion
         Stocks Statement delivered pursuant to paragraph 3 shall be used for
         the purpose of determining the Completion Stocks Amount.

<PAGE>
                                       80

                                   SCHEDULE 6
                  (BUSINESS SELLERS AND DESIGNATED PURCHASERS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            (1)                                       (2)                                                      (3)
LOCATION OF BUSINESS ASSETS                    BUSINESS SELLER(S)                                     DESIGNATED PURCHASER
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>                                                          <C>
Republic of Ireland            Unilever Bestfoods Ireland Limited                           Premier Ambient Products (UK) Limited
                               Brown and Polson (Ireland) Limited                           Premier Ambient Products (UK) Limited
                               Unilever PLC (in respect of certain Business IPR only)       Premier Ambient Products (UK) Limited
                               Unilever UK & CN Holdings Limited (in respect of certain     Premier Ambient Products (UK) Limited
                               Business IPR only)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
United Kingdom                 Unilever Bestfoods UK Limited                                Premier Ambient Products (UK) Limited
                               Unilever PLC (in respect of certain Business IPR only)       Premier Ambient Products (UK) Limited
                               Unilever UK & CN Holdings Limited (in respect of certain     Premier Ambient Products (UK) Limited
                               Business IPR only)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                       81

                                   SCHEDULE 7
                    (ALLOCATION OF FINAL CASH CONSIDERATION)

1.       The Final Cash Consideration and the amount of the Assumed Liabilities
         shall be allocated between the categories of Business Assets on the
         basis set out in this Schedule below and such allocation shall be
         adopted by the Seller and the Purchaser for all purposes (including
         Tax) subject to any further adjustment in accordance with paragraph 13
         of Schedule 4.

2.       The Initial Cash Consideration shall be allocated between the Business
         Assets as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
                                                           (POUND)

Business Goodwill - UK                                     64.227% of the balance of the Initial
                                                           Cash Consideration

                  - Ireland                                2.440% of the balance of the Initial
                                                           Cash Consideration

Business Plant and Machinery                               net book value as at the Completion
                                                           Date

Business Stocks                                            5,627,000

the benefit (subject to the burden) of the Contracts       1

Business Cash Float                                        actual petty cash as at the
                                                           Completion Date

Business IPR (other than Irish trade marks)                32.000% of the balance of the Initial
                                                           Cash Consideration

Irish trade marks                                          1.333% of the balance of the Initial
                                                           Cash Consideration

Business Properties                                        net book value as at the Completion
                                                           Date

the Books and Records (as relate exclusively to the
Business)                                                  1

Business Claims                                            1

TOTAL                                                      105,000,000
</TABLE>

3.       After the Completion Stocks Statement has been prepared in accordance
         with Schedule 5, the Final Cash Consideration shall be allocated
         between the Business Assets as set out in paragraph 2 above save that:

<PAGE>
                                       82

         (i)      if a payment has been made pursuant to Clause 4(B) because of
                  a Shortfall, the amount of the Final Cash Consideration
                  allocated to the Business Stocks shall be reduced by an amount
                  equal to the amount of such payment; and

         (ii)     if a payment has been made pursuant to Clause 4(B) because of
                  an Excess, the amount of the Final Cash Consideration
                  allocated to the Business Stocks shall be increased by an
                  amount equal to the amount of such payment.

<PAGE>
                                       83

                                   SCHEDULE 8
                              (BUSINESS PROPERTIES)

                      PART A - GENERAL PROPERTY PROVISIONS

1.       MATTERS TO WHICH THE SALE IS SUBJECT

         The Business Properties are sold subject to and (where appropriate)
         with the benefit of the following matters:

         (i)      all local land charges and all matters capable of registration
                  as local land charges;

         (ii)     all notices served and orders, demands, proposals or
                  requirements made by any local or other competent authority;
                  and

         (iii)    all exceptions and reservations of whatever nature, all rights
                  of way, water, light, air or other rights, easements,
                  quasi-easements, wayleaves (whether constituted in the title
                  deeds or otherwise) and third party rights of possession or
                  occupation.

2.       SALE WITH VACANT POSSESSION

         Each Business Property is sold with vacant possession.

3.       TITLE

(A)      The Purchaser shall be deemed to be purchasing with full knowledge of
         the contents of all deeds and other documents of title relating to the
         Business Properties and shall raise no requisition or object in
         relation to any such title other than any matters not previously
         disclosed by the Purchaser's Solicitors' pre-Completion searches.

(B)      The Purchaser shall be deemed to be purchasing with full notice of the
         use or development of the Business Properties for which planning or
         zoning consent has been granted and accepts the position without any
         further enquiry or requisition.

4.       THE PROPERTY TRANSFER

(A)      Legal completion of the transfer of the Business Properties shall take
         place on Completion.

(B)      On legal completion the relevant Business Seller will deliver a duly
         signed or executed Property Transfer of the Business Property to the
         Purchaser.

(C)      On legal completion, the Seller, insofar as it is able, will transfer
         whatever right and interest it has in the land adjoining the Business
         Property known as the car park land situate on the south west of the
         Business Property, such transfer being in a form agreed between the
         Seller and the Purchaser both acting reasonably.

<PAGE>
                                       84

5.       STANDARD CONDITIONS

         In so far as the same are applicable and are not inconsistent with the
         express terms of this agreement the Standard Conditions of Sale (4th
         edition) are incorporated in this agreement except that

         (A)      (i)      the "Contract rate" means the Agreed Rate;

                  (ii)     "transfer" means the Property Transfer;

                  (iii)    "working day" means Business Day; and

         (B)      conditions 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2, 3.3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1.2, 5.2,
                  6.1, 6.3.1, 6.3.2, 6.3.6, 6.4, 6.5, 6.7, 6.8, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3,
                  7.5, 7.6, 8, 9 and 10 shall not apply.
<PAGE>
                                       85

                                     PART B
                               BUSINESS PROPERTIES

FREEHOLD PROPERTIES WITH REGISTERED TITLES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REGISTERED PROPRIETOR
      (OWNER)                TITLE NUMBER       NATURE OF TITLE       SHORT DESCRIPTION                        USE
<S>                      <C>                    <C>               <C>                              <C>
Unilever Bestfoods UK    Part of title number       Freehold      Ambrosia Creamery, Lifton        Factory/dairy (with associated
Limited                  DN468192                                                                  storage and office facilities)

Unilever Bestfoods UK    DN468191                   Freehold      Land to the south of Station     Part of factory/dairy site
Limited                                                           Road, Lifton
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                       86

                                   SCHEDULE 9
                                   (PENSIONS)

1.       DEFINITIONS

         (i)      In this Schedule the following expressions shall have the
                  meanings respectively assigned to them:

"AN ACTUARY"               means a Fellow of the Institute of Actuaries or a
                           Fellow of the Faculty of Actuaries in Scotland, such
                           actuary if appropriate to be employed by a company or
                           firm making available the advice of an actuary who is
                           a director or employee of that company or an employee
                           or partner of that firm.

"THE ACTUARY"              means an Actuary (if any) appointed for the purposes
                           of paragraph 4(G) or 10(C).

"ARTICLE 141"              means Article 141 of the Treaty of Rome or any
                           current or future legislation which implements
                           Article 141 or which implements any EC Directive
                           relating to equal treatment. References to the EC
                           shall be taken to include the European Community
                           (formerly the European Economic Community) and the
                           European Union.

"BESTFOODS TRANSFER        means a transfer agreement for the Bestfoods Pension
AGREEMENT"                 Scheme to the Unilever Pension Fund dated 30 October,
                           2001;

"CONTRIBUTION PAY"         shall have the same meaning as set out in the
                           Definitive Trust Deed and Rules of the UPF.

"LATE PAYMENT RATE"        means 2 percentage points above the base rate from
                           time to time of National Westminster Bank plc.

"THE PAYMENT DATE"         means either:

                           (a)      the later of:

                                    (i)      the first Business Day following 30
                                             days after the agreement of the
                                             Relevant Capital Sum under
                                             paragraph 10 or the certification
                                             of the Relevant Capital Sum by the
                                             Actuary in default of agreement,
                                             and

                                    (ii)     the first Business Day following 30
                                             days after the date by which the
                                             Relevant Conditions have been
                                             satisfied and the

<PAGE>
                                       87

                                             Seller has received written notice
                                             of that fact from the Purchaser
                                             (for the avoidance of doubt, such
                                             notice shall not of itself
                                             constitute conclusive evidence that
                                             the Relevant Conditions have been
                                             satisfied); or

                                    (b)      such other date as may be agreed in
                                             writing between the Seller and the
                                             Purchaser.

"PENSIONABLE PAY"          shall have the same meaning as set out in the
                           Definitive Trust Deed and Rules of the UPF.

"PURCHASER'S ACTUARY"      means an Actuary appointed by the Purchaser to act on
                           the Purchaser's behalf for the purposes of this
                           Schedule as the Purchaser notifies to the Seller.

"PURCHASER'S PENSION       shall mean the retirement benefits scheme providing
SCHEME"                    death and retirement benefits for or in respect of
                           the Relevant Employees to be established or nominated
                           by the Purchaser pursuant to paragraph 4 or, if the
                           context so requires, the trustees of that scheme.

"RELEVANT CAPITAL SUM"     means such sum in cash as is certified by the
                           Seller's Actuary and agreed with the Purchaser's
                           Actuary (or, in default of agreement, as determined
                           by the Actuary under paragraph 10) as being the
                           transfer value at the Completion Date attributable to
                           the Transferring Members calculated in accordance
                           with paragraph 8.

"RELEVANT CONDITIONS"      means the obligations to be performed by the
                           Purchaser under paragraphs 4, 5, 7 and 14 (insofar as
                           those obligations have arisen by the time in
                           question).

"RELEVANT EMPLOYEES"       means such of the Business Employees as are members
                           of the UPF immediately before the Completion Date.

"SELLER'S ACTUARY"         means Hewitt Bacon & Woodrow or such other Actuary
                           appointed by or on behalf of the Seller to act on the
                           Seller's behalf for the purposes of this Schedule as
                           the Seller notifies to the Purchaser.

"TIMING ADJUSTMENT"        means, in relation to a period and in respect of each
                           sum to which this definition applies, the formula
                           found by calculating:

                           40% of the proportionate change during the period
                           specified of the FT/ S&P Actuaries World Ex UK Pound
                           Sterling Index with 86% of the gross dividend income

<PAGE>
                                       88

                           reinvested in the same index at the end of each
                           calendar month;

                           plus

                           40% of the proportionate change during the period
                           specified of the FTSE Actuaries All-Share Total
                           Return Index;

                           plus

                           20% of the proportionate change during the period
                           specified of the FTSE Actuaries Government Securities
                           15 Year Yield Total Return Index.

                           For the avoidance of doubt, if (for example), the
                           change in the Indices above during the period
                           specified is an increase of 5 per cent., then the
                           Timing Adjustment will be a multiplicative factor of
                           1.05.

                           The FT/ S&P Actuaries World Ex UK Pound Sterling
                           Index or the FTSE Actuaries All-Share Total Return
                           Index or the FTSE Actuaries Government Securities 15
                           Year Yield Total Return Index at a particular date is
                           the Index for that date. The Index for that date
                           shall be determined by the Seller's Actuary and
                           agreed by the Purchaser's Actuary. If the Seller's
                           Actuary and the Purchaser's Actuary fail to reach
                           agreement as to the Index or the calculation of the
                           above formula, the provisions of paragraphs 10(C) to
                           (F) inclusive shall apply with all necessary changes.

"TRANSFERRING MEMBER"      means a Relevant Employee who:

                           (a)      becomes a member of the Purchaser's Pension
                                    Scheme on the Completion Date and who
                                    immediately before that date was a member of
                                    the UPF in pensionable service, and

                           (b)      (i)      who agrees in writing to a transfer
                                             payment to the Purchaser's Pension
                                             Scheme from the UPF in respect of
                                             his or her interest therein (such
                                             agreement in writing to include a
                                             discharge in the Agreed Form in
                                             favour of the UPF and the Seller's
                                             Group for any liability to or in
                                             respect of that Relevant Employee
                                             to provide any further benefits
                                             under the UPF); and

<PAGE>
                                       89

                                    (ii)     who does not withdraw that
                                             agreement before such benefits are
                                             transferred to the Purchaser's
                                             Pension Scheme.

         "UPF"             means the Unilever Pension Fund, constituted by a
                           definitive trust deed and rules dated 31st January,
                           2000 (as amended) or, if the context so requires, the
                           trustee of the Unilever Pension Fund.

         "VOLUNTARY FUND"  means a fund comprising voluntary contributions paid
                           by members and the investments and moneys
                           representing those contributions and any income
                           derived therefrom but excluding any voluntary
                           contributions paid in return for the provision of a
                           pensionable service credit in the UPF.

(B)      Save where specifically defined or where the context otherwise
         requires, words and expressions used in Chapter I of Part XIV of the
         Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 or in the Pension Schemes Act
         1993 shall have the same meanings in this Schedule.

2.       THERE IS NO PARAGRAPH 2.

3.       THERE IS NO PARAGRAPH 3.

4.       PURCHASER TO PROVIDE BENEFITS FOR FUTURE SERVICE

         (A)      No later than the Completion Date the Purchaser shall procure
                  that:

                  (i)      there shall have been established or nominated the
                           Purchaser's Pension Scheme which shall be
                           contracted-out of the State earnings related pension
                           scheme on the basis specified in Section 9(2B) of the
                           Pension Schemes Act 1993 and capable of approval
                           under Chapter I of Part XIV of the Income and
                           Corporation Taxes Act 1988 by the Board of the Inland
                           Revenue, and

                  (ii)     membership of the Purchaser's Pension Scheme is
                           offered to all Relevant Employees with effect from
                           the Completion Date who would have been in
                           pensionable service on the Completion Date in the UPF
                           but for the transaction provided for in this
                           Agreement without imposing any condition as to the
                           transfer of benefits in the UPF to the Purchaser's
                           Pension Scheme as a condition of membership of the
                           Purchaser's Pension Scheme.

         (B)

                  (i)      The Purchaser shall provide or procure to be provided
                           in respect of service for the period of 3 years from
                           and including the Completion Date, benefits payable
                           on terms no less favourable than those set out in

<PAGE>
                                       90

                           the Trust Deed and Rules of the UPF (subject to
                           paragraph 4(B)(ii)(b)) for and in respect of each
                           Transferring Member (such definition shall include,
                           for the purposes of this paragraph 4, any Relevant
                           Employee who joins the Purchaser's Pension Scheme on
                           the Completion Date and who does not elect to
                           transfer his benefits under the UPF to the
                           Purchaser's Pension Scheme) and his dependants,
                           which, taken as a whole in respect of such
                           Transferring Member, shall be no less favourable
                           overall (as agreed or determined in accordance with
                           paragraph 4(D)) than the benefits applicable to and
                           in respect of that Transferring Member under the
                           Trust Deed and Rules of the UPF at the Completion
                           Date and the Bestfoods Transfer Agreement except to
                           the extent otherwise agreed with the Transferring
                           Member.

                  (ii)     For the purpose of this paragraph 4 and paragraph 5,
                           in determining whether benefits are "no less
                           favourable" than benefits under the UPF, the
                           following provisions shall apply (but for the
                           avoidance of doubt with paragraph 4(G) applying to
                           determine any disagreement between the Purchaser's
                           Actuary and the Seller's Actuary (or between the
                           Seller and the Purchaser) over the construction of
                           such provisions):

                           (a)      benefits in the UPF shall be deemed to
                                    include, and benefits to be provided or
                                    procured to be provided by the Purchaser
                                    shall include:

                                    -        a right to receive benefits
                                             unreduced from age 60 (irrespective
                                             of when the member reaches age 60
                                             and irrespective of whether the
                                             member retires from active
                                             pensionable service or deferred
                                             pensioner status); and

                                             NOTE: Pre-1st October, 1987 female
                                             members of the UPF have this
                                             benefit as of right under the UPF
                                             rules. Pre-1st October, 1987 male
                                             members have this benefit as of
                                             right in respect of post-16th May,
                                             1990 pensionable service. For other
                                             members (and for pre-17th May, 1990
                                             pensionable service for pre-1st
                                             October, 1987 male members) due
                                             allowance for unreduced benefits
                                             from age 60 is made in cash
                                             equivalent calculations and see
                                             also the allowance made in the
                                             statement from the Seller's Actuary
                                             comprised in Annex A to this
                                             Schedule.

                                    -        where a Pensionable Employee has
                                             elected, at any time before the
                                             Completion Date, under the UPF to
                                             purchase a pensionable service
                                             credit with additional voluntary
                                             contributions and the period over
                                             which such contributions are
                                             payable in respect of the cost of
                                             that credit has not expired before
                                             the Completion Date, a right, for
                                             so long as he remains in
                                             pensionable service by reference to
                                             the Purchaser's Pension Scheme, to
                                             purchase over the period commencing
                                             on the

<PAGE>
                                       91

                                             Completion Date the balance of the
                                             pensionable service credit which he
                                             would have been entitled to
                                             purchase had he remained in
                                             pensionable service by reference to
                                             the UPF on the same terms and
                                             conditions as apply under the
                                             provisions of the UPF in force
                                             immediately prior to the Completion
                                             Date.

                           (b)      where there is an established practice as to
                                    the exercise of discretions in relation to
                                    benefits, the Purchaser shall make an
                                    announcement to the Relevant Employees which
                                    is in the Agreed Form that it will continue
                                    that practice, provided that the Purchaser
                                    shall, subject to applicable law, have the
                                    same rights of variation and discontinuance
                                    of that practice as the relevant member of
                                    the Seller's Group has immediately prior to
                                    the Completion Date. This provision shall
                                    also apply in relation to the promise
                                    referred to in the document at tab S.I.20.6
                                    in the Data Room as if such an announcement
                                    had been issued by the Purchaser in relation
                                    to that practice provided that no general
                                    announcement shall be required in relation
                                    to that practice.

                           (c)      benefits in the UPF and benefits to be
                                    provided or procured to be provided by the
                                    Purchaser shall be valued on the basis of
                                    the same actuarial method and assumptions as
                                    are set out in the statement from the
                                    Seller's Actuary referred to in paragraph 8,
                                    modified to such extent as may be agreed in
                                    writing by the Seller's Actuary and the
                                    Purchaser's Actuary and the procedure
                                    referred to in paragraph 10(C) to (F)
                                    inclusive shall apply if any such
                                    modification is not so agreed.

                           (d)      whether or not a transfer is made to the
                                    Purchaser's Pension Scheme in respect of
                                    past service benefits, no less favourable
                                    benefits in respect of the service of each
                                    Relevant Employee for the period referred to
                                    in paragraph 4(B)(i) must vest on the same
                                    or shorter timescale and at least in the
                                    same circumstances as if the Relevant
                                    Employee concerned had continued to be an
                                    active member of the UPF for so long as he
                                    continues to accrue benefits under the
                                    Purchaser's Pension Scheme.

                           (e)      no less favourable benefits in respect of
                                    service prior to and on and after the
                                    Completion Date must also be of a type and
                                    form approved by the Seller. For this
                                    purpose, it is agreed that it will be
                                    reasonable for the Seller's Actuary not to
                                    approve money purchase benefits in place of
                                    benefits under the UPF.

                           (f)      where benefits are provided under the UPF on
                                    the death or disability of a Relevant
                                    Employee or his spouse, child or dependant,
                                    equivalent benefits must be provided on such
                                    events which are payable in circumstances
                                    and under

<PAGE>
                                       92

                                    conditions which are not materially less
                                    favourable to the beneficiary concerned as
                                    those which would have applied had the death
                                    or disability occurred whilst the
                                    beneficiary was a beneficiary of the UPF
                                    under the provisions of the UPF in force
                                    immediately prior to the Completion Date.

                           (g)      where benefits in the UPF are calculated by
                                    reference to pensionable pay at or in a
                                    period immediately prior to the earlier of
                                    retirement or leaving pensionable service,
                                    benefits in the UPF shall be deemed to
                                    include, and benefits to be provided or
                                    procured to be provided by the Purchaser:

                                    (i)      shall include in respect of
                                             benefits both under this paragraph
                                             4 and under paragraph 5 a right to
                                             receive such benefits calculated by
                                             reference to such pensionable pay
                                             at or in such period immediately
                                             prior to leaving the employment of
                                             a member of the Purchaser's Group
                                             (whether or not continuing to
                                             accrue benefits of any type under
                                             the Purchaser's Pension Scheme
                                             until leaving such employment) or
                                             the member's voluntary opting out
                                             of the Purchaser's Pension Scheme
                                             without becoming a member of
                                             another retirement benefits scheme
                                             provided by the Purchaser's Group,
                                             if earlier;

                                    (ii)     provided that, at any time after
                                             the expiry of the 3 year period
                                             after the Completion Date, the
                                             Purchaser may determine that, with
                                             effect from the expiry of that
                                             period or later (the "CALCULATION
                                             DATE"), such benefits shall,
                                             instead, be calculated by reference
                                             to such pensionable pay at or in
                                             such period immediately prior to
                                             the Calculation Date or, if
                                             earlier, the date of leaving the
                                             employment of a member of the
                                             Purchaser's Group;

                  (iii)    Except for any contributions due in respect of a
                           service credit under the UPF, the Purchaser shall
                           procure that, in the satisfaction of its obligation
                           under paragraph 4(B)(i), compulsory contributions
                           shall not be payable by a Pensionable Employee,
                           except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed in
                           writing by that Pensionable Employee, at a rate
                           greater than the rate:

                           (a)      at which he would have been required to
                                    contribute to the UPF during the period from
                                    the day immediately after the Completion
                                    Date to and including 31st December 2003
                                    under the provisions of the UPF, had he been
                                    an active member of the UPF throughout that
                                    period and his employer had remained part of
                                    the Seller's Group; and

<PAGE>
                                       93

                           (b)      of 5% of Contribution Pay for the remainder
                                    of the period referred to in paragraph
                                    4(B)(i) after the expiry of the period in
                                    (a) above.

         (C)      The obligations under paragraph 4(B) and paragraph 5(A) shall
                  continue in force even if the Purchaser disposes of a member
                  of the Purchaser's Group or all or any part of the business
                  thereof and accordingly the Purchaser shall procure that the
                  acquiror concerned honours the obligations under paragraph
                  4(B) and paragraph 5(A) in respect of each Transferring Member
                  (as such definition is extended in paragraph 4(B)(i))
                  concerned in such a disposal.

         (D)

                  (i)      The Purchaser shall procure that the Purchaser's
                           Actuary shall notify the Seller's Actuary in writing
                           of the benefits which it is proposed the Purchaser
                           will provide or procure to be provided in accordance
                           with paragraph 4(B).

                  (ii)     The Seller's Actuary, on receipt of notification in
                           accordance with paragraph 4(D)(i), shall review the
                           benefits to be provided and shall determine by notice
                           in writing to the Purchaser's Actuary whether the
                           benefits proposed to be provided comply with the
                           requirements of paragraph 4(B).

                  (iii)    If the Purchaser's Actuary does not agree with the
                           Seller's Actuary's determination referred to in
                           paragraph 4(D)(ii), the disagreement shall be
                           resolved in accordance with the procedure referred to
                           in paragraph 4(G). For the avoidance of doubt, the
                           Purchaser and the Seller agree that any question
                           relating to the construction of paragraph 4(B) shall
                           be resolved in accordance with the procedure in
                           paragraph 4(G).

         (E)      Any announcement to be issued by the Seller or a member of the
                  Purchaser's Group in relation to benefits the subject of this
                  paragraph 4 or paragraph 5 must be consistent with the terms
                  of this paragraph 4 and paragraph 5 and, prior to the issue of
                  any such announcement, the Seller or, as the case may be, the
                  Purchaser, shall provide to the other a copy of the intended
                  announcement and shall not issue it without prior consultation
                  with the other.

         (F)      The Purchaser's agreement to the provisions of this paragraph
                  4 and paragraph 5 is given by the Purchaser on the express
                  understanding that, if the Purchaser is in breach of any of
                  such provisions, the Seller may, at its absolute discretion,
                  and without limitation, seek to procure compliance with such
                  provisions by the Purchaser by applying to the court for
                  damages and/or specific performance.

         (G)      (i)      If paragraph 4(D)(iii) applies, or if there is any
                           disagreement between the Seller and the Purchaser or
                           the Seller's Actuary and the Purchaser's Actuary as
                           to the construction of any provision of paragraph 4
                           or paragraph 5, the Purchaser's Actuary and the
                           Seller's Actuary shall

<PAGE>
                                       94

                           jointly appoint the Actuary to determine each and
                           every such disagreement. If they fail jointly to
                           appoint the Actuary, the Actuary shall be appointed
                           by the President for the time being of the Institute
                           of Actuaries at the instance of the party first
                           applying to him.

                  (ii)     A determination given by the Actuary under this
                           paragraph 4(G) shall be conclusive and binding on the
                           parties hereto.

                  (iii)    The Actuary shall act as an expert and not as an
                           arbitrator.

                  (iv)     The costs of the Actuary shall be borne by the
                           Purchaser and the Seller in equal amounts or in such
                           other proportions as the Actuary shall determine to
                           be fair and reasonable in the circumstances.

5.       PURCHASER TO OFFER BENEFITS FOR PAST SERVICE AND TO GIVE OTHER
         UNDERTAKINGS

         (A)      The Purchaser shall procure that each Relevant Employee who
                  has not immediately before the Completion Date:

                  -        ceased to be in employment of the Purchaser, or

                  -        attained normal retirement age in the UPF,

                  shall, in respect of pensionable service up to the day before
                  the Completion Date, have the option of transferring, subject
                  to:

                  (a)      the UPF agreeing to transfer the Relevant Capital Sum
                           as adjusted in accordance with paragraph 11, or

                  (b)      a payment being made pursuant to paragraph 12(A),

                  the benefits accrued to and in respect of that Relevant
                  Employee in the UPF to the Purchaser's Pension Scheme on the
                  basis that the benefits to be provided for and in respect of
                  that Relevant Employee and his dependants under the
                  Purchaser's Pension Scheme in respect of pensionable service
                  up to the day before the Completion Date will be payable on
                  terms no less favourable than those set out in the Trust Deed
                  and Rules of the UPF (subject to paragraph 4(B)(ii)(b)) and
                  will, taken as a whole in respect of that Relevant Employee,
                  be no less favourable overall (as agreed or determined in
                  accordance with paragraphs 4(D) and 4(G)) than the benefits
                  for and in respect of that Relevant Employee until then
                  provided under the UPF and the Bestfoods Transfer Agreement.

         (B)      In determining, for the purpose of paragraph 5(A), whether
                  benefits under the Purchaser's Pension Scheme are "no less
                  favourable" than benefits under the UPF, the provisions of
                  paragraph 4(B)(ii) shall apply with all necessary changes.

         (C)      The Purchaser shall procure before the Payment Date that:

<PAGE>
                                       95

                  (i)      the Purchaser's Pension Scheme delivers to the UPF an
                           undertaking under which the Purchaser's Pension
                           Scheme agrees:

                           (a)      to accept any payment proposed to be made to
                                    the Purchaser's Pension Scheme by the UPF in
                                    respect of the Transferring Members;

                           (b)      subject to receipt of the amount referred to
                                    in paragraph 11 or to a payment being made
                                    pursuant to paragraph 12(A) to provide
                                    benefits to the Transferring Members in
                                    accordance with paragraph 5(A); and

                           (c)      to comply with the applicable requirements
                                    of Clause 19(b) (Bulk transfers-out) of the
                                    UPF Trust Deed, being:

                                    -        any undertakings given by the UPF
                                             to the Board of Inland Revenue;

                                    -        the preservation requirements of
                                             the Pension Schemes Act 1993 (and
                                             any regulations relating to the
                                             preservation requirements made
                                             under that Act); and

                                    -        the contracting-out requirements of
                                             the Pension Schemes Act 1993 (and
                                             any regulations relating to the
                                             contracting-out requirements made
                                             under that or any other Act),

                                    in each case to the extent applicable. For
                                    the avoidance of doubt, that undertaking
                                    will contain no further conditions which may
                                    be requested by the UPF.

                  (ii)     the employer of the Transferring Members in question
                           is named in a contracting-out certificate issued for
                           contracting-out on the basis specified in Section
                           9(2B) of the Pension Schemes Act 1993 in relation to
                           the Purchaser's Pension Scheme; and

                  (iii)    (a)      the Purchaser produces evidence as to the
                                    adequacy of the funding of the Purchaser's
                                    Pension Scheme which is to the reasonable
                                    satisfaction of the Seller, and the
                                    Purchaser must procure that the funding of
                                    the Purchaser's Pension Scheme is to the
                                    reasonable satisfaction of the Seller; or

                           (b)      the Purchaser agrees to amend the provisions
                                    of the Purchaser's Pension Scheme in such a
                                    way, which is to the reasonable satisfaction
                                    of the Seller, that ring-fences the
                                    liabilities and assets in relation to the
                                    Transferring Members from all other
                                    liabilities and assets of the Purchaser's
                                    Pension Scheme both on an ongoing basis and
                                    on a termination or winding-up of the
                                    Purchaser's Pension Scheme; or

<PAGE>
                                       96

                           (c)      the Purchaser's Actuary delivers a
                                    certificate to the Seller and the UPF
                                    confirming that the Purchaser's Pension
                                    Scheme has no liabilities as at the
                                    Completion Date.

                  (iv)     The Purchaser's obligation under paragraph
                           5(C)(iii)(a) and (b) shall include an obligation to
                           amend the Purchaser's Pension Scheme or, to the
                           extent that is not within the control of the
                           Purchaser's Group, to establish or make available an
                           alternative Purchaser's Pension Scheme.

                  (v)      For the purpose of paragraph 5(C)(iii)(a), the
                           funding of the Purchaser's Pension Scheme shall be
                           deemed to be to the reasonable satisfaction of the
                           Seller if:

                           (a)      on the basis of the minimum funding
                                    requirement imposed by Section 56 of the
                                    Pensions Act 1995, the assets of the
                                    Purchaser's Pension Scheme are at least
                                    equal to its liabilities as at the date in
                                    question; and

                           (b)      on the basis of such reasonable actuarial
                                    method and assumptions as are proposed by
                                    the Seller's Actuary and agreed by the
                                    Purchaser's Actuary, the assets of the
                                    Purchaser's Pension Scheme are at least
                                    equal to its liabilities as at the date in
                                    question. In default of agreement between
                                    the Seller's Actuary and the Purchaser's
                                    Actuary the provisions of paragraph 10(C) to
                                    (F) inclusive shall apply with all necessary
                                    changes.

         (D)      The Purchaser shall procure that the notices to be issued to
                  Relevant Employees in respect of the option referred to in
                  paragraph 5(A) are in terms which require consents to a
                  transfer to be given by a date agreed between the Seller and
                  the Purchaser.

6.       THERE IS NO PARAGRAPH 6.

7.       PURCHASER TO COMPLY WITH CERTAIN OTHER CONDITIONS

         The Purchaser shall:

         (i)      supply to the Seller and to the UPF copies of any notices to
                  be issued to the Relevant Employees in connection with the
                  matters contemplated by this Schedule before they are issued
                  to the Relevant Employees;

         (ii)     procure that no such notices as are referred to in paragraph
                  7(i) are issued to the Relevant Employees until the benefits
                  to be provided or procured to be provided by the Purchaser in
                  accordance with paragraphs 4 and 5 have been agreed or
                  determined in accordance with those paragraphs; and

         (iii)    return the forms of consent referred to in paragraph 5(D) to
                  the UPF.

<PAGE>
                                       97

8.       METHOD OF CALCULATION OF THE RELEVANT CAPITAL SUM

         (A)      The Relevant Capital Sum shall be calculated as the transfer
                  payment in respect of the Transferring Members, which is the
                  amount as at the Completion Date calculated in accordance with
                  the basis set out in the Statement from the Seller's Actuary
                  comprised in Annex A to this Schedule.

         (B)      In calculating the Relevant Capital Sum it shall be assumed
                  there is no obligation to equalise benefits (to the extent not
                  already equalised under the UPF) under Article 141 including,
                  without limitation, accrued rights to guaranteed minimum
                  pensions.

9.       DATA TO BE PROVIDED

         (A)      As soon as reasonably practicable following the Completion
                  Date, the Seller shall procure that there is provided promptly
                  to the Seller's Actuary and the Purchaser's Actuary all
                  necessary data within its possession or under its power or
                  control for computation of the Relevant Capital Sum and that
                  this data is in all material respects true, complete and
                  accurate.

         (B)      As soon as reasonably practicable following the Completion
                  Date, the Purchaser shall procure that there is provided
                  promptly to the Seller's Actuary and the Purchaser's Actuary
                  all the necessary data within its possession or under its
                  power or control (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the
                  identity of the Transferring Members) for computation of the
                  Relevant Capital Sum and that this data is in all material
                  respects true, complete and accurate.

10.      DETERMINATION OF RELEVANT CAPITAL SUM

         (A)      Subject to the Purchaser complying with its obligations under
                  paragraph 9(B), the Seller shall use all reasonable endeavours
                  to cause the Seller's Actuary to compute and certify to the
                  Purchaser's Actuary the Relevant Capital Sum no later than 2
                  months after the data has been provided to Seller's Actuary by
                  the Purchaser and the Seller or such other time period as the
                  Seller and Purchaser may agree.

         (B)

                  (i)      The Purchaser's Actuary shall review the computation
                           referred to in paragraph 10(A).

                  (ii)     The Purchaser undertakes to the Seller to use all
                           reasonable endeavours to cause the Purchaser's
                           Actuary to conduct the review under (i) above
                           promptly.

         (C)      If the Purchaser's Actuary is not satisfied with the
                  computation referred to in paragraph 10(A), the Purchaser's
                  Actuary and the Seller's Actuary shall jointly appoint the
                  Actuary to certify the Relevant Capital Sum. If they fail
                  jointly to

<PAGE>
                                       98

                  appoint the Actuary, the Actuary shall be appointed by the
                  President for the time being of the Institute of Actuaries at
                  the instance of the party first applying to him.

         (D)      A certificate given by the Actuary under this paragraph 10
                  shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto.

         (E)      The Actuary shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator.

         (F)      The costs of the Actuary shall be borne by the Purchaser and
                  the Seller in equal amounts or in such other proportions as
                  the Actuary shall determine to be fair and reasonable in the
                  circumstances.

11.      SELLER TO USE REASONABLE ENDEAVOURS TO PROCURE PAYMENT OF RELEVANT
         CAPITAL SUM

         The Seller shall use its reasonable endeavours to procure that the UPF
         shall subject to:

         (i)      the specific approval of the Board of the Inland Revenue,

         (ii)     the Purchaser being named in a contracting-out certificate
                  issued for contracting-out on the basis specified in Section
                  9(2B) of the Pension Schemes Act 1993 in relation to the
                  Purchaser's Pension Scheme, and

         (iii)    the requirements of Clause 19(b) (Bulk transfers-out) of the
                  UPF Trust Deed,

         pay the higher of:

         -        the Relevant Capital Sum; and

         -        an amount calculated by the Seller's Actuary as representative
                  of the aggregate of cash equivalents (as calculated under
                  Regulation 7 and 8(2) of the Occupational Pension Schemes
                  (Transfer Value) Regulations 1996) of the Transferring Members
                  as at the Completion Date, for the avoidance of doubt on the
                  basis that, for this purpose, such Transferring Members have
                  the right to retire at age 60,

         in cash adjusted by the Timing Adjustment for the period from the
         Completion Date to and including the day before the Payment Date (or,
         if earlier, to and including the day before the date of actual payment)
         to the Purchaser's Pension Scheme on or before the Payment Date.

12.      SHORTFALL

         (A)      Subject to the conditions in paragraph 11 (i), (ii) and (iii)
                  having been satisfied, if the UPF does not transfer the full
                  amount referred to in paragraph 11 to the Purchaser's Pension
                  Scheme on or before the Payment Date, the Seller shall, no
                  later than 14 days after the Payment Date, pay to the
                  Purchaser, so far as possible by way of repayment of the
                  consideration for the sale of the Business Assets referred to
                  in Clause 4, an amount in cash (the "SHORTFALL PAYMENT")
                  calculated according to the formula:

<PAGE>
                                       99

                  (A-B) + C

                  where

                  A =      the higher of:

                           -        the Relevant Capital Sum; and

                           -        an amount calculated by the Seller's Actuary
                                    as representative of the aggregate of cash
                                    equivalents (as calculated under Regulation
                                    7 and 8(2) of the Occupational Pension
                                    Schemes (Transfer Value) Regulations 1996)
                                    of the Transferring Members as at the
                                    Completion Date, for the avoidance of doubt
                                    on the basis that, for this purpose, such
                                    Transferring members have the right to
                                    retire at 60,

                           adjusted by the Timing Adjustment for the period from
                           the Completion Date to and including the day before
                           the Payment Date.

                  B =      the value of the amount (if any) paid by the UPF to
                           the Purchaser's Pension Scheme (adjusted by the
                           Timing Adjustment for the period from and including
                           the date of actual payment by the UPF to and
                           including the day before the Payment Date);

                  C =      if the day of payment under this paragraph 12(A) is
                           more than 10 Business Days after the Payment Date,
                           interest at the Late Payment Rate on (A-B) in respect
                           of the period from and including the day 10 Business
                           Days after the Payment Date to and excluding the date
                           of payment;

                  The amount of the Shortfall Payment shall be determined by the
                  Seller's Actuary and agreed by the Purchaser's Actuary or, in
                  default of agreement, be determined under paragraph 10(C) to
                  (F) inclusive, with all necessary changes.

         (B)

                  (i)      On receipt of the Shortfall Payment, the Purchaser
                           shall promptly pay an amount equal to (A - B) + C (as
                           defined above) into the Purchaser's Pension Scheme
                           (the "SHORTFALL CONTRIBUTION").

                  (ii)     If, in respect of the Shortfall Contribution, the
                           Purchaser obtains (in whole or in part) for the
                           accounting period for which a payment equal to the
                           Shortfall Contribution is paid into the Purchaser's
                           Pension Scheme (or for any future accounting period)
                           a deduction for part (or the whole) of that payment
                           which results in a Reduction in Taxable Profits for
                           the purposes of corporation tax:

                           -        in the accounting period (or accounting
                                    periods) in which that deduction is obtained
                                    or,

<PAGE>
                                      100

                           -        in a case where that deduction exceeds the
                                    available taxable profits for the said
                                    accounting period (or any of the said
                                    accounting periods) but gives rise to a tax
                                    loss or other tax relief that is eligible to
                                    be carried forward for offset against future
                                    taxable profits, in any future accounting
                                    period (or future accounting periods) in
                                    which such offset is obtained,

                           the Purchaser shall pay to the Seller so far as
                           possible by way of addition to the consideration for
                           the sale of the Business Assets referred to in Clause
                           4, an amount equal to:

                           -        the aggregate amount by which the Shortfall
                                    Contribution reduces the said taxable
                                    profits in the accounting period (or
                                    accounting periods) in question,

                           multiplied by

                           -        the marginal rate of tax applicable to the
                                    Purchaser for the accounting period (or, as
                                    the case may be, for each of the accounting
                                    periods) in which the deduction is obtained
                                    or (as the case may be) the tax loss or
                                    other tax relief arising from that deduction
                                    is utilised.

                  (iii)    The Purchaser shall procure that a Reduction in
                           Taxable Profits in respect of the Shortfall
                           Contribution is obtained in priority to any Reduction
                           in Taxable Profits which could be obtained in respect
                           of any other matter with a view to ensuring that full
                           payment is made under (ii) above to the Seller as
                           soon as practicable after the Shortfall Contribution
                           is paid to the Purchaser's Pension Scheme.

                  (iv)     Any payment under (ii) above shall be made by the
                           Purchaser forthwith upon the later of:

                           -        the date on which tax would otherwise have
                                    been paid if it had not been for the said
                                    Reduction in Taxable Profits (or, if there
                                    is more than one date on which the relevant
                                    amount of tax would otherwise have been
                                    paid, whether by instalments or otherwise,
                                    the earliest of such dates); and

                           -        the amount of the said Reduction in Taxable
                                    Profits being certified by the auditor to
                                    the Purchaser (which certification the
                                    Purchaser shall procure is made at the
                                    earliest reasonable practical opportunity,
                                    each accounting period being dealt with
                                    separately).

                  (v)      For the purpose of this paragraph (B) a "REDUCTION IN
                           TAXABLE PROFITS" includes not only a reduction in the
                           taxable profits of the Purchaser but also a reduction
                           in the taxable profits for any accounting period of
                           any member of any group or consortium to which any
                           tax loss or other tax relief arising from or
                           attributable to the payment by the Purchaser of an
                           amount equal to the Shortfall Contribution is
                           surrendered by way of group relief or consortium
                           relief in accordance

<PAGE>
                                      101

                           with the provisions of Section 402-413, Income and
                           Corporation Taxes Act 1988.

                  (vi)     If the amount actually transferred from the UPF to
                           the Purchaser's Pension Scheme in respect of the
                           Transferring Members is in excess of the amount
                           referred to in paragraph 11 (the amount of such
                           difference being referred to in this paragraph as the
                           "EXCESS"), then the Purchaser shall pay to the
                           Seller, so far as possible by way of addition to the
                           consideration for the sale of the Business Assets
                           referred to in Clause 4, the following amounts at the
                           following times:

                           -        on the first anniversary of the date the
                                    Excess is paid to the Purchaser's Pension
                                    Scheme, a sum in cash equal to one third of
                                    the Excess plus interest at the base rate
                                    from time to time of National Westminster
                                    Bank plc (the "BASE RATE") in respect of the
                                    period from the date the Excess is paid
                                    until the date of payment of this amount to
                                    the Seller;

                           -        on the second anniversary of the date the
                                    Excess is paid to the Purchaser's Pension
                                    Scheme, a sum in cash equal to one third of
                                    the Excess plus interest at the Base Rate in
                                    respect of the period from the date the
                                    Excess is paid until the date of payment of
                                    this amount to the Seller; and

                           -        on the third anniversary of the date the
                                    Excess is paid to the Purchaser's Pension
                                    Scheme, a sum in cash equal to one third of
                                    the Excess plus interest at the Base Rate in
                                    respect of the period from the date the
                                    Excess is paid until the date of payment of
                                    this amount to the Seller.

                           The amount of the Excess shall be determined by the
                           Seller's Actuary and agreed by the Purchaser's
                           Actuary or, in default of agreement, be determined
                           under paragraph 10(C) to (F) inclusive, with all
                           necessary changes.

13.      VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Voluntary Fund within the UPF and
         the benefits payable or prospectively or contingently payable therefrom
         and the contributions payable thereto shall be disregarded in
         determining the Relevant Capital Sum except that there shall be added
         to the Relevant Capital Sum that part of the Voluntary Fund which is
         attributable to those Transferring Members who join the Purchaser's
         Pension Scheme on the Scheme Change Date and who agree to the transfer
         of their Voluntary Fund.

14.      NO ASSISTANCE TO BE GIVEN BY THE PURCHASER

         The Purchaser undertakes to take no action and to give no assistance
         whether directly or indirectly to any person in any manner which would
         or might result in the UPF having to pay a larger amount than the
         amount payable under paragraph 11 to the Purchaser's

<PAGE>
                                      102

         Pension Scheme. The Purchaser agrees that this undertaking extends to
         the Purchaser and any other company directly or indirectly controlled
         or connected with the Purchaser.

15.      AGREEMENT TO ACT PROMPTLY

         The Purchaser and the Seller will use their respective reasonable
         endeavours to ensure that they comply with all their obligations under
         this Schedule promptly.

<PAGE>
                                      103

                   ANNEX A STATEMENT FROM THE SELLER'S ACTUARY

<PAGE>
                                      104

                                   SCHEDULE 10
                              (BUSINESS EMPLOYEES)

1.       If any Business Employee is made redundant by, or ceases on the grounds
         of Ill-Health to be employed by, any member of the Purchaser's Group
         (or any person to whom the Business or part thereof or any member of
         the Purchaser's Group is transferred) within three years of the
         Completion Date the Purchaser shall, subject to paragraph 4 below:

         (a)      procure that there shall be paid to such Business Employee a
                  sum of money as redundancy pay or Ill-Health pay which shall
                  be calculated in such a manner as to be no less favourable
                  than a calculation done in accordance with the terms
                  applicable to the particular Business Employee comprised in
                  the Data Room; and

         (b)      comply with the provisions of paragraph 2 in respect of such
                  Business Employee, to the extent applicable.

2.       (a)      If any Business Employee (whether or not a Transferring Member
                  (as defined in Schedule 9)) to whom the provisions of
                  paragraph 1 apply is at the date of redundancy or cessation of
                  employment on grounds of Ill-Health:

                  (i)      aged 50 or more; and

                  (ii)     has completed at least 10 years' Pensionable Service
                           (as defined in paragraph 3),

                  then the payment to be made to such Business Employee shall be
                  calculated in accordance with the early retirement terms
                  comprised in the Data Room.

         (b)      If the employment of any Business Employee to whom paragraph
                  2.2 of part XII of the transfer agreement (at I.24.2 of the
                  Data Room) (the "TRANSFER AGREEMENT") applies is terminated by
                  reason of redundancy with effect from a date on or before 31
                  December 2003, then the payment to be made to such Business
                  Employee shall be calculated in accordance with paragraph 2.2
                  of part XII of the Transfer Agreement, ignoring the provisions
                  of paragraph 2.1 of the Transfer Agreement.

3.       "PENSIONABLE SERVICE" for the purpose of paragraph 2(a) means service
         which is pensionable service under the UPF and under the Purchaser's
         Pension Scheme (as defined in Schedule 9) and includes linked
         qualifying service. Pensionable Service shall be construed in
         accordance with Section 70 of the Pension Schemes Act 1993 and linked
         qualifying service shall be construed in accordance with Section 179 of
         the Pension Schemes Act 1993.

4.       For the purposes of this Schedule 10:

         (a)      a Business Employee shall be redundant where:

<PAGE>
                                      105

                  (i)      he or she is entitled to a redundancy payment under
                           the Employment Rights Act 1996; or

                  (ii)     his or her employment is terminated at the request of
                           his or her employer (this does not, for the avoidance
                           of doubt, include termination as a result of the
                           employee's misconduct) otherwise than in
                           circumstances in which paragraph (i) applies; and

         (b)      "ILL-HEALTH" shall have the same meaning as described in
                  document I.15.1 comprised in the Data Room.

<PAGE>
                                      106

                                   SCHEDULE 11
                                      (VAT)

1.       The Seller and the Purchaser shall use all reasonable endeavours to
         procure that the supply of those Business Assets under this Agreement
         which would otherwise be chargeable to VAT (but for the sale being
         treated, for the purposes of applicable VAT legislation, as a transfer
         of all or part of the assets of a business as a going concern as
         hereinafter mentioned) and which the Seller and the Purchaser consider
         should qualify as a transfer of all or part of the assets of a business
         as a going concern for the purposes of applicable VAT legislation is so
         treated by the relevant Tax Authority, except that the Seller shall not
         be required by virtue of this sub-clause to make any appeal to any
         court against any determination of the relevant Tax Authority that that
         sale does not fall to be so treated.

2.       The Purchaser declares that it (or, if it procures that the Business
         Assets referred to in paragraph 1 are acquired by a Designated
         Purchaser, the relevant Designated Purchaser) is or will as a result of
         such acquisition become a taxable person for the purposes of VAT and
         the Purchaser undertakes to procure that the Purchaser or such person
         is either duly registered for VAT purposes in the relevant jurisdiction
         or jurisdictions or a member of a group of companies for VAT purposes
         of which the representative member is duly registered for those
         purposes in the relevant jurisdiction or jurisdictions, in either case
         by Completion, and the Purchaser declares that the Purchaser or such
         person shall upon and immediately after Completion use the Business
         Assets referred to in paragraph 1 to carry on the same kind of business
         (whether or not as part of any existing business of the Purchaser or
         such other person) as that carried on by the relevant Business Seller
         or Business Sellers in relation to the Business Assets referred to in
         paragraph 1 owned by such Business Sellers before Completion.

3.       The Seller shall be entitled to retain all those records of the
         Business which under Section 49 VATA 1994, paragraph 6 of Schedule 11
         to the VATA 1994 or any other relevant VAT legislation are required to
         be preserved after Completion and shall request the relevant Tax
         Authority so to direct in accordance with applicable VAT legislation.
         If the relevant Tax Authority does not grant the request the Seller
         shall on demand deliver these records to the Purchaser. The Purchaser
         shall render all reasonable assistance to the Seller in connection with
         such a request.

4.       The Seller shall for such period as may be required by applicable law
         preserve all the records of the Business that it is entitled to retain
         pursuant to paragraph 3 and, upon being given reasonable notice by the
         Purchaser or its agents, the Seller shall make those records available
         to the Purchaser or its agents for inspection (during Working Hours) or
         copying (at the Purchaser's expense).

5.       The Seller shall not at any time cease to preserve the records of the
         Business that it is entitled to retain pursuant to paragraph 3 without
         giving the Purchaser a reasonable opportunity to inspect and remove
         such of them as the Purchaser wishes, and if the records are delivered
         to the Purchaser pursuant to paragraph 3, paragraphs 4 and 5 shall
         apply as if references to the Seller are references to the Purchaser
         and vice versa.

<PAGE>
                                      107

6.       If, notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 1, the relevant Tax
         Authority shall determine that VAT is chargeable in respect of the
         supply of all or any of the Business Assets referred to in paragraph 1
         under this Agreement, the Seller shall notify the Purchaser of that
         determination within five Business Days of its being so advised by the
         relevant Tax Authority and the Purchaser (on behalf of the relevant
         Designated Purchaser) shall pay to the Seller (on behalf of the
         relevant Business Seller or Business Sellers) by way of additional
         consideration a sum equal to the amount of VAT (together with any
         interest and/or penalties relating thereto) determined by the relevant
         Tax Authority to be so chargeable within five Business Days of the
         Seller notifying the Purchaser of that determination (against delivery
         by the Seller on behalf of the relevant Business Seller or Business
         Sellers of an appropriate tax invoice for VAT purposes). For the
         avoidance of doubt, the payment "by way of additional consideration" of
         a sum equal to the amount of VAT (together with any interest and/or
         penalties relating thereto) determined by the relevant Tax Authority to
         be so chargeable shall be inclusive of VAT.

7.       At Completion, the Purchaser (on behalf of the relevant Designated
         Purchaser) shall pay to the Seller (on behalf of the relevant Business
         Seller or Business Sellers) by way of additional consideration for the
         Business Assets a sum equal to the amount of any VAT chargeable on the
         supply of the Business Assets which are not referred to in paragraph 1
         against delivery by the Seller (on behalf of the relevant Business
         Seller or Business Sellers) of an appropriate tax invoice for VAT
         purposes. For the avoidance of doubt, the payment "by way of additional
         consideration" of a sum equal to the amount of VAT (together with any
         interest and/or penalties relating thereto) determined by the relevant
         Tax Authority to be so chargeable shall be inclusive of VAT.

8.       If the Purchaser pays the Seller an amount in respect of VAT under
         paragraph 6 above and the relevant Taxation Authority rules that all or
         part of it was not properly chargeable, the Seller shall repay the
         amount or relevant part of it to the Purchaser. The Seller shall make
         the repayment promptly after the ruling, unless it has already
         accounted to the relevant Taxation Authority for the VAT. In that case
         the Seller shall apply for a refund of the VAT (plus any interest
         payable by the relevant Taxation Authority), use reasonable endeavours
         to obtain it as speedily as practicable and pay promptly to the
         Purchaser the amount of the refund and any interest payable by the
         relevant Taxation Authority when and to the extent received from the
         relevant Taxation Authority.

<PAGE>
                                      108

Signed by                                 )
as duly authorised attorney               )
for and on behalf of                      )        James Bruce (sgd)
UNILEVER BESTFOODS UK LIMITED             )        ____________________________

Signed by                                 )
duly authorised                           )
for and on behalf of                      )        Lyndon Lea (sgd)
PREMIER AMBIENT PRODUCTS (UK) LIMITED     )        ____________________________

<PAGE>

                                    CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     PAGE
                                                                                                     ----
<S>                                                                                                  <C>
1.   INTERPRETATION                                                                                    1

2.   SALE AND PURCHASE                                                                                 1

3.   CONSIDERATION                                                                                     3

4.   STOCKS ADJUSTMENT                                                                                 3

5.   CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BEFORE COMPLETION                                                             4

6.   COMPLETION                                                                                        6

7.   ACTION AFTER COMPLETION                                                                           7

8.   THIRD PARTY CONSENTS FOR THE SALE OF BUSINESS ASSETS                                              8

9.   CONTRACTS                                                                                         8

10.  ASSUMED LIABILITIES, PAYABLES AND RETAINED LIABILITIES                                           10

11.  RECEIVABLES AND APPORTIONMENT                                                                    10

12.  VALUE ADDED TAX                                                                                  13

13.  EMPLOYEES                                                                                        13

14.  PENSIONS                                                                                         17

15.  INSURANCE                                                                                        17

16.  CONTINUING ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN THE SELLER'S GROUP AND THE MONTANA BUSINESS                      18

17.  SELLER'S WARRANTIES AND PURCHASER'S REMEDIES                                                     20

18.  PURCHASER'S WARRANTIES                                                                           21

19.  PURCHASER'S UNDERTAKINGS                                                                         22
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                   <C>
20.  RESTRICTIONS ON THE SELLER                                                                       24

21.  RESTRICTIONS ON THE PURCHASER                                                                    24

22.  PROVISION RELATING TO RESTRICTIONS                                                               25

23.  BOOKS AND RECORDS                                                                                25

24.  PAYMENTS                                                                                         26

25.  EFFECT OF COMPLETION                                                                             27

26.  CAPACITY OF THE SELLER AND THE PURCHASER                                                         27

27.  REMEDIES, WAIVERS AND INDEMNIFICATION                                                            27

28.  NO ASSIGNMENT                                                                                    30

29.  FURTHER ASSURANCE                                                                                30

30.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT                                                                                 31

31.  NOTICES                                                                                          32

32.  ANNOUNCEMENTS                                                                                    33

33.  CONFIDENTIALITY                                                                                  34

34.  COSTS AND EXPENSES                                                                               35

35.  COUNTERPARTS                                                                                     36

36.  INVALIDITY                                                                                       36

37.  THIRD PARTY RIGHTS                                                                               36

38.  PURCHASER'S GROUP COMPANY OBLIGATIONS                                                            37

39.  GOVERNING LAW                                                                                    37

40.  JURISDICTION                                                                                     37

41.  LANGUAGE                                                                                         37
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                   <C>
SCHEDULE 1 (INTERPRETATION)                                                                           38

SCHEDULE 2 (COMPLETION ARRANGEMENTS)                                                                  58

SCHEDULE 3 (THE WARRANTIES)                                                                           60

SCHEDULE 4 (LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY)                                                                 71

SCHEDULE 5 (COMPLETION STATEMENT IN RESPECT OF BUSINESS STOCKS)                                       77

SCHEDULE 6 (BUSINESS SELLERS AND DESIGNATED PURCHASERS)                                               80

SCHEDULE 7 (ALLOCATION OF FINAL CASH CONSIDERATION)                                                   81

SCHEDULE 8 (BUSINESS PROPERTIES)                                                                      83

SCHEDULE 9 (PENSIONS)                                                                                 86

SCHEDULE 10 (BUSINESS EMPLOYEES)                                                                     104

SCHEDULE 11 (VAT)                                                                                    106
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                               LIST OF ATTACHMENTS

1.       Financial Information:

         Part 1:  6 months to 30 June 2003

         Part 2:  12 months to 31 December 2002

         Part 3:  Notes

2.       Unilever Accounting Policy Manual.

3.       Data Room List.

4.       Intellectual Property:

         Part 1:  Business IPR

         Part 2:  Ambrosia Logo

         Part 3:  Brown & Polson Logo

5.       Unilever and Retained Marks:

         Part 1:  Unilever Marks

         Part 2:  Retained Marks

6.       Business Employees:

         Part 1:  Excluded Employees

         Part 2:  Seconded Employees

         Part 3:  Senior Employees

7.       Format of Completion Stocks Statement.

8.       Press Announcements.

9.       Additional Excluded Assets.

10.      Retained Products.

11.      Nordic Products

                          LIST OF AGREED FORM DOCUMENTS

Transitional Services Agreement
Trade Mark Assignments
Property Transfer
Announcement concerning discretionary practices (retirement benefits)
UPF transfer/discharge form

<PAGE>

                                                                  CONFORMED COPY

                             DATED 2 NOVEMBER, 2003

                          UNILEVER BESTFOODS UK LIMITED

                                       AND

                      PREMIER AMBIENT PRODUCTS (UK) LIMITED

                  ---------------------------------------------

                           BUSINESS SALE AND PURCHASE
                                    AGREEMENT

                  ---------------------------------------------

                                SLAUGHTER AND MAY
                                 ONE BUNHILL ROW
                                 LONDON EC1Y 8YY
                                    (GNE/ADJ)
                                   CD033070043

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00068-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00068-of-00352.parquet"}]]